EDUGATI^::   nTiPT. 


X^  aJ:^  ^^^AUd^^tM^ 


( A^_  /f 


a 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2008  with  funding  from 

Microsoft  Corporation 


http://wwW.archive.org/details/elementarycompleOOstonrich 


THE 


ELEMENTARY 


AND 


COMPLETE    EXAMINER; 


OR 


CANDIDATE'S    ASSISTANT: 


PREPARED    TO    ' 


AID  TEACHERS  IN  SECURING  CERTIFICATES  FROM 

BOARDS  OF  EXAMINERS, 


AND 


PUPILS  IN  PREPARING  THEMSELVES  FOR  PROMOTION,  TEACH- 
ERS IN  SELECTING  REVIEW  QUESTIONS  IN  NORMAL  SCHOOLS, 
INSTITUTES,  AND  IN  ALL  DRILL  AND  CLASS  EXERCISES, 


ISAAC 'stone, ^A^M., 

PRINCIPAL   KENOSHA   HIGH  SCHOOL, 


A.    S.    P>ARNES    &   COMPANY, 
NEW  YQRK  AND  CHICAGO. 

1869 


EDUCATION  DEPT. 


,/  Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1864,  by 

GJ^EO.  &  C.  -W,  SHER^VOOr), 

In  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  United  States  for  the 
Northern  District  of  Illincis.. 


PREFACE. 

Constant  labor  of  more  than  twenty-two  years  in  the  school- 
room has  wrought  some  deep  convictions  in  the  mind  of  the 
Author.  Many  of  these  have  been  pleasant.  But  most  of  those 
pertaining  to  the  Examination  of  Teachers  have  been  painful, — 
painful  from  sympathy  with  the  Candidates  ;  while  deeply  anxious 
to  discharge  his  whole  duty  toward  those  who  are  to  be  the  pupils 
of  the  successful  Candidates,  in  commissioning  none  to  teach  ex- 
cept those  who  prove  themselves  well  qualified  for  the  high  and 
responsible  trust  they  are  to  assume. 

The  fact  that  nine-tenths  of  all  the  teachers  he  had  examined 
failed  in  a  greater  or  less  degree,  and  that  more  than  fifty  per 
cent,  failed  sadly  in  some  branches,  led  him,  years  ago,  to  con- 
clude that  he  had  misjudged  their  ability,  or  had  placed  the  stand- 
ard too  high — exacting  too  much — as  his  Board  of  Education 
once  hinted,  where  he  was  acting  as  City  Superintendent.  The 
late  reports  of  County  Superintendents,  as  found  in  the  State 
Superintendent's  report,  confirm  him,  however,  in  his  decisions, 
as  they  show  that  forty-nine  fiftieths  of  all  examined  fail  to  secure 
first  grade  certificates  in  the  common  branches.  A  larger  per  cent, 
it  is  true,  obtain  the  second  grade.  But  the  great  majority  accept 
third  grade  certificates.  Their  willingness  thus  to  do  ought  to  be 
a  sufficient  cause  for  rejecting  them  entirely ;  justice  to  the  chil- 
dren demands  that  this  low  grade  should  be  banished  from  the 
land  as  an  evil  genius. 

Should  it  appear  to  any  that  this  work  extends  through  too 


IV  PREFACE. 

many  branches,  and  is  too  rigid,  let  such  remember  that  each 
State,  year  by  year,  is  demanding  higher  and  still  higher  qualifi- 
cations in  all  who  are  commissioned  to  labor  in  this  noble  profes- 
sion. 

By  the  advice  of  many  eminent  educators,  the  Complete  Exam- 
iner is  sent  forth  to  the  world  on  its  errand  of  benevolence.  It 
seeks  no  literary  fame,  claims  no  scientific  merit.  It  simply  begs 
to  aid  those  who  need  its  assistance.  Receive  it  kindly,  trusting- 
ly ;  it  will  tell  no  tales.  Should  it  be  the  means  of  aiding  pupils 
in  preparing  themselves  thoroughly  to  be  examined  for  promotion 
to  a  higher  department,  or  candidates  in  procuring  certificates 
for  teaching,  and  thereby  diminish  the  number  of  failures  and 
lessen  the  degree  of  mortification  therefrom,  and  as  a  consequence 
place  a  higher  order  of  talent  in  the  school-room,  as  disbursing 
agents  of  the  infinite  fountain  of  knowledge,  the  Author  will  feel 
amply  rewarded  for  all  his  care  in  preparing  this  little  work  and 
sending  it  forth  as  a  love  offering  to  both  teachers  and  pupils. 

THE  AUTHOR. 

Kenosha,  March  10th,  1864. 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  I. 


CHAPTER  II. 


Preface, 
Contents, 
Hints  to  Candidates, 

Orthography, 

Elementary  Sounds, 

Consonants, 

Syllables, 

Rules  for  Spelling, 

Punctuation, 

Spelling, 

Reading,         - 

Accent,     ------ 

Expression,    -  -  -  -  - 

CHAPTER  III. 
Geography,     -  -  -  -  - 

The  Earth,      -  -  -  -  - 

Land,        -  -  -  -  - 

Water,  -  -  -  -  - 

Maps,        -  -  -  -  - 

Hemispheres,  -        .    - 

Size  and  Motion  of  the  Earth,     - 

Latitude,         -  -  -  -  - 

Longitude,  -  -  -  - 

Zones,  -  -  -  -  - 

Western  Hemisphere,      «  -  - 

Eastern  Hemisphere,  .  .  - 

Races  of  Men,     -  -  -  - 

Stages  of  Society,      -  -  -  - 

Government,        -  -  -  - 

Political  Divisions,     -  -  -  - 

Religion,  -  -  -  - 

Table  of  Races,  -  -  -  - 

Table  of  the  prevaiUng  systems  of  Religion, 
North  America,         *-  -  -  - 

British  Provinces,  -  -  - 

United  States,  -  .  -  - 

Mexico  and  the  West  Indies, 
Map  of  South  America,  -  -  - 

Europe,    -  -  -  -  - 

Asia,  ------ 

Africa,      -  -  -  -  - 

Map  of  Occanica,   -     -     -     - 


PAGE. 

3 

5 

11 


13 
13 
15 

17 
11 
18 
19 


19 
21 

22 


24. 

25 
25 
25 

26 
26 
26 
26 
27 
27 
28 
28 
28 
29 
29 
29 
29 
80 
80 
80 
81 
81 
33 
83 
84 
86 
87 


VI 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  IV. 
Physical  GEoCxRApnY, 

Continents  and  Islands, 

Mountains  and  Volcauos, 

Plateaus  and  Plains, 

Water,      -  -  -  - 

Ocean,  -  .  .  . 

Atmosphere  and  Moisture, 

Plants  and  Animals,    -  -  - 


Penmanship, 


Book-Keeping, 


CHAPTER   y, 


CHAPTER  YI 


CHAPTER  VII 
GrammaPv,        -  -  -  - 

Language,       -  -  -  . 

Grammar,  .  . 

Words,  -  -  -  . 

Phrases,  -  -  . 

Sentences,       -  -  -  - 

Diagrams,  .  -  . 

General  Rules, 
Classification  of  Sentences, 
Etymology,     -  -  -  - 

Of  the  Noun,        -  .  . 

Modification  of  Nouns, 
Person,  .  .  « 

Number,  -  _  .  . 

Cases,       .  -  -  . 

Pronouns,        -  -  -  . 

Adjectives,  -  .  - 

Verbs,  -  -  -  . 

Modes,      -  -  -  . 

Participles,      -  -  -  - 

Tenses,     -  -  -  - 

Conjugation  of  Verbs, 
Adverbs,  -  -  - 

Prepositions,  -  -  . 

Conjunctions,        ... 
Exclamations,  -  -  . 

Words  of  Euphony, 
Syntax,  -  -  -  _ 

Prosody,  -  •  . 

Grammatical  and  Rhetorical  Signs,     - 
Versification,        .  -  - 

Figures,  .  -  _  . 

Abbreviations,      -  -  - 


Arithmetic, 
Notation, 
Numeration, 
Addition, 


CHAPTER  VIII 


40 
40 
40 
40 
41 
41 
42 

42 

44 

46 

46 
47 
47 
48 
49 
50 
50 
51 
52 
53 
54 
53 
55 
55 
5G 
57 
5S 
58 
59 
59 
CO 
Gl 
Gl 
G2 
G2 
62 
G8 
G5 
65 
66 
66 
67 

69 
60 
69 
71 


CONTENTS. 


vu 


Subtraction, 

Multiplication,  -  . 

Division,  -  -  -  . 

Longitude  and  Time,  ,  -  - 

Properties  of  Numbers, 

€ommon  Fractions,  -  -  - 

Reduction  of  Fractions, 

Addition  of  Fractions,  -  -  - 

Subtraction  of  Fractions, 

Multiplication  of  Fractions, 

Division  of  Fractions,       -  -  - 

Duodecimals,  .... 

Decimal  Fractions,  -  -  • 

Addition  of  Decimals,  .  .  • 

Subtraction  of  Decimals, 

Multiplication  of  Decimals,     -  •  • 

Contractions  in  Multiplication, 

Division  of  Decimal  Fractions, 

Contractions  in  Division, 

Reduction  of  Common  and  Decimal  Fractions, 

Denominate  Decimals,      -  *  - 

Circulating  Decimals, 

Continued  Fractions, 

Ratio  and  Proportion, 

Cause  and  Effect, 

Compound  Proportion, 

Partnership, 

Compound  Partnership, 

Per  Centage, 

Interest, 

Compound  Interest, 

Discount, 

Banking, 

Bank  Discount, 

Commission, 

Stocks  and  Brokerage, 

Profit  and  Loss,    - 

Insurance, 

Endowments, 

Annuity, 

Assessing  Taxes,  • 

Custom  House  Business, 

Equation  of  Payments,    - 

Alligation, 

Alligation  Alternate, 

Coins,  Currency  and  Exchange, 

Arbitration  of  Exchange, 

General  Average, 

Tonnage  of  Vessels, 

Involution,      -  .  - 

Evolution, 

Cube  Root,      -  -  - 

Arithmetical  Progression, 

Geometrical  Progression, 


CONTENTS. 


Analysis,  .... 

Mensuration,  -  -  . 

Gatiging,  .  -  »  .- 

Mechanical  Powers, 

Pulley,      -  -  -  -  . 

Uiiilorm  Motion, 

Laws  of  Falling  Bodies, 

Specific  Gravity,  -  -  - 

Appendix,  -  -  -  . 

CHAPTER  IX. 
History,  -  -  -  .  . 

Modern  History,  ... 

General  History,  ... 

United  States  History, 
American  Independence, 
Mexican  War,  -  -    , 

Secession  and  its  Consequent  Rebellion, 

CHAPTER  X. 
Physiology,    -  -  -  -  - 

Anatomy,        -  -  - 

Structure  of  Man,  -  -  - 

Chemistry  of  the  Human  Body, 
The  Bones,  -  -  .  . 

Physiology  of  the  Bones, 
The  Muscles,         -  -  .  . 

Physiology  of  the  Muscles,    - 
The  Teeth,  -  -  - 

Digestive  Organs, 
Circulatory  Organs, 
Respiratory  Organs, 
Animal  Heat, 
Voice, 
Skin, 
Kervous  System, 


General  Questioks, 


CHAPTER  XI. 


PAGE. 

97 

98 

99 

99 

99 

100 

100 

100 

101 


102 
103 
104 

104: 

105 
101 
101 

109 
109 
109 
109 
110 
110 
111 
111 
111 
111 
112 
112 
113 
113 
113 
114 

114 


PART  SECOND. 

CHAPTER  XII. 
Botany,  -  .  .  .  . 

CHAPTER  Xm. 
Algebra,        ^  -  -  -  . 

Signs,  -  -  ■  -  .  . 

Addition,  -  -  .  * 

Subtraction,    -  -  - 

Multiplication,       -  -  -  - 

Division,  -  -  .  .  . 

Factoring  Polynomials,     -  -  • 

Algebraic  Fractions,  ... 

Equations  of  the  First  Degree^    - 


128 

131 
131 
133 
133 
184 
134 
185 
136 
138 


CONTENTS. 


IX 


Axioms,  .  -  - 

Solution  of  Equations,     -  -  -  -  - 

Elimination,     -  -  -  - 

Indeterminate  Eq^uations  and  Problems, 

Inequalities,    -  -  - 

Powers  and  Roots,  -  -  -  .  - 

Extraction  of  the  Square  Root  of  Fractions, 

Extraction  of  the  Square  Root  of  Algebraic  Quantities, 

Radical  Quantities  of  the  Second  Degree, 

Equations  of  the  Second  Degree,  ... 

Trinomial  Equations, 

Permutations,  Arrangement  and  Combinations, 

Binomial  Theorem,      -  -  -  -  - 

Extraction  of  Roots,        -  -  -  .  . 

Arithmetical  Progression,       - 

Geometrical  Progression,  -  -  -  - 

CHAPTER  Xiy. 
Geometry,       --_---. 
Definition  of  Terms, 
Explanation  of  Signs, 
Axioms,  - 

Tlieorem^ 

Ratios  and  Proportions, 
Of  ihc  Circle, 
Book  IV, 
BookV, 
Book  VI, 
Book  VII, 
Book  VIII,      - 
Book  IX, 

CHAPTER  XV.      .^     ^    l.l^T    ' 
Natural  Philosophy,  -  -  . 

Introduction,  -  -  . 

Preliminary  Principles,     -  -  - 

Repellant  Forces,        -  -        ,   - 

Mechanical  Principles,      -  -  - 

Principles  of  Gravitation, 
Principles  of  Molecular  Action, 
Liquids,  -  -  -  - 

General  Properties  of  Gases  and  Vapors, 
Air  Pumps,      -  -  -  - 

Water  Pumps,       -    ^       - 
Buoyancy  of  the  Atmosphere, 
Acoustics,  .... 

Musical  Sounds,  -  =  - 

Heat,        -  -  -  -  . 

Radiation  of  Heat,      -  -  - 

Reflection  of  Heat, 
Optics,  -  -  -  . 

Refraction,  -  -  -  « 

Optical  Instruments, 

Microscopes,  -  -  .  > 

Structure  of  the  Eye, 


PAGE. 

188 
138 
139 
140 
141 
141 
142 
142 
142 
143 
144 
145 
145 
145 
145 
146 


147 
148 
148 
148 
149 
149 
149 
150 
150 
151 
151 
152 
152 


153 
153 
153 
153 
154 
155 
157 
157 
158 
160 
160 
161 
161 
162 
163 
163 
163 
166 
167 
168 
169 
169 


X                                                      CONTENTS.  l 

PAGE.  \ 

Magnetism,  .......      1^9        ; 

Directive  Force  of  Magnets,               -  -            -            *            170        1 

Electricity,            -            -            -            -  .            -            -171; 

Dynamical  Electricity,            *            -  -            .            -            172        1 

Electro-Magnetism,           -            -            -  .            -            -       173        ■ 

CHAPTER  XVI. 

CUKMISTRY,        -              -             -             -             -  -             -             -173' 

Chemical  Xomenclature,          -            -  -            .            .            I75        | 

Non-Metalic  Elements,     -            -            -  -            -            -       176        ; 

Hydrogen,       -            -            -            -  -            -            -            177        J 

Nitrogen,              -            -            -            -  -            .            -179        j 

The  Atmosphere,        -            -            -  -            -            -            179       i 

Chlorin-e,               -            -            -            -  -            -            -180? 

Iodine,             -            -            -            -  -            .            .            181        i 

Bromine,               -            -            -            -  -            -            -       181        * 

Fluorine,          -            -            --  -            -            -            181? 

Sulphur,                  -             -             -             -  -            .             -182        i 

Phofvphorus,    -            -            -            -  -            -            -182| 

Boron,       -            -            -            -            -  .  •          .            -       188        i 

Silicon,             -            -            -            -  .            -            .             183        i 

Carbon,     --------       183       \ 

Combustion,                 -            -            -  -            -            -            184        ■ 

Metalic  Elements,              -            -            -  .            -            -185- 

Sodium,            -            -            -            -  -     .       -            .            ISO 

Ammonium,           -            -            -            -  -            -            -       18G        i 

Barium  and  Strontium,            -            -  -            -            -            1 87       ' 

Calcium,                -            -            -            -  -            _            -187' 

Magnesium,     -            -            -            -  -            -            _             187' 

Alluminium,          -             -             -             -  -             „             -187! 

Glass  and  Pottery,      -            -            -  -            •            .             187        i 

Ii'on,  -  ' 188        ■ 

Manganese  and  Chromium,     -            -  -            -            .             188        i 

Cobalt  and  Nickel,             -            -            -  .            -            -188        I 

Zinc  and  Cadmium,     -            -            -.-  «            -             188; 

Lead  and  Tin,       -            -            m            -  .            .            -188* 

Copper  and  Bismuth,               -            -  -            .            .             189        i 

Antimony  and  Arsenic,                 «            -  .            -            -189^ 

Mercury,          -            -            -            «  ,            -     '-     .             190        • 

Silver,  *     -            -            -            -            .  .            .            -       190        ' 

Gold,                --------  190        ■ 

Platinum,               -            -            -            -  -            .            -191: 

Organic  Chemistry,      -            -            -  -            .            -191i 

CHAPTER  XVIL  \ 

Science  OP  Government,               -           -  «           -           .           193       | 

CHAPTER  XYIII.  i 

Music,              -           -           -           -           .  .           .„      X97       < 

CHAPTER  XIX.  i 
Theory  and  Practice,            ----..      200       \ 

CHAPTER  XX.  I 

Miscellaneous  Questions,            -            -  -            .            .            £02       i 


HINTS  TO  CANDIDATES. 


The  law  demands  that  jou  should  pass  a  satisfactory  examinU" 
lion  before  you  can  be  commissioned  to  teach. 

Justice  and  your  own  conscience  coincide  with  the  demands  of 
the  law. 

You  should  never  willingly  engage  to  teach  a  branch  in  which 
you  are  deficient.  Never  ask  an  examiner  to  license  you  to  teach 
a  branch  which  you  have  never  thoroughly  mastered* 

With  the  aid  of  the  Complete  Examiner  you  have  the  means 
before  you  of  determining  when  and  in  what  you  will  be  ex- 
amined. 

By  being  thorough  and  rigid  in  questioning  yourself  by  the  use 
of  this  worhj  you  may  not  only  save  the  examiner  the  painful 
emotions  in  rejecting  you,  but  also  your  own  mortification  from 
the  disgrace  of  your  failure. 

Observe  the  remarks  at  the  head  of  each  chapter.  Be  espe- 
cially thorough  in  the  first  few  chapters. 

There  may  be  many  questions  that  you  can  answer  mentally^  as 
fast  as  you  can  read  them. 

It  would  be  safer  and  more  beneficial  to  you  to  write  out  the 
answers  to  the  balance  of  the  questions,  in  your  own  words,  if 
you  choose. 

Answer  every  question,  if  possible,  without  turning  to  any  ref- 
erence in  the  text-hooks.  Be  as  calm^  as  self-'possessed^  and  as 
much  at  ease^  during  your  public  examination^  as  in  your  own 
room.     You  may  be  able,  in  many  places,  to  pass  a  satisfactory 


Xll  HINTS    TO    CANDIDATES. 

examination  without  a  complete  knowledge  of  all  the  branchei? 
touched  upon  in  this  work.  But  when  you  can  give  positively 
correct  answers  to  all  the  questions  in  the  Complete  Examiner. 
you  need  not  hesitate  to  present  yourself  for  examination  before 
any  Board  of  Examiners. 


THE  COMPLETE  EXAMINEE. 


ORTHOG-RAPHY. 

CHAPTER  I. 

The  following  questions  on  Orthography  are  taken  from  Worcester's  Un- 
abridged Dictionary,  as  the  most  complete  source  of  knowledge  on  the 
subject.  Yet  a  good  knowledge  of  it  may  be  obtained  from  several  Spellers 
and  Grammars. 

Note. — ^Make  the  sounds  which  the  characters  represent  in  the  following  questions 
wherever  it  is  more  conTenient  than  to  write  out  the  description. 

1.  Define  Orthography.     (See  Worcester's  Un.  Die.) 

2.  What  is  a  Letter  ? 

3.  What  is  an  Elemeutary  Sound  ?     Syllable  ? 

4.  What  is  a  Word  ?     Sentence  ?     Paragraph  ?     Chapter  ? 

ELEMENTARY  SOUNDS. 

1.  How  many  Elementary  Sounds  in  our  Language  ? 

2.  How  many  Letters  have  we  to  represent  the  sounds  ? 

8.  Into  how  many  Classes  are  these  elementary  sounds  divided  ? 

4.  What  is  a  Vocal,  Sub-vocal,  and  Aspirate  ? 

5.  How  many  Vowels  have  we  ? 

6.  How  many  Semi-vowels  ?     How  many  Aspirates  ? 

7.  How  many  Sounds  do  the  vowels  represent  ? 

8.  How  many  Sounds  do  the  semi- vowels  represent  ? 

9.  What  is  a  Diphthong? 

10.  What  is  a  Triphthong  ? 

11.  What  sound  has  the  letter  a  in  fate,  and  ai  in  pain? 

12.  What  sound  has  a  in  fat,  man?     Far,  calm? 

13.  What  sound  has  a  in  fare,  pair? 

14.  What  sound  has  a  in  fast,  grass?     Fall,  walk? 

15.  What  sound  has  a  in  liar?     Palace,  cabbage? 


14  ,    ^    TH^  pOMPLETE    EXAMINER, 

'  i  6.  WKat'  soun'd'  has  e  'in  mete,  seal  ?     Met,  sell  ? 

17.  What  sound  has  e  in  there,  hei?'?     IIer,fer7if 

18.  What  sound  has  e  in  brier,  college"^ 

19.  How  does  e  in  college  differ  from  a  in  cabbage 'f 

20.  What  is  the  sound  of  i  in  pz^e,  mild  ?     Jlf^ss,  jozn  ? 

21.  What  is  the  sound  of  i  in  police,  marine'^     Sir,  virtue'^ 

22.  What  is  the  sound  of  i  in  elixir,  ability  ? 

23.  What  sound  has  o  in  sore,  ton  ?      Odd,  dove  ? 

24.  What  sound  has  o  m  prove,  soon,  nor,for7n? 

25.  What  sound  has  o  in  come,  ivrong,.  actor,  purpose  f 

26.  What  sound  has  ii  in  pure,  tube  ?     Hat,  hurry  ? 

27.  What  is  the  sound  of  u  in  bull,  push  ?     Fur,  hut  ? 

28.  Wliat  sound  lias  u  in  i7me,  rude  ?     Sidphur,  deputy  ? 

20.  What  is  the  sound  of  ?/  in  type,  symbol  f  Myrrh,  trulyj 
envy  ? 

80.  When  are  w  and  y  consonants  ?     When  vowels  f 

31.  Give  a  set  of  words  that  contain  the  different  elementary 
sounds  in  the  language. 

32.  In  the  following  words,  which  letters  are  Voicels,  which 
Semi-vowels,  and  which  Aspirates : — And,  great,  made,  fame,  sad, 
mate,  life,  six,  vice,  zebra,  sup,  bid,  bag,  pare,  when,  this,  shcdl, 
ocean,  link  f 

33.  In  the  above  examples  which  vowels  are  longl  Which 
short  ? 

34.  In  the  word  union  are  the  i  and  u  vowels  or  consonants  ^ 

35.  In  the  word  one  is  o  a  vowel  or  consonant  ? 

3G.  In  the  word  righteous  is  the  e  a  vowel  or  consonant^ 

37.  How  many  letters  have  v»'e  then  that  are  always  consonants  f 

38.  What  is  a  Digraph  ? 

^9.  What  is  an  Improper  Triphthong  ? 

40.  In  the  v.^ords  boil  and  boat  which  has  a  Digraph  ?  Which 
a  Diphthong? 

41.  In  the  words  beauty  and  buoy,  which  has  the  Proper  Triph- 
thong?    Which  the  Improper  Triphthong  ? 

42.  What  sound  has  ew  in  mew?     oi  in  boil? 


^  ORTHOGRAPHY.  15 

CONSONANTS. 

1.  What  is  a  Consonant  ? 

2.  How  many  sounds  lias  c  ?     Give  examples. 

3.  How  many  sounds  has  ch  ?     Give  examples. 

4.  What  is  the  sound  of  </  in  (/et,  give,  giant  f 

5.  How  many  sounds  has  s,  x? 

i       6.  What  sound  has  th  in  this,  then,  tldnh,  pith  f 

7.  How  is  tion  pronounced  in  notion,  and  sion  in  pension  f 

8.  How  is  sion  pronounced  in  vision,  and  cean  and  cian  in 
ocean  and  logician  f 

9.  Give  examples  and  tell  the  different  sounds  of  cial,  sial, 
and  tiaL 

10.  What  is  the  sound  of  ceous,  cious,  and  tious  9  Give  ex- 
amples. 

11.  What  is  the  sound  of  geous  and  gious  ?     Give  examples.    * 

12.  What  sound  has  qu  in  queen? 

13.  In  the  word  when,  which  letter  is  sounded  first,  w  or  h? 

14.  What  is  the  sound  of  ph  in  phantom? 

15.  How  many  sounds  have  the  following  Diphthongs : — ea,  eit, 
€W,  ia,  ie,  io,  oi,  on,  ow,  oy,  iia,  ue,  ui,  uo  f 

1 6.  Give  examples  and  tell  what  sound  each  of  the  following 
Diphthongs  has : — ae,  ai,  ao,  cm,  aw,  ay  ;  ea,  ee,  ei,  eo,  ey  ;  ie,  oa, 
oe,  00,  ow. 

17.  In  the  last  two  questions  what  Diphthongs  are  Proper,  and 
what  Improper  ? 

18.  Into  how  many  classes  are  the  Consonants  divided? 

19.  What  is  a  Mute? ,  Which  of  the  consonants  are  Mutes? 

20.  Name  the  Semi-vowels. 

21.  AYhat  is  a  Liquid?     Why?     Name  the  Liquids. 

22.  Which  of  the  consonants  are  Dentals?     Why  so  called? 

23.  Which  letters  of  the  Alphabet  are  Palatals  ? 

24.  Which  are  Labials  ?     Which  are  Nasals  ? 

25.  Which  letters  are  called  Gutturals  ?     Why  ? 

26.  What  sound  has  h  preceded  by  m  in  the  same  syllable  ? 

27.  What  sound  has  c  when  it  comes  after  the  accent  and  is 
followed  by  ea,  ia^  io,  or  eous  ?     Give  examples. 

28.  What  sound  has  d  in  healed  and  ?mxedf 


16  TUE    COMPLETE   EXAMINER. 

29.  What  sound  lias  p  inupf    In  all  other  cases  ? 

30.  What  sound  has  g  followed  by  r  at  the  beginning  of  a 
word  ? 

31.  How  many  g  sounds  in  the  word  longer  (the  comparative 
of  long,)  and  longer  (one  who  longs)  ? 

32.  What  sound  has  gh  at  the  beginning  of  words  ? 

33.  Wliat  sound  usually  at  the  end  of  words  ?     Give  examples. 

34.  What  sound  have  they  in  the  words  plough,  nigh,  laugh  f 

35.  The  combination  of  letters  ough  is  said  to  have  seven 
sounds ;  what  are  they  ?     Give  examples. 

36.  What  sound  has  ght  terminating  a  word? 

37.  What  sound  has  h  in  he?^,  heir,  honor? 

38.  What  sound  has  k?    When  is  it  silent? 

39.  How  many  sounds  has  I?    Is  it  ever  silent? 

40.  Is  m  ever  silent  ?     Give  examples. 

41.  What  sound  has  n  in  man,  no,  angle,  thanks  ? 

42.  Give  examples  when  n  is  silent, 

43.  What  sound  has  p  in  pit,  psalm  ?  ^ 

44.  How  many  sounds  has  ph  ?     Give  examples. 

45.  How  many  sounds  has  q  ?     Give  examples. 

46.  How  many  sounds  has  r  ?     Is  it  ever  silent  ?     What  effect 
does  it  have  on  the  short  sound  of  the  vowels?     Give  examples.. 

47.  How  many  sounds  has  s  ?     Give  examples. 

48.  What  sound  has  s  at  the  beginning  of  a  word  ? 

49.  What  sound  has  s  usually  at  the  end  of  a  word  ? 

50.  When  has  s  the  sound  of  sh  ?    When  zh  ? 

51.  How  many  sounds  has  t?    What  sound  in  notion,  militia? 

52.  What  is  the  sound  of  th  in  truth,  truths,  hath,  baths  ? 
53!  Is  V  ever  silent  ?     Give  examples. 

54.  When  is  w  a  consonant?    Is  it  ever  silent?     Give  exam- 
ples. 

55.  How  many  sounds  has  x?    What  sound  in  exalt? 

56.  What  sound  has  x  in  luxury,  fluxion? 

57.  How  many  sounds  has  y?    Is  it  ever  silent  ? 

58.  How  many  sounds  has  z?     Is  it  ever  silent? 

59.  How  many  sounds  has/?     Is  it  ever  silent? 

60.  What  sound  has  z  in  glazier,  azure  ? 

61.  What  sound  has  u  in  nature,  educate?  ^ 


ORTHOGRArHT.  17 

SYLLABLES. 

1.  How  many  syllables  are  there  in  every  word?  Ans. — • 
Usually  as  many  as  there  are  distinct  sounds  made  in-  pronounc- 
ing it. 

2.  What  is  a  word  of  one  syllable  called?  A  word  of  two 
syllables?  Of  three  syllables?  Of  four  or  more  syllables? 
Give  examples  of  each. 

3.  What  is  the  rule  for  dividing  a  word  at  the  end  of  a  line  ? 
Ans. — Never  divide  a  syllable. 

4.  What  is  a  Simple  Word  ?  A  Compound  Word  ?  A  Primi- 
tive Word  ?     A  Derivative  Word  ?     Give  examples. 

5.  Should  the  Hyphen  always  be  used  in  forming  Compound 
Words  ?     If  not,  when  and  why  ? 

6.  What  is  a  Prefix  ?     A  Suffix  ? 

7.  How  are  Derivative  Words  formed?  Ans. — By  correctly 
uniting  Prefixes  and  Suffixes. 

8.  What  is  Spelling,  and  hoAV  would  you  teach  it  ? 

KULES  FOR  SPELLING. 

1.  What  is  the  rule  for  e  final? 

Ans. — E  final  is  dropped  before  the  addition  of  a  suffix  beginning  with  a 
vowel;  as,  recite^  recital;  blame^  blamable. 

Exception. — Words  ending  in  ge  or  ce,  usually  retain  e  final,  before  able 
and  ous  ;  as,  peace^  peaceable. 

2.  What  is  the  rule  for  e  final  before  ly,  less,  ness,  ful,  and  gen- 
erally ment  ? 

Ans. — The  e  must  be  retained ;  as,  nice^  nicely  ;  hope,  hopeful. 
Exception. — Awe,  due,  triie,  judge,  and  five  more  words.  Which  are  they? 

3.  What  is  the  rule  for  y  final,  upon  the  addition  of  a  suffix  ? 
Ans. — The  y  is  commonly  changed  into  i,  except  before  ing ;  as,  mercy, 

merciful ;  holy,  holiness. 

Exception  1. — Yls  sometimes  changed  into  e  ;  as,  duty,  duteous. 

Exception  2. — When  y  is  preceded  by  a  vowel  in  the  same  syllable,  ex- 
cept in  lay,  say,  and  pay,  it  remains  unchanged ;  as,  boy,  boyish. 

4.  What  is  the  rule  for  verbs  ending  in  le,  before  the  suffix 
ing  f 

Ans. — The  ie  is  changed  to  y ;  as,  tie,  tying  ;  vie,  vying. 

5.  What  is  the  rule  for  forming  derivatives  from  monosyllables 
and  words  accented  on  the  last  syllable,  ending  witli  a  single  con- 


18  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

sonant,  or  sound  of  a  single  consonant   preceded  hj  a  single 
vowel  ? 

Ans. — Such  words  double  the  last  consonant  before  an  additional  sylla- 
ble, beginning  with  a  vowel ;  as,  pet^  petted. 

6.  There  are  a  few  exceptions  to  this  rule,  in  regard  to  Di- 
graphs I  what  are  they  ? 

7.  "What  is  the  rule  for  t  or  s  preceding  e  final  -in  such  words 
as  admit  ion  ? 

Ans. — The  e  is  dropped  and  ion  is  added. 

8.  Give  the  rule  for  derivatives  from  words  ending  in  ate. 
Ans. — They  drop  te  and  take  hie  or  ct/ ;  as,  estimate^  estimahle. 

9.  What  is  the  rule  for  y  before  the  suffixes,  ou^,  cd,  and  alk, 
Ans. — The  y  is  commonly  changed  to  i  and  usually  retained ;  as,  rely^ 

reliable. 

10.  What  is  the  rule  for  derivatives  from  words. ending  mfyf 
Ans. — They  change  the  y  into  i  and  take  cation. 

Exception. — A  few  words  ending  in/y,  drop  y  and  take  action  ;  as,  pet- 
rifij^  petrifaction, 

11.  What  is  the  rule  for  words  ending  in  izel 

Ans. — They  drop  e  and  take  ation ;  as,  civilize^  civilization.  Also  a  few 
words  not  ending  in  ize^  take  ation;  as,  sense^  sensation. 

12  FoiTii  all  the  derivatives  you  can  from  the  word  press,  and 
give  rules  for  their  formation,  and  define  each  derivative. 

13.  Analyze  the  following  words  by  giving  the  Elementary 
Sounds : — Mete,  halm,  rough,  high,  thought,  laugh,  heauty,  phthisic, 
heir,  bouquet,  old,  young, 

14  In  the  above  words,  which  letters  are  vocals,  which  sub- 
vocals,  and  which  aspirates  ? 

PUNCTUATION. 
1.  What  important  rule  or  rules  can  you  give  for  the  use  of 
Capital  Letters  ?  A  hint : — The  first  word  of  erery  entire  sen-- 
tence  ;  titles  of  honor  and  respect ;  every  proper  name  ;  every  ap- 
pellation of  the  Deity ;  the  first  word  of  every  line  in  poetry ; 
the  words  /  and  0 ;  the  principal  words  in  the  titles  of  hoohs ; 
tlie  first  word  of  a  direct  quotation  (when  the  quotation  forms  a 
complete  sentence  by  itself)  should  all  begin  wdth  a  capital;  and 
every  important  word  may  begin  with  a  capital. 


READING.  19 

SPELLING. 

Write  the  following  list  of  words  and  make  all  the  corrections 
necessary,  and  tell  which  represent  animals  that  are  wild,  grega- 
rious, ampkibious,  ferocious,  carnivorous,  graminivorous,  omnivo- 
rous, 'predatory,  ruminating,  migratory,  venomous,  and  hybernating. 

Name  the  countries  in  which  each  is  native ;  which  are  valu- 
able hv  food ;  which  for  their  ^wr;  v/hich  for  their  skins  ;  which 
for  their  ivory  ;  which  for  oil ;  which  are  serviceable  to  man,  and 
in  what  way : — 

Ape,  antilope,  Babboon,  bare,  beaver,  Buffalo,  bizon,  caff,  cam- 
mell,  Shamme,  catt,  coult,  koogar,  cow,  dear,  dogg,  Elephant,  er- 
min,  fox,  gazel,  gote,  horse,  hieny,  ibex,  iknuman,  jackkall,  kitten, 
leppard,  marten,  lyon,  munkey,  muskrat,  ottar,  ox,  panthar,  pecary, 
rabit,  seel,  sheep,  scunk,  tigar,  weesel,  whale,  wolf,  zebra. 

(The  above'  words  by  permission,  are  taken  from  "  Sherwood's 
Practical  Speller  and  Definer,"  page  six, — the  best  work  of  the 
kind  ever  published.  I  have  designedly  changed  the  Orthogra- 
phy of  most  of  the  words  taken.  But  the  excellent  plan  of  defin- 
ing is  Sherwood's.) 

Note— Every  one  who  has  had  any  experience  in  examining  teachers  or  pupils,  has  found 
the  candidates  wofully  deficient  in  Orthography.  It  is  the  more  culpable  from  the  fact,  that 
any  candidate  for  promotion  to  a  Grammar  Department,  a  High  School,  or  for  a  Teacher's 
Certificate,  can  prepare  himself  or  herself  in  this  most  important  and  fundamental  branchy 
in  a  few  hours.  Hence  all  who  neglect  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the  branch  should  be  re- 
jected. 


CHAPTER  11. 
READING. 

Suggestion. — Reading  is  a  branch  in  which  nineteen  out  of  every  twenty 
are  deficient.  ITet  this  is  an  age  of  reading,  emphatically  so.  Notwith- 
standing this,  we  hear  the  testimony  from  every  side,  that  *'  there  arc  hut 
few  good  readers:'  How  important  then  that  we  should  have  clear  and  dis- 
tinct principles  in  Elocution,  and  that  every  person  who  is  a  candidate  for 
a  Teacher's  License  should  be  a  complete  master  of  every  principle,  and  be 
able  to  impart  the  instruction  in  thie  branch  to  his  pupils  without  stint. 

N.  B.— The  following  references  in  the  questions  on  Reading  are  to  '' TIu 
National.  Fifth  Reader ;'  by  Parker  &  Watson. 

1.  What  is  Reading?     What  is  Elocution?     (Page  15.) 

2.  What  does  it  embrace?  What  are  the  characteristics  of 
good  Elocution?     (Page  15.) 


20  THE  COMPLETE  EXAMINER. 

3.  What  is  Orthoepy  ?    What  does  it  embrace  ?     (Page  15.) 

4.  What  is  Articulation  .^     (Page  15.) 

5.  What  are  the  Oral  Elements?     (Page  15.) 

6.  How  are  the  Oral  Elefnents  produced?     (Page  15.) 

7.  What  are  the  principal  organs  of  speech  ?     (Page  1 6.) 

8.  What  is  Voice  and  how  is  it  produced?     (Page  16.) 

9.  What  directions  should  be  given  to  pupils  in  regard  to  the 
position  of  their  bodies  while  reading?     (Page  17.) 

10.  How  would  you  teach  the  pupil  the  oral  elements ;  would 
you  require  him  to  pronounce  the  word,  or  to  utter  each  element 
by  itself  and  then  pronounce  the  word  distinctly?     (Page  17.) 

11.  What  are  Cognates ?  How  would  you  teach  them?  (Page 
18.) 

12.  What  advantage  is  there  in  teaching  the  pupils  to  spell  by 
sounds?     (Page  20.) 

13.  Name  the  errors  which  are  usually  heard  in  Articulation? 
(Pages  21  and  22.) 

14.  Why  is  the  following  difficult  of  articulation: — 

1.  "He  accepts  the  office,  and  attempts  by  his  acts  to  conceal  his/a?^/^s." 

2.  *'He  was  attacked  with  spasms  and  died  miserably  by  the  road-side." 

3.  "For  the  hundredth  time,  he  spoke  of  lengths,  breadths,  widths,  and 
depths." 

4.  "Theodore  Thickthong  thrust  three  thousand  thistles  through  the 
thick  of  his  thumb."     (Pages  22  and  23.) 

6.  "He  said,  ceaseth,  approacheth,  and  rejoiceth."     (Page  24.) 

15.  What  is  Syllabication?     What  is  a  Syllable?     (Page  25.) 

16.  What  is  a  Monosyllable?     A  Dissyllable?     (Page  25.) 

17.  What  is  a  Trisyllable  ?     A  Polysyllable  ?     (Page  25.) 

18.  Which  is  the  Ultimate  syllable?     The  Penult?    (Page  25.) 

19.  Which  is  the  Antepenuhimate ?  The  Pre-antepenultimate ? 
(Page  25.) 

20.  Give  examples  for  each  of  the  last  fiYe  questions. 

21.  What  is  the  rule  for  pronouncing  words  that  commence 
with  consonants  ?     (Page  26.) 

22.  What  is  the  rule  for  pronouncing  words  that  end  with  con- 
sonants?    (Page  26.) 

23.  What  is  the  rule  for  pronouncing  when  one  word  ends  and 


READING.  21 

the  next  begins  witli  the  same  consonant;  as,  ^^  it  will  pain  nohodi/''? 
(Page  26.) 

24.  What  is  the  rule  for  the  utterance  of  the  final  elements  :— 
h,  p,  d,  f,  g  and  k ;  as,  "I  took  down  my  hat-t  and  put  it  on  my 
head-d."     (Page  27.) 

25.  What  is  the  rule  for  pronouncing  the  unaccented  syllables? 
(Page  27.) 

Note.— ninstrate  the  above  rules  with  suitable  examples. 

ACCENT. 

2G.  What  is  Accent?     What  is  the  general  rule  for  Accent? 

Aks. — All  the  words  of  our  language  of  two  or  more  syllables  have  one 
syllable  accented,  and  most  polysyllables  have  both  a  Primary  and  a  Sec- 
ondary Accent. 

27.  In  dissyllabic  nouns  where  is  the  accent  placed  ? 
Ans. — On  the  Penult. 

28.  In  dissyllabic  verbs,  where  is  the  accent  ? 
Ans. — On  the  last  syllable. 

29.  In  words  ending  in  sion  and  tion,  which  syllable  takes  the 
accent  ? 

Ans. — The  Penultimate  ;  as,  dissert  sio7i. 

30.  In  words  ending  in  la,  iac^  tal,  ^a?^,  eous,  and  rous,  which 
syllable  takes  the  accent? 

Ans. — Commonly  the  preceding ;  as,  regal' ia^  imper'ial. 

31.  Words  ending  in  acal  and  ical  have  the  accent  on  what 
syllable  ? 

Ans. — Antepenultimate  ;  as,  poet'icaL 

32.  On  what  syllable  do  words  ending  in  ic  have  the  accent 
generally  ? 

Ans. — On  the  Penultimate  ;  as,  algebra  ic. 

33.  Words  of  three  or  more  syllables,  ending  in  ear,  eal,  hide, 
efy,  ety,  ity,  graphy,  logy,  idoiis,  inous,  erous,  owrous,  ative,  &c., 
have  the  accent  on  what  syllable  generally  ? 

Ans. — On  the  Antepenultimate. 

34.  In  the  same  sentence  or  adjoining  one  where  there  is  a  ref- 
erence of  one  word  to  another,  with  perhaps  a  change  in  the  pre- 
fix,  is  there  a  change  of  accent  ? 

Ans. — There  is;  as,  to  give  ixnd  forgive ;  probability  and  plausibility. 


22  THE    COMPLETK    EXAMINER. 

35.  As  authorities  for  tlie  above  rules  for  accent, — see  Worces- 
ter's and  Webster's  Dictionaries,  on  ''Accent'^ 

36.  What  marks  are  used  to  show  on  what  syllables  the  Pri- 
mary and  Secondary  accents  fall?     (Page  29.) 

37.  Tell  on  what  syllables  the  primary  and  secondary  accents 
fall,  in  the  following  : — The  impenetrability  and  indestructability 
are  two  essential  properties  of  matter."     (Page  29.) 

38.  What  is  the  rule  for  accent  on  nouns,  adjectives,  and  verbs? 
(Page  30.) 

39.  Mark  the  accented  syllables  in  the  following  words  and  give 
the  parts  of  speech : — 

*'Why  does  your  absent  friend  absent  himself?"  "Did  he  abstract  an 
abstract?" 

Note  the  mark  of  accent,  and  accent  the  right  syllable. 

Buy  some  cement  and  cement  the  glass.  Desert  us  not  in  the  desert.  If 
they  rebel  and  overthrow  the  government  even  the  rebels  themselves  can 
not  justify  the  overthrow.  In  August,  the  august  writer  entered  into  a 
compact  to  prepare  a  compact  discourse.     (Page  30.) 

40.  What  is  the  rule  for  contrast  ?     (Page  30.) 

41.  Note  the  accent  in  the  following  sentences: — 

"He  must  increase,  but  I  must  decrease.  This  corruption  must  put  on 
incorruption ;  and  this  mortal  must  put  on  immortality."    (Page  30.) 

EXPRESSION". 

42.  What  is  Expression  ? 
Ans. — It  is  the  soul  of  elocution. 

43.  What  does  it  embrace  ? 

44.  What  is  Emphasis  ?     Inflection  ?     Slur  ?     (Page  31.) 

45.  What  is  Modulation?    Monotone?    Personation?    Pauses? 

46.  Give  four  rules  for  the  use  of  Emphasis.     (Page  32.) 
Give  examples  to  illustrate  each  rule.     (Page  32.) 

47.  What  rules  apply  for  the  use  of  Slur  ?     (Page  35.) 
Give  any  examples.     (Page  36.) 

48.  How  many  Inflections  are  there  ?  Name  them.  (Page 
39.) 

49.  How  are  these  inflections  indicated  in  the  books  ?  (Page 
39.) 


50.  Whr.t  is  the  rismg  inilciction,  and.  ihe  fallinr/f     (Page  09.) 

51.  Wliut  is  the  Circumflex?  Give  examples  for  each.  (Page 
39.) 

52.  What  is  meant  by  the  slide  of  the  voice  ?     (Page  40.) 

53.  How  many  parts  does  the  slide  consist  of,  and  how  many 
things  are  necessary  to  the  perfect  formation  of  the  slide  ?  (Page 
40.) 

54.  Give  the  rule  for  the  rising  inflection,  and  falling  inflection, 
and  an  example  for  each.     (Page  41.) 

55.  Is  there  any  exception  to  the  above  rules  ?  Give  it. 
(Page  41.) 

56.  Give  the  rule  for  the  inflections  in  questions  and  clauses 
connected  by  the  disjunctive,  or,     (Page  42.) 

57.  Give  the  rule  for  inflections,  when  words  or  clauses  are 
contrasted.     Illustrate  by  examples.     (Page  43.) 

58.  What  inflection  does  the  language  of  concession,  politenesSj 
admiration,  entreaty,  and  tender  emotions,  usually  require  ? 

Ans. — The  ?ising.     (Page  44.) 

59.  What  inflection  has  the  language  of  command,  rehuhc,  con-- 
tempt,  exclamation,  and  terror  ? 

Ans. — Falling. 

60.  What  inflection  has  a  succession  of  particulars  ? 

61.  What  inflection  does  emphatic  repetition  and  the  pointed 
enumeration  of  particulars  require  ? 

Ans.-— Falling.     (Page  46.) 

62.  How  is  the  language  of  irony,  sarcasm,  derision,  condition, 
and  contrast,  marked  ? 

Ans. — By  the  circumflex.     Give  examples.     (Page  46.) 

63.  What  is  Modulation?     What  does  it  embrace?     (Page  47.) 

64.  Define  Pitch.  (Page  47.)  How  many  general  distinc- 
tions of  Pitch? 

Ans. — High,  Low,  and  Moderate. 

65.  Define  High  Pitch.     Low  Pitch.     (Pages  47  and  48.) 

66.  Elustrate  Moderate  Pitch,  and  Low  Pitch,  by  examples. 
(Page  49.) 

67.  Define  Force.     How  many  degrees  of  force  ?     (Page  50.) 

68.  Define  Loud  Force,  Moderate  Force,  and  Gentle  Force. 
(Pages  51  and  52.) 


24  Tin:    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

60.  Define  Quality.  How  many  kinds  of  tone  are  used  in 
reading  and  speaking?     (Page  52.) 

70.  What  is  Pure  Tone  ^  Illustrate  by  an  example.  (Page 
52.) 

71.  Define  Orotund,  and  illustrate  by  an  example.     (Page  53.) 

72.  Define  Aspirated  Tone,  and  give  an  example.     (Page  54.) 

73.  Define  Guttural  by  an  example.     (Page  54.) 

74.  Define  the  Tremulous  or  Tremor. 

75.  Define  Rate.     How  many  degrees'^     (Page  bQ>,) 

7G.  Define  Quick  Rate,  Moderate  Rate,  and  Slow  Rate,  and 
give  examples  to  illustrate. 

77.  Define  Monotone.     Give  examples.     (Page  59.) 

78.  Define  Personation.     (Page  60.) 

79.  What  are  Pauses  in  elocution  ?     (Page  61.) 

80.  What  are  the  general  rules  for  the  use  of  Pauses  ?  Also 
the  rule  for  Suspensive  Quantity.     (Pages  61,  62  and  64.) 

81.  Read  the  following  sentence,  so  that  it  will  make  a  tem'per- 
mice  speech,  and  an  anti-temperance  speech : — 

*'The  person  who  is  in  the  daily  use  of  intoxicating  liquors,  if  he  does 
not  become  a  drunkard,  will  be  in  danger  of  losing  his  health  and  charac- 
ter." 


CHAPTER  HI.  \ 

GEOGRAPHY.  i 

The  following  references  in  the  questions  on  Geography  are  to  CAMP'S  \ 

HIGHER  GEOGRAPHY, — a  work  of  rare  merit  *' arranged  to  accompany  ' 

Mitchell's  Series  of  Outline  Maps,"  but  can  be  used  independently,  as  the 

book  is  complete  in  itself.     (P.  stands  for  page.)     (C.  for  column.)  ; 

Definitions  of  Mathematical  terms  used  in  Geography.  \ 

1.  What  is  a  Sphere?     What  is  the  Diameter  of  a  sphere?   I 
P.  7,  C.  1.  \ 

2.  What  is  the  Circumference  of  a  sphere  ?     What  is  the  Axis  j 
of  a  sphere?     P.  7,  C.  1.  : 

3.  What  are  the  Poles  ?     What  is  a  Circle  ?     P.  7,  C.  1.  j 

4.  What  are  the  great  circles  of  a  sphere?     What  is  an  Arc?   i 
p.  7,  C.  2.  \ 

5.  How  are  arcs  measured  ?     P.  7^  C.  Z>  ^ 


UEOGRAl'Iir.  25 

Geographical  DeJinitionSo 

THE    EARTH. 

L  What  is  the  Earth? 
Ans. — A  Planet. 

2.  What  is  a  planet  % 

Ans. — A  body  revolving  around  the  sun. 

3.  What  are  some  of  the  planets  ? 

Ans.— Mercury,  Venus,  Mars,  Jupiter,  Saturn,  Uranus,  Neptune,  and  a 
large  number  of  others,  called  asteroids. 

4.  What  is  Geography,  and  what  is  the  origin  of  the  word? 
P.  8. 

5.  What  is  the  form  of  the  Earth  ?     The  proofs  ? 

6.  Of  what  does  the  surface  of  the  earth  consist  ?     P.  8. 

LAND. 

1.  What  portion  of  the  earth  is  land?     What  portion  water? 
P.  8. 

2.  What  are  the  principal  divisions  of  land  ?     P.  8. 

3.  What  is  a  Continent  ?     Island  ?     Peninsular  ?     P.  8, 

4.  What  is  an  Isthmus?     Cape?     Promontory?     Mountain? 
P.  8. 

5.  What  is  a  Volcano  ?     Hill  ?     Plain  ?     Valley  ?     Desert  ? 
Oasis?     P.  8o 

6.  What  is  a  Shore  or  Coast  ?     Plateau  ?     P.  8. 

WATER. 

1.  How  is  the  water  divided  ?     P.  9. 

2.  What  is  an  Ocean  ?     How  many  Oceans  are  there  ?     P.  9. 
3o  What  is  a  Sea  ?     Archipelago  ?     Gulf  or  'Bay  ?     Strait  ? 

Channel?     Sound?     Lake?     River?     Creek?     P.  9. 

4.  Which  is  the  right  bank  of  a  River?     Which  the  left?     P. 

9,  a  2. 

5.  How  are  rivers  formed ?     What  is  the  source  of  a  river? 
P.  10. 

6.  What  is  the  mouth  of  a  river?    What  is  the  bed  of  a  river? 
P.  JO. 

2 


20                                     TllIC    COMPLETE    EXAMINER,  j 

5 

i 

MAPS.  ,    3 

1.  Define  a  map.     What  does  a  map  represent?     P.  10.  i 

2.  In  what  direction  is  the  top  of  the  map  supposed  to  be  ?  \ 
Po  10.  I 

3.  What  direction  is  the  bottom  of  the  map  ?     The  right  hand?  j 
The  left  hand?     What  are  these  directions  called?     P.  10.  ' 

j 

HEMISPHERES.  ' 

lo  Define  Hemisphere  ?     How  many  hemispheres  are  there  ? 

P.  10.  \ 

2.  Which  is  the  Eastern  Hemisphere,  and  what  does  it  repre- 
sent?    P.  11.  I 

3.  What  is  the  Western,  and  what  does  it  represent?     P.  11.  ; 

4.  Which  Hemisphere  contains  most  land?     P.  11.  i 

5.  Which  most  water?     P.  11.  | 

6.  For  what  is  the  Eastern  Continent  distinguished?     P.  11^  ; 

7.  For  what  is  the  Western  Continent  noted?     P.  11. 

SIZE    AND    MOTIONS    OF   THE   EARTH,   EQUATOR   AND    CIRCLES.  \ 

1.  What  is  the  size  of  the  Earth?     What  is  the  axis  of  the  j 
Earth?     P.  11.  i 

2.  What  motions  has  the  Earth?     P.  11. 

3.  What  is  the  Equator  ?     How  does  it  divide  the  Earth  ?     P. 
11. 

4.  What  are  the  Tropics,  and  why  are  they  23"^^  from  the  I 
Equator?     P.  IL  i 

5.  What  are  the  Polar  Circles  ?     Why  are  they  23"-^  from  the  ] 
Poles?     P.  11.  i 

LATITUDE   AND    LONGITUDEo  j 

1 .  What  is  Longitude  ?     How  is  it  represented  on  the  map  ?  \ 

P.  12,  i 

2o  What  are  these  lines  called  ?    What  do  the  figures  attached  ', 

to  them  show?     P.  12.  j 

3.  Where  do  we  begin  to  reckon  the  degrees  of  latitude  ?     P,  ] 

12.  \ 

4o  How  many  degrees  between  the  Equator  and  each  Pole  ?  ] 

P.  12,  j 


GEOGRAPHY.  27 

5.  What  is  said  of  places  either  North  or  South  of  the  Equa- 
tor?    P.  12. 

6.  What  of  places  on  the  Equator?     P.  12. 

7.  What  is  the  length  of  each  degree  of  latitude  ?     P.  12. 

8.  How  then  may  we  learn  the  distance  of  a  place  from  the 
Equator?     P.  12. 

LONGITUDE. 

1.  What  is  Longitude?     What  are  Meridians?     P.  12o 

2.  From  what  meridian  do  we"  usually  reckon  Longitude  ?     P. 
12. 

3.  What  is  the  custom  of  different  nations  in  this  respect  ?     P. 
12. 

4.  Where  are  the  degrees  of  longitude  usually  marked  on  the 
map?     P.  12. 

5.  How  many  degrees  of  longitude  are  there?     P.  12. 

6.  How  many  degrees  then  around  tlKj  Earth?     P.  12. 

7.  What  longitude  have  places  on  the  first  Meridian?     P.  12. 

8.  How  can  you  tell  whether  the  longitude  of  a  place  be  East 
or  West?     P.  12. 

9.  What  is  the  length  of  a  degree  of  longitude?     P.  12. 

10.  Give  the' table  of  longitude,  showing  the  number  of  miles  in 
a  degree  of  longitude  on  a  parallel  of  latitude,  for  every  five  de- 
grees, from  the  Equator  to  the  Poles, — sixty  geographical  miles 
being  taken  equal  to  sixty-nine  and  a  quarter  statute  miles  ?  P. 
23. 

ZONES. 

L  What  are  zones,  and  what  does  the  word  mean?     How 
many  zones  are  there?     P.  13. 

2.  What  is  the  North  Frigid?     What  the  South  Frigid?     P. 
13. 

3.  What  is  the  climate  of  the  zones  ?     What  the  productions  ? 
P.  13. 

4.  What  animals  are  found  ?     What  can  you  say  of  the  inhab- 
itants?    P.  13, 

5.  What  does  the  North  Temperate  Zone  embrace  ?     South 
Temperate?     P.  13. 


28  Itiie  complete  examiner.  t 

6.  What  is  the  ^climate  of  the  Temperate  Zones  ? 

7.  What  mmerails  are  found  ?     P.  13. 

8.  For  what  is  the  North  Temperate  Zone  more  particularly 
distinguished  ? 

9.  Where  is  the  Torrid  Zone  situated  ?     What  is  its  climate  ? 
P.  13. 

10.  What  are  the  productions  of  this  zone  ?     What  animals  ? 
P.  13. 

11.  Describe  its  inhabitants  ?     To  what  is  the  Torrid  Zone  sub- 
ject ?     P.  13. 

WESTERN   HEMISPHERE. 

1.  Give  the  seas,  gulfs  and  bays  on  the  map  of  the  Western 
Hemisphere. 

2.  Mention  all  the  straits  and  islands  on  the  same  map.     P.  19. 

3.  Give  also  the  Peninsulars  and  Capes.     P.  19. 

4.  Give  the  Mountain.ranges  and  their  direction.     P.  19. 

5.  What  five  large  lakes  in  North  America  are  connected,  and 
discharge  their  waters  into  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence?     P.  19. 

G.  What  are  the  principal  rivers  of  North  America  ?     P.  19. 

7.  Name  the  principal  rivers  of  South  America?     P.  19. 

EASTERN    HEMISPHERE. 

8.  Name  the  Seas,  Bays  and  Gulfs  on  the  map  of  the  Eastern 
Hemisphere.     P.  19. 

9.  Give  the  names  and  direction  of  the  principal  channels  and 
straits.     P.  20. 

10.  Locate  the  principal  Islands,  Capes  and  Peninsulars.     P. 
20. 

11.  What  Mountains,  Lakes  and  Rivers?     P.  20. 

RACES    OF   MEN. 

1.  How  are  mankind  divided?     P.  21. 

2.  How  is  the  European  Eace  distinguished  ?     P.  21. 

3.  AYhat  Nations  are  included  in  the  European  Race  ?     P.  21. 

4.  How  is  the  Asiatic  race  distinguished?     P.  21 

5.  What  nations  does  it  include?     P.  21. 

6.  How  is  the  American  Indian  race  distinn-uishcd?     P.  21. 


CEOGUAriir^  29 

7o  What  nations  does  it  include?     P.  21. 

8.  How  is  the  Malay  race  distinguished  ?     P.  21. 

y.  What  nations  are  included  in  this  race  ?     P.  21. 

10.  How  is  the  African  race  distinguished  ?     P.  21o 

lie  What  nations  does  it  include  ?     P.  21. 

STAGES    OF    SOCIETY. 

Ic  On  what  does  the  social  condition  of  men  depend?     P.  21. 
2o  What  do  the  different  degrees  of  advancement  among  men 
in  these  particulars  form?     How  many  of  these  are  there?     P.  21. 
3o  What  can  you  say  of  savage  nations  ?     P.  22. 

4.  What  is  the  condition  of  half-civilized  nations  ?     P.  22. 

5.  What  nations  are  civilized  ?     Give  examples.     P.  22. 

6.  For  what  .are  enlightened  nations  noted?     P.  22. 

7o  What  nations  are  enlightened?     How  distinguished?     P.  22. 

GOVERNMENT. 

1.  What  are  the  different  forms  of  government?     P.  22. 

2.  What  is  a  Monarchy  ?     How  many  kinds  ?     P.  22. 

3.  What  is  an  absolute  monarchy  ?     Limited  monarchy  ?     P.  22.  - 

4.  What  is  an  Aristocracy  ?     Democracy  ?     P.  22. 

4 
POLITICAL    DIVISIONS. 

1.  What  are  the  Political  divisions  of  the  Earth  ?     P.  22. 

2.  What  is  an  Empire ?     Republic?     Kingdom?     P.  22. 

3.  What  is  the  Chief  Officer  of  a  Republic  called?     P.  22. 

4.  How  is  he  elected? 

5.  How  are  Empires,  Kingdoms,  and  Rej)ublics  subdivided? 
P.  22. 

6.  How  are  States  subdivided  ? 

RELIGION. 

1.  What  are  the  principal  systems  of  Religion  ?     P.  22. 

2.  What  Nations  are  called  Christians  ?     P.  23. 

3.  How  are  christians  subdivided  ?     P.  23. 

4.  Who  are  Mohammedans  ?     Jews  ?     Pai:?ans  ?     P.  23. 


30  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINED, 

TABLE    OF   RACES. 

1.  How  many  souls  do  the  Caucasian  race  number  ?     Po  23. 

2.  How  many  do  the  Asiatic  or  Mongolian  ?     P.  23. 
8.  How  many  do  the  African  or  Negro  ?     Po  23. 

4.  How  many  do  the  Malay  ?     P.  23. 

5.  How  many  do  the  American  or  Indian  ?     P.  23o 

TABLE    OF    THE    PREVAILING    SYSTEMS    OF   RELIGlONo 

1.  How  many  do  the  Jews  number?     P.  23. 

2.  How  m^ny  do  the  Christians  number  ?     P.  23. 

3.  How  many  do  the  Pagans  and  Mohammedans  number? 
P.  23o 

NORTH   AMERICA. 

1.  What  part  of  the  globe  does  North  America  comprise? 
P.  27o 

2.  What  is  its  length?     Breadth?     P.  27- 

3.  What  Ocean  bounds  North  America  on  the  north?     P.  27, 
On  the  East?     West?     What  isthmus  connects  it  with 

South  America  ?     See  map  North  America. 

4.  Bound  the  different  divisions  of  North  America. 

5.  ^raw  a  map  of  North  America. 

6.  What  sea  between  North  and  South  America?     P.  27. 

7.  Name  the  principal  seas,  Gulfs,  and  Bays  of  N.  A.     P.  27. 

8.  What  strait  between  Asia  and  N.  A.  ?     North  of  Brit.  A.  ? 
P.  28. 

9.  What  strait  between  B.  A.  and  Greenland  ?     P.  28. 

.    10.  Name  the  principal  straits  and  sound,  and  locate  them. 
P.  28. 

llo  Locate  the  principal  islands,  and  name  them.     P.  28. 

12.  Name  and  locate  the  principal  capes  and  pe7iinsidas.     P.  28. 

13.  Name  and  give  the  directions  of  the  Mountain  chain?.     P. 
28. 

14.  Name  and  locate  the  lakes.     Pivers. 

15.  How  would  you  go  by  boat  and  car  from  Chicago  to  San 
Francisco? 

16.  How  would  you  go  by  steamer  from  Chicago  to  Liverpool? 


GEOGRAPHY.  31 

17.  How  does  North  America  rank  in  size  among  the  other 
divisions?     P.  31. 

18c  What  division  is  most  mountainous?     P.  31. 

19.  What  division  is  most  level?     P.  31. 

20.  Who  inhabit  Russian  America  ?  What  is  its  capital  ?  P. 
31. 

21.  Are  there  any  Volcanoes  in  it?    Name  them.     P.  31. 

BRITISH    PROVINCES, 

1.  Bound  Briti'sh  America.     See  map  No.  2. 

2.  In  what  part  is  Hudson's  Bay  Territory  ?     Labrador  ? 

3.  Bound  Upper  Canada.     Lower  Canada.     P.  34. 

4.  Bound  Nev/  Brunswick.  Nova  Scotia.  Newfoundland. 
P.  34. 

6.  Name  the  Oceans,  Seas  and  Bays.     P.  34. 

6.  Name  the 'Straits  and  Channels,  Islands,  Capes  and  Lakes. 
P,  34. 

7o  What  rivers  flow  into  James  Bay  ?     P.  34. 

8.  What  river  is  the  boundary  between  New  Brunswick  ?  P, 
34. 

9.  What  river  connects  Lake  Erie  and  Ontario  ? 
10.  Name  the  chief  rivers  and  give  their  directions. 
11«  Draw  a  map  of  the  British  Provinces. 

UNITED    STATES. 

lo  What  country  bound  the  U.  S.  on  the  North  ?Ai«:>'^^ 

2.  What  ocean  on  the  East  ?     What  Gulf  and  country  on  the 

South? 

3..  What  ocean  on  the  West?     What  is  the  latitude  of  the 

U.S.? 

4,  What  is  the  longitude  ?     How  many  states  are  there  ? 

5.  How  many  territories  are  there?  Name  the  States  and 
Territories. 

6o  What  states  border  on  the  Atlantic  ?  On  the  Gulf  of  Mex- 
ico? 

7.  On  the  Pacific?  On  the  Great  Lakes?  What  States  lie 
west  of  the  Mississippi  ?  What  States  are  separated  by  the  (>)n- 
flt'flicul  ?    ^  .-• 


32  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER.  (j     f/ 

8.  By  the  Delaware  ?     PotonjQC  P,^  Savanrxali  ?     Sabine  ? 

9.  By  the  Cliatjafiooche?  ?  6hio?  What  States  touch  Lake 
Michigan?  A     V^       -^    "^ 

10.  What  territories  are  bounded  north  by  British  America? 

11.  What  border  on  the  Pacific?  What  Territory  is  bounded 
by  Mexico? 

12.  What  territory  South  of  Origan?  West  of  Kansas? 
North  of  Texas?   ^^■ 

13.  Name  the  Gulfs  and  Bays  in  the  State  of  Wis.  Straits 
and  Sounds. 

14.  Locate  all  the  Capes  and  Islands.     All  the  Mountains. 

15.  Name  all  the  Lakes  and  principal  rivei^. 

16.  Which  is  the  longest  river  in  the  U.  S.?     What  is  its' 

17.  Which  is  the  largest  branch  of  the  largest  river?     Next? 

18.  What  falls  in  the  U.  S.  ? 

19.  Name  the  eastern  branches  of  the  Mississippi. 

20.  Name  the  western  branches  of  the  Mississippi. 

Note  — See  Map  of  U.  S.  for  authority  on  aU  these  questions, 

21.  Bound  Maine.  Describe  the  surface,  soil  and  climate. 
Tell  what  it  abounds  in.  Mention  the  chief  pursuits  of  the  peo- 
ple. Productions.  Tlie  exports.  What  is  said  of  Augusta? 
Eastport?     Bangor?     Bath?    The  Capital? 

22.  Bound  and  give  a  similar  description  of  every  state  in  the 
U.S. 

23.  Bound  the  United  States  as  a  whole. 

24.  Between  what  parallels  of  latitude  are  the  Uo  S.  ? 

25.  What  is  the  latitude  of  Albany?  Madison^  Wis. ?  New 
York?     St.  Louis?     Boston?     Washington?     Chicago? 

26.  What  state  has  the  greatest  amount  of  commerce? 

27.  Which  is  the  greatest  manufacturing  state  ? 

28.  "\YIiat  is  the  largest  city  in  the  U.  S.  ?  In  the  Western 
States  ? 

29.  What  are  the  principal  Atlantic  sea- ports  ? 

SOo  Through  what  water  would  a  vessel  pass  in  going  from  Si. 
Louis  to  New  York  ?     From  Chicago  to  Boston  ? 


GEOGRAPHY.  33 

31.  "What  is  the  principal  natural  curiosity  of  the  Middle 
States  ? 

32.  Bound  the  Eastern  States  as  a  whole  and  tell  by  whom 
and  when  they  were  settled,  and  describe  in  the  same  way. 

33.  Bound  the  Middle  States  as  a  whole. 

34.  Do  the  same  with  the  Western  States. 

35.  Bound  the  Southern  States  and  tell  when  and  by  whom 
settled. 

36.  Give  the  general  features  of  the  Territories  and  tell  how 
they  are  situated. 

MEXICO    AND    THE    WEST   INDIES. 

1.  Bound  Mexico.     Give  its  latitude  and  longitude. 

2.  Give  the  principal  features,  climate  and  .productions. 
3o  Give  the  latitude  of  Cuba.     Hayti.     P.  48. 

4.  Which  is  the  largest  of  the  West  India  Islands  ?     P.-  48. 

5.  What  group  north-east  of  it  ?     P.  48. 

6.  What  islands  west  of  Cahfornia  ?     P.  48. 
7c  What  mountain  in  Mexico  ?     P.  48. 

8.  Give  all  the  Bays  and  Gulfs  in  Mexico  and  West  Indies. 
P.  48. 

9.  Name  all  the  Islands  and  Capes. 

10.  Name  all  the  Lakes  and  rivers. 

11.  What  river  between  Mexico  and  W.  States?     P.  48. 

12.  Draw  a  map  of  Mexico.     Also  of  the  W.  States. 

MAP    OF    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

1.  Bound  South  America. 

2.  How  many  square  miles  has  it  ?     Inhabitants  ? 

3.  What  is  its  latitude  ?  Longitude  ?  In  what  zone  does  it 
lie? 

4.  How  many  states  has  South  America  ?    Name  them.    P.  85. 

5.  Bound  each  state,  and  give  the  capital  of  each.     P,  85. 

G.  What  states  border  on  the  Pacific  ?  On  the  Atlantic  ?  P. 
85. 

7o  On  the  Caribbean  Sea  ?  What  state  has  no  sea  coast  ?  P, 
85. 


34  a:HE  complete  examiner, 

8c  What  state  entirely  west  of  the  Andes.     Wliich  is  the  larg- 
est state  ?     P.  85. 

9.  What  ocean  east  of  S.  A.  ?     West  ?     What  sea  North  ? 

10.  Name  all  the  Gulfs  and  Bays. 

11.  What  Archipelagoes  on  the  west  coast  of  Patagonia?     P. 
85. 

12.  Locate  and  name  all  the  Islands^  Capes^  Mountains^  Lakes, 
and  Rivers,  and  name  the  largest  river  and  its  branches.     P.  85. 

13.  What  is  S.  A.?     How  divided?     For  what  distinguished? 
P.  87. 

14  What  is  the  climate ?     Soil?     What  are  the  products ? 

15.  What  plants  are  found  in  their  native  state?     What  can 
you  say  of  the  minerals  ?     P.  87. 

1 6.  Wild  Animals  ?     Of  the  discovery  and  settlement  of  South 
America?     P.  87. 

17.  What  is  the  general  form  of  S.  A.?     P.  95o 

What  range  of  mountains  extend  through  the  whole  Icngtli  ? 
P.  95. 

18.  What  countries  of  S.  A.  are  crossed  by  the  equator?     P. 
95. 

39.  Which  division  has  the  coldest  climate? 

20.  Where   is   gold  found?      Silver?      Copper?     Mercury? 
P.  95. 

21.  Which  is  the  largest  city  of  S.  A.  ? 

22.  How  would  you  go  from  New  York  to  Pio  Janeiro  ?     P.  95. 

23.  How  do  people  travel  in  New  Granada  ?     P.  95. 

24.  What  divisions  have  a  temperate  climate  ?     P.  95. 

25.  Draw  a  map  of  South  America. 

EUROPE. 

1.  Bound  Europe.     How  many  square  miles  has  it?     P.  102. 

2.  How  many  inhabitants  ?     What  is  its  latitude  ?     Longitude  ? 
P.  102. 

3.  In  what  zone  is  it  ?     What  are  the  principal  divisions  ?     P. 
102. 

4.  Which   is    the    most    Northern  ?      Eastern  ?      Southern  ? 
Western  ? 


GEOGRAPHY.  35 

5.  Bound  Norway  and  tell  how  many  square  miles  it  has.  In- 
habitants. Climate.  Soil.  Products.  Government.  Religion. 
Education.     Principal  towns.     Mines,     P.  104. 

6.  In  a  similar  way  describe  and  bound  each  of  the  divisions 
of  Europe,  and  give  the  capitals.     P.  102. 

7.  What  ocean  v/est  of  Europe?  North?  What  sea  North 
of  Russia?     P.  102. 

8.  What  sea  North  of  Prussia?  East  of  Great  Britain? 
West?^      . 

9.  What  sea  separates  Europe  from  Africa?     P.  102. 

10.  Locate  and  name  the  balance  of  the  seas.     Bays.     Gulfs. 

11.  Name  the  straits  and  channels,  and  tell  what  they  connect 
and  separate.     P.  102. 

12.  Name  all  the  islands  and  tell  what  government  they  belong 
to  and  what  direction  they  are  from  the  government  to  which  they 
belong.     P.  102. 

13.  Name  all  the  Peninsulas  and  tell  how  situated.     P.  102. 

14.  Give  all  the  mountains,  their  situation  and  general  direc- 
tion.    P.  102. 

15.  Give  the  name  and  locate  all  the  Lakes.     P.  102. 

16.  Give  the  names,  sources  and  mouths  of  all  the  rivers  and 
their  general  direction. 

17.  Name  the  largest  river  and  its  branches.     P.  102. 

18.  What  is  the  rank  of  Europe  among  the  grand  divisions? 
P.  104. 

19.  What  is  said  of  its  coast  and  surface?  Climate?  Soil? 
Minerals  ?     P.  104. 

20.  What  is  said  of  the  animals?  Agriculture?  Population? 
Education?     P.  104. 

21.  What  is  the  condition  of  the  people?  What  religion  pre- 
vails ?     P.  104. 

22.  What  divisions  of  Europe  are  entfrely  separate  from  the 
continent?     P.  125. 

23.  What  is  the  latitude  of  London  ?  Paris  ?  Rome  ?  Lis- 
bon?    P.  125. 

24.  What  countries  of  Europe  are  mountainous  ? 

25.  What  is  the  climate  of  Endand?     P.  125. 


36  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

26.  How  does  the  climate  of  England  compare  with  the  coun- 
tries of  the  same  latitude  on  the  Western  Hemisphere?     P.  125. 

27.  Which  is  the  largest  city  ?     Describe  it. 

28.  Which  are  the  most  commercial  cities  of  Europe  ?     P.  125, 

29.  Which  are  the  greatest  manufacturing  cities?     P.  125. 

30.  Draw  a  complete  map  of  Europe. 

31.  How  does  the  number  of  miles  of  coast  line  in  Europe 
compare  with  that  of  the  other  grand  divisions  ?     P.  125. 

32.  What  countries  of  Europe  are  Roman  Catholic  ? 

33.  What  countries  are  Protestant?     P.  125. 

34.  What  is  the  form  of  government  of  each  country  ?     P.^  125, 

• 

ASIA. 

1.  Bound  Asia.     What  is  the  number  of  its  square  miles  ? 
Number  of  inhabitants  ?     P.  130. 

2.  What  is  its  Longitude  ?     Latitude  ?     P.  130. 

3.  In  what  zones  is  Asia? 

4.  With  what  grand  divisicm  is  it  connected?     P.  130. 

5.  Name  its  political  divisions.     Their  capitals.     P.  130. 

6.  What  division  extends  farthest  North?     P.  130. 

7.  Which  farthest  South ?     East?     West? 

8.  What  divisions  have  no  sea  coast?     P.  130. 

9.  Name  and  locate  the  Oceans,  Seas,  Gulfs  and  Bays. 

10.  What  is  there  remarkable  in  respect  to  the  Caspian  and 
Aral  seas  ? 

Ans. — They  have  inlets  but  no  outlets. 

11.  Name  the  straits  and  channels  and  tell  what  they  connect 
and  what  they  separate. 

12.  Name  the  principal  islands  and  tell  where  they  are  situated. 

13.  Give  the  peninsulas  and  principal  capes  of  Asia.     P.  130. 

14.  Describe  the  mountain  scenery  and  deserts.     P.  130. 

15.  Name  and  locate  the  Lakes,  and  give  the  sources^  courses 
and  mouths  of  the  principal  rivers  in  Asia.     P.  130. 

16.  What  is  the  size  of  Asia?     Mention. its  natural  character- 
istics.    P.  132. 

17.  For  what  is  it  distinguished?     What  are  cultivated?     P*^ 
132. 


GEOGllAPlir.  37 

18.  In  what  is  It  rich  ?     What  animals  are  found  ?     P.  132. 

19.  Who  inhabit  it?     What  is  their  character?     P.  132. 

20.  What  did  Asia  formerly  contain  ?     P.  132. 

21.  What  is  said  of  agriculture  and  the  arts?     Religion?     P. 
132. 

22.  What  has  transpired  here?     P.  132. 

23.  What  can  you  say  of  the  great  Chinese  wall?     P.  132. 

24.  Where  and  how  high  are  the  Himalaya  mountains  ?     P. 
141. 

25.  Where  is  Mount  Sinai?     Ararat?     P.  141. 

26.  What  is  the  latitude  of  Calcutta?     Pekin?     Mecca? 

27.  How  is  Singapore  situated?     Describe  it.     P.  141. 

28.  What  remarkable  tree  is  found  in  Hindostan?     P.  141. 

29.  In  what  have  the  Hindoos  excelled?     P.  141. 

30.  How  would  you  sail  from  New  York  to  Singapore  ?     P 
141. 

31.  From  Calcutta  to  Constantinople?     F.  141. 

32.  What  is  the  most  noted  product  of  China?     P.  141. 

33.  Draw  2ifull  Map  of  Asia. 

AFRICA. 

1.  Bound  Africa.     In  what  zones  is  it  situated?     P.  145. 

2.  Point  out  the  principal  divisions  on  the  map.     P.  145. 

3.  What  states  border  on  the  Mediterranean  Sea  ?     Red  ? 

4.  On  the  Indian  Ocean?     Atlantic?     P.  145. 

5.  What  states  have  no  sea  coast  ?     What  are  crossed  by  the 
equator  ? 

6.  What  by  the  Tropic  of  Cancer  ?     Tropic  of  Capricorn  ?     P. 
145. 

7.  What  ocean  east  of  Africa?     West?     What  sea  north? 
P.  145. 

8.  What  ocean  between  Africa  and  Asia  ?    P.  145. 

9.  Name  and  locate  the  principal  Seas,  Gulf  and  Bays  ?     P. 
145. 

10.  What  strait  at  the  entrance  of  the  Mediterranean  Sea? 
P.  145. 

11.  'What  channel  between  Mozambique  and  Madagascar?     P. 
145. 


38  TUE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

12.  Name   and   tell   how   situated,  the   Islands,  Isthmus  and 
Capes.     P.  145. 

13.  Describe  the  Mountains,  Deserts  and  Oases. 

14.  Name  the  lakes,  and  give  the  source,  course  and  mouths  of 
the  chief  rivers  of  Africa.     P.  145. 

15.  What  is  the  position  of  Africa?     What  is  said  of  its  coast? 
P.  147. 

1 6.  What  is  the  size  of  Africa  ?     Climate  ?     Minerals  ?     P.  1 47. 

17.  What  is  said  of  its  mountains  and  deserts?     P.  147. 

18.  Of  its  soil  and  productions?     Animals?     Birds?     P.  147. 

19.  By  whom  is  Africa  inhabited?     What  did  Africa  formerly 
contain?*    P.  147, 

20.  Name  the  Barbary  States.     How  situated?     P.  148. 

21.  What  is  said  of  the  valley  of  the  Nile?     Climate? 

22.  What  was  Egypt  anciently?     Thebes?     Cairo?     P.  149, 

23.  Describe  the  pyramid  near  Cairo.     P.  149. 

24.  Where  are  the  Snow  mountains?     P.  155. 

25.  With  what  other  grand  division  is  Africa  connected  ?     Po 
155. 

26.  What  great  desert  in  Africa?     Describe  it.     P.  155. 

27.  What  rivers  in  Africa?     P.  155. 

28.  What  is  the  government  of  Egypt?     P.  155. 

29.  What  states  in  the  south  temperate  zone?     P.  155. 

30.  Draw  a  complete  map  of  Africa.     P.  155. 

31.  For  what  is  St.  Hetena  noted?     P.  155. 

MAP    OF    OCEANIC  A. 

1.  In  what  two  oceans  are  the  Islands  of  Oceanica  situated? 
P.  159. 

2.  Which  are  the  three  great  divisions  of  Oceanica?     P,  159, 

3.  What  part  of  Oceanica  constitute  Malaysia  ? 

4.  What  part  Australasia ?     Polynesia?     P.  159. 

5.  Name  and  locate  the  principal  Islands,     P.  159. 

6.  Give  the  Seas,  Gulfs,  Bays  and  Straits. 

7.  Mention  the  Capes,  Mountains  and  Pi  vers.     P.  159, 

8'-  Which  is  the  largest  of  the  Sandwich  Islands?     P.  159. 
9-.  Mention  the  principal  towns. 


PHYSICAL    GEOGRAPHY.  39 

10.  Whicli  is  the  largest  town  on  the  map  of  Oceanica?    P.  159. 

11.  What  division  of  Oceanica  is  nearest  America?     P.  1G2. 

12.  On  what  island  is  Mount  Ophir?     Where  is  Botany  Bay? 
p.  163. 

13.  What  islands  are  crossed  by  the  equator?     P.  163. 

14.  What  is  the  latitude  of  the  Sandwich  Islands?     P.  163. 

15.  What  is  the  lon^ritude  of  the  Sandwich  Islands?     P.  163. 


CHAPTER  IV. 
PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 

1.  Of  what  does  Physical  Geography  treat  ?     P.  167.  (Camp's 
High  School  Geography.) 

2.  ^Yhat  has  Descriptive  Geography  taught  of  the  surfiice  of 
the  earth?     P.  167. 

3.  What  is  said  of  the  Heat  of  the  earth?     (Geology)  P.  167. 

4.  In  what  state  is  the  interior  of  the  earth  supposed  to  be  ? 
P.  167. 

5.  What  is  said  of  the  crust  ?     How  far  has  it  been  penetrated? 
P.  167. 

6.  How  much  of  its  composition  is  supposed  to  be  known  ?     P. 
167. 

7.  How  many  simple  elements  are  there?     P.  167. 

8.  How  many  species  of  minerals  are  known?     P.  167, 

9.  Which  are  the  most  common  minerals?     P.  167. 

10.  How  are  they  combined?     What  is  meant  by  the  term 
rock?     P.  167, 

11.  How  are  rocks  classified?     What  are  stratified  rocks?     P. 
167. 

12.  Unstratified  rocks?     Igneous  rocks?     Plutonic  rocks?     P. 
167. 

13.  Volcanic  rocks?     Aqueous  rocks?     Metamorphic  rocks? 
P.  168. 

14.  Fossiliferous  rocks?     Describe  the  Granite  rocks.     P.  168. 

15.  What  are  the  lowest  stratified  rocks?     P.  168. 

1 6.  Mention  the  succeeding  series  in  their  order.     P.  1 68. 

17.  What  other  unstratified  rocks  occur  ?     P.  168^ 


40  THE    COMPLETE    EXAJIINEK. 

18.  What  Is  said  of  tlie  effect  of  certain  rocks?     P.  168. 

19.  Of  changes  now  taking  place?     P.  1G8. 

20.  What  are  the  Carboniferous  rocks  and  what  position  found 
in?     P.  168. 

CONTINENTS   AND    ISLANDS. 

1.  What  continent  is  the  most  simple  in  form?     P.  169. 

2.  Is  there  any  similarity  in  the  two  continents  ?     What  ?     P. 
169. 

3.  Describe   the   characteristics   of    the   Western    Continent. 
Eastern.     P.  169. 

4.  How  are  the  islands  divided  ? 

5.  What  is  said  of  the  Continental  islands?    Volcanic?    P.  169. 

6.  Of  Coral  islands?     Coral  Reefs?     P.  170. 

MOUNTAINS    AND    VOLCANOS. 

1.  How  do  Mountains  occur  ?     Volcanos?     P.  170. 

2.  What  is  a  Mountain  system  ?     To  what  do  they  correspond  ? 

3.  Describe  the  principal  systems  of  the  Western  continent. 

4.  Of  the  Eastern  continent.     What  is  pecuhar  to  each  ?     P. 
170. 

5.  What  is  meant  by  volcanic  action  ? 

6.  How  many  volcanos  are  now  active?     P.  170. 

7.  Describe  the  chief  volcanic  regions.     P.  170. 

8.  For  what  is  Stromboli  noted?     Hecla?     Cotopaxi?    P.  171. 

9.  Jorullo  ?     What  are  earthquakes  ? 

10.  Mention  some  of  the  most  destructive.     P.  171. 

PLATEAUS    AND    PLAINS. 

1.  What  are  Plateaus?     Plains?     P.  171. 

2.  Which  continent  is  distinguished  for  its  plains  ? 

3.  Its  plateaus  ?    Describe  the  Plateau  of  N.  America.    P.  172» 

4.  Of  S.  America.     Asia.     Describe  the  Plain  of  N.  America. 
P.  172. 

5.  Of  S.  America.     Of  Europe.     Asia.     Africa.     P.  172. 

WATER. 

1.  How  are  the  waters  of  the  land  found?     P.  172. 


PHYSICAL    GKOGRAPIIT.  41 

2.  Describe  Springs.     Hot  and  Boiling  Springs.     P.  172. 

3.  What  is  meant  by  the  basin  of  a  river?     P.  173. 

4.  Mention  the  principal  basins  on  the  land. 

5.  Upon  what  does  the  velocity  of  a  river  depend?     P.  172. 

6.  In  what  direction  do  the  largest  rivers  flow  ? 

7.  What  are  deltas  ?     How  formed  ?     P.  173. 

OCEAN. 

1.  What  is  meant  by  the  basin  of  an  ocean?     P.  174. 

2.  Describe  the  Ilydrographic  system  of  the  ocean.     P.  174. 

3.  Describe  the  Waves,  Tides,  Currents.     P.  174. 

4.  What  causes  the  Antarctic  Current?     The  Gulf  Stream? 

r.  174. 

5.  What  causes  the  Equatorial  Current?     P.  175. 

6.  Give  the  cause  of  the  South  Connecting  Current. 

7.  Point  the  course  of  the  Japan  Current.     P.  17o. 

8.  What  is  the  cause  of  the  Sargasso  Sea?     P.  175. 

ATMOSPHERE    AND    MOISTURE. 

1.  What  is  the  Atmosphere?     What  is  Temperature?     P.  175. 

2.  Upon  what  does  the  Temperature  of  a  place  depend?    P.  175. 

3.  What  causes  wind?     Hot  winds?     Hurricanes?     P.  176. 

4.  What  causes  the  Trade  Winds?     Return  Trades?     P.  176. 

5.  What  is  the  cause  of  the  Monsoons  ?     Water  Spouts  ?     P. 
176. 

6.  What  is  Dew?     Frost?     Mists  and  Fogs?     Rain?     Hail 
and  Snow?     Give  the  cause  of  each.     P.  177. 

7.  Where  are  rains  periodical?    Frequent?    No  rain?    P.  177. 

8.  What  is  the  annual  fall  of  rain?     What  is  meant  by  snow 
line? 

9.  What  are  Glaciers ?    Climate?    Isothermal  Lines ?    P.  177. 

10.  Where  is  there  the  most  rain,  and  how  much  ? 
Ans. — Cherrafongi,  Southern  India,  GlOy*^^  inches. 

11.  Where  is  the  least  rain,  and  how  much  is  there  ? 
Ans. — Fort  Yuma,  California,  l-po^g^  inches. 

12.  By  what  is  climate  effected?     P.  177<. 


42  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER.  - 

PLANTS   AND    ANIMALS. 

1.  What  is  the  estimated  number  of  species  of  plants  on  the 
globe?     P.  178. 

2.  What  is  said  of  the  native  region  of  plants?     P.  178. 

3.  Of  the  distribution  of  plants?     P.  178. 

4.  What  are  most  important  influences  effecting  vegetation  ? 

5.  What  is  said  of  the  vegetation  of  the  Torrid  Zone  ?     P.  178. 

6.  Of  the  Temperate  Zone?     Frigid  Zone?     P.  178. 

7.  What  can  you  say  of  local  and  restricted  botanical  regions  ? 
P.  178. 

8.  How  are  Animals  adapted  to  different  chmates?     P.  179. 

9.  What  is  said  of  the  clothing  of  animals  of  different  zones  ? 
P.  179. 

10.  What  animals  does  the  Torrid  Zone  contain?     P.  179. 

11.  What  kind  of  birds?     Where  are  the  coral  tribes  found? 
P.  179. 

12.  What  classes  of  animals  belong  to  the  different  zones  ?     P. 
179. 

13.  What  is  said  of  animals  peculiar  to  particular  regions? 
P.  179. 

14.  How  does  Physical  Geography  differ  from  Political  Geog- 
raphy?    P.  179. 

15.  Draw  a  new  map  of  the  U.  S.  with  Isothermal  Lines. 

Note, — I  could  have  multiplied  these  questions  four  fold :  but  perhaps  the  answers  given 
•would  not  have  developed  more  principles  than  clear  answers  to  the  comprehensive  ques 
tions  already  proposed- 


CHAPTER  V, 

PENMANSHIP. 

Remark. — The  law  requiros  that  candidates  for  teaching  shall  be  exam- 
ined in  Penmanship.  Yet  with  few  exceptions  litde  or  no  attention  is  given 
to  the  subject;  as  a  result,  poor  penmanship  is  generally  found  in  all  our 
schools.  Good  penmanship  is  an  exception,  unless  a  teacher  has  been  era- 
ployed  especially  for  that  branch.     This  is  ^vholly  unnecessary. 

The  following  references  to  questions  on  penmanship  arc  to  the  "Manu- 
al OF  Penmanship,"  by  Payson,  Dunton,  Scribner  &  Hays.  Authors  of  the 
Combined  System  of  Penmanship. 

P.  stands  for  the  page  of  the  Manual. 


PENMANSHIP.  43 

1.  "What  is  Penmanship? 
Ans. — The  art  of  writing. 

2.  What  may  reasonably  be  expected  from  the  school  course 
X  writing?     P.  19. 

3.  Which  should  be  taught  first,  knowledge  of  forms,  or  com- 
mand of  the  pen  ?     P.  21. 

4.  Can  a  bad  writer  teach  penmanship  successfully  ?     P.  23. 

5.  Mention  all  the  requisites  for  an  exercise  in  writing.     P.  25. 

6.  How  many  are  there  in  all  ? 

7.  What  is  said  about  "Script  and  Print V     P.  37. 

8.  Why  should  one  differ  in  form  from  the  other  ? 

9.  What  can  you  say  about  Lines  and  Angles  ?     P.  42. 

10.  What  degrees  should  the  Angles  be?     P.  45. 

11.  What  can  you  say  of  the  Position  2    Rests  and  Movements'^ 
P.  46. 

12.  What  can  you  say  of  the  Elements  and  Principles'^     P.  57. 

13.  What  is  the  first  Element'^     P.  60. 

14.  What  is  the  second  Element'^     P.  60. 

15.  Describe  the  third  Element.     Fourth.     Fifth.     P.  60. 

1 6.  How  many  principles  from  the  five  Elements  ?     P.  60. 

17.  The  main  lines  have  a  slope  of  how  many  degrees?     P.  60. 

18.  The  connecting  lines  how  many  degrees?     P.  60. 

19.  How  many  Elements  are  there  in  the  First  Principle  ?  P.  60. 

20.  How  many  Elements  form  the  Second  Principle  ?     P.  61. 

21.  How  many  form  the  Third  Principle?     P.  61. 

22.  How  many  form  the  Fourth  Principle  ?     P.  61. 

23.  How  many  form  the  Fifth  Principle  ?     P.  62. 

24.  Explain  the  Sixth  Principle. 

25.  What  Elements  are  there  in  the  letter  0.^     (Sec  elements 
Plate.) 

26.  What  is  said  about  the  Scale  of  Length'^     P.  63. 

27.  Give  the  rule  for  Scale  of  Length,     P.  63. 

28.  Give  the  rules  for  small  letters.     P.  Q)b,  QQ, 
29o.  Give  the  caution  mentioned  on  page  72. 

30.  Give  the  analysis  of  the  figures.     P.  74. 

31.  Describe  the  principles  found  in  the  Capitals.     P.  76. 

32.  Give  the  general  rule  for  Capital  Letters,     Pc  78. 


44  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

33.  Give  the  caution  mentioned  on  pages  79  and  80. 

34.  What  is  said  about  the  classes  of  small  letters  ?     P.  87. 

35.  What  letters  belong  to  the  First  Class  ?     P.  87. 

3G.  To  the  Second  Class,  Third  Class  and  Fourth  Class?  P. 
87. 

37.  What  are  the  characteristics  of  the  letters?     P.  88. 

38.  What  is  said  about  the  order  in  which  the  small  letters  are 
introduced?     P.  88. 

39.  Describe  the  combination  of  letters,  and  give  the  rules. 
P.  94. 

40.  Give  and  explain  the  Schedule  of  Topics  and  Course  of 
instruction  as  found  on  pages  104  and  105.  Explain  topics  on 
page  146.  Mention  anything  else  important  in  teaching  penman- 
ship. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

BOOK-KEEPING. 

Although  the  Law  docs  not  demand  that  a  candidate  shall  be  examined 
in  Book-Keeping,  yet  that  is  no  reason  why  the  teacher  sliould  not  be  quali- 
jied  to  teach  that  which  all  the  youth  of  the  land  are  going  forth  to  prac- 
tice.    A  few  questions  are  therefore  given  on  this  important  branch. 

The  following  references  in  the  questions  on  Book-Keeping  are  to  "Bry- 
ant &  Stratton's  National  Book-Keeping,"  "High  School  Edition."  The 
best  work  published  on  the  subject. 

P.  stands  for  page. 

1.  What  is  Book-Keeping?  In  what  does  business  consist? 
P.  11. 

2.  How  many  methods  of  Book-Keeping  are  there,  and  how 
distinguished?     P.  11. 

3.  Which  is  the  better  method,  and  for  what  reason?     P.  11. 

4.  What  is  the  characteristic  feature  of  Double  Entry?     P.  11. 

5.  Why  must  each  Transaction  be  entered  twice  on  the  Ledger? 
P.  11. 

6.  What  are  the  three  main  books  in  Double  Entry?     P.  11. 

7.  Which  two  are  sometimes  combined  in  one  ?     P.  11. 

8.  Describe  the  Day  Book.  What  should  be  the  character  of 
its  expression?     P.  11. 

9.  Why  is  the  Day  Book  alone  produced  in  Courts?     P.  11» 


BOOK-KEEriNG.  45 

I 

10.  What  other  importance  has  it  ?  Describe  the  Ledger.  P.  i 
12.  ^ 

11.  What  is  the  character  of  the  Ledger?     P.  12.  ^ 
What  is  an  account?     P.  12.  I 

12.  Which  is  the  Debit  and  which  the  Credit  side  of  an  ac-  i 
count?     P.  12.  i 

13.  Wliat  is  a  Resource  ?     Liabihty  ?     Cash  Term  ?     P.  14.  ^ 

14.  For  what  is  cash  Account  Debited?     Credited?     P.  14.  ; 

15.  What  is  shown  by  the  difference  between  the  sides  ?     P. 
14.  I 

IG.  Which  side  of  a  Cash  account  must  be  the  greatest,  and  \ 

why?     P.  14.  I 

17.  What  is  meant  by  Bills  Receivable?     Payable?     P.  14.  j 

18.  For  what  is  Bills  Receivable  Account  Debited  ?  Credited?  I 
P.  14.  I 

19.  For  what  is  Bills  Payable  Account  Debited?  Credited?  i 
P.  14  \ 

20.  What  is  shown  by  the  difierence  ?     P.  14. 

21.  What  is  a  Merchandise  Account?  With  wdiat  Debited?  j 
Credited?     P.  14.  j 

22.  What  is  Real  Estate  ?     How  is  the  Account  kept  ?     P.  15.  j 

23.  Wherein  are  Accounts  with  Bank  Stock,  Railroad  Stock,  | 
&c.,  similar  to  Merchandise?     P.  15.  ■ 

24.  What  are  Personal  accounts?  With  what  debited?  Cred-  ; 
ited?     P.  15. 

25.  What  is  meant  by  Shipment  or  Adventure  ?  How  do  they  \ 
differ  from  Merchandise  ?  What  is  meant  by  the  term  Stock  ?  , 
P.  15.                                               ,  \ 

26.  What  do  Stock  Accounts  show?  Explain  the  manner  of  • 
keeping  Stock  Accounts.     P.  IGjrand  Formula  (P.  17.)  ; 

State  the  six  general  principles  in  keeping  accounts.    P.  1 G. 

27.  What  should  the  pupil  keep  in  view  when  Journalizing  ?  \ 
P.  20.  I 

28.  What  is  Posting  ?  Why  is  it  necessary  to  observe  care  in  \ 
Posting?     P.  20.  ! 

29.  AVhen  should  the  Check  Mark  (v)  be  made  in  the  Day  ; 
Book,  and  where  ?     P.  20.  I 


46  THE  COMrLETE  EXAMINER. 

30»  Why  is  a  Trial  Balance  so  called?     P.  27. 

31.  Can  a  correct  Trial  Balance  be  had  which  will  contain  sim- 
ply the  Balance  of  the  Ledger  Account  ?     P.  28. 

32.  What  will  a  Ledger  properly  kept  show  at  any  time  ?     P. 
28. 

33.  What  kind  of  Resources  can  not  be  shown  from  the  Ledger? 
P.  28. 

34.  How  many  classes  of  Accounts  are  there  ?     P.  29. 

35.  What  Accounts  are  called  Real?     What  Representative? 
P.  29. 

36.  For  what  purpose  is  Stock  Opened?     P.  32. 

37.  What  is  the   chief  difficulty  with  pupils  in  closing  the 
Ledger?     P.  33. 

38.  Describe  the  manner  of  closing  the  Ledger  in  regular  steps. 
P.  34. 

39.  Dq^lwq  Cash  Booh    Bill  Booh     Commission  Ledger  Book. 
Invoice  Book.     Describe  the  form  of  Notes,  Drafts,  &c. 

40.  State  any  other  principle  in  Book-Kceping  not  implied  in 
the  foregoing  questions. 


CHAPTER  Vn. 

GRAMMAR. 

Remark. — Many  candidates  can  recite  the  Grammar  from  beginning  to  end, 
yet  in  the  appUcation  of  the  principhs  in  analyzing  language,  they  fail  sad- 
ly. Again  those  who  are  able  to  tell  the  part  of  speech  readily  in  the  sen- 
tences taken  from  the  Grammar,  still  make  many  bad  mistakes  in  general 
analysis.  It  is  of  the  highest  importance,  therefore,  that  every  candidate 
should  so  thoroughly  quahfy  himself  in  the  principles  of  the  science,  that 
he  may  be  able  to  judge  of  the  parrt  of  speech  from  the  office  the  word 
performs  in  the  sentence.  Every  good  student  of  Grammar  knows  that  the 
SAME  WORD  varies  its  part  of  speech  a«  it  varies  its  office  in  different  senten- 
ces. 

Note. — The  following  references  in  the  questions  on  Grammar  are  to 
Clark's  English  Grammar,  Revised  Edition.  Def.  stands  for  definition. 
Obs.  for  observation.  Rem.  for  remarlc.  Pr.  for  priiiciple,  H.  for  7'ule, 
Ex.  for  example.     P.  for  page. 

LANGUAGE. 

1.  What  is  Language?     Def.  1. 


GRAM3IAR.  .47 

2.  How  are  thoughts  and  feelings  indicated?     Dcf.  1.     Obs.  1. 

3.  What  can  you  say  of  Natural  Language?     Def.  1.     Obs.  2. 

4.  Describe  Artificial  Language.     Dcf.  1.     Obs.  3. 

5.  Of  what  does  Spoken  Language  consist  ?     Def. 

6.  Of  what  does  "Written  Language  consist  ?     Def. 

GRAMMAR. 

1.  What  is  Grammar?     Define  General  Grammar.     Def.  4. 
Obs.  1. 

2.  What  is  Particular  Grammar  ?     Def.  4.     Obs.  2. 

3.  What  should  every  Particular  Grammar  include  ?     Def  4. 
Rem. 

4.  What  is  English  Grammar  ?     Define  a  letter.     Def.  5,  6. 

5.  Define  a  Word.     What  is  a  Phrase  ?     Def.  7,  8.     Rem. 

6.  Point  out  the  Phrases  in  the  following : 

*'At  midnight,  in  bis  guarded  tent, 

The  Turk  was  dreaming  of  the  hour 
When  Greece,  her  knee  in  suppliance  bent, 

Should  tremble  at  his  powei'." 

7.  What  is  a  Sentence?     Def  9. 

8.  Illustrate  your  definition  by  examples.     Def  9,  Ex. 

WORDS. 

1.  Words  are  distinguished  as  how  many  Parts  of  Speech? 
Prin. 

2.  Give  the  Parts  of  Speech.     Prin. 

3.  Describe  a  Noun,     A.  Pronoun,     An  Adjective.     Def.  10- 
12. 

4.  Illustrate  each  of  the  above  by  an  example, 

5.  Describe  a  Verb,  and  tell  what  belongs  to  it.     Def.  13. 

6.  Define  an  Adverb.     A  Preposition.     Def  14,  15. 

7.  What  is  a  Conjunction  ? 

Ans. — A  word  used  to  connect  words,  phrases,  and  sentences. 

8.  What  is  an  Exclamation?     Def  17. 

9.  What  is  a  Word  of  Euphony?     Def  18. 

10.  Give  examples  of  Words  of  Euphony. 

"There  are  no  idlers  here."    *'Now,  then,  we  are  prepared  to  defend  our 
position." 


48  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER, 

PHRASES. 

1.  For  what  are  Phrases  used?     Rem.  P.  19. 

2.  How  are  Phrases  distinguished  ?     Prin.  P.  19. 

3.  What  is  a  Substantive  Phrase?     Def.  19. 

4.  Point  out  and  tell  the  offices  the  Phrases  perform  in  the  fol- 
lowing sentences : 

"To  be,  contents  his  natural  desire."  "His  being  a  minister  prevented 
his  rising  to  civil  power."     "I  doubted  his  having  been  a  soldier." 

5.  What  offices  do  Substantive  Phrases  perform?  Def.  19, 
Obs. 

6.  What  is  the  office  of  an  Adjective  Phrase  ?     Def  20. 

7.  Designate  the  Adjective  Phrases  in  the  following : 

"The  time  of  my  departure  is  at  hand."  "Forgetting  the  things  that  are 
behind  I  press  forward." 

8.  What  is  an  Adverbial  Phrase?     Def  21. 

9.  Designate  the  Adverbial  Phrases  in  the  following : 

"God  moves  in  a  mysterious  way."  "Truth  crushed  to  earth  will  rise 
again." 

10.  Define  an  Independent  Phrase.     Def.  22. 

11.  What  office  does  an  Independent  Phrase  perform  in  a  sen- 
tence ?     Def  22,  Obs. 

12.  Designate  the  Independent  Phrases  in  the  following: 

"The  hour  having  arrived  we  commenced  the  exercises." 

"The  sun  having  risen,  we  set  sail." 

"The  bugle  having  sounded,  the  charge  was  made." 

13.  If  you  approve  of  distinguishing  Phrases  according  to 
their  forms,  instead  of  the  offices  which  they  perform,  tell  how 
many  classes  there  are,  and  name  them.     Def.  22,  Prin. 

14.  Describe  a  Prepositional  Phrase.     Give  an  Ex.     Def  23. 

15.  Describe  an  Infinitive  Phrase.     Give  an  Ex.     Def  24. 
1 G.  Describe  a  Participal  Phrase.     Give  an  Ex.     Def  25. 

17.  Give  a  sentence  illustrating  an  Independent  Phrase.  Def 
2G. 

18.  Of  what  does  a  Phrase  consist?     Def  26,  Pr. 

19.  What  are  the  principal  elements  of  a  Phrase?     Def.  27. 


GRAMMAR.  49 

20.  Define  the  Adjuncts  of  a  Phrase.     Def.  28. 

21.  Designate  the  Principal  Elements  and  Adjuncts  in  the  foL 

lowing  : 

"  Birds  sang  amid  the  whispering  shade." 
"Rays  of  limpid  light  gleamed  round  their  path." 

22.  What  is  the  leader  or  connective  of  a  Phrase?  Def.  29, 
Obs. 

23.  Point  out  the  leaders  or  connectives  in  the  following : 

"Like  a  spirit  it  came,  in  the  van  of  a  storm." 
"Enough  remains  of  glimmering  light 
To  guide  the  wanderer's  steps  aright." 
"I  am  monarch  of  all  I  survey; 
^  My  right  there  is  none  to  dispute." 

24.  Define  a  Participle.  Describe  a  Subsequent  or  essential 
element  of  a  Phrase. 

25.  When  any  element  of  a  Phrase  is  suppressed,  how  do  you 
treat  that  part  of  the  Phrase  which  is  expressed  ?     P.  23.     Obs.  2. 

26.  Designate  the  Subsequent  of  a  Phrase,  and  illustrate  the 
principle  in  question  25th  from  the  following: 

"At  parting,  too,  there  was  a  long  ceremony  in  the  Ilall ;  buttoning  up 
great  coats,  tying  on  woolen  comforters,  pinning  silk  handkerchiefs  over  the 
mouth  and  up  to  the  ears,  and  grasping  sturdy  walking  canes  to  support 
unsteady  feet."  "These  crowd  around  to  ask  him  of  his  health."  "Wil- 
liam came  home,"  *'Mary  has  come  to  school  early."  "I  love  to  sec  the 
sun  rise." 

SENTENCES. 

1.  What  is  a  Sentence  ?     P.  23,     Pern. 

2.  What  are  the  Elements  of  a  Sentence?     Def.  32. 

3.  What  is  essential  to  the  structure  of  a  Sentence  ?     Def.  32. 

4.  What  is  the  Subject  of  a  Sentence?     Def.  32.     Rem.  1. 

5.  What  are  the  parts  of  a  Sentence  ?     P.  24.     Prin. 

6.  What  is  the  Predicate  of  a  Sentence?     Def.  32.     Pern. 

7.  What  are  Principal  Elements  ?  Adjunct  Elements  ?  Def. 
33,  34. 

8.  Point  out  the  Principal  and  Adjunct  Elements  in  the  follow- 
ing sentences :    * 

"The  night  passed  away  in  song."  "The  King  of  Shadows  loves  a  shin- 
Inir  markJ' 


50  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

"There  in  his  noisy  mansion,  skilled  to  rule, 
The  village  master  taught  his  little  school." 

9.  Define  Subordinate  Elements,  and  designate  them  in  the 
following: 

"Lend  me  .your  songs,  ye  Nightingales."  "Oh  Liberty !  I  wait  for  thee,'' 
"There  are  no  idlers  here."     "I  sit  me  down  a  pensive  hour  to  spend." 

10.  What  must  every  Sentence  have  ?     Def.  35. 

11.  Is  there  any  distinction  between  a  Logical  and  Grammati- 
cal  Subject  ?    If  so  give  it. 

12.  What  is  the  difference  between  a  Grammatical  and  Logi- 
cal Predicate  ?  Give  the  distinction  between  a  Grammatical  and 
Logical  Object.     Def.  37,  38. 

13.  In  the  following  Sentences  tell  whether  the  Subject,  Predi- 
cate and  Object  are  Grammatical  or  Logical : 

"Birds  fly."     "Knowledge  is  power." 
"They  that  seek  me  early,  shall  find  me." 
"To  do  good,  is  the  duty  of  all  men." 
"At  what  time  he  took  orders,  doth  not  appear." 
"That  all  men  are  created  equal  is  a  self-evident  truth," 
"Thou  art  perched  aloft  on  the  beetling  crag." 
"I  regret  his  being  absent." 

"  The  fool  hath  said  in  his  heart,  there  is  no  God." 
•     "  God  said,  let  there  be  light." 

"  God  never  meant  that  man  should  scale  the  heavens^ 
By  strides  of  human  Wisdom." 

DIAGRAMS. 

1.  What  is  a  diagram,  and  what  is  its  object  in  Grammar  ? 
P.  36. 

2.  What  determines  the  position  of  an  element  in  the  Diagram? 
Rem. 

3.  Illustrate  by  an  example.     P.  36. 

GENERAL  RULES. 

1,  What  position  do  the  principal  elements  occupy  in  the  Dia- 
gram?    R.     P.  36. 

2.  What  position  do  the  subject,  predicate,  and  object,  occupy 
in  a  Diagram?     R.  2,  3,  4.     P,  36,  37. 


GRAMMAR.  51 

3.  What  position  do  the  Adjunct,  Conjunction  and  Relative 
Pronoun  occupy  in  a  diagram?     R.  5-10,  12.     P«  37,  38. 

CLASSIFICATION    OF    SENTENCES. 

1.  How  are  Sentences  distinguished?     Pr.  P.  38.    * 

2.  Describe  an  Intransitive  Sentence,  and  give  an  example. 
Def.43. 

3.  Define  a  Transitive  Sentence,  and  give  an  example.  Def. 
44. 

4.  In  the  following  Sentences,  designate  which  are  Transitive, 
and  which  Intransitive : 

"God  is  love."  *' On  some  fond  breast  the  parting  sou?  relies."  "Vir- 
tue secures  happiness."  "Fishes  swim."  "Industry  promotes  health  and 
wealth."     "John  walks." 

5.  Define  a  Simple  Sentence.  A  Compound  Sentence,  Def. 
45,  46. 

6.  In  the  following,  tell  which  are  Compound,  and  which  Sim- 
ple: 

Frank  is  diligent.  James  is  quiet.  The  boys  run.  Maggie  and  Flora 
study  Latin.     "Temperance  elevates  and  ennobles  man." 

7-  What  are  the  clauses  of  a  Compound  Sentence?     Def.  46, 

8.  Designate  in  the  following,  what  clauses  are  Compounded : 

John  and  James  study  Philosophy.  Anna  reads  Latin  and  French. 
Phebe  studies  and  recites  Algebra  and  Geometry.  Slowly  and  sadly  Min- 
nie and  Maggie  ride  and  walk  up  yon  high  and  distant  mountain  and  wood- 
land. 

9.  What  is  a  Mixed  Sentence  ?     Def.  46,  (e.) 

10.  Designate  which  of  the  following  Sentences  is  Mixed : 

"Time  slept  on  flowers  and  lent  his  glass  to  hope." 

"Who  can  observe  the  careful  ant,  and  not  provide  for  future  want." 

11.  What  is  a  Principal  Sentence?     Def.  47. 

12.  Describe  an  Auxiliary  Sentence.     Def.  48. 

13.  Define  a  Complex  Sentence.     Def.  48.     Obs.  P.  42. 

14.  Designate  which  of  the  following  Sentences  is  Principal. 
Which  Auxiliary.     Which  Complex : 


52  THE  coMrLL:TE  examiner. 

a.  Man  is  mortal. 

h.  He  hath  brought  many  prisoners  from  Vicksburg. 

c.  "The  fur  that  warms  a  monarch  warmed  a  bear." 

d.  "  Sweet  was  the  sound,  when  oft,  at  evening's  close, 

e.  Up  yonder  hill  the  village  murmur  rose." 

/.  "I  have  a  temple  in  every  heart,  that  owns  my  influence." 

15.  How  are  Auxiliary  Sentences  distinguished  ?     P.  42,  Prin. 

16.  Define  a  Substantive  Sentence.     Def.  49. 

17.  What  is  an  Adjective  Sentence  ?     Def.  50. 

18.  Describe  an  Adverbial  Sentence.     Def.  51. 

19.  In  the  following,  designate  the  Substantive  Sentences,  the 
Adjective  Sentences,  and  Adverbial  Sentences : 

«.  "That  man  is  liable  to  err,  is  evident  to  all." 

h.  "James  refused  to  tell  what  caused  him  to  commit  the  deed." 

c.  "He  that  getteth  wisdom  loveth  his  own  soul." 

d.  "That  life  is  long,  which  answers  life's  great  end." 

e.  "Teachers  are  anxious  that  their  pupils  should  improve." 

/.         "How  dear  to  my  heart  are  the  scenes  of  my  childhood, 
g.  When  fond  recollection  presents  them  to  view." 

ETY3IOLOGY. 

1.  Define  Proximate  Analysis.     Ultimate  Analysis.     Rem.  2, 
3,  P.  69. 

2.  What  is  embraced  in  the  Science  of  Language  ?     Pr.  P.  69. 

3.  Define  Orthography.     (See  first  Chap,  of  the  Examiner.) 

4.  What  does  Etymology  treat  of?     Syntax  ?     P.  69. 

5.  What  is  Prosody,  and  of  what  does  it  treat  ? 

6.  What  does  a  true  system  of  Analysis  require  ?     Pem.  P 
69. 

7.  How  are  words  distinguished  ?     Pr.  70. 

8.  Define  a  Radical  word.     Derivative  word.     Def.  52,  53. 

9.  Must  a  word  that  is  Radical  in  English,  be  Radical  in  the 
language  from  which  it  is  derived  ?     Obs.  P.  70. 

10.  How  are  the  parts  of  a  compound  word  usually  written  ? 
Obs.  P.  70. 

11.  What  is  the  Basis  of  a  Compound  word  ?     Adjunct  ?     Def. 
56,  57. 

12.  What  is  the  distinction  between  a  Derivative  and  Compound 
word?     R.  P.  71. 


GRAMMAR.  63 

13.  Define  a  Prefix  and  its  office.     Def.  58. 

14.  Describe  a  Suffix  and  its  office.     Def.  59. 

15.  How  are  Prefixes  and  Suffixes  distinguished?     Pr.  P.  71. 

16.  What  is  a  Separable  Radical?     Def.  GO. 

17.  Describe  an  Inseparable  Radical.     Def.  61. 

18.  Designate  the  Radical  and  Derivative  words  in  the  follow- 
ing: 

a.  "The  profoundest  depths  of  man's  intellect  can  be  fathomed." 

h.  "In  the  loftiest  flights  of  his  imagination  he  can  be  followed." 

c.  "Dryden  often  surpasses  expectation." 

d.  "Pope  never  falls  below  it." 

e.  "Behold  the  majestic  monarch  of  the  clouds." 

19.  Designate  the  Simple  and  Compound  words  in  the  follow- 
ing: 

a.  "Flag  of  the  free  heart's  only  home, 

b.  By  angel  hands  to  valor  given, 

c.  Thy  stars  have  lit  the  welkin  dome, 

d.  And  all  thy  hues  were  born  in  heaven. 
c.  Forever  float  that  standard  sheet ; 

f.  Where  breathes  the  foe  but  falls  before  us ; 

g.  With  Freedom's  soil  beneath  our  feet, 

h.       And  Freedom's  banner  streaming  o'er  us." 

20.  Designate  the  Prefixes  and  Suflaxes,  the  Separable  and  In- 
separable Radicals  in  the  following : 

a.  Goodness  sake  absolve  dangerous  formations. 
h.  Undertake  to  overtake  consular  uniforms. 

c.  Keform  undelectablc  and  convcrtable  elections. 

d.  Reconstruct  the  comparable  and  indissoluble  Union  rightfully. 

OF    THE    NOUN. 

1.  What  is  a  Noun?     Describe  its  office.     Def.  62. 

2.  Give  the  order  of  parsing  a  Noun. 

3.  What  is  the  difference  between  a  Proper  and  a  Common 
Noun  ?     Def.  63. 

4.  Illustrate  the  above  by  examples. 

5.  When  a  Noun  denotes  the  quality  of  a  thing,  what  kind  of 
a  Noun  would  you  call  it?     Def.  Q>^, 

6.  Describe  a  Collective  Noun.     Def.   (dOt, 


54  THE  COMPLETE  EXAMINER, 

7.  Define  a  Verbal  Noun.     Def.  67. 

8.  Is  it  essential  to  the  Science  of  Grammar  that  Nouns  should 
be  classified  as  Common  and  Proper  ? 

Ans. — It  is  not. 

9.  May  the  office  of  a  Substantive  be  performed  by  Words, 
Phrases,  and  Sentences  ?     Obs.  4.     P.  74. 

10.  May  a  word  that  is  usually  a  noun  perform  the  office  of  an 
Adjective,  Adverb,  or  Verb  ?     Obs.  5.     P.  75. 

11.  May  the  same  word  perform  the  office  of  any  part  of 
speech  ? 

12.  Designate  the  Nouns  in  the  following: 

a.  An  Iron  fence. 

h.  Go  home  and  come  back. 

c.  But  if  you  mouth  it. 

d.  The  good  alone  are  great. 

e.  I  grudge  thee  not  the  much  or  the  little  thou  mayest  receive. 
/.   "'Tis  Heaven  itself  that  points  out  an  hereafter." 

g.  "Your  if  is  the  only  peace-maker;  much  virtue  is  in  if." 
h.  "They  came  down  with  hark,  and  whoop,  and  wild  halloo." 

MODIFICATION    OF   NOUNS. 

1.  How  many  Genders  have  Nouns  ?     Name  them.     Eem.  P. 
75. 

2.  "What  is  Person  as  belonging  to  Nouns  ?     How  many  Per- 
sons are  there  ? 

3.  What  belong  to  Nouns?     Pr.  P.  76. 

4.  What  does  the  Masculine  Gender  denote  ?     Def.  69. 

5.  What  Nouns  are  of  the  Feminine  Gender?     Def.  70. 

6.  What  Nouns  are  of  the  Neuter  Gender?     Def.  71. 

7.  What   Gender  do  you  apply  to  the  names  of  infants  and 
young  animals?     Obs.  2.     P.  76. 

8.  What  Gender  do  you  apply  to  the  names  of  objects  personi- 
fied?    Obs.  a.     p.  76. 

9.  What  Gender  do  you  apply  to  the  following  words :     Parent, 
Cousin,  Friend,  Bird,  Sheep,  Deer?     Obs.  4.     P.  76. 

10.  Give  the  feminine  of  actor ^  author ^  host,  hero,  jeiv,  lion, 
hear,  tiger,  man. 

11.  Give  the  masculine  of  governess,  princess,  lady. 


GRAMMAR.  55 

PERSOT^. 

1.  Define  Person  as  belonging  to  Nouns. 

2.  Give  an  example  of  a  Noun  of  the  First  Persoa, 
S,  What  Nouns  are  of  the  Second  Person  ?     Def  73. 

4.  What  Nouns  are  of  the  Third  Person?     Def.  74. 

NUMBER. 

1.  Define  Number  as  belonging  to  Nouns, 

2.  What  Nouns  are  of  the  Singular  Number  ?     Def.  75. 

5,  What  Nouns  are  of  the  Plural  Number?     Def.  76. 

4.  How  do  you  determine  the  Number  of  Nouns  ?    Obs.  P.  78. 

5.  How  do  you  form  the  Plural  of  Nouns  whose  Singular  ends 
in  s,  ss,  sh,  x,  eh,  &c.     Obs.  2.     P.  79. 

6.  How  do  Nouns  ending  in  j,  form  their  Plural  ?     Obs.  P.  79. 

7.  How  do  you  form  the  Plural  of  Nouns  ending  in  f  final  ? 
Obs.  4.     P.  79. 

8.  Nouns  ending  in  fe  form  their  Plural  in  what  manner? 
Obs.  5.     P.  79. 

9.  Give  the  plural  of  Book.  Pen,  Gas.  Lynx.  Hero. 
Lady.  Folly.  City.  Beef.  Loaf.  Wolf.  Wife.*  Child. 
Man.    Ox.     Foot.     Mouse. 

10.  How  do  Compound  Words  form  their  Plural?  Obs.  7. 
P.  80. 

11.  How  do  you  form  the  Plural  of  Nouns,  having  titles  pre- 
fixed or  annexed  ?     Obs.  9.     P.  80. 

12.  Give  the  Plural  of  the  following :  Inkstand.  Race-horse. 
Father-in-law.  Arm-full.  Ignis-fatuus.  Miss  Brown.  Doctor 
Smith.     Gold. 

13.  Give  the  Singular  of  Tongs.  Vespers.  Literati.  Scis- 
sors. 

14.  Give  the  Number  of  the  following:  News.  Wages. 
Sheep.     Horse.     Foot.     Cattle. 

15.  Give  the  Plural  of  Genus.    Index.    Axis. 

CASE. 

i.  What  does  Case  in  Grammar  mean  ?    Rem.  2.     P.  82. 


56  THE  COMPLETE  EXAMINER. 

2.  How  many  Cases  do  Nouns  liave  ?  jSTame  tliem.  Pr.  F. 
82. 

3.  Define  the  Nominative  and  its  ofTice.     Def.  77. 

4.  In  what  Case  is  the  Subject  of  a  Sentence  ?     Obs.  P.  83. 

5.  Define  the  Possessive  Case  and  its  office.     Def.  78. 

6.  Does  the  Possessive  Case  always  denote  ownership  or  pos- 
session ?     Ex. — Childrens'  Shoes  are  high.     Obs.  5.     P.  84. 

7.  Do  Nouns  in  the  Possessive  Case  more  frequently  perform 
the  ofiice  of  Nouns  than  of  Adjectives  ?     Obs.  7,     P.  84. 

8.  What  can  you  say  of  the  Objective  Case  ?     Def.  79. 

9.  When  is  a  Noun  or  Pronoun  in  the  Independent  Case? 
bef.  80. 

10.  Do  Nouns  change  their  forms  to  represent  their  Cases  ? 
Obs.  7.     P.  89. 

11.  Analyze  and  parse  the  words  in  Italics :  My  Booh  is  new; 
John^s  is  old.  Iline  is  little  used ;  Yours  is  soiled.  John  is  a 
friend  of  mine.  Does  the  word  mine  mean  my  friend  ?  Test  it 
by  this  example:  John  is  my  enemy;  but  he  is  a  friend  of  "my 
friend."     Ex.  P.  ^^. 

•  pRONoms^s. 

1.  Define  a  Pronoun  and  its  office.     Def.  81. 

2.  What  do  you  mean  by  Antecedent?     Obs.  1.     P.  88. 

3.  Give  the  Antecedents  in  the  following : 

John  is  sick ;  I  saw  him  yesterday.  I  am  glad  that  Charles  has  received 
a  good  education,  it  is  what  few  poor  boys  have  the  perseverence  to  accom- 
plish. 

4.  What  does  it  personate  in  the  following  sentences  ? 

It  is  I.  It  is  he.  It  is  she»  Who  is  it  ?  It  is  they.  It  is  the  men.  It 
is  the  children.     It  is  the  women. 

5.  How  many  kinds  of  Pronouns  are  there  ?     Pr.  P.  88. 

6.  Define  a  Personal  Pronoun.     Def.  82. 

7.  How  many  Personal  Pronouns  are  there? 

8.  Decline  the  Personal  Pronouns.     P.  89. 

9.  What  belong  to  Pronouns  ?     Pr.  P.  89. 

10.  How  many  Pronouns  have  a  special  form  to  denote  sex? 

11.  Define  the  Relative  Pronoun  and  its  office.     Def.  83. 


GRAMMAR.  57 

12.  Wliicli  of  the  Relative  Pronouns  arc  declined  to  indicate 
the  Cases?     Def.  83.     Obs.  3. 

13.  When  should  we  use  who ?     When  which?     When  that? 
P.  92. 

14.  What  is  there  peculiar  about  the  word  wliat'^      Obs.  7. 
P.  92. 

15.  What  can  you  say  of  the  words  whoever,  whichever,  &c.  ? 
Obs.  8.     P.  92. 

1 G.  Parse  as  and  than  in  the  following : 

*'SucIi  as  I  have,  give  I  unto  thee."     "We  have  more  than  heart  could 
wish." 

17.  What  is  an  Interrogative  Pronoun?     Def.  84. 

18.  Describe  an  Adjective  Pronoun.     Def  85. 

19.  How  many  distinct  offices  does  every  Adjective  Pronoun 
perform?     Obs.  2.     P.  94. 

20.  Analyze  and  parse  the  following : 

Tliat  that^  that  that  Utile  fellow  mentioned,  is  such  a  troublesome  that, 
that  it  might  be  considered  a  very  mischievous  little  that. 

ADJECTIVES. 

1.  Define  an  Adjective,  and  describe  its  office.     Def.  86. 

2.  How  are  Adjectives  distinguished  ?     Pr.  P.  97. 

3.  What  is  a  Qualifying  Adjective  ?     Def  87. 

4.  Define  a  Specifying  Adjective.     Def.  88. 

5.  What  are  Proper  Adjectives?     Obs.  1.     P.  98. 

6.  What  are  Interrogative  Adjectives  ?     Obs.  2.     P.  98. 

7.  How  many  classes  of  Specifying  Adjectives  are  there  ?     Pr. 
P.  98. 

8.  Define  a  Pure  Adjective.     Def  89. 

9.  Describe  a  Possessive  Adjective.     Def  90. 

10.  What  are  Possessive  Adjectives  derived  from.     Note,  P. 
99. 

11.  What  are  Numeral  Adjectives?     Def  91. 

12.  Define  a  Verbal  Adjective.     Def  92. 

13.  How  are  Verbal  Adjectives  distinguished?     Pr.  P.  100. 

14.  How  many  Degrees  of  Comparison  have  Adjectives  ?     Pr. 
P.  101. 


58  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

15.  What  does  the  Diminutive  denote  ?     Def.  9 So 

16.  Define  the  Positive  Degree.  The  Comparative  Degree. 
Def.  94,  95. 

17.  What  does  the  Superlative  Degree  express?     Def.  96. 

18.  How  are  Adjectives  compared  ?     Obs.  P.  102. 

19.  Compare  three  Adjectives  by  using  er  and  est. 

20.  Compare  three  Adjectives  by  using  more  and  most. 

21.  Compare  three  by  using  less  and  least. 

22.  Compare  three  that  are  Irregular. 

23    Compare  after,  top,  round,  square,  triangular,  infinite. 

24.  Designate  wliich  of  the  following  Adjectives  are  Qualify- 
ing, Specifymg,  Verbal.  Which  can  be  Compared.  Which  are 
Pure,  Numeral,  Possessive,  Transitive,  Intransitive :  Able,  hold, 
eager,  good,  honesty  that^  three,  infinite^  several,  standing,  loving,  un- 
known.     Give  reasons  for  all  your  statements.     Exercises,  P.  103. 

25.  What  are  Adjective  Phrases  and  Sentences  ?  Rem.  P. 
106. 

26.  Give  examples,  with  reasons.     P.  106. 

VERBS. 

•  1.  Define  a  Yerb.     How  many  kinds  of  Verbs  are  there? 
Def.  97. 

2.  What  is  a  Transitive  Verb  ?     Def.  98. 

3.  What  is  an  Intransitive  Verb  ?     Def.  99. 

4.  What  is  a  Neuter  Verb  ?     Def.  100. 

5.  Form  Sentences  containing  each  kind  of  Verb. 

6.  How  many  Voices  have  Verbs  ?     Pr.  P.  108. 

7.  Define  an  Active  Verb.     Def.  101. 

8.  Describe  a  Passive  Verb.     Def.  102. 

9.  Give  examples  of  each  Voice. 

10.  May  Intransitive  Verbs  take  the  Passive  form  ?  Obs.  5. 
P.  109. 

11.  Give  an  example  of  an  Intransitive  Verb  in  the  Passive 
Voice.     Obs.  5.     P.  109. 

MODE. 

1.  Define  Mode,  and  tell  how  many  Modes  Verbs  have.  Pr. 
P.  109. 


GRAMMAR.  59 

2.  What  does  the  Indicative  Mode  indicate  ?     Def.  103. 
S.  What  does  the  Potential  Mode  indicate  ?     Def.  104. 

4.  What  are  the  signs  of  the  Potential  Mode  ?     Def.  104. 

5.  What  does  the  Subjunctive  Mode  indicate  ?     Def.  105, 

6.  What  Conjunctions  are  commonly  used  with  the  Subjunctive 
Mode?     Def.  105, 

7.  For  what  is  the  Imperative  Mode  used?     Def.  106, 

8.  What  Person  and  Number  is  the  Subject  of  the  Verb  in  the 
Imperative,  and  what  Tense  is  the  Verb?     Def.  106.     Obs 

9.  When  is  a  Verb  in  the  Infinitive  Mode  ?     Def.  107. 

10.  What  is  the  sign  of  the  Infinitive  Mode  ?     Def.  107.     Obs. 

11.  After  what  Verb  is  the  sign  to  omitted  ?     Def.  107.    Obs.  2. 

12.  Give  Sentences  with  Verbs  in  each  of  the  Modes. 

PARTICIPLES. 

1.  What  is  SL  Participle?     From  what  is  the  word  derived? 
Def.  108. 

2.  Describe  a  Simple  Participle.     Def.  109. 

S.  What  is  a  Compound  Participle?     Def.  110. 

4.  Define  a  Present  Participle.     Def.  111. 

5.  Describe  a  Past  Participle.     Def.  112. 

6.  Which  Participle  is  Active?     Def.  112.     Obs.  3. 

7.  Which  Participle  is  Passive?     Def.  112.     Obs.  4. 

8.  Are  Participles  ever  used  as  any  other  parts  of  speech? 
Obs.  P.  115, 

9.  Write  Sentences  containing  each  of  the  Participles, 

10.  Wliat  can  you  say  of  Participles  being  Transitive  or  In- 
transitive?    Obs,  9.     P.  114. 

TENSE. 

1.  What  does  Tense  mean?     Def.  113. 

2.  How  many  kinds  of  Tense  have  we?     Def.  113.     Rem. 

3.  How  many  Tenses  have  Verbs  ?     Name  them.     Pr.  P.  115. 

4.  Define  the  Prior  Past  Tense  or  Pluperfect.     Def.  114. 

5.  What  is  the  sign  of  the  Prior  Past  Tense  ?     Def.  1 14.     Obs. 

6.  Define  the  Past  Tense.     Give  an  example.     Def.  115. 

7.  What  is  the  sign  of  the  Past  Tense?     Def.  115.     Obs. 


GO  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

8.  Define  the  Prior  Presentj  or  Perfect  Tense.     Def.  1 1 G. 

9.  What  is  the  sign  of  tliis  Tense?     Def.  116.     Obs.  3. 

10.  What  does  the  Present  Tense  denote?     Def.  117. 

1 1.  Has  this  Tense  a  sign  ?     What  is  it  ?     Def.  117.     Obs,  1. 

12.  What  does  the  Prior  Fnture  Tense  denote?     Def.  11 8. 

13.  Give  the  sign  of  this  Tense. 
Ans. — Shall  havc^  or  will  have. 

,14.  What  does  the  Future  Tense  denote?     Def.  119. 

15.  What  i&  the  sign  of  this  Tense?     Def.  119.     Obs. 

16.  What  is  said  about  shall  and  wilU     Def.  119.     Obs. 

17.  Correct  the  following  where  it  is  necessary : 

I  will  be  drowned.     No  body  shall  help  me. 

18.  Write  sentences  in  each  of  the  Modes  and  Tenses. 

19.  Analyze  and  Parse  the  following,  giving  reasons: 

*'  Could  I  forget  what  I  have  been,  I  might  the  better  bear  what  I  am  des- 
tined to." 

CONJUGATION    OF  VERBS. 

1.  What  do  you  understand  by  the  Conjugation  of  a  Verb? 
Eem.  P.  120. 

2.  What  is  a  Pegular  Verb  ?     An  Irregular  Verb  ?     Def.  120, 
121. 

3.  How  does  the  Regular  Verb  form  its  Past  Tense^  and  Past 
Participle?     Def.  120. 

4.  What  is  a  defective  Verb  ?     Def.  122. 

5.  Define  an  Auxiliary  Verb.     Give  an  example.     Def.  123. 
G.  What  Verbs  are  sometimes  Auxiliary  and  sometimes  Prin- 
cipal?    P.  121. 

7.  Give  examples  of  each.     Def.  123.     Obs. 

8.  Conjugate  the  Irregular  Verb  Be,     P.  124. 

9.  Give  a  Synopsis  of  the  Verb  Study,  by  writing  the  First 
Person  Singular  in  each  of  the  Modes  and  Tenses.     P.  126. 

10.  Write  out  the  Paradigm  of  the  Verb  ''Press''  in  all  its 
Modes,  Tenses,  Persons,  and  Numbers.     P.  130. 

11.  Do  the  same  Avith  the  verbs  see,  lie,  say,     P.  136. 

12.  Write  out  the  Present  and  Past  Tenses,  and  Present  and 
Past  Participles  of  the  following  Verbs : 


GRAMMAR.  61 

a.  Arm,  arise,  hear,  begin,  beset,  bet,  bid,  bite,  build,  chide,  come^ 

b.  cast,  croio,  cost,  do,  dare^  dig,  draw,  dress,  drive,  eat,  fight,  flee, 

c,  fly,  forget,  go,  hang,  hear,  hide,  hit,  hold,  hurt,  lade,  leak,  let, 

d,  mode,  mean,  outdo,  peri,  put,  read,  rid,  rise,  run,  say,  see,  sell, 

e.  set,  sit,  short,  shine,  smite,  spill,  spit,  stove,  stay,  stick,  swear, 

f,  swim,  teach,  tell,  tread,  wax,  weep,  wet,  write, 

13.  Define  a  Unipersonal  Verb.     Def.  124. 

14.  Give  examples  to  illustrate  Unipersonal  Verbs. 

15.  Analyze  and  parse  the  following: 

^^Methinks  it  was  Clara^^ 

ADVERBS. 

1.  Define  an  Adverb  and  its  office.     Def.  125. 

2.  What  may  Adverbs  consist  of?     Def.  125.     Obs.  4. 

3.  Write  Sentences  in  which  a  word  is  an  Adverb.     In  v/hich 
a  Phrase  is  an  Adverb-     In  which  a  Sentence  is  an  Adverb. 

4.  Into  how  many  classes  are  Adverbs  divided?     Pr.  P.  151. 

5.  Define  an  Adverb  of  Manner.     Def.  126. 

G.  What  is  an  Adverb  of  Circumstance?     Def.  127. 

7.  Define  Adverbs  of  Time  and  Place.     Def.  127.     Rem.  and 
Obs.  2. 

8.  How  are  Adverbs  Modified?     Prin.  P.  158. 

9.  Compare  Soon.      Wisely.     Quickly. 

10.  Parse  the  following : 

a.  '■^  From  crag  to  crag  they  passed^ 

b.  In  a  moment  he  flew  quickly  past. 

c.  How  is  it  possible  not  to  feel  a  profound  sense  of  the  responsibleness 
of  this  Republic  to  all  future  ages. 

PREPOSITIONS. 

1.  Define  a  Preposition  and  its  office.     Def.  128. 

2.  By  what  is  a  Preposition  always  followed  ? 
Ans. — By  a  Noun  or  Pronoun,  Phrase  or  Sentence. 

3.  What  is  the  Consequent  term  of  relation  in  the  following : 

a.  The  man  of  God  was  there.     He  stood  before  the  people. 

b.  Time  spent  in  receiving  impertinent  visits  is  wasted. 

c.  And  cries  of  "Live  forever,"  struck  the  skies. 


62  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER.  / 

d.  It  is  not  fit  for  such  as  us 

To  sit  with  rulers  of  the  land. 

4.  Analyze  and  parse  the  following : 

To  him,  who  in  the  love  of  Nature,  holds  communion  with  her  visible 
forms,  she  speaks  a  varied  language. 


CONJUNCTIONS. 

1.  Define  a  Conjunction  and  give  its  office, 

2.  How  many  kinds  of  Conjunctions  are  there  ? 

3.  Do  any  other  parts  of  speech  than  Conjunctions  perform  the 
office  of  a  Conjunction  ?     Obs.  6.     P.  1 64. 

4.  What  can  you  say  of  Relative  Pronouns,  as  connectives  ? 

5.  Example: 

*'The  grave,  that  never  spake  before. 

Hath  found  at  length,  a  tongue  to  chide." 

EXCLAMATIONS. 

1.  Define  an  Exclamation.     Def.  130. 

2.  Of  what  may  Exclamations  consist?     Obs.  1.     P.  165. 

3.  By  what  are  Exclamations  or  Interjections  followed  ?     Obs. 
P.  165. 

4.  Give  an  example  to  illustrate  Exclamations. 

5.  Example: 

O,  for  a  lodge  in  some  vast  wilderness ! 

WORDS    OF   EUPHONY. 

1.  Define  a  Word  of  Euphony.     Def.  131. 

2.  What  is  the  office  of  a  Word  of  Euphony?     Obs.  1.     P. 
166. 

3.  Give  an  example  to  illustrate  the  office  of  such  words. 

4.  Analyze  and  parse  the  following : 
"There  are  no  idlers  here." 

5.  Also  the  following : 

**I  sit  me  down  a  pensive  hour  to  spend." 
**^is  teeth,  they  chatter,  chatter  still." 


GRAMMAR.  63 

SYNTAX. 

1.  Define  Syntax.     Def.  132. 

2.  Define  a  Sentence,  and  tell  of  what  it  consists.     Def.  132, 

3.  What  are  the  Principal  Elements  of  a  Sentence  ?     Def.  132, 

4.  What  are  the  Adjuncts  of  a  Sentence?     Def.  132. 

5.  What  is  the  Rule  for  the  Subject  of  a  Sentence?     R.  1. 

'     6.  State  the  Rule  that  requires  a  Yerb  to  agree  with  its  sub- 
ject.    R.  2. 

7.  Is  it  true  that  Verbs  agree  with  their  subjects  in  Number 
and  Person  ?     R.  2.     Rem. 

8.  What  Number  must  the  verb  be  in  wli,en  two  or  more  sin- 
gular Subjects  are  taken  together?     Note  3.     P.  196. 

9.  A  Collective  Noun  indicating  unity,  requires  the  verb  to  be 
in  what  Number?     Note  4. 

10.  A  collective  Noun  indicating  Plurality,  requires  the  verb 
to  be  in  what  Number  ?     Note  7. 

11.  When  there  are  two  or  more  Subjects  taken  separately  and 
differing  in  Person,  how  many  Verbs  should  there  be,  and  how 
varied?     Note  8. 

12.  What  Mode  and  Tense  of  a  Verb  should  always  be  used? 
Note  9. 

13.  Correct  the  following,  if  necessary : 

a.  "The  rapidity  of  his  movements  were  beyond  example." 

b.  "To  study  Mathematics  require  maturity  of  mind." 
'    c.  "Wisdom  and  folly  govern  us." 

d.  "An  effort  is  making  to  abolish  the  war." 

€.  "They  don't  ought  to  do  it." 

/.  Had  1  known  the  character  of  the  lecture,  i  would  not  have  went. 

14.  What  is  the  Rule  for  the  object  of  an  action  or  relation? 
R.  3. 

15.  What  may  the  Object  of  a  Verb  be? 
Ans. — A  Word,  Phrase,  or  Sentence. 

16.  How  many  Rules  are  required  to  parse  Pronouns? 

17.  Give  them,  and  give  examples. 

18.  Give  the  Rule  for  the  Independent  Case.     R.  6. 

19.  Stale  the  Rule  for  Adjectives.     R.  7. 

20.  Give  the  Rule  for  Specifying  Adjectives.     R.  8. 


64  THE   COMPLETE   EXAMINER. 

21.  Correct  the  following,  and  give  the  reasons : 

«.  William  feels  badly  to  niglit,  and  I  feel  sadly. 
b.  How  beautifully  it  looks.     Note  4.  P.  250. 

22.  Where  should  an  Adjective  in  Predicate  be  placed  ?     Note 
5.     P.  251. 

23.  Give  the  Rule  for  Adverbs.     R.  9. 

24.  What  should  be  the  position  of  Adverbs?     Note  2.     P. 
258. 

25.  State  the  Rules,  Notes  and  Obs,  that  apply  to  Participles. 
R.  10. 

20.  Give  the  JRuU^  Obs.  and  Notes  pertaining  to  the  verb  in  the 
Infinitive. 

27.  What  is  the  Rule  for  Prepositions?     R.  12. 

28.  Give  the  important  Obs.  and  Notes  under  the  Rule. 

29.  State  the  Rule  and  Obs.  for  Conjunctions.     R.  13. 

30.  What  is  the  Rule  for  Exclamations?     R.  14. 

31.  State  the  Principal  in  regard  to  Words  of  Euphony.     Pr. 
P.  279. 

32.  What  is  the  position  of  Words  of  Euphony?     Note,  P. 
279. 

33.  Give  the  live  General  Rules  for  constructing  Sentences. 
P.  280. 

34.  Correct  the  following  where  it  is  necessary : 

a.  "The  bill  passed  the  Lords'  house,  but  failed  in  the  Commons." 

b.  *'It  is  curious  enough  that  this  Sentence  of  the  bishop's,  is  itself  un» 
grammatical." 

c.  *'  We  should  presently  be  sensible  of  the  melody  suffering." 

d.  "Heaven  opened  widely  her  everlasting  gates." 

e.  '  James  feels  very  badly  about  it. 

/.  The  sight  appeared  terribly  to  mc. 

g.  He  mentions  Newtons  writing  of  a  Commentary. 

h.  In  the  choice  they  had  made  of  him  for  restoring  of  order. 

i.  To  prevent  it  bursting  out  with  open  violence. 

j.  They  refused  doing  so. 

k.  Entering  tlie  cars  the  seats  were  found  to  be  all  occupied. 

I.  Clara  helped  me  to  work  the  Problem. 

m.  Necessity  commands  mc  to  name  myself. 


GKAMMAR.  "  65 

mOSODY. 

1.  Define  Prosody.     Dcf.  1.     P.  283. 

2.  What  are  Phrases  ?     How  many  kinds  are  there  ?     Def.  2. 

3.  By  what  is  utterance  modified  ?     Obs.  P.  283. 

4.  Define  Rhetorical  Pauses.     Obs.  2. 

5.  Are  Rhetorical  Pauses  indicated  by  marks  ?     Obs.  2. 

6.  Define  Grammatical  Pauses.      Obs.  3. 

(f   7.  How  many  characters  are  used  in  punctuation  ? 

8.  Name  and  make  them.     Obs.  3.     P.  283. 

9.  Describe  the  ofHce  of  each  of  the  cliaracters.     Obs.  4.     P. 
283. 

10.  Give  the  Hides,  Ohs.  and  Exceptions  for  the  Comma. 

11.  Define  the  Semicolon.      Give  Bides  and  Ohs,  for  the  Semi- 
colon.    R.  8,  &c. 

12.  What  is  a  Colon  ?     Give  the  Rule  for  it  and  Ohs.     R.  9. 

13.  Define  a  Period,  and  give  the  Rule  for  it.     R.  10. 

14.  What  is  the  office  of  the  Dash?     R.  11. 

15.  Define  the  mark  of  Exclamation.     R.  12. 

16.  What  is  the  mark  of  Interrogation?      Rule  for  its  use? 
R.  13. 

GRAMMATICAL    AND    RHETORICAL    SIGNS. 

1.  IMake  the  Grammatical  and  Rhetorical  signs. 

2.  For  what  is  the  AjDOstrophe  used  ?     Def.  3.     P.  289. 

3.  What  arc  Quotation  marks,  and  when  used  ?     Def.  4, 

4.  Wliat  is  the  Hyphen  ?     How  used  ?     Def.  5.     P.  289. 

5.  Describe  the  Bracket  and  its  use.     Def.  6. 
G.  What  is  the  Parenthesis  ?     Dcf.  7. 

7.  Define  the  References  and  illustrate  their  use.     Def.  8. 

8.  What  is  the  Brace  used  for  ?     Def.  9. 

9.  Illustrate  the  use  of  the  Inflections.     Def.  10. 

10.  What  do  the  Measures  indicate?     Def.  11. 

11.  Wlien  is  the  Caret  used?     Dcf.  12. 

12.  Explain  the  use  of  the  Diaeresis.     Def.  13. 

13.  When  is  the  Index  used?     Def  14. 

14.  Define  the  Section.     Def.  15. 

15.  What  do  you  uiidcrstand  by  the  Paragraph?     Def.  16. 


Ct)  ^  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

IG.  Define  Accent  and  Emphasis.     Def.  17,  18. 

17.  What  do  you  understand  by  Composition?     Def.  19, 

18.  How  many  kinds  of  Composition  are  there?     Def.  19. 

19.  What  is  the  difference  between  Prose  and  Poetry?     Def. 
19. 

20.  Of  what  does  verse  consist  ?     Def.  20. 

21.  Describe  Lyric  Poety,  and  its  various  kinds.     Def.  21. 

22.  Describe  Epic  Poetry.     Give  examples.     Def.  22. 

23.  What  is  Dramatic  Poetry  ?     Give  examples.     Def.  23.    ^ 

24.  Define  Didactic  Poetry.     Def  24. 

25.  What  is  a  Charade  ?     Def  25. 

2G.  Give  the  proper  name  to  the  following: 

"Swans  sing  before  they  die;  'twere  no  bad  thing 
Should  certain  persons  die  before  they  sing." 

27.  Define  an  Epitaph.     Def,  27. 

28.  What  is  Elegiac  Poetry  ?     Def  28. 

29.  Define  a  Sonnet.     Madrigal.     Def  29,  30. 

30.  Define  Pastoral  Poetry,     Ballad.     Def  31,  32. 

VERSIFICATION. 

1.  Define  Versification.     Blank  Verse.     Def  1,  2, 

2.  What  is  Rhyming  Verse  ?     What  is  a  Verse  ?     Def  3,  4. 

3.  Define  a  Hemistich.     Couplet.     Triplet.     Def  5,  €,  7. 

4.  What  is  a  Stanza?    Foot?    Trochee  ?    Iambus?    Def  8,  9. 

0.  Define  a  Pyrrhic     Spondee.     Dactyl.     Anapest.     Def  10. 

FIGURES. 

1.  What  are  Figures?     For  what  employed?     Def  1. 

2.  What  is  a  Grammatical  Figure  ?     Def  2. 

3.  Define  a  Rhetorical  Figure.     Def  3c 

4.  Define  and  describe  the  use  of  Aphasresis,  Apocope.      Def. 
4,5. 

5.  Also  Paragoge,  Synoeresis,  Prosthesis.     Def  6,  7,  8. 

6.  Also  Diaeresis,  Syncope,  Tmesis,  Ellipsis.     Def  9,  10,  11, 
12. 

7.  Define    Pleonasm.      Syllipsis.      Enallage.      Hyperbaton. 
Def  13,  14,  15,  16. 


GRAMMAR.  67 

8.  Explain  the  use  of  a  Simile,  Metaphor,  Allegory.  Def.  17, 
18,  19. 

9.  Also  Personification,  Irony,  Hyperbole,  Antithesis.  Def. 
21,  22,  23,  20. 

10.  Also  Monotony,  Synecdoche,  Apostrophe.     Def.  24,  25,  26. 

11.  Also  Interrogation,  Exclamation,  Vision,  Paralepsis.  Def. 
27,  28,  29,  30. 

12.  Also  Climax,  Anti-climax,  Alliteration.     Def.  31,  32,  33. 

13.  What  do  you  understand  by  Acatalectic? 
Ans. — A  verse  in  poetry  that  is  complete. 

14.  Define  Catalectic. 

Ans. — A  verse  lacking  one  syllable. 

15.  Define  Brachy catalectic. 
Ans. — A  verse  lacking  two  syllables. 

16.  Define  Hypercatalectic. 

Ans. — A  verse  with  one  too  many  syllables. 

17.  What  do  you  understand  by  Poetic  License? 

18.  Define  Long  Meter.     Short  Meter.     Common  Meter.  . 

1 9.  What  do  you  understand  by  Scansion  or  Scanning  ? 
Ans. — Act  of  counting  the  feet  in  a  verse. 

20.  Define  the  Caesura. 

Ans. — The  Csesural  pause  is  a  metrical  division  in  a  verse. 

21.  Scan  the  following,  and  give  the  Csesural  pause.  Tell 
what  kind  of  measure  each  verse  is,  whether  the  verse  is  Cata- 
lectic, Acatalectic,  Brachy  catalectic,  or  Hypercatalectic :    P.  297. 

"  On  a  mountain  stretched  beneath  a  hoary  willow."    P.  29'7. 
*'  Rouse  him  like  a  rattUng  peal  of  thunder."     P.  297. 
*'  Lo  the  sacred  herald  stands."     P.  297. 
*'  Oh  I  have  loved  in  youth's  fair  vernal  morn."     P.  297. 
*' There  is  a  calm  for  those  who  weep."     P.  297. 
*'But  we  steadfastly  gazed  on  the  face  of  the  dead."    P.  297. 
"Earth  has  no  sorrows  that  Heaven  can  not  heal."     P.  297. 
"And  there  lay  the  rider  distorted  and  pale."    P.  298. 
"On  the  cold  cheek  of  death  smiles  and  roses  are  blending, 
And  beauty  immortal  awakes  from  the  tomb."    P.  299. 

ABBREVIATIONS. 

1.  What  are  Abbreviations  ? 

2.  Define  the  Abbreviations  wherever  they  occur,  and  give  the 


58  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

Abbreviations   for  terms  wherever  found;  and   give    Sentences 
using  the  abbreviations  and  terms  correctly. 

3.  A.  A.  S.-.A.  B.— M.  A.— A.  B.— C.  F.  M.— A.  C. 

4.  Acct. — Before  Christ. — Anno  Domini. — Adjt.  Gen. 

5.  Administration. — Aet. — A.  &  F.  B.  S. — Agent. 

6.  Give  the  Abbreviations  for  every  State  and  Territory,  and 
every  month  in  tlie  year. 

7.  Aid. — Altitude. — A.  M. — American. — Anon. — Apoc. 

8.  April.— Archb.— Article.— Asst.  Sec— A.  S.  S.  U.— Atty. 
Gen. 

9.  B.  A.— B.— B.  L.— Bis.— Bm.— B.  R.— Brig.  Gen.— Bro. 
B.  V. 

10.  Captain.  C.  C.  P. — Chron.  County.  Colonel. — Com.  Arr. 

11.  Cor.  Cr.  C.  P.— C.  P.  C.  P.  S.— C.  S.— C.  W.— A.  C. 

12.  Dollar.     Dwz.     D.  P.— Dr.— Dv.— Dut.   Editor.— E.  E. 
E.I. 

13.  Epistle.     England.     Esquire.     Etal  and  so  forth.     Exec. 
Com. 

14.  F.  A.— F.  E.  S.— F.  R.  S.— G.  B.— Gen.— Gov.— H.  B. 
M. 

15.  H.  E.  I.  C— H.  M.  Honorable.— Hon.  Men.     H.  Pv.  II. 
I.e. 

16.  I.  N.  R.  I.— Unknown.— I.  G.  0.  F.— I.  O.  O.  G.  T.— 
Isaiah. 

17.  J.  V.  D.— K.  B.— K.  C.  B.— K.  M.— L.  C.    Avct.  of  Song. 

18.  Noon.     M.  C— M.  D.     Sentence.— M.  R.  A.  S.— M.  W. 
— N.  B. 

19.  New  Mexico.    N.  F.— N.  S.— N.  F.— Obedient.— O.  F. 
O.  U.  A. 

20.  P.    Payt.— Ph.    A.— P.    M.    G.— President.— Professor. 
Prox.  P.  S. 

21.  Q.  E.  D.— Q.  C— Q.  R.— R.  A.  R.  E.— Reg.  Regt.— 
Rep.  R.  M.— R.  R. 

22.  Rt.  Hon.— Rt.   Rev.  R.  M.— S.  A.— S.  A.  S.— Schr.— 
Scr'l. 

23.  Sen.  S.  J.  C— S.  P.  Q.  R.— S.  S.— S.  T.  A.— T.  0.— Tr. 
— Trans. 


ARITnMETIC.  G9 

24.  Upper  Canada.     U-  E.  I.  C— U.  K.— Univ.  U.  S.— U. 
S.A. 

25.  U.  S.  M.    Vers.  Vol.— V.  P.—V.  R.— W.  I.— W.  R.  Xt. 


CHAPTER  VIIL 

ARITHMETIC. 
Remark. — It  is  unnecessary  to  speak  of  the  importance  of  a  thorough 
knowledge  of  Arithmetic.  Most  candidates  are  better  prepared 'in  this 
branch  than  in  the  others  in  which  they  are  called  upon  to  be  examined. 
Those  who  fail  are  usually  deficient  in  the  reasons  for  the  principles  given. 
All  candidates  should  therefore  clearly  understand  the  reasons  for  every 
point  stated. 

Note. — The  references  in  the  questions  on  Arithmetic  are  to  '-''Davie's 
University  Arithmetic.''''     Ex.  stands  for  example.     Art.  for  article. 

1.  What  is  Arithmetic.'^      Define  number.      Unit.      Primary 
base.     Art.  4,  3,  1. 

2.  Define  Proposition.     Analysis.     Operation.      Rule.     Art. 
5,  6,  7,  8. 

3.  How  many  fundamental  rules  ?     Name  them.     Art.  9. 

4.  How  many  methods  of  expressing  numbers?     Name  and 
describe  them.     Art.  10. 

5.  What  is  Notation'^     How  many  methods?     Give  them. 
Art.  12. 

6.  What  are  the  three  principles  of  this  Notation?     Art.  13, 
Note. 

7.  Describe  the  Arabic  Notation,  and  give  the  laws  governing 
it.     Art.  14. 

8.  On  what  does  the  unit  of  a  figure  depend  ?     Art.  1 9. 

9.  What  is  the  unit  of  the  place  on  the  right?     Art.  19. 

10.  Define  Numeration,  and  give  the  rule  for  reading  numbers. 
Art.  20. 

11.  Give  the  rule  for  writing  numbers.     Art.  page  28. 

12.  What  is  an  abstract  number?     Concrete  number?     Sim- 
ple number  ?     Art.  25. 

13.  Define  quantity.     A  compound  denominate  number.     Art. 
28. 


70  THE  completl:  examiner. 

14.  When  several  figures  are  simply  written  by  the  side  of  each 
other,  what  does  the  language  imply?     Art.  29. 

15.  In  the  English  currency  how  many  units  of  the  lowest  de- 
nomination make  one  of  the  second  ?  How  many  of  the  2nd 
one  of  the  3rd  ?     Art.  30. 

16.  In  Avoirdupois  weight  how  many  of  the  lowest  make  one 
of  the  second?     Art.  31. 

17.  Define  a  scale.  Tell  how  many  kinds  there  are.  What 
are  they  ?     Art.  32. 

18.  What  is  the  Scale  in  English  currency  ?  Avoirdupois 
weight  ?     Art.  32. 

19.  What  is  the  scale  in  the  common  system  of  numbers? 
Art.  32. 

20.  K  a  row  of  O's  be  written,  what  does  the  language  of  fig- 
ures determine  ?     Art.  33. 

21.  What  is  such  a  system  called?  How  does  the  unit  change? 
Art.  33. 

22.  Are  the  numbers  used  in  United  States  money  abstract  or 
concrete?     Art.  34. 

23.  According  to  what  scale  do  the  units  change?     Art.  3^. 

24.  How  are  dollars  reduced  to  cents  ?  From  cents  to  mills  ? 
Art.  34. 

25.  What  is  an  aliquot  part?  Name  the  aliquot  parts  of  a 
dollar.     Art.  34. 

26.  In  English  currency  is  the  scale  uniform  or  varying  ?  Art. 
35. 

27.  How  many  general  methods  are  there  of  forming  numbers 
from  the  unit  one  ?     What  is  the  first  ?     The  second  ?     Art.  37. 

28.  Into  how  many  general  classes  may  the  units  of  Arithme- 
tic be  arranged  ?     Art.  38. 

29.  Name  the  different  classes. 

30.  Give  the  various  signs  used  in  Arithmetic.     Art.  39. 

31.  What  will  be  the  excess  over  exact  nines  in  any  number 
expressed  by  a  simple  significant  figure  ?     Art.  40. 

32.  How  may  the  excess  over  exact  nines  be  found  in  any 
number  whatever  ?     Art.  40. 


auitii.mi:tic.  71 

33.  Define  Reduction.  lIo\v  do  you  change  yards  to  feet? 
Inches  to  feet  '^     Art.  41. 

34.  Give  the  rules  to  reduce  numbers  from  a  lower  to  a  higher, 
and  from  a  higher  to  a  lower  order.     Art.  41. 

35.  Define  Addition,     Give  rule  and  reason.     Art.  42. 

36.  Wliat  is  the  proof  of  an  operation  in  Addition? 

37.  How  many  methods  of  proof  are  there?  Explain  each. 
Art.  43. 

38.  What  is  the  reading  process  in  Addition  ?     Art.  44. 

39.  Define  Subtraction.     Art.  45. 

40.  Define  Minuend.     Subtrahend.     Remainder.     Art.  45. 

41.  Give  the  rule  and  reason  for  Subtraction. 

42.  How  do  you  prove  Subtraction  ? 

43.  Explain  the  process  of  reading  in  Subtraction.     Art.  47. 

44.  How  do  you  find  the  difference  of  time  between  two  dates? 
Art.  49. 

45.  In  this  computation  what  part  of  a  year  is  a  month  ?  Art. 
48. 

46.  How  many  days  are  reckoned  to  the  month  ?     Art.  48. 

47.  What  time  does  the  civil  day  begin  and  end  ?     Art.  48. 

48.  From  one  eagle,  fiYe  dollars,  six  dimes,  and  ten  cents,  take 
five  dollars,. seven  cents  and  four  mills.     Art.  48.     Ex.  45. 

49.  From  a  stack  of  hay  containing  nine  tons  three  qr.  20  lbs. 
I  sold  4  tons  17  cwt.  22  lbs.;  how  much  had  I  left?  Art.  48. 
Ex.  56. 

50.  Explain  the  process  and  give  the  reasons  for  subtracting 
when  the  figure  in  the  subtrahend  is  greater  than  the  same  unit 
in  the  minuend.     Art.  45, 

MULTIPLICATION. 

1.  Define  Multiplication.  Multiplicand.  Multiplier  and  Pro- 
duct.    Art.  49. 

2.  Why  is  Multiplication  called  a  short  method  of  Addition  ? 
Art.  49.     (Note.) 

3.  How  many  parts  are  there  in  every  operation  in  Multiplica- 
tion ?     Art.  50. 

4.  What  are  the  multiplier  and  multiplicand  called  ?     Art.  49. 


72  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINEP 

5.  Tell  how  many  principles  follow  from  the  definition  of  Mul- 
tii)lication.     Art.  50. 

G.  In  liow  many  ways  may  GX-^  he  multiplied  together?  Art. 
51. 

7.  How  do  the  products  compare  with  each  other  ?  What  does 
this  prove?     Art.  51. 

8.  What  is  a  composite  number?     Give  an  example.     Art.  52. 

9.  What  are  the  factors  of  9,  8,  12,  IG,  11,  19,  108?     Art.  52. 

10.  What  is  a  prime  number?     Give  an  example.     Art.  53. 

11.  If  several  factors  be  multiplied  together  will  the  product 
be  altered  by  changing  their  order  ?  How  do  you  multiply  b}'  a 
composite  number?     Art.  53. 

12.  What  is  one  factor  ending  in  0?  In  two  O's?  In  three 
0\s  ?     Art.  53. 

13.  Explain  the  process  of  multiplying  by  G27.  By  214. 
Art.  51. 

14.  Explain  the  five  principles  which  follow  from  this  analysis. 
Art.  54. 

15.  AVhat  is  a  partial  product?  Give  tlie  rule  for  Multiplica- 
tion.    Art.  54. 

IG.  Why  do  you  place  the  first  figure  of  each  product  under 
its  own  multiplier  ? 

17.  What  must  be  observed  in  the  multiplication  of  U.  S. 
money?     Art.  54. 

18.  How  many  ways  can  you  prove  Multiplication?     Art.  ^)D, 

19.  Give  the  first,  with  reasons.  Second  and  third,  with  reasons. 
Art.  55. 

20.  Give  the  proof  by  counting  out  the  9's.     Art.  55. 

21.  Do  you  consider  the  method  by  counting  out  the  9's  a  sure 
test  for  the  accuracy  of  your  product  ?     Art.  5G. 

22.  What  do  you  understand  by  contractions  in  Multiplication? 
How  do  you  multiply  when  there  are  O's  in  one  or  both  factors  ? 
Art.  55. 

23.  How  far  would  a  vessel  sail  in  9  days  of  24  liours  each,  at 
the  rate  of  15  miles  an  lioiir?     Art.  55.     Ex.  50. 

24.  At  the  v^am.e  rate  how  long  would  a  vessel  be  in  sailing 
from  Kenosha,  Wis.,  to  Singapore,  India? 


AUITIIMETIC.  73 

25.  Give  the  course  of  the  ship  in  the  above  example. 

DIVISION. 

1.  Define  Division.  Dividend.  Divisor.  Quotient.  Remain- 
der.    Art.  57. 

2.  How  many  parts  in  every  division?     Name  them.     Art.  58. 

3.  How  many  signs  in  Division  ?     Make  them.     Art.  58. 

4.  What  is  Short  Division  ?     Explain  the  process.     Art.  59. 

5.  Give  the  rule  for  division  of  numbers.     Art.  60. 

6.  How  many  operations  in  Long  Division?  Name  tlicni. 
Art.  GO.  (Note.) 

7.  Give  the  reasons  for  every  step  taken  in  Long  Division. 
Art.  60. 

8.  When  the  divisor  is  greater  than  the  dividend,  hov/  will  the 
quotient  compare  with  one  ?  What  part  will  tlie  quotient  be  of 
one  ?     Art.  60. 

9.  How  many  methods  are  there  for  Division  ?  Name  them, 
with  the  reasons  for  each.     Art.  61. 

10.  Are  you  satisfied  with  the  proof  by  9's?     Art.  6L 

11.  How  long  will  9125  loaves  of  bread  last  5  families  if  each 
family  consume  five  loaves  a  day?     Art.  61.     Ex.  61. 

12.  If  iron  is  worth  2  cents  a  jDound,  how  much  can  be  bought 
for  $67  ?     Art.  61. 

13.  What  did  you  say  were  contractions  in  Multiplication? 
Art.  (j-2, 

14.  How  do  you  multiply  by  25?     Art.  63. 

15.  How  do  you  multiply  when  the  multiplier  contains  a  frac- 
tion ?     Art.  64. 

16.  How  do  you  multiply  by  12^?     Art.  Cu), 

17.  How  do  you  multiply  by  33J  ?     Art.  GG. 

18.  Give  the  process  and  reason  for  multiplying  by  125.  Art. 
66, 

19.  What  are  contractions  in  Division?     Art.  G8, 

20.  Give  the  rules  and  reasons  for  dividing  by  25.  By  12|-. 
By  33f     By  125.-    Art.  69. 

21.  Under  hoAV  many  points  of  view  may  Division  be  regarded? 
Name  them.     Art.  69. 

4 


71  THE    CO-^ITLETK    EXAMINER.  \ 

22.  What  is  tlie  rule  and  reason  for  Division,  when  the  divisor 

is  a  composite  number  ?     Art.  70.  ■ 

23.  When  there  are  remainders  in  Division,  how  do  you  Und 
the  true  remainder  in  units  of  the  dividend  ?     Art.  70.  • 

24.  How  do  you  divide  when  the  divisor  is  1  with  ciphers  an-  : 
nexed?     Art.  71.  ! 

25.  What  is  the  rule  and  reason  for  division  when  the  divisor  ; 
contains  significant  figures  with  ciphers  annexed  ?     Art.  72.  \ 

26.  How  do  you  divide  when  the  divisor  contains  a  fraction? 
Art.  73.  -    '[ 

27.  What  does  the  analysis  of  a  practical  question  require?  \ 
Art.  74. 

28.  How  do  you  find  the  cost  of  any  number  of  things  when  \ 
the  price  of  unity  and  the  number  of  things  are  given?     Art.  71.  i 

29.  How  do  you  find  the  cost  of  articles  sold  by  the  hundred  ; 
or  thousand  ?     Art.  77.  ] 

30.  How  do  you  find  the  cost  of  articles  sold  by  the  ton  ?     Art.  \ 

^6- i 

31.  What  is  the  object  of  division  abstractly?  How  many  ob-  j 
jects  has  it  practically  ?  Name  and  give  tlie  rules  and  reasons  ; 
for  each.     Art.  77.  j 

32.  What  is  Practice  in  Arithmetic  ?  Give  the  rules  for  solv-  , 
ing  questions  by  it.     Art.  77.  ] 

33.  What  is  an  Aliquot  Part?      Give  the  table  of  Aliquot 
Parts  of  $1.     Art.  77.  ; 

34.  Find  by  Practice  what  wdll  be  the  cost  of  335  bushels  of 
potatoes  at  3s.  6d.  =  3^s.  a  bushel.     Art.  77.     Ex.  20.  < 

35.  Of  what  number  is  365  both  a  divisor  and  quotient?  \ 

LONGITUDE    AND    TIME.  j 

1.  Howls  the  equator  of  the  earth  supposed  to  be  divided?  j 
Art.  78.  j 

2.  How  does  the  sun  appear  to  move,  and  what  is  a  day?  | 
Art.  79.  ; 

3.  How  far  does  the  sun  appear  to  move  in  one  hour  ?  Art.  ', 
79.  I 

4.  How  do  you  reduce  degrees  of  longitude  to  time  ?     Art.  80.  1 


ARITir.ILTIC.  t'} 

5.  How  do  you  reduce  minutes  of  lon2:itude  <o  time?     Art.  80. 

6.  What  is  the  hour  when  the  sun  is  on  the  meridian  ?  Ai  t. 
8L 

7.  When  the  sun  is  on  the  meridian  of  any  place,  how  will  the 
time  be  for  all  places  East?     West?     Art.  81. 

8.  If  you  have  the  difference  of  time,  how  do  you  find  the  true 
time?     Art.  81. 

9.  How  do  you  reduce  time  to  degrees  and  minutes  of  longi- 
tude ?     Art.  82. 

10.  Washington  is  in  longitude  77°  2'  west.  New  Cleans  in 
89°  2'  west.  When  it  is  9  o'clock  A.  M.  at  Wa>hington,  what  is 
the  time  at  Xew  Orleans  ?     Art.  82.     Ex.  5. 

11.  If  the  difference  of  time  between  London  and  Oregon  city 
is  8  hours,  what  is  the  difference  of  longitude?     Art.  82.     Ex.  9. 

12.  If  a  man  travel  146  miles  7  furlongs  14  rd.  14  ft.  in  5 
. days,  how  much  is  that  for  every  day  ?     Give, the  reasons.     Art. 

82.     Ex.  61. 

13.  How  long  will  it  take  to  count  20  millions  at  the  rate  of  80 
per  minute?     Art^  82.     Ex.  11. 

14.  What  time  would  it  be  in  Chicago  Avhen  it  was  12  M.  at 
Boston?     Art.  82.     Ex.95. 

15.  In  189  mi.  3  fur.  6  rd.  1  ft.  how  many  feet?  Art.  82. 
Ex.  58. 

PROrERTTES    OF   NUMBERS. 

1.  What  is  an  integral  number  ?     Art.  83. 

2.  When  is  one  number  said  to  be  divisible  by  another  ?  Art. 
84. 

5.  Define  a  composite  number.     Prime  number.     Art.  85,  86. 

4.  When  are  two  numbers  prime  to  each  other  ?     Art.  87. 

5.  To  what  product  is  every  number  equal  ?     Art.  89. 

6.  How  do  you  find  the  prime  factors  of  any  number  ?  Art. 
89. 

7.  How  do  you  find  the  prime  factors  common  to  several  num- 
bers ?     Art.  90. 

8.  Wliat  even  numbers  are  prime  ?  What  numbers  will  2  di- 
vide?   Art.  91. 


76  THE  compli:te  examiner. 

9.  What  numbers  will  3  divide  ?     4  ?     5  ?     6  ?     Art.  91. 

10.  When  will  the  divisor  exactly  divide  the  dividend?     Art. 
91. 

11.  When  will  any  number  divide  a  product,  and  why?  Art. 
91. 

12.  When  will  a  number  divide  the  sum  of  2  numbers?  Art. 
91. 

13.  When  will  it  divide  either  of  them  separately?     Art.  91o 

14.  When  will  a  number  exactly  divide  the  difference  of  2 
numbers?     Art.  91. 

15.  If  a  number  divide  the  dividend  and  divisor,  what  other 
number  will  it  always  divide?     Art.  91. 

1 6.  What  is  a  common  divisor  of  2  or  more  numbers  ?  Art. 
92. 

17.  What  is  the  greatest  common  divisor  of  two  or  more  num- 
bers ?  How  do  you  find  the  greatest  common  divisor  of  two  or 
more  numbers  ?     Give  reasons.     Art.  93. 

18.  What  is  the  rule  when  the  numbers  are  large?     Art.  94. 

19.  What  is  the  greatest  common  divisor  of  4G17,  7695,  7642 
and  30S8  ?     Art.  94.     Ex.  6. 

20.  Three  persons,  A,  B  and  C,  agree  to  buy  a  lot  of  63  cows, 
at  tlie  same  price  per  head,  provided  each  man  can  thus  invest 
his  whole  money.  A  has  $286,  B  $462,  and  C  $638 ;  how  many 
cows  could  each  man  purchase  ?     Art.  94.     Ex.  11. 

21.  Define  a  multiple  of  a  number.     Art.  95. 

22.  What  is  a  common  multiple  of  two  or  more  numbers? 
Art.  96. 

23.  The  least  common  multiple  of  two  or  more  numbers?  Art. 
97. 

24.  How  do  you  find  the  least  common  multiple  of  two  or  more 
numbers?     Art.  98. 

25.  Find  the  least  common  multiple  of  9,  18,  27,  36,  45,  54. 
Art.  98. 

26.  Define  Cancellation.  On  what  principle  does  it  depend? 
Art.  99. 

27.  How  do  you  perform  the  operations  of  cancellation  ?  Art. 
100. 


ARITHMETIC.  77 

28.  What  is  the  quotient  of  G4  times  840  multiplied  by  9  times 
122,  divided  by  32  times  560,  multiplied  by  4  times  31.  Art. 
100.     Ex.  10. 

29.  Give  reasons  for  the  solution  of  the  last  question.  Art. 
100. 

30.  What  is  the  quotient  of  2X4X8X13X7X16  divided  by 
26X14X8.     Art.  100.     Ex.  1. 

COMMON   FRACTIONS. 

1.  What  is  a  unit  ?  The  unit  of  a  fraction  ?  A  fractional  unit? 
Art.  101. 

2.  How  do  you  distinguish  between  the  one  and  the  other? 
Art.  102. 

3.  May  a  fractional  unit  become  the  base  of  a  collection  ?  Art. 
102. 

4.  What  is  a  fraction?  How  are  fractions  expressed?  Art. 
102. 

5.  What  is  the  lower  number  called?  The  upper  number? 
What  does  each  denote?     Art.  102. 

6.  What  is  the  primary  base  of  every  fraction?     Art.  102. 

7.  How  many  units  have  been  divided  to  obtain  6  thirds? 
Art.  103. 

8.  To  obtain  9  halves?     12  fourths?     Art.  103. 

9.  How  may  a  whole  number  be  expressed  fractionally  ?  Art. 
104. 

10.  Does  this  change  the  value  of  the  quantity?     Art.  104. 

11.  If  the  numerator  be  divided  by  the  denominator  what  does 
the  quotient  show?     Remainder  show  ?     Art.  105. 

12.  What  form  has  the  fraction?     Art.  105. 

13.  What  seven  principles  can  you  mention  belonging  to  frac- 
tions?    Art.  105. 

14.  If  the  fraction  is  one  and  the  fractional  unit  one  90  th,  ex- 
press 9  fractional  units.     Also  89.     Art.  105.     Ex.  5. 

15.  What  is  a  proper  fraction?     Give  examplef^.     Art.  106. 

16.  What  is  an  improper  fraction ?     Why  so  called?     Art.  107. 

17.  Define  simple  fraction.  May  it  be  proper  or  improper? 
Art.  108. 


78  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

18.  Define  a  compound  fraction.     Give  examples.     Art.  109. 

19.  What  is  a  mixed  number?     Give  examples.     Art.  110. 

20.  Define  complex  fractions.     Give  examples.     Art.  111. 

21.  How  many  terms  lias  every  fraction?     Art.  112. 

22.  How  may  all  the  wdiole  numbers  be  formed?     Art.  113. 

23.  How  may  the  fractional  units  be  found?     Art.  114. 

24.  What  part  of  one  is  one  half?  What  part  of  1  is  every 
fractional  unit  ?     Art.  114 

25.  What  is  proved  in  proposition  first?     Art.  114. 

26.  Give  proposition  II.  and  the  principle  involved  in  it.  Art. 
115. 

27.  Give  proposition  III.  and  the  reason  of  it.     Art.  116. 

28.  Give  proposition  IV.  and  the  i^eason  therefor.     Art.  117. 

29.  If  both  terms  of  the  fraction  be  multiplied  by  the  same 
number  or  quantity  wljat  effect  will  it  have  on  the  value  of  the 
fraction?     Art.  119. 

SO.  If  both  terms  of  the  fraction  be  divided  by  the  same  quan- 
tity how^  will  the  value  of  the  fraction  be  effected?     Art.  119. 
31.  Give  reasons  for  the  last  three  propositions. 

REDUCTION    OF   FRACTIONS. 

1.  Define  reduction  of  fractions.     Art.  120. 

2.  When  is  a  fraction  in  its  lowest  terms?     Art.  120. 

3.  How  do  you  reduce  a  fraction  to  its  lowest  terms  ?  Art. 
121. 

4.  How  do  you  reduce  an  improper  fraction  to  its  equivalent 
whole  or  mixed  number?     Art.  122.* 

5.  Reduce  39 1  to  its  equivalent  improper  fraction,  and  give 
rule  and  reason.     Art.  123. 

6.  Change  19  to  a  fraction  whose  denominator  shall  be  9. 
Give  rule  and  reason.     Art.  123. 

7.  Reduce  JXsXiXitoa  simple  fraction,  and  give  rule  and 
reason.     Art.  124. 

8.  Reduce  f,  f +f,  to  a  common  denominator.     Give  mde  and 
.   reason.     Art.  125. 

9.  How  may  the  work  often  be  shortened?     Art.  125. 


ARITHMETIC.  79 

10.  How  do  you  find  the  least  common  denominator  of  several 
fractions  ?     Give  rule  and  reason. 

ADDITION    OF   FRACTIONS. 

1.  What  is  the  sum  of  two  or  more  fractions?     Art.  126. 

2.  Define  addition  of  fractions.     How  many  cases  are  there  ? 
Art.  126. 

3.  Add  J+l+l  and  |,  and  give  rule  and  reason.     Art.  127. 

4.  What  is  the  sum  of  two  fractions  equal  to  when  each  nume- 
rator is  equal  to  one?     Art.  128. 

5.  How  do  you  add  fractions  having  difierent  denominators? 
Art.  129. 

SUBTRACTION   OF    FRACTIONS. 

1.  Define  subtraction  of  fractions.     Art.  130. 

2.  How  many  cases  are  there?    Art.  130. 

3.  From  f  take  |,  and  give  rule  and  reason.     Art.  131. 

4.  What  is  the  difference  between  two  fractions  whose  nume- 
rators are  each  one  ?     Give  reason.     Art.  132. 

5.  How  do  you  subtract  one  mixed  number  from  another? 
Art.  133. 

6.  From  f  of  a  ton  take  |  of  12  cwt.,  and  give  reason.     Art. 
134.     . 

MULTIPLICATION    OF   FRACTIONS. 

1.  Define  multiplication  of  fractions. 

2.  Give  rule  and  reason  for  multiplying  one  fraction  by  another. 
Art.  135. 

3.  When  the  multiplier  is  less  than  one,  what  part  of  the  mul- 
tiplicand is  taken  ?     Art.  135. 

4.  Does  multiplication    of  fractions   always   imply  increase? 
Art.  135. 

5.  What  part  is  the  product  of  the  multiphcand?     Art.  135. 

6.  What  do  you  do  when  either  factor  is  a  whole  number? 
Art.  135. 

7.  Multiply  J  of  I  by  f  of  ^,  and  give  reasons.     Art.  135. 

8.  Bouglit  a  book  for  f^  of  a  dollar,  and  a  knife  for  j\  as  much; 
how  much  did  I  pay  for  the  knife  ?     Reason.     Art.  135. 


60  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

9.  If  I  own  ^^  of  a  farm  and  sell  -^^^  of  my  share,  what  part 
of  the  whole  farm  do  I  sell  ?     Why  ?     Art.  135.     Ex.  46. 

10.  A  owned  g  of  200  acres  of  land  and  sold  f  of  his  share  to 
B,  who  sold  ^  of  what  he  bought  to  C  ;  liow  many  acres  had  each? 
Give  reasons  and  rules  for  the  operations.     Art.  135.     Ex.  Gl. 

DIVISION    OF    FRACTIONS. 

1.  Define  division  of  fractions.     Art.  136. 

2.  Give  rule  and  reason  for  division  of  fractions.     Art.  136. 

3.  What  do  you  do  when  either  the  divideiid  or  divisor  is  a 
W' hole  number  ?     Art.  136. 

4.  How  do  you  proceed  when  either  of  the  fractions  is  a  mixed 
number  or  a  compound  fraction?     Art.  136. 

5.  If  the  terms  of  the  dividend  are  exactly  divisible  by  the 
corresponding  terms  of  the  divisor,  how  do  you  find  the  quotient? 
Art.  136. 

6.  Divide  f  by  |  and  give  dearly  the  rule  and  reason.  Art. 
137. 

7.  If  ^  of  I  of  a  barrel  of  flour  Avill  last  a  family  one  week, 
how  long  will  9/^  barrels  last  them  ?     Why  ?     Art.  137.     Ex.  84. 

8.  Define  a  complex  fraction  and  give  rule  and  reason  for  re- 
ducing complex  fractions  to  simple  ones.     Art.  138. 

495  343 

9.  What  is  the  sum  and  difference  of  — -  and 1-  ?        Arte 

97  146i\ 

138.     Ex.  10. 

10.  A  man  being  asked  how  many  sheep  he  had,  said  he  had 
them  in  three  fields ;  in  the  first  he  had  63,  which  was  |  of  wdiat 
he  had  in  the  second,  and  that  g-  of  what  he  had  in  the  second 
was  just  4  times  what  he  had  in  the  third.  How  many  sheep  had 
heinaU?    Art.  138.     Ex.34. 

DUODECIMALS. 

1.  What  are  duodecimals  ?  If  the  unit  one  foot  be  divided  into 
12  equal  parts,  what  is  each  part  called? 

2.  If  one  inch  be  divided  into  12  equal  parts,  what  is  each  part 
cdlcd?     Art.  139. 

3.  What  are  the  indices  ?     Art.  139. 


ARITH3IETIC.  81 

4.  By  what  rules  do  you  operate  on  duodecimal  units  ?  Art. 
140. 

5.  What  are  the  units  of  the  scale?     Art.  140. 

6.  What  is  multiplication  of  duodecimals?     Art.  141. 

7.  Give  rule  and  reason  for  multiplication  and  division  of  duo- 
decimals.    Art.  142. 

8.  From  a  cellar  42  ft.  10  in.  long,  12  ft.  G  in.  wide,  were  thrown 
158  cu.  yds.  17  cu.  ft.  of  earth;  how  deep  was  it?  Art.  142. 
Ex.  8. 

DECIMAL    FRACTIONS. 

1.  How  many  kinds  of  fractions  are  there?  What  are  they? 
Art.  143. 

2.  State  the  diiference  between  a  common  and  a  decimal  frac- 
tion.    Art.  142. 

3.  When  the  unit  is  divided  into  10  or  100  equal  parts,  what  is 
each  part  called?     Art.  144. 

4.  How  are  decimal  fractions  formed?     Art.  144. 

5.  What  gives  denomination  to  the  fraction?     Art.  144. 
•   G.  Is  the  denominator  understood?     Art.  145. 

7.  How  can  you  tell  what  every  denominator  is  ? 

8.  Which  way  are  decimals  numerated  ?     Art.  145. 

9.  On  what  does  the  unit  of  a  figure  depend?     Art.  146. 

10.  HoAV  does  the  value  change  from  the  left  tov/ard  the  right? 
Art.  14G. 

11.  Give  the  rule  and  reason  for  writing  and  reading  decimals. 
Art.  14G. 

12.  Write  40  and  nine  ten  milHonths.     Art.  14G.     Ex.  8. 

13.  What  is  the  unit  of  Federal  money?     Art.  147. 

14.  What  part  of  a  dollar  is  a  cent?     A  mill?     Art.  147. 

15.  What  effect  does  annexing  a  cipher  have  to  the  value  of  a 
decimal?     Art.  148. 

1 G.  What  effect  does  prefixing  a  cipher  have  to  the  value  of  a 
decimal?     Art.  149. 

ADDITION    OF    DECIMALS. 

1.  What  is  addition  of  decimals?     Art.  150. 

2.  What  parts  of  unity  may  be  added  together  ?     Art.  150. 


82  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

3.  Give  rule  and  reason  for  addition  of  decimals. 

SUBTRACTION    OF    DECIMALS. 

1.  Give  rule  and  reason  for  subtraction  of  decimals.     Art.  lol. 

2.  How  many  places  do  you  point  off  in  remainder?     Art.  151. 

3.  From  two  hundred  and  twenty-seven  thousandths  take  nine- 
ty-seven and  one  hundred  and  twenty  ten  thousandths.  Art.  151. 
Ex.  24 

MULTIPLICATION    OF    DECIMALS. 

1.  After  multiplying,  hov/  many  places  do  you  j)oint  off  in  the 
product?     Give  an  example.     Art.  152. 

2.  When  there  are  not  so  many  places  what  do  you  do  ?  Art. 
152. 

3.  Give  rule  and  reason  for  multiplication  of  decimals.  Art. 
152. 

4.  Multiply  two  hundred  and  ninety -four  millionths  by  one  mil- 
lionth.    Art.  152.     Ex.  13. 

5  What  effect  does  removing  the  decimal  point  one  place  to 
the  right  or  left  have  on  decimal  fractions  ?     Art.  154. 

CONTRACTIONS    IN    MULTIPLICATION. 

1.  What  is  contraction  in  multiplication  of  decimals?    Art.  153. 

2.  What  is  proposed  in  the  example?     Explain  it.     Art.  153. 

3.  How  are  the  numbers  written  down  for  multiplication? 
Art.  153. 

4.  Give  the  rule  and  reason  for -this  method.     Art.  153. 

5.  Where  is  the  first  figure  of  every  product  to  be  written,  and 
how  do  you  compensate  for  the  part  omitted?     Art.  153. 

6.  By  this  method  multiply  4745.679  by  751.4549  and  reserve 
only  whole  numbers  in  the  product.     Art.  153.     Ex.  5. 

DIVISION    OF    DECIMAL    FRACTIONS. 

1.  Define  division  of  decimal  fractions.     Art.  155. 

2.  How  do  5^ on  determine  the  number  of  decimal  places  in  the 
quotient?     Art.  155.  *  « 

3.  Give  the  rule  for  the  division  of  decimals.     Art.  155, 


ARITHMETIC.  .  83 

4,  How  do  you  divide  a  decimal  by  10,  100,  or  1000?  Art. 
156. 

0.  How  many  suits  of  clothes  can  be  made  from  34  yds.  of 
cloth,  allowing  4.25  yds.  for  each  suit?     Art.  156.     Ex.  SO. 

6.  If  there  are  more  decimal  places  in  the  divisor  than  in  the 
dividend,  what  do  you  do  ?  What  will  the  figures  of  the  quotient 
then  be?     Art.  157. 

7.  AVhat  do  you  do  after  you  have  brought  down  all  the  figures 
of  the  dividend  ?     Art.  158. 

CONTRACTIONS    IN    DIVISION. 

1.  Wliat  are  contractions  in  division?     Art.  160. 

2.  Explain  the  process  of  making  the  division.     Art.  ICO. 

3.  "What  figures  may  be  omitted  in  the  contracted  metliod? 
Art.  160. 

4.  Give  the  reasons  for  contractions  in  division.     Art.  160. 

5.  Divide  by  this  method  08.187437  by  8.4765618.  Art.  160. 
Ex.  4. 

REDUCTION    OF    COMMON    AND    DECIMAL    FRACTIONS. 

1.  How  do  you  change  a  common  to  a  decimal  fraction?  Art. 
161. 

2.  How  do  you  change  a  decimal  to  the  form  of  a  common 
fraction  ? 

3.  A  man  owns  |  of  a  ship ;  he  sells  -^^  ^^  ^^'^^  share :  what 
part  is  that  of  the  whole,  expressed  in  decimals?  Art.  161.  Ex. 
19. 

«  DENOMINATE    DECIMALS. 

1.  Define  a  denominate  decimal.     Art.  163. 

2.  How  do  you  find  the  value  of  a  denominate  number  in  deci- 
mals of  a  higher  unit  ?     Art.  1 64. 

3.  Give  rule  and  reason  for  finding  the  value  of  a  decimal  in 
integer^  of  less  denominations.     Art.  165. 

4.  What  decimal  part  of  a  mile  is  72  yards?  Art.  164.  Ex. 
29. 

CIRCULATING   OR    REPEATING   DECIMALS. 

1.  How  many  cases  are  there  of  changing  a  vulgar  to  a  deci- 
mal fraction?     What  are  they?     Art.  166. 


^ii  THE    CO^IPLETE    EXAMINER. 

2.  What  distinguishes  one  of  these  cases  from  another  ?     Art. 
1G6. 

0.  How  can  jou  tell  when  a  vulgar  fraction  can  be  exactly  ex- 
pressed decimally  ?     Art.  1G7. 

4.  How  many  decimal  places  will  there  be  in  the  quotient? 
Art.  167. 

5.  Can  I  be  exactly  expressed  decimally?     Art.  1G8. 

6.  To  what  does  the  value  of  this  quotient  approach  ?     Art. 
168. 

7.  When  does  it  become  equal  to  one  third?     Art.  168. 

8.  Define  a  circulating  decimal.     Art.  169. 

9.  What  is  a  repetend?     Give  an  example.     Art.  170. 

10.  What  is  a  single  repetend  ?    A  compound  repetend  ?     Pure 
repetend?     Mixed  repetend ?     Similar  repetend  ?     Art.  171-175. 

11.  What  are  dissimilar  repetends?     Conterminous  repetends? 
Art.  177. 

12.  What  are  Similar  and  Conterminous  repetends  ?     Art.  178. 

13.  Give  the  rule  and  reason  for  reducing  a  pure  repetend  to 
its  equivalent  common  fraction.     Art.  178. 

14.  IIoAV  do  you  find  the  value  of  a  mixed  repetend?     Art. 
180. 

15.  HoAv  (]o  you  add  circulating  decimals?     Art.  183. 

16.  Give  the  rules  and  reasons  for  Subtraction,  Multiplication, 
and  Division  of  circulating  decimals. 

17.  Multiply  45.1^3  by  '245'  and  divide  3.753'  by  '24'.     Art. 
186.     Ex.  8. 

CONTINUED    FRACTIONS. 

1.  What  is  a  continued  fraction?     Art.  187. 

2.  Define  an  approximating  fraction.     Art.  188. 

3.  Place  g  f  under  the  form  of  a  continued  fraction  and  find  the 
value  of  each  approximating  fraction.     Art.  188.     Ex.  5. 

RATIO   AND   TROPORTION. 

1.  Define  ratio.     Proportion.     Art.  189. 

2.  From  how  many  terras  is  a  ratio  derived?     Art.  190. 

3.  Whnt  is  tlie  first  term  called?     The  second?     Which  is  the 
standard?     Art.  190. 


AllITHMETIC.  85 

4.  How  may  the  ratio  of  two  numbers  be  expressed  and  read? 
Art.  191. 

5.  What  are  proportional  terms?     Art.  192. 

G.  Whicli  are  the  extremes  of  a  proportion?  The  means? 
Art.  193. 

7.  What  is  the  product  of  the  extremes  equal  to?     Art.  194 

8.  On  what  principle  is  the  rule  for  proportion  founded  ?  Art. 
194. 

9.  What  is  Simple  ratio  ?     Compound  ratio  ?     Art.  195. 

10.  Define  and  give  the  rule  of  Three,  and  reason  for  same. 
Art.  198. 

11.  How  do  you  state  a  question  by  the  rule  of  Three?  Art. 
199. 

12.  At  what  time  between  6  and  7  o'clock  will  the  hour  and 
minute  hands  of  a  clock  be  exactly  together?  Art.  199.  Ex. 
46. 

13.  A  can  do  a  piece  of  work  in  8  days;  B,  in  4  days;  C,  in 
6  days :  in  what  time  will  they  all  do  it,  working  together?  Art. 
199.     Ex.  49. 

CAUSE    AND    EFFECT. 

1.  Define  Causes,  Simple  and  Compound.     Art.  200. 

2.  What  are  Effects,  Simple  and  Compound?     Art.  201. 

3.  What  do  we  infer  from  the  nature  of  causes  and  effects  ? 
Art.  202. 

4.  When  are  two  numbers  directly  proportional  ?     Art.  205. 

5.  When  are  two  numbers  inversely  proportional  ?     Art.  205. 

6.  If  two  numbers  are  inversely  proportional,  what  is  either 
equal  to?     Why?     Art.  207. 

7.  If  72  horses  eat  a  certain  quantity  of  hay  in  7G  weeks,  how 
many  horses  will  consume  the  same  in  90  weeks?  Art.  208. 
Ex.  28. 

COMPOUND    mOPORTION. 

1.  Define  Compound  Proportion,  and  tell  what  it  embraces. 
Art.  209. 

2.  What  is  always  required  ?     Art.  209. 


86  THE  COMPLETE  EXAMINER. 

3.  Give  the  rule  and  reason  for  compound  proportion.  Art. 
210. 

4.  If  5  compositors  in  IG  days,  working  14  hours  a  daj,  can 
compose  20  sheets  of  24  pages  each,  50  Unes  in  a  page,  and  40 
letters  in  a  hne,  in  how  many  days,  working  7  hours  a  day,  can 
10  compositors  compose  40  sheets  of  16  pages  in  a  sheet,  60  lines 
in  a  page,  and  50  letters  in  a  line?     Art.  210.     Ex.  19. 

PARTNERSHIP. 

1.  Define  Partnership.  Partners.  Capital  or  Stock.  Art. 
211. 

2.  What  is  dividend?     Loss?     Art.  211.  • 

3.  Give  rule  and  reason  for  Partnership.     Art.  212. 

COMPOUND    PARTNERSHIP. 

1.  Define  Compound  Partnership.     Art.  218. 

2.  Give  the  reason,  and  not  the  rule,  for  compound  partner- 
ship. 

3.  Where  men  take  an  interest  in  a  mining  company,  A  puts 
in  $480  for  6  months,  B  a  sum  not  named  for  12  months,  and  C 
§320  for  a  time  not  mentioned ;  when  the  accounts  were  settled 
A  received  $600  for  his  stock  and  profit,  B  $1200  for  his,  and  C 
$520  for  his ;  what  was  B's  stock  and  C's  time  ?  Art.  213.  Ex. 
10. 

PER    CENTAGE. 

1.  Define  per  centage.     What  is  the  base?     Art.  214. 

2.  Define  per  cent.     Rate  per  cent.     Art.  215. 

3.  How  do  you  find  the  per  centage  of  any  number  ?     Art.  21 6. 

4.  How  do  you  find  the  per  cent,  which  one  number  is  of  an- 
other?    Art.  217. 

5.  How  do  you  find  the  base  when  the  per  centage  is  added  to 
or  subtracted  from  the  base?     Art.  218. 

6.  What  per  cent,  of  800  is  eleven?     Art.  217.     Ex.  9. 

7.  A  grocer  purchased  a  lot  of  teas  and  j^igar,  on  whi(*li  lie  lost 
16  per  cent,  for  selling  tliem  for  $4200;  what  did  he  pay  for  llie 
goods?     Art.  218;     Ex.4. 


ARITHMETIC.  87 

INTEREST. 

1.  Define  interest.     Principal.     Amount.     Art.  219. 

2.  Define  rate  of  interest.  What  does  per  annum  mean  ?  Art. 
219. 

3.  How  do  you  find  the  interest  of  any  principal  for  any  num- 
ber of  years  ?     Give  the  analysis,  with  reasons.     Art.  220. 

»     4.  How  do  you  find  the  interest  for  any  time,  at  any  rate? 
Art.  221.  •" 

5.  How  do  you  find  the  interest  on  any  principal  for  any  time, 
at  any  rate?     Art.  221,222. 

6.  Gave  a  note  of  $5^0.40,  March  14th,  1855,  on  interest  after 
90  days.  What  interest  w^as  due  Dec.  1st,  1856,  at  10  per  cent.? 
Art.  222.     Ex.  27.  . 

7.  How  do  you  find  the  interest  when  the  principal  is  in  pounds, 
shillings  and  pence  ?     Art.  223. 

8.  How  many  parts  are  there  in  every  question  in  interest? 
Art.  224. 

9.  How  many  of  these  must  be  known  before  the  remainder 
can  be  found  ?     Art.  224. 

10.  How  do  you  find  the  interest  when  you  know  the  principal, 
rate  and  time'^     Art.  224. 

11.  How  do  you  find  the  principal  \A\Qn  you  know  the  interest, 
rate  and  time'^     Art.  224. 

12.  How  do  you  apply  the  formula  to  any  case?     Art.  224. 

13.  Give  rule  and  reason  for  Partial  Payments.     Art.  225. 

14.  For  value  received  we  jointly  and  severally  promise  to  pay 
Jones,  Mead  &  Co.  or  order,  four  hundred  and  fifty  dollars  on  de- 
mand, with  interest  at  8  per  cent.     Manning  &  Bros. 

The  following  indorsements  were  made  on  this  note : 
Sept.  25th,  1851,  received  $85.60.     July  10th,  1852,  received 
$20.     June  6th,  1853,  received  $150.45.     Dec.  28th,  1854,  re- 
ceived $25,121     May  5th,  received  $169,     What  was  due  Oct. 
18th,  1857  ?     Art.  225.     Ex.  6. 

c o:\rrouND  interest. 

1.  Define  Legal  interest.     Compound  interest.     Art.  227. 

2.  Give  rule  for  computing  compound  interest.     Art.  227. 


88  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

3.  Find  by  the  table  what  $75  will  amount  to  in  10  years  4 
mo.  21  clays,  at  7  per  cent,  compound  interest.  Art.  227.  Ex. 
13. 

4.  What  will  be  the  compound  interest  of  S200  for  1  year  7 
mo.  9  da.,  at  5  per  cent.  ?     Art.  227.     Ex.  14. 

DISCOUNT. 

1.  Define  Discount.  What  is  the  face  pf  a  note?  Present 
value?    Art.  228. 

2.  What  is  the  discount  on  any  note  ?     Art.  230. 

3.  Give  the  rule  for  finding  the  discount.     Art.  230. 

4.  What  sum  of  money  will  amouui.  to  $2500  in  2  years  7  mo. 
12  da,,  at  12  per  cent.  ?     Art.  230.     Ex.  5. 

5.  Which  is  the  more  advantageous,  to  buy  sugar  at  7^  cents  a 
pound  on  4  months  credit,  or  at  8  cts.  a  pound  on  G  months,  at  G 
per  cent,  interest  ?     Art.  230.     Ex.  13. 

G  Bought  land  at  $10  an  acre;  what  must  I  ask  per  acre  if  I 
abate  10  per  cent,  and  still  make  20  per  cent,  on  the  purchase 
money?     Art.  230.     Ex.14. 

BANKING. 

1.  Define  Bank  and  Banldng.     Banlc  Bills,     Art.  231. 

2.  What  is  a  promissory  note  ?  Accommodation  note  ?  Art. 
231. 

3.  What  are  business  notes?     Days  of  grace?     Art.  231. 

4.  Write  a  note  payable  to  bearer.  A  joint  note.  One  pay- 
able at  a  bank.     A  negotiable  note.     Art.  231. 

BANK   discount. 

1.  Define  Bank  Discountv  When  is  the  interest  paid  ?  Art. 
232. 

2.  How  is  interest  calculated  by  the  customs  of  banks?  Art. 
232. 

3.  What  is  the  bank  discount  and  proceeds  of  a  nofe  of  $500 
at  G|  per  cent.,  payable  in  8^-  months  ?     Art.  232.     Ex.  3. 

4.  What  is  the  difference  between  the  true  and  bank  discount 
of  $10,000,  payable  in  4^  months  at  8  per  cent.?  Art.  232. 
Ex.  «. 


ARITHMETIC.  89 

5.  How  do  you  find  the  face  of  a  note  of  a  required  present 
value?    Art.  232- 

COMMISSION. 

1.  Define  Commission  and  tell  how  you  find  the  amount  of 
commission  on  a  given  sum.     Art.  234. 

2.  How  do  you  find  the  amount  to  be  invested  exclusive  of  the 
commission?    Ag:.  234. 

3.  A  town  collector  received  4 J  per  cent,  for  collecting  a  tax 
of  $2564.25;  what  was  the  amount  of  his  per  centage?  Art. 
234.     Ex.  7. 

4.  A  bank  fails  and  has  in  circulation  bills  to  the  amount  of 
$207581 ;  it  can  pay  9|  per  cent. :  how  much  money  is  there  on 
hand?     Art.  234.     Ex"  8. 

STOCKS    AND    BROKERAGE. 

1.  Define  Corporation.  Charter,  Capital  or  Stoch,  Shares. 
State  Stocks.     United  States  Stocks.     Art.  23 G,  237. 

2.  What  is  par  value  ?     Market  value  ?     Art.  238. 

3.  When  is  the  stock  said  to  be  above  par?  Below  par?  Art. 
238. 

4.  What  is  dividend  ?     On  what  is  it  estimated  ?     Art.  239. 

5.  Define  Brokerage  and  tell  how  you  find  the  value  of  stock 
which  is  above  par.     Art.  241. 

6.  The  par  value  of  257  shares  of  bank  stock  was  $200  a 
share  ;  what  is  the  present  value  of  all  the  shares,  the  stock  being 
at  a  premium  of  15  per  cent.?     Art.  241.     Ex.  3. 

7.  How  do  you  find  the  sum  which  will  purchase  a  given 
amount  of  stock  at  par  value  ?     Art.  242. 

8.  How  do  you  find  the  rate  of  interest  on  an  investment  when 
the  stock  is  above  or  below  par  ?     Art.  243. 

9.  How  do  you  find  which  is  the  best  investment  ?     Art.  244. 

10.  Which  will  yield  the  largest  profit,  8  per  cent,  stock  at  a 
premium  of  20  per  cent.,  or  5  per  cent,  stock  at  80  per  cent.  ? 
Art.  244.     Ex.  3. 

PROFIT   AND    LOSS. 

1.  Define  Profit  and  Loss,  and  give  rule  and  reason  for  finding 
profit  or  loss.     Art.  240. 


90  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

2.  IIow  do  you  find  the  cost  when  you  know  the  per  cent,  and 
the  amount  of  sale  ?     Art.  246. 

0.  How  do  you  find  the  selling  price  of  an  article  so  as  to  gain 
or  lose  a  certain  per  cent.  ?     Art.  247. 

4.  How  do  you  find  the  per  centage  when  you  know  the  gain 
or  loss  ?     Art.  248. 

5.  Bought  a  piece  of  cotton  goods  for  G  cents  a  yard,  and  sold 
it  for  7^  a  yard ;  what  was  my  gain  per  cent.  ?     Art.  248.     Ex.  2. 

6.  If  a  merchant  sell  tea  at  G6  cents  a  pound  and  gain  20  per 
cent.,  how  much  would  he  gain  per  cent,  if  he  sold  it  at  77  cents 
a  pound?     Art.  248.     Ex.10. 

INSURANCE. 

1.  Define  Insurance,     Policy.     Premium,     Art.  251. 

2.  How  many  cases  are  there  which  arise  in  insurance  ?  What 
are  they?     Art.  252. 

3.  Give  the  rule  for  finding  the  premium.     Art.  253. 

4.  What  is  life  insurance?     Art.  254. 

5.  A  merchant  paid  $1920  insurance  on  his  vessel  and  cargo, 
which  was  5^  per  cent,  on  the  amount  insured ;  how  much  did  he 
insure?     Art.  253.     Ex.13. 

6.  What  do  you  understand  by  the  expectation  of  life  ?  Art. 
255. 

7.  What  may  be  calculated  from  the  necessary  facts?  Art. 
25  G. 

8.  What  will  be  the  annual  premium  for  insuring  a  person's 
life  who  is  60  years  of  age  for  $2000,  at  the  rate  of  $4.91  on 
one  hundred  dollars  ?     Art.  256.     Ex.  5. 

ENDOWMENTS. 

1.  Define  Endowments.  What  does  a  table  of  endowments 
show,  and  what  may  be  found  from  the  table  ?     Art.  257. 

2.  What  endowment  at  21  can  be  purchased-for  $961  paid  at 
the  age  of  five  years  ?     Art.  257.     Ex.  2. 

ANNUITY. 

1.  What  is  an  annuity?  Present  value  of  an  annuity?  Art. 
258. 


AUlTiniETIC.  91 

2.  How  do  you  find  the  present  value  of  an  annuity  for  a  given 
rate  and  time  ?     Art.  258. 

3.  What  is  the  present  value  of  an  annuity  of  $1500  a  year 
for .30  years,  the  compound  interest  being  reckoned  at  5  per  cent.? 
Art.  258.     Ex.  3. 

ASSESSING-   TAXES. 

1.  What  is  a  tax?  Poll  tax?  How  generally  collected?  Art. 
259. 

2.  What  is  the  first  thiiig  to  be  done  in  assessing  taxes  ?  Art. 
260. 

3.  Explain  the  process  of  finding  the  per  cent,  of  tax  to  be 
levied  on  a  dollar.     Art.  260. 

4.  How  do  you  form  the  assessment  table?     Art.  261. 

5.  Give  the  whole  process  required  in  making  out  a  school  bill, 
and  tell  on  what  principle  founded. 

CUSTOM!   KOUSK    liUSINESS. 

1.  Define  a  port  of  Entry.  Duty.  Custom  House.  Art.  262. 
*    2.  What  charges  are  vessels  required  to  pay  ?     Art.  262. 

3.  Under  whose  directions  are  the  revenues  of  the  country  ? 
Art.  262. 

4.  How  are  duties  collected?     By  whom?     Art.  262. 

5.  Define  Specific  duty.     Advalorem  duty.     Art.  262. 

6.  What  do  the  laws  of  Congress  direct  in  relation  to  foreign 
goods?     Art.  263. 

7.  Define  gross  weight.    Net  weight.    Draft.    Tare.    Art.  263. 

8.  What  are  the  different  kinds  of  tare?     Art.  263. 

9.  What  will  be  the  duty  on  225  bags  of  coffee,  each  weighing 
gross  160  lbs.,  invoiced  at  6  cents  a  pound,  2  per  cent,  being  the 
legal  rate  of  tare,  and  20  per  cent,  the  duty  ?     Art.  263.     Ex.  21. 

EQUATION   OF  PAYMENTS. 

l.^What  is  Equation  of  Payments?     Art.  264. 

2.  How  do  you  find  the  average  time  of  payment?     Art.  264. 

3.  May  the  equated  time  be  reckoned  from  any  day  ?  Art.  264. 
(Note.) 

4.  A  note  for  $500,  dated  Nov.  6th,  1856,  payable  in  three 


92  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

months,  was  given  by  E  to  II.  On  Dec.  3d,  E  paid  $350 ",  when 
ought  the  balance  to  be  paid  to  balance  the  account?  Art.  2G4. 
Ex.  4. 

ALLIGATION. 

1.  Define  Alligation,  and  tell  into  how  many  parts  it  is  divided. 
Art.  265. 

2.  Define  Alligation  Medial,  and  tell  how  you  find  the  price  of 
the  mixture.     Art.  2G6. 

3.  During  the  seven  days  of  the  week  the  thermometer  stood 
as  follows:  70^  73%  73^°,  77°,  801°,  and  8i^  ;  what  was  the 
average  temperature  during  the  v/eek?     Ex.  5.     Art.  2G6. 

ALLIGATION    ALTERNATE. 

1.  Define  Alligation  Ahernatc,  and  tell  how  it  may  be  proved. 
Art.  207 

2.  How  do  you  find  the  Proportional  Parts?     Ari.  208. 

3.  How  do  you  find  the  Proportional  Parts  when  the  quantity 
of  one  simple  is  given?     Art.  200. 

4.  How  do  you  find  the  Proportional  Parts  when  the  quantity 
and  the  mixture  is  given?     Art.  270. 

5.  A  farmer  sold  a  number  of  colts  at  $50  each,  oxen  at  $40, 
cows  at  $25,  calves  at  $10,  and  realized  an  average  price  of  $30 
per  head ;  what  was  the  smallest  number  he  could  sell  of  each  ? 
Ex.  3. 

0.  A  merchant  has  four  pieces  of  calico,  each  worth  24,  22,  20, 
15  cents  a  yard ;  how  much  must  he  cut  from  each  piece  to  ex- 
change for  42  yds.  of  another  piece  worth  17  cents  a  yard?  Art. 
270.     Ex.  7. 

COINS,    CURRENCY   AND    EXCHANGE. 

1.  Define  Coins,      Currency  and  Exchange,     Art.  271. 

2.  What  is  nrovidcd  by  the  Constitution  of  the  U.  States? 
Art.  271. 

3.  Plow  many  values  may  a  coin  be  said  to  have  ?     Art.  272. 

4.  Define  each  value.     What  is  a  Bill  of  Exchange  ?    Art.  274. 

5.  How  many  Parties  are  there  to  a  bill  of  exchange  ?  Name 
them.     Art.  274. 


AUITII-MKTIC.  93 

G.  Describe  liow  bills  of  exchange  aid  commerce,  and  name  all 
the  Parties  to  the  bill  in  this  exanipie.     Art.  275. 

7.  Define  an  inland  bill.  A  foreign  bill.     Art.  276. 

8.  How  is  the  time  determined  at  which  it  is  made  payable  ? 
How  are  bills  always  drawn  ?     Art.  277. 

9.  How  many  bills  are  generally  drawn  for  the  same  amount  ? 

10.  What  is  an  indorsement  in  blank  ?  A  special  indorsement? 
Art.  280. 

11.  What  is  the  Person  making  the  bill  called?     Art.  280. 

12.  What  is  the  effect  of  an  indorsement?  How  may  a  bill 
drawn  to  bearer  be  transferred  ?     Art.  280. 

13.  What  is  acceptance ?     How  made?     Art.  281. 

1 4.  Tell  all  you  can  about  making^  drawing  and  protesting  bills 
of  exchange,  and  Par  of  exchange.  Course  of  exchange.  Art. 
282. 

15.  What  is  the  exchange  value  of  a  pound  Sterling?  Art. 
287. 

IG.  In  Avhat  currency  are  the  exchanges  between  this  country 
and  England  made  ?  What  is  the  commercial  value  of  the  Pound 
sterling?     Art.  288. 

17.  I  have  §947.8G  and  wish  to  remit  to  London  £3G4  18s.  M., 
exchange  being  at  8|-  per  cent. ;  how  much  additional  money  will 
be  necessary  ?     Art.  289.     Ex.  5. 

18.  Describe  the  method  of  exchange  with  France,     Hamburg. 

10.  What  amount  in  dollars  and  cents  will  produce  a  bill  of  ex- 
change on  Hamburg  for  18649  Mares  banco,  exchange  being  at' 
2  per  cent,  premium?     Art.  291.     Ex.  1. 

ARBITKATION    OF    EXCHANGE. 

1.  Define  arbitration  of  exchange.     Art.  294. 

2.  AVhat  principle  is  involved  in  arbitration  of  exchange? 
Art.  294. 

3.  What  is  the  chain  rule  ?  Explain  it.  Illustrate  by  an  ex- 
ample. 

GENERAL  AVERAGE. 

1.  Define  Average.     General  average.     Art.  295. 

2.  How  many  kinds  of  average  are  there  ?  Name  them.  Art. 
296. 


94  THE  C0MrLi<:Ti:  examixku. 

3.  Under  what  circumstances  will  a  general  average  occur? 
Art.  296. 

4.  How  is  the  freight  valued ?     Cargo?     Ship?     Art.  297. 

5.  How  much  is  charged  on  account  of  the  Seaman's  wages  ? 
Art.  297. 

6.  Explahi  the  Principle  by  an  example.     Art.  297.     Ex.  1. 

TONNAGE    OF   VESSELS. 

1.  What  is  the  tonnage  of  a  vessel?     Art.  298. 

2.  To  what  are  coasters  subject?     Art.  298. 

3.  What  is  the  government  rule  for  finding  the  tonnage  of  ves- 
sels?    Art.  299. 

4.  What  is  the  difference  between  the  government  rule  and  the 
ship-builder's  rule  ?     Art.  299. 

5.  What  is  the  government  tonnage  of  a  double-decker,  the 
length  being  103  ft.,  breadth  25  feet  6  inches  ?     Art.  299,     Ex.  4. 

INVOLUTION. 

1.  Define  Involution.     Power.    Root  of  Power.    Third  Power. 
Art.  300. 

2.  What  is  the  exponent  of  a  Power  ?     How  written  ?     Art. 
301. 

3.  How  many  things  are  connected  with  every  Power?     Art. 
301. 

4.  How  do  you  find  the  Power  of  a  number?     Art.  301. 

5.  Find  the  cube  of  14f.     The  value  (3.205)^.     Art.  301. 
Ex.  36-42. 

EVOLUTION. 

1.  Define  Evolution.     Square  root.     Cube  root.     Art.  302. 

2.  How  do  you  denote  the  square  root?     Cube  root?     Art.  302. 

3.  What  is  a  perfect  square,  and  how  many  are  there  between 
1  and  100  ?     Art.  303. 

4.  Into  how  many  parts  may  every  number  be  decomposed  ? 
When  so  decomposed,  to  what  is  its  square  equal?     Art.  304. 

5.  What  is  the  first  step  in  extracting  the  square  root  ?     Art. 
305. 


ARITinilCTIC.  95 

G.  Give  tlic  rule  and  reason  for  extnictliig  the  square  root. 
Art.  S05. 

7.  How  do  you  extract  the  square  root  of  decimal  fractions  ? 
Art.  30G. 

8.  How  of  a  common  fraction  ?     Art.  30 G. 

9.  Dcfnie  a  right  angle.     A  Triangle.     Art.  307. 

10.  Define  a  right-angled  triangle.     Hypothenuse.     Art.  308. 

11.  In  a  right-angled  triangle  to  what  is  square  of  the  Hypothe- 
nuse equal  ?     Why  ?     Art.  309. 

12.  How  do  you  find  the  Hypothenuse  when  you  know  the  base 
and  perpendicular?     Art.  310. 

13.  When  you  know  the  Hypothenuse  and  one  side,  how  do 
you  find  the  other  side  ?     Art.  311 

14.  Find  the  square  root  of  225.  of  |.  Art.  30G.  Ex.  3  and 
13. 

15.  What  length  of  a  rope  must  be  attached  to  a  halter  4  i(Hii 
long,  that  a  horse  may  feed  over  2^  acres  of  ground?  Art.  311. 
Ex.  IG. 

1 G.  Thi^ee  men  bought  a  grindstone  which  was  four  ^(n^i  in  di- 
ameter ;  how  much  must  each  grind  off  to  use  up  his  share  of  the 
stone?     Art.  311.     Ex.  17 

CUBE    ROOT. 

1.  What  is  the  cube  root  of  a  number?     Art.  312. 

2.  When  is  a  number  a  perfect  cube?     Art.  312. 

3.  How  many  perfect  cubes  are  there  between  1  and  1000? 
Art.  312, 

4.  Of  how  many  parts  is  the  cube  of  a  number  composed? 
Art.  313. 

5.  Name  and  describe  them.     Art.  313. 

6.  Give  and  demonstrate  the  rule  for  extracting  the  cube  root 
of  a  number.     Art.  314. 

7.  How  do  you  extract  the  cube  root  of  a  common  or  a  decimal 
fraction?     Art.  315. 

8.  How  many  places  will  there  be  in  the  root?     Art.  315. 

9.  What  is  the  cube  root  of  4.(^.^6^?  Of  8.343?  Art.  314, 
315.    Ex.  3,  1. 


9G  THE  COMPLETE  EXAMINER. 

10.  What  is  the  difference  between  half  a  cubic  yard  and  a 
cube  whose  edge  is  half  a  yard?     Art.  31G.     Ex.  G. 

11.  If  I  put  2  tons  of  hay  in  a  stack  10  feet  high,  how  high 
must  a  similar  stack  be  to  contain  IG  tons?     Art.  316.     Ex.  15. 

12.  Four  women  bought  a  ball  of  yarn  6  inches  in  diameter 
and  agreed  that  each  should  take  her  share  separately  from  the 
surface  of  the  ball ;  how  much  of  the  diameter  must  each  wind 
off?     Art.  31 G.     Ex.  16. 

ARITHMETICAL    PROGRESSION. 

1.  Define  Arithmetical  Progression.  Common  Difference. 
Art.  317. 

2.  What  is  a  decreasing,  and  what  is  an  increasing  series? 
Art.  318. 

3.  Which  are  the  means,  and  which  the  extremes,  of  a  pro- 
gression?    Art.  318. 

4.  How  many  parts  are  there  in  every  Arithmetical  Progres- 
sion?    Art.  319. 

5.  How  many  parts  must  be  given  before  the  remaining  ones 
can  be  found?     Art.  319. 

6.  When  you  know  the  first  term,  the  common  difference  and 
the  number  of  terms,  how  do  you  find  the  last  term?     Art.  320. 

7.  What  will  $200  amount  to  in  15  years,  at  7  per  cent,  simple 
interest ;  the  first  year  it  increases  $14,  the  second  $28,  and  so 
on  ?     Art.  320.     Ex.  3. 

8.  When  you  know  the  extremes  and  number  of  terms,  how 
do  you  find  the  common  difference  ?     Art.  321. 

9.  How  do  you  find  the  sum  of  the  series?     Art.  322. 

10.  Having  given  the  first  and  last  terms,  and  the  common  dif- 
ference, how  do  you  find  the  number  of  terms?     Art.  323. 

11.  A  person  proposes  to  make  a  journey  and  travel  15  miles 
the  first  day,  and  33  miles  the  last,  with  a  daily  increase  of  1| ; 
in  liow  many  days  did  he  make  the  journey,  and  what  was  the 
wdiole  distance  travelled  ?     Art.  323.     Ex.  2. 

GEOMETRICAL    PROGRESSION. 

1.  Define  Geometrical  Progression.     Katio.     Art.  322. 


AIUTHMETIC.  97 

2-.  What  is  an  increasing  Series  ?     Decreasing  Series  ?     Art. 
825.  , 

3.  Define  the  terms,  means  and  extremes  of  a  Progression. 
Art.  326. 

4.  How  many  parts  are  there  in  every  Geometrical  Progres- 
sion?   Art.  326. 

5.  How  many  must  be  known  before  the  rest  can  be  found  ? 
Art.  326.  \ 

6.  Knowing  the  first  term,  the  ratio,  the  number  of  terms,  how 
do  you  find  the  last  term  ?     Art.  327. 

7.  The  first  term  of  a  decreasing  geometrical  series  is  729,  the 
ratio  I ;  what  is  the  10  term  ?  *•  Art.  327.     Ex.  3. 

8.  Knowing  the  two  extremes  and  the  ratio,  how  do  you  find 
the  sum  of  the  terms  ?    Art.  328. 

9.  A  merchant  engaging  in  business  trebled  his  capital  once  in 

4  years ;   if  he  commenced  with  $2000,  what  will  his  capital  # 
amount  to  at  the  end  of  the  12th  year?     Art.  327.     Ex.  6. 

10.  A  laborer  agreed  to  thresh  64  days  for  a  farmer,  on  the      i 
condition  that  he  should  give  him  1  grain  of  wheat  for  the  first      \ 
day's  labor,  2  grains  for  the  second,  and  double  each  succeeding 
day ;  what  number  of  bushels  would  he  receive,  supposing  a  pint 

to  contain  7,680  grains,  and  what  number  of  ships,  each  carrying      ; 
.  1000  tons  burden,  might  be  loaded,  allowing  40  bushels  to  a  ton? 
Art.  328.     Ex.  5. 

ANALYSIS. 

1.  Define  Analysis  and  tell  wherein  it  difiers  from  the  ^'Rule 
of  Threer 

2.  By  analysis  find  the  cost  of  12^  lbs.  of  tea  at  6s.  and  8d.  a      : 
pound,  Pennsylvania  currency.     Page  329.     Ex.  7. 

3.  A  general  arranging  his  army  in  the  form  of  a  square,  finds      ; 
that  he  has  44  remaining ;  but  by  increasing  each  side  by  another 
man,  he  wants  49  to  fill  up  the  square ;  how  many  men  had  he  ?     " 
Page  348.     Ex.  103. 

4.  If  a  ball  2  inches  in  diameter  weighs  5  pounds,  what  will  be 
the  diameter  of  another  ball  of  the  same  material  that  weighs 
78,125  pounds?    Page  350.    Ex.  120.  \ 

5  ' 


98  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

MENSURATION. 

1.  Define  Mensuration,     Surface-     Square,     Art.  329,  330. 

2.  What  is  a  triangle  ?     Base  of  a  triangle  ?     Altitude  f 

3.  Whicli  side  is  the  hypothenuse  of  a  right-angled  triangle  ? 
Art.  331. 

4.  What  is  the  area  of  a  triangle  equal  to  ?  What  is  a  rec- 
tangle ? 

5.  Define  a  Parallelogram.     Trapezoid.     Art.  335. 

6.  How  do  you  find  the  area  of  a  Parallelogram  ?  Square  ? 
Rectangle,  or  Trapezoid?     Art.  336. 

7.  What  is  the  area  of  a  trapezoid  whose  parallel  sides  are  15 
chains  and  245  chains,  and  the  perpendicular  height  30.80  chains? 
Art.  337.    Ex.  5. 

8.  Define  a  Circle.     Badius.      Center,     Art.  337. 

9.  How  do  you  find  the  diameter  when  the  circumference  is 
known?    Art.  338. 

10.  What  is  the  area  of  a  circle  whose  diameter  is  5  ?  Art. 
339.     Ex.  2. 

11.  How  do  you  find  the  surface  of  a  sphere  ?  Contents  of  a 
sphere  ?     Art.  343. 

12.  Required  the  area  and  contents  of  the  earth,  its  mean  di- 
ameter being  7918.7  miles.      Art.  343.     Ex.  5. 

13.  How  do  you  find  the  convex  surface  of  a  Prism  ?  Its  con- 
tents?    Art.  346. 

14.  What  is  a  cylinder?  How  do  you  find  its  convex  surface? 
Art.  348. 

15.  What  are  the  contents  of  a  cylinder  the  diameter  of  Avhose 
base  is  25  ^Q^i,  and  altitude  15  ?     Art.  349.     Ex.  5. 

IG.  Define  a  pyramid.  How  do  you  find  the  contents  of  a 
pyramid?     Art.  351. 

17.  A  Pyramid  with  a  square  base,  of  which  each  side  is  15, 
has  an  altitude  of  24;  what  are  its  contents?    Art.  351.     Ex.  7. 

18.  Define  a  cone.  How  do  you  find  the  contents  of  a  cone? 
Art.  353. 

19.  What  are  the  contents  of  a  cone  whose  altitude  is  27  feet, 
and  the  diameter  of  the  base  20  feet?     Art.  353.     Ex.  4. 


ARITHMETIC.  1)0 

GAUGING. 

1.  What  is  a  cask  gauging?  How  many  varieties  of  casks  are 
there  ? 

2.  Give  the  rule  for  finding  tlie  mean  diameter.     Art.  356. 

3.  How  do  you  find  the  contents  in  cubic  inches  ?     Art.  357. 

4.  How  many  wine  gallons  in  a  cask  of  which  the  head  diame- 
ter is  24  inches,  bung  diameter  36  inches,  and  length  3  feet  6 
inches,  the  cask  being  of  the  second  variety  ?     Art.  357.     Ex.  4. 

MECHANICAL    TOAVERS. 

1.  How  many  simple  machines  are  there  ?     Art.  358. 

2.  Name  and  describe  each.  Describe  each  variety  of  levers. 
Art.  361. 

3.  AYhen  is  an  equilibrium  produced  in  all  the  levers  ? 

4.  What  is  the  proportion  between  the  weight  and  power? 
Art.  362. 

5.  In  a  lever  of  the  third,  the  distance  from  the  fulcrum  to  the 
weight  is  12  feet,  and  to  the  power  8  feet;  what  power  will  be 
necessary  to  sustain  a  weight  of  100  lbs.?     Art.  362.     Ex.  8. 

rULLEY. 

1.  Define  a  pulley.     How  many  kinds  are  there?     Art.  365. 

2.  Does  a  fixed  or  movable  pulley  give  any  increase  of  power? 
Art.  366. 

3.  What  advantage  will  be  gained  by  several  movable  pulleys? 
Art.  367. 

4.  In  two  movable  pulleys  with  4  cords,  what  power  will  sup- 
port a  weight  of  100  lbs.  ?     Art.  368.     Ex.  3. 

5.  Define  an  inclined  Plane,  Wedge,  What  used  for.  Art. 
381. 

6.  Define  a  Screiv,  Nut.  Wliat  is  the  power  of  a  screw  ? 
Art.  381. 

7.  If  a  power  of  300  lbs.  applied  at  the  end  of  a  lever  15  feet 
long  will  sustain  a  weight  of  282,744  lbs.,  what  is  the  distance 
between  the  threads  of  the  screw?    Art.  381.    T^x.  4. 


100  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

UNIFORM   MOTION. 

1.  Define  uniform  motion.  Velocity  of  a  moving  body.  Art. 
383. 

2.  To  what  is  the  space  passed  over  in  a  unit  of  time  equal  ? 
Art.  384. 

3.  To  what  is  the  space  passed  over  in  uniform  motion  equal  ? 

LAWS    OF   FALLING   BODIES. 

1.  How  does  the  velocity  of  a  falling  body  change  ?     Art.  386. 

2.  State  and  explain  the  four  principles  involved  in  falling 
bodies.     Art.  38(5. 

3.  How  far  will  a  body  ascend  when  projected  upwards  ?  Art. 
387. 

4.  Are  the  above  laws  perfectly  or  only  approximately  true  ? 
Art.  388. 

5.  A  stone  is  dropped  from  the  top  of  a  bridge  and  strikes  the 
w^ater  in  2.5  seconds ;  what  is  the  height  of  the  bridge  ?  Art. 
388.     Ex.  9. 

6.  A  rocket  is  projected  vertically  upwards  with  a  velocity  of 
386  feet;  after  w^hat  time  will  it  begin  to  fall,  and  to  what  height 
will  it  rise  ?     Art.  388.     Ex.  15. 

SPECIFIC    GRAVITY. 

1.  Define  specific  gravity.  What  is  the  standard  for  measuring 
the  specific  gravity  of  a  body  ?     Art.  389. 

2.  How  do  you  find  the  specific  gravity  of  a  body  ?     Art.  389. 

3.  A  piece  of  copper  weighs  93  grains  in  air,  and  82|  grains 
in  water;  what  is  its  specific  gravity?     Art.  389.     Ex.  1. 

4.  What  weight  of  mercury  will  a  conical  vase  contain  of  which 
the  radius  of  the  base  is  9  inches,  and  the  altitude  34  inches,  the 
specific  gravity  of  the  mercury  being  13.596  ?  Art.  389.  Ex. 
15. 

5.  To  what  is  the  volume  of  a  vapor  or  gas  proportional? 
Art.  390. 

6.  To  what  is  its  density  proportional  ? 

7.  Eight  quarts  of  hydrogen  gas  are  contained  in  a  vessel  and 
submitted  to  a  pressure  of  22  lbs.;  how  many  quarts  of  ga^  will 


ARITliiVJEilJ^eU'  0  ,'>*/','>*'>'  *'  >  '  '      101 

there  be  if  the  pressure  is  changed  9^  pounds  ?     Art.  390.     Ex. 
6. 

APPENDIX. 

Note. — the  design  and  limit  of  this  -work  require  that  the  questions  on  this  part  of 
ArUhmetic  be  comprehensive. 

1.  Name  and  tell  how  many  kinds  of  units  there  are  in  Aritn- 
metic.     Art.  991. 

2.  Describe  an  abstract  unit,  and  each  unit  in  its  order.  Art. 
392. 

3.  Describe  the  icnit  of  currency.  Length,  Weight,  Surface. 
Time. 

4.  Repeat  accurately  the  tables  of  ihQ  ^varwus  units  in  their 
order:  First,  U.  S.  money.  Art.  404.  2d,  English  money. 
Art.  406. 

5.  5th,  Table  of  Linear  Measure.     Art.  407 

6.  Cloth  Measure.     Art.  410. 

7.  Square  Measure.  Art.  411.  Surveyor's  Measure.  Art. 
412. 

8.  Cubic  Measure.  Art.  413.  Wine  Measure.  Art.  414. 
Beer  Measure. 

9.  Dry  Measure.  Art.  41 G.  Avoirdupois  Weight.  Art.  417. 
Troy  Weiglit. 

10.  Apothecaries'  Weight.  Art.  419.  Measure  of  Time. 
Circular  Measure. 

11.  Miscellaneous  Table.     Boohs  and  Paper.     Art.  422. 

Remark. — Many  additional  questions  might  be  proposed  in  this  branch. 
But  the  candidate  who  answers  accurately  the  foregoing  questions,  assign- 
ing reasons  for  his  views,  need  not  fear  an  Examination  before  any  Board 
of  Examiners  in  this  branch. 

Solve  the  following : 

For  value  received,  seven  years  from  date,  I  promise  to  pay  the  Kenosha 
and  Mississippi  Cotton  Growing  Association  $7897.86,  in  seven  equal  annual 
payments^  at  seven  per  cent,  compound  interest.  What  sum  must  he  paid 
each  year  ? 

Kenosha,  Wis.,  Jan.  23,  1864.  I.  S. 


102  :'''\ :  \<  \  y[  <\fAi\'S.QM,ivEi:j^*  examiner. 

CHAPTER  IX. 

HISTORY. 

Xo  Student,  much  less  a  Statesman,  doubts  that  a  clear  and  accurate 
knowledge  of  History  is  of  intrinsic  value  in  itself;  grand  in  its  consequen- 
ces on  nations  and  men,  and  the  destinies  of  each.  But  never  so  impor* 
tant  at  any  time  or  to  any  class,  as  at  this  hour,  and  to  the  youth  of  our 
land.  It  is  not  asking  then  too  much,  to  demand  that  all  Teachers  should 
be  well  read  in  Gerieral  HiHtory. 

Note. — The  following  references  in  the  questions  on  History  are  to  "  Wil- 
liard's  Universal  History."     P.  stands  for  page. 

1.  What  is  History? 

Ans. — History  is  a  narrative  of  past  events  of  individuals,  States  and 
Nations. 

2.  State  what  you  can  concerning  the  earliest  history  of  man, 
P.  33. 

3.  What  can  you  say  of  the  ancient  empire  of  Assyria  ? 
Egypt?     P.  36. 

4.  Mention  briefly  the  history  of  the  Israelites  or  Jews.  P. 
39. 

5.  What  can  you  say  of  Palestine?  Phoenicia?  Greece? 
Troy  ?     P.  43-47. 

G.  What  can  you  say  of  the  Persian  Empire  under  Cyrus? 
P.  65. 

7.  State  briefly  what  you  can  of  Macedonia  and  Alexander  the 
Great.     P.  85. 

8.  Give  a  brief  sketch  of  Poman  History.     P.  88. 

9.  What  became  of  the  empire  of  Alexander  after  his  death  ? 
P.  99. 

10.  What  caused  the  decline  of  the  Roman  Empire  ?  P.  125- 
140. 

11.  Mention  a  few  facts  connected  with  the  rise  of  Christianity. 
P.  144. 

12.  Describe  the  nations  formed  on  the  ruins  of  the  Poman 
Empire.     P.  184. 

13.  Describe  briefly  Mahomet,  his  flight  and  religion.     P.  191. 

1 4.  Give  a  short  narrative  of  Charlemagne  and  his  efforts.  P. 
203. 


HISTORY.  103 

15.  State  the  most  prominent  events  of  Britain,  Germany  and 
France.     P.  207,  215,  220.  . 

16.  What  can  you   say  of    Pilgrimages?      Chivalry?     The 
Crusaders?     P.  225. 

17.  Give  a  brief  account  of  the  Greek  Empire,     Germany. 
Turkey.     P.  231-244. 

18.  Mention  the  important  events  of  England.     The  war  of 
the  Roses-     P.  251-264. 

19.  What  can  you  say  of  Spanish  Inquisitions?     Italy?     P. 
272-280. 

20.  In  what  war  was  Spain  engaged  in  the  year  Columbus  dis- 
covered America  ?     P.  279. 

MODERN   HISTORY. 

1.  At  what  period  does  modern  history  begin?     P.  291. 

2.  Give  a  brief  account  of  Columbus  and  the  discovery  of 
America.     P.  301. 

3.  What  can  you  say  of  Martin  Luther  and  the  Reformation  ? 
P.  315. 

4.  Mention  what  you  can  concerning  Henry  YIII.    John  Knox. 
Cromwell.     P.  322. 

5.  Give  a  short  account  of  Queen  Elizabeth  and  the  events 
under  her  reign.     P.  329. 

6.  Give  some  account  of  the  Huguenots,  and  the  Massacre  of 
Bartholomew.     P.  341. 

7f  State  what  you  can  of  the  Scandinavian  nation.     Of  Gus- 
tavus  Adolphus.     P.  349. 

8.  Give  some  account  of  Henry  IV.  of  France.     Of  Richelieu* 
P.  355. 

9.  Describe  ihe  Gunpowder  plot.     Long  Parliament.     John 
Hampden.     P.  357. 

10.  Give  some  account  of  the  beheading  of  Charles  I.  and 
Oliver  Cromwell.     P.  363. 

11.  Give  some  account  of  Europe  during  the  war  of  Spanish 
succession.     P.  385. 

12.  State  the  result  of  the  thirteen  years'  war  of  the  Spanish 
succession.     P.  386. 

13.  What  can  you  say  of  Peter  the  Great? 


104  tup:  complete  examiner. 

general  questions. 

14.  Give  some  account  of  the  treaty  of  Utrecht  and  the  young 
Pretender.     P.  403,  411. 

15.  Relate  briefly  the  life  and  character  of  "  The  Great  Com- 
monery 

1 6.  State  what  you  can  concerning  Alfred  the  Great.  P.  209. 
William  the  Conqueror.  P.  213.  Frederick  the  Great.  P. 
415. 

17.  Give  an  account  of  Napoleon,  his  war,  and  generals.  P. 
443. 

18.  Eelate  the  principal  events  of  "  Tlie  hundred  days"  P. 
463. 

19.  Describe  the  '^  Holy  alliance ''  of  1815,  and  its  effect.  P. 
483. 

20.  What  led  to  the  Partition  of  Poland?     P.  417. 

united  states  history. 

1.  When  and  by  whom  was  America  discovered? 

2.  When  and  by  whom  was  St.  I>awrence  discovered  ?     P.  364. 

3.  When  and  by  whom  was  the  first  settlement  in  the  U.  S. 
made?     P.  364. 

4.  Who  discovered  Florida  ?  Where  was  the  first  English  set- 
tlement made  in  the  U.  S.  ?     P.  365. 

5.  What  is  said  of  Captain  Smith?  Relate  ihe  heroism  of 
Pocahontas.     P.  365.  "^ 

6.  Relate  the  events  and  results  of  the  sailing  of  the  May 
Flower.     P.  365. 

7.  Who  came  over  in  the  May  Flower  ?  Where  did  they  set- 
tle?    P.  365. 

8.  What  caused  the  Pilgrims  to  make  new  homes  in  this  west- 
ern wilderness?     P.  365. 

9.  Who  discovered  the  Hudson  River?  What  towns  did  the 
Dutch  form?     P.  366. 

10.  Give  a  brief  account  of  the  "Old  French  War."     P.  413. 

11.  Give  an  account  of  the  battle  on  the  Heights  of  Abraham. 
Of  Wolf.     P.  415. 


HISTORY.  105 

12.  Who  was  Governor  of  Virginia  in  1753  ?     "Who  of  Cana- 
da?    P.  423. 

13.  Whom  did  the  Governor  send  on  a  mission  to  Canada  in 
winter?     P.  423. 

14.  What  was  the  occasion  of  the  Congress  of  delegates  at 
Albany,  in  1754?     P.  423. 

15.  What  plan  was  there  drawn  up,  and  by  whom  ?     P.  423. 

16.  What  principles  early  found  a  home  in  America?     P.  424. 

17.  Was  the  mother  country  satisfied  with  these  principles? 
P.  424. 

18.  What  occurred  at  Braddock*s  field?     At  West  Edward? 
P.  425. 

19.  Relate  the  events  of  the  campaign  of  1759,  under  Gen. 
Amherst  and  Wolfe.     P.  426. 

20.  Give  a  clear  account  of  the  Stamp  Act.     P.  426. 

21.  How  did  the  Americans  regard  it?     Where  did  their  Con- 
gress first  meet  ?     P.  427. 

22.  Describe  clearly  the  occasion  and  place  of  the  Ji7'st  battle, 
and  its  result.     P.  427. 

23.  What  can  you  say  of  the  Continental  Congress  at  Phila- 
delphia?    P.  427. 

24.  When  was  Washington  appointed  Commander-in-Chief  of 
the  American  forces  ?     P.  427. 

25.  What  took  place  at  Boston,  on  the  17th  of  March?     P. 
428, 

AMERICAN     INDEPENDENCE. 

1.  What  is  the  Birth-day  of  the  American  Independence?     P. 
431. 

2.  What  was  the  most  disastrous  defeat  of  the  war?     P.  431. 

3.  What  did  Washington  do  on  the  26th  of  Dec,  1776?     P. 
432. 

4.  What  noble  foreigner  arrived  here  in  the  winter  of  1776- 
77  ?     P.  432. 

5.  Relate  the  successes  of  the  British  in  Pennsylvania.     P. 
432. 

6.  Relate  the  battles  of  Bennington.     Stillwater.     Saratoga. 
P.  432. 


106  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

7.  What  important  event  followed  the  battle  of  Saratoga?    P. 
432. 

8.  Give  an  account  of  the  battle  of  Monmouth  and  its  results. 
P.  433. 

9.  Relate  the  capture  of  Charleston,  the  battle  of  Camden  and 
Eutaw  Springs.     P.  433. 

10.  What  did  Lord  Cornwallis  threaten  to  do  to  '' Tlie  hoy'' 
Lafayette  ?     P.  433. 

11.  Relate  the  operations  of  Washington  until  he  arrived  at 
Yorktown.     P.  434. 

12.  By  whom  were  the  British  invested  by  sea?     P.  434. 

13.  What  was  the  glorious  results  of  these  combined  operations  ? 
P.  434. 

14.  What  other  disasters  did  Great  Britain  meet  ?     P.  434. 

15.  By  what  treaty  did  Great  Britain  acknowledge  the  Ameri- 
can Independence?     P.  434. 

16.  What  territories  did  Great  Britain  lose  by  this  treaty?     P. 
434. 

17.  Give  an  account  of  the  deportment  of  Washington  after 
peace.     P.  435. 

18.  What  can  you  say  of  the  Articles  of  Confederation?     P. 
435. 

19.  When  was  the   Constitution  of  the  U.  S.  adopted?      P. 
435.  N^CvxH  ^C^'SvQ\ 

20.  Who  was  the  first  President,  and  who  formed  his  Cabinet  ? 
P.  435. 

21.  Give  the  history  of  the  members  of  this  first  Cabinet  dur- 
ing their  private  lives.     P.  435. 

22.  Give  an  account  of  all  the  Presidents  and  their  Cabinets, 
in  their  order. 

23.  What  led  to  the  war  of  1812  ?     P.  465. 

24.  Who  was  King  of  England  at  the  time  of  the  American 
Revolution?     P.  465. 

25.  Who  was  the  Prime  Minister  of  England  at  the  same 
time?     P.  465. 

26.  What  important  engagement  at  New  Orleans  in  1815  ? 
P.  487. 


IIISTOKY.  107 

■    27.  When  was  the  treaty  of  peace  signed  that  ended  this  war  ? 
P.  488. 

28.  AVho  was  leader  of  the  NuUijication  Party  of  S.  C,  in 
1832  ?     P.  490. 

29.  What  was  the  result  of  this  effort  of  S.  C.  ?     P.  490. 

30.  Give  the  history  of  the  National  Bank  and  its  opposition. 
P.  491. 

MEXICAN    WAR. 

Note. — The  references  in  the  following  questions  are  to  ''Willard^s  Last 
Leaves." 

1.  Who  discovered  Texas  ?     Ans. — La  Salle.     Who  was  he  ? 

2.  What  led  to  the  Texan  Independence  ?     P.  27. 

3.  Give  an  account  of  the  Massacre  at  Goliad.     P.  27. 

4.  What  led  to  the  war  with  Mexico?     P.  30  and  31. 

5.  Give  a  general  account  of  the  Commanders  and  forces  on 
both  sides,  and  the  various  battles  and  results  of  the  war.  P.  31- 
105. 

SECESSION    AND    ITS    CONSEQUENT    REBELLION. 

1.  Give  a  brief  account  of  the  causes  of  the  Southern  Rebell- 
ion. 

2.  When  did  S.  C.  Secede?  Mississippi?  Florida?  Ala- 
bama?   Georgia?     Louisiana?    Texas?     Tennessee?    Virginia? 

3.  State  what  you  can  concerning  the  attack  upon  and  evacua- 
tion of  Fort  Sumter. 

4.  When  did  the  President  call  for  75,000  Volunteers?  April 
15th,  18G1. 

5.  State  what  occurred  on  April  19  th,  1861,  as  the  6th  Mas?. 
Reg*t  w^ere  passing  through  Baltimore. 

6.  When  did  the  rebels  seize  the  U.  S.  forts  ? 

7.  Relate  the  events  of  the  first  battle  of  Bull  Run,  July  21st, 
1861. 

8.  When  and  by  whom  was  Fort  Hatteras  captured?  Neio 
Orleans  f 

9.  At  what  engagement  was  Gen,  Lyon  killed  ? , 

10.  .State  the  events  incident  to  thecapture  of  Mason  and  Sli- 
dell. 


108  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

11.  Describe  the  engagement  between  the  Monitor  and  Meh- 
RiMAC.     Other  Naval  engagements. 

12.  Give  an  account  of  the  /battle  of  Pea  Ridgcy  Ark.  Fori 
Henry,  Tenn. 

13.  State  the  events  of  the  hattle  and  surrender  of  Fort  Donel- 
son  to  Gen.  Grant. 

14.  When  was  Nashville,  Tenn.,  occupied  by  our  forces? 

15.  Give  an  account  of  the  occupation  of  Columbus,  Ky.,  by 
our  forces. 

16.  What  can  you  say  of  the  attach  on  Island  No.  10?  Battle 
of  Winchester? 

17.  Relate  the  events  of  the  siege  of  Yorktown.  Caj^ure  of 
Fredericksburg. 

18.  The  fight  at  Strasburg,  Va.  The  battle  of  Pittsburg  Land- 
ing. 

19.  State  the  events  of  the  Siege  of  Vicksburg  by  Gen.  Grant, 
and  Port  Hudson  by  Gen.  Banks. 

20.  What  caused  and  followed  the  evacuation  of  Corinth  by 
the  rebels  ? 

21.  Relate  the  events  of  the  seven  days  battle  on  the  Penin- 
sula. 

22.  Also  the  battles  of  Fair  Oaks,  Seven  Pines,  and  AYhite 
Oak  Swamp. 

23.  Give  an  account  of  the  battles  of  Perrysville,  Stone  River, 
Chickamauga,  Mission  Bridge  and  Knoxville. 

24.  When  did  the  Bill  to  abolish  Slavery  in  the  District  of  Co- 
lumbia pass  Congress  ? 

25.  When  did  President  Lincoln  issue  his  Emancipation  Pro- 
clamation ?  Mention  any  other  important  events  and  results  of 
this  wicked  Rebellion. 

Note. — The  questions  on  General  History  conld  haye  "been  multiplied  to  almost  any  ex- 
tent •,  but  the  above  are  euflacient,  if  the  candidates  are  prepared  to  answer  them  j  if  n©t, 
they  are  surely  sufficient. 


PHYSIOLOGY.  109 


CHAPTER  X. 
PHYSIOLOGY. 

Tbc  following  references  in  the  questions  on  Physiology  are  to  Cutter's 
Ar.'ATOMY,  Physiology  and  Hygiene. 

KoTE.— If  Agesilaus  gave  a  correct  reply  when  he  was  asked  "What 
should  boys  learn?"  by  saying,  "Those  things  which  they  will  practice 
when  they  become  men : "  then  it  is  clear  that  teachers  should  be  qualified 
to  teach  Physiology  thoroughly. 

ANATOMY. 

1.  What  is  Anatomy ?     How  is  it  divided?     P.  13. 

2.  ^iihat  is  Physiology,  and  how  is  it  divided?     P.  13. 

3.  What  is  Vegetable  Physiology  ?     Animal  Physiology  ?     P. 

1o 
O. 

4.  What  is  Comparative  Physiology  ?  What  is  Hygiene  ?  P. 
13. 

5.  What  is  the  difference  between  an  Organic  and  Inorganic 
body?     P.  14. 

6.  How  do  plants  grow  ?     How  do  animals  grow  ?     P.  15. 

7.  What  can  you  say  of  disease  ? 

8.  Is  the  study  of  Physiology  important  to  all?     Why? 

9.  Why  is  it  especially  important  to  Students  ? 

STRUCTURE    OF   MAN. 

10.  What  can  you  say  of  the  structure  of  Man?     P.  17. 

11.  What  substances  enter  into  the  structure  of  the  human 
body?     P.  17. 

12.  Define  Fibre.     Muscle,     Tissue,     Organ, 

13.  What  is  the  Serous  Tissue?     Dermoid  Tissue?     P.  20. 

14.  What  is  the  Adipose  Tissue  ?  Cartilaginous  Tissue  ?  P. 
22. 

lo.  Define  the  Osseous  Tissue  ?    Muscular  Tissue  ?     P.  23. 

16.  Define  the  Mucous  Tissue.     Nervous  Tissue.     P.  24. 

17.  What  can  you  say  of  the  Chemistry  of  the  Human  body? 
P.  25. 

CHEMISTRY  OF  THE  HUMAN  BODY. 

18.  What  is  an  ultimate  element? 


110  THE    COMPI-ETB   EXAMINER. 

19.  Name  such  elements  as  enter  into  the  composition  of  Man. 
P.  25. 

20.  AVhatisMucus?     FihrM     Gelutin?     Albumen?     P.  27. 

21.  What  are  Bones?     Give  the  anatomy  of  the  bones.     P.  29. 

THE    BONES. 

22.  What  is  a  natural  skeleton?     Composition  of  bones?     P. 
29. 

23.  When  does  true  Ossification  commence?     P.  80. 

24.  How  many  bones  in  the  human  body  ?     P.  82. 

25.  How  are  they  divided  ?     Give  the  anatomy  of  the  bones 
of  the  head.     P.  82. 

26.  What  are  Sutures  and  their  uses  ?     How  many  bones  has 
the  ear?     P.  34. 

27.  How  many  bones  in  the  trunk  ?     Name  them.     P.  34. 

28.  How  many  bones  in  the  face?     Name  them.     P.  34. 

29.  Describe  the  Thorax.     Describe  the  Spinal  Column.     P. 
36. 

80.  Give  the  structure  of  the  Yertebroe.     P.  36. 
31.  Give  the  anatomy  and  structure  of  the  bones  of  the  upper 
and  lower  extremities.     P.  39. 

PHYSIOLOGY    OF   THE    BONES. 

82.  Give  the  Physiology  of  the  bones.     P.  48. 
33.  To  what  may  the  bones  be  compared  ?     P.  48. 
84.  Give  the  Hygiene  of  the  bones.     P.  53. 

35.  Wliat  effect  has  exercise  upon  the  bones?     P.  53. 

36.  What  effect  has  inaction  on  the  bones?     P.  53. 

37.  What  ean  you  say  in  regard  to  teachers  requiring  their 
young  pupils  to  remain  in  one  position  for  a  long  time  ?     P.  54. 

38.  How  should  benches  and  chairs  be  constructed  in  the  school 
room?     P.  55. 

39.  Why  should  compression  of  the  chest  be  avoided?     P.  ^Q>. 

40.  What  should  be  the  position  of  pupils  in  the  school  room  ? 
P.  58. 

41.  What  is  one  cause  of  rickets  ?     P.  62. 


PHYSIOLOGY.  Ill 

THE    MUSCLES. 

42.  Wliat  is  a  Muscle  ?     Foociculi  ?     P.  64. 

43.  Give  their  Anatomy  and  their  Structure.     P.  64. 

44.  Describe  the  Diaphragm.     To  what  is  it  compared?    P. 

.  72. 

PHYSIOLOGY   OF   THE   MUSCLES. 

>  ^  45.  Give  the  Physiology  of  the  Muscles.     P.  76. 

46.  Give  the  Hygiene  of  the  Muscles.     P.  85. 

47.  Why  do  muscles  increase  in  size  when  exercised  ?     P.  85. 

48.  Why  should  not  small  children  be  confined  in  one  position 
for  a  long  time  ?     P.  87. 

49.  Why  should  not  severe  labor  be  imposed  on  small  children? 
P.  88. 

50.  How  should  exercise  be  taken?     P.  91. 

51.  What  kinds  of  exercise  are  best?     P.  92. 

5^.  What  effect  has  the  mind  on  the  muscular  system  ?     P.  93. 

53.  How  should  the  child  be  taught  to  sit  at  the  desk  ?     P.  99. 

54.  Why  have  so  many  pupils  failed  in  acquiring  good  pen- 
manship?    P.  103. 

THE    TEETH. 

55.  What  can  you  say  of  the  teeth  ?     P.  105. 

56.  Where  and  how  are  the  teeth  formed?     P.  107. 

57.  Give  the  names  of  the  permanent  teeth.     P.  107. 

58.  Into  how  many  parts  are  the  teeth  divided  ?     P.  108, 

59.  Give  the  Physiology  of  the  teeth.     P.  109. 

60.  Give  the  Hygiene  of  the  teeth.     P.  110. 

61.  Why  is  smoking  injurious  to  the  teeth?     P.  111. 

THE   DIGESTIVE    ORGANS. 

1.  Which  are  the  Digestive  Organs?     P.  113. 

2.  Give  the  Anatomy  of  the  Digestive  Organs.     P.  113. 

3.  How  many  Glands  about  the  mouth?     Name  them.     P.  114. 

4.  Explain  the  office  of  the  Stomach.     Liver.     P.  122. 

5.  Give  the  Physiology  of  the  Digestive  Organs.     P.  124. 

6.  What  is  necessary  before  food  can  nourish  the  body  ?     P. 
124. 


112  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

7.  Give  the  Hygiene  of  the  Digestive  Organs.     P.  129. 

8.  How  much  food  should  be  eaten?     P.  133. 

9.  What  kinds  of  food  should  be  eaten  in  a  hot  climate  ?     Cold 
climate  ? 

10.  Does  the  mind  have  any  influence  on  the  Digestive  Organs? 
How  and  why  ? 

CIRCULATOIIY    ORGANS. 

1.  Give  the  anatomy  of  the  Circulatory  Organs.     P.  154. 

2.  Describe  the  heart  and  its  office.     P.  155. 

3.  "What  are  Arteries  ?     Describe  the  Pulmonary  Artery.     P. 
158. 

4.  Describe  the  Aorta,  and  give  its  office.     P.  159. 

5.  Describe  the  Veins,  and  give  their  office.     P.  160. 

6.  Give  the  Physiology  of  the  Circulatory  Organs.     P.  164. 

7.  Give  the  Hygiene  of  the  Circulatory  Organs.     P.  172. 

8.  What  is  the  treatment  of  wounds  caused  by  the  bite  of  rabid 
animals?     P.  179. 

9.  Define  Absorption  and  Lymphatic  vessels.     P.  181. 

10.  Give  the  anatomy  of  the  Lymphatic  vessels.     P.  181. 

11.  Give  the  Physiology  and  Hygiene  of  the  Lymphatic  ves- 
sels.    P.  183  and  188. 

12.  Define  Secretion.     Exhalants.     P.  192. 

13.  Give  the  Anatomy,  Physiology  and  Hygiene  of  the  Secrcr 
tory  Organs.     P.  192,  193  and  197. 

14.  Define  Nutrition.     P.  200. 

15.  What  is  the  function  of  the  Nutrient  vessels.     P.  200. 

16.  Give  the  Hygiene  of  Nutrition.     P.  205. 

RESPIRATORY    ORGANS. 

1.  Give  the  Anatomy  of  the  Respiratory  Organs.     P.  209. 

2.  Name  the  Pespiratory  Organs.     P.  209. 

3.  What  other  organs  aid  these  ?     P.  209. 

4.  Describe  the  Lungs.     By  Avhat  are  they  enclosed?     P.  211. 
^5.  Describe  the  Bronchia.     Trachea.     P.  212. 

6.  Give  the  Physiology  of  the  Respiratory  Organs.     P.  2,17. 

7.  What  is  the  object  of  Respiration  ?     Give  an  experiment 


PHYSIOLOGY.  113 

showing  that  Oxygen  changes  dark  colored  blood  to  a  bright  red, 
P.  226. 

8.  Give  the  Hygiene  of  the  Respiratory  Organs.     P.  228. 

9.  How  is  tlie  purity  of  the  air  affected  by  Respiration  ?     P. 
228. 

10.  What  is  said  respecting  the  weight  of  the  blood  ?     P.  228. 

11.  Why  should  a  School-Room,  and  all  public  rooms  and  sleep- 
ing rooms  be  well  ventilated  ?     P.  233. 

12.  How  can  the  size  of  the  chest  be  diminished  ?     P.  239. 

13.  Give  your  opinion  about  the  styles  of  dress. 

ANIMAL    HEAT. 

1.  What  IS  Animal  Heat  ?    What  is  the  temperature  of  the 
human  body?     P.  252. 

2.  Give  the  Hygiene  of  Animal  Heat.     P.  261. 

3.  Does  age  affect  the  degree  of  Animal  Heat  ?     P.  265. 

VOICE. 

4.  Define  voice.      Give  the  Anatomy  of  the  Vocal  Organs. 
P.  268. 

5.  Give  the  Physiology  of  the  Vocal  Organs.     P.  272. 

6.  Give  the  Hygiene  of  the  Vocal  Organs^    P.  274. 

7.  How  should  public  speakers  dress  their  necks  ?     P.  276. 

8.  Should  students  practice  Physical  exercise  ?     Why  ?     P. 
279. 

9.  Is  repetition  essential  to  distinct  Articulation  ?     P.  280. 

10.  How  can  stammering  be  remedied  ?     P.  281. 

SKIN. 

1.  What  is  the  skin  ?     Give  the  Anatomy  of  the  skin.     P.  282. 

2.  Describe  fully  the  skin  in  all  its  parts  and  offices.     P.  282. 

3.  Give  the  Physiology  and  Hygiene  of  the  skin.     P.  293  and 
301. 

4.  What  is  the  best  material  for  clothing  for  the  different  sea- 
sons of  the  year  ?     P.  303. 

5.  Is  bathing  beneficial  ?     Why  ?     P.  315. 

6.  Describe  the  appendage^  of  the  skin.     P.  322. 


114  THE    COMPLETE   EXAMINER. 

NERVOUS    SYSTEM. 

1.  What  is  the  Nervous  System?     P.  328. 

2.  Give  the  Anatomy  of  the  brain  and  Cranial  nerves.  P. 
828. 

3.  Describe  the  Dura  Mater.  Pia  Mater.  Cranial  nerves. 
P.  335. 

4.  Give  the  Anatomy  of  the  Spinal  Chord.     P.  340. 

5.  Give  the  Physiology  and  Hygiene  of  the  nervous  system. 
P.  346  and  358. 

6.  May  too  much  mental  labor  be  required  of  students  ?  P. 
364. 

7.  What  error  prevails  in  the  present  system  of  education  ? 
P,  366. 

8.  What  persons  require  the  most  sleep?     P.  369. 

9.  Describe  sensation  and  the  seiise  of  tourk.     P.  378. 

10.  Give  the  Hygiene  of  the  sense  of  touch.  Describe  the 
different  senses,  and  give  their  Anatomy,  Physiology  and  Hygiene. 
P.  384  to  424.  Mention  the  means  of  preserving  heahh.  P. 
425. 


CHAPTER  XL 

^GENERAL  QUESTIONS. 
Suggestion. — The  following  questions  have  been  used  in  the  examina- 
tioiis  of  candidates  for  teaching^  in  Boston,  New  York,  Cincinnati,  Chicago, 
Madison,  Milwaukee,  and  by  several  County  School  Commissioners^  in  differ- 
ent States.  Some  of  these  questions  you  have  met  before ;  be  careful, 
therefore,  you  do  not  give  an  answer  inconsistent  with  the  one  you  have 
given  in  another  place,  the  first  being  correct. 

1.  Define  Orthography. 

2.  Correct  the  following  sentence  as  to  the  use  of  capitals,  and 
give  the  rules  for  your  corrections : 

it  is  true  as  i  have  often  heard  That  a  poor  speller  can  never  be  a  success- 
ful teacher. 

o.  Correct  the  following  sentence  as  to  spelling  and  the  use  of 
c^itals : 

upon  the  Tliirty  first  day  of  dcccmber  a.  d.  1861  the  tirm  of  offis  of  al^ 
toua  Suporntendents  turniinatcd. 


GENERAL    QUESTIONS.  -  115 

4.  Correct  the  spelling  of  such  words  as  are  misspelled  in  the 
following  list : 

Benefited,  Superseded,  Monies,  Scholar,  Truely,  Always,  Preferred. 

5.  What  is  a  Prefix  ?     What  is  a  suffix  ? 

6.  Give  three  Prefixes,  with  their  meanings. 

7.  Give  three  Suffix«s,  with  their  meanings. 

8.  How  many  different  Prefixes  do  you  find  in  the  following 
words  : 

Ignoble,  Illegal,  Immoral,  Inelegant. 

9.  Separate  by  a  hyphen  the  Prefixes  from  the  rest  of  the  fol- 
lowing words : 

Antedate,  Induce,  Subscribe,  Reflect,  Suggest,  Extraordinary,  Describe. 

10.  Separate  by  a  hyphen  the  Suffixes  from  the  rest  of  the  fol- 
io vving  words : 

Timely,  Consignment,  Relaxing,  Aggressive,  Locality,  Generalize. 

11.  Write  the  Primitive  or  Root  Word  found  in  the  following: 
Justify,  Ignoble,  Unmanly,  Using,  Referring,  Inconstancy,  Infancy. 

12.  How  many  sounds' in  the  English  language? 

13.  Why  is  it  so  difficult  to  learn  to  spell  the  English  language 
correctly  ? 

14.  Why  do  persons  who  spell  well  orally,  often  ftiil  in  writing 
words  correctly? 

15.  Separate  the  following  words  into  syllables : 
Animate,  Dictionary,  Spelling,  Alleviate,  Timely,  Correction. 

1 6.  Correct  the  following  two  lines  in  all  particulars  needing 
correction : 

I  was  absent  from  home  when  the  young  lady  to  whom  you  referred 
called. 

17.  How  many  sounds  are  represented  by  the  character  C? 

18.  How  many  and  what  sounds  are  found  in  the  pronunciation 
of  the  word  example  ? 

19.  What  is  an  elementary  sound? 

20.  What  is  a  Vocal  or  Tonic? 


116  .   THE  COMPLETE  EXAMINER. 

21.  What  is  an  Aspirate? 

22.  What  elementary  sounds  are  represented  by  more  than  one 
character  ? 

23.  What  is  a  derivative  Word? 

24.  How  many  and  what  are  the  Vowels  ? 

25.  How  many  and  what  are  the  Consonants  ? 

26.  What  is  a  diphthong? 

27.  Correct  in  all  particulars  needing  correction  the  following : 

this  association  shall  be  caled  the  picwickran  club  and  shall  have  for  its 
members  such  persons  onely  as  are  wiling  to  make  self  improvmcnt  there 
first  studd}'  its  moto  shel  be  know  thy  self. 

28.  Correct  the  following,  if  it  needs  correction,  and  give  your 
reasons  for  your  corrections : 

I  can  not  conceive  how  any  sane  man  can  believe  the  storys  that  are  so 
busyly  circulated  by  jiersons  caring  not  for  reputation  or  caracter. 

29.  IIow  many  sounds  has  A  ? 
80,  How  many  sounds  has  O  ? 

31.  Write  the  plural  of  body.     Monkey. 

32.  Write  the  singular  of  dice  genera. 

33.  Write  the  plural  of  sheep.     Fleece.     Scissors. 

3-4.  IIow  many  elementary  sounds  are  heard  in  the  word  thor- 
oughly ? 

35.  AYhat  elementary  sounds  are  heard  in  the  word  cougli  ? 

36.  Correct  the  spelling  of  such  words  as  are  misspelled  in  the 
following  list : 

Procede,  Preceed,  supercede,  succeed,  allegance,  schollarship,  transmit- 
ted, addoration,  Tennessee,  Mississipi,  Cinciunatti. 

1.  Name  the  different  waters  bordering  on  Michigan;  upon 
Pennsylvania ;  upon  Spain ;  upon  Turkey,  in  Asia. 

2.  Name  five  rivers  that  flow  into  the  Ohio ;  ^ve  that  flow  into 
the  Mississippi,  upon  the  eastern  side ;  five  that  flow  into  the  At- 
lantic ocean,  having  their  origin  in  the  loyal  States. 

3.  Name  ^ve  mountain  chains  upon  the  Eastern  Continent, 
with  the  position  and  direction  of  each. 

4.  Name  five  mountain  chams  of  North  America,  with  the  po- 
sition and  direction  of  each. 


GENERAL    QUESTIONS.  117 

5.  Name  the  highest  mountain  peak  in  the  world.  The  high- 
est in  the  United  States. 

6.  Trace  the  shortest  water  route  from  Green  Bay,  Wis.,  to 
New  Orleans,  Louisiana. 

7.  Trace  the  shortest  route  by  railroad  and  steamboat  from 
Madison,  Wis.,  to  Boston,  Mass.,  naming  at  least  five  important 
places  on  the  route. 

8.  What  is  the  shortest  route  of  travel  from  the  capital  of  Michi- 
gan to  the  capital  of  Texas. 

9.  Locate  five  large  cities  in  New  England.  Locate  five  large 
cities  in  the  Middle  States.  Locate  five  large  cities  in  the  Sece- 
ded States.  Locate  five  large  cities  in  the  States  lying  north  of 
the  Ohio  river,  and  east  of  the  Mississippi,  without  going  farther 
east  than  Lake  Erie. 

10.  Through  what  Grand  Divisions  of  the  world  does  tlie 
Equator  pass  ? 

11.  AYhy  are  the  Tropics  situated  23|-  degrees  from  the  Equa- 
tor? 

12.  How  do  you  account  for  the  change  of  Seasons? 

13.  How  do  you  account  for  the  difference  in  the  length  of  the 
day  at  different  seasons  of  the  year  ? 

14.  Which  contains  the  larger  number  of  square  miles,  the 
Eastern  or  Western  Hemisphere  ? 

15.  Which  has  the  larger  area,  Wisconsin  or  Pennsylvania? 

16.  How  does  South  America  compare  with  North  America  in 
respect  to  facilities  for  inland  commerce  ? 

17.  Name  the  principal  rivers  flowing  into  Lake  Michigan. 

18.  Give  the  boundaries  of  AVisconsin. 

19.  Name  the  States  bordering  on  the  Mississippi  in  their  or- 
der, commencing  at  the  northernmost  State  upon  the  eastern  >ide 
and  ending  with  the  northernmost  State  upon  the  western  side. 

20.  AVhich  of  the  large  lakes  of  North  America  form  part  of 
the  northern  boundary  of  the  United  States  ? 

21.  What  are  the  Meridians? 

22.  What  are  parallels  of  Latitude  ? 

23.  What  is  the  reason  for  the  Polar  circles  being  23|°  from 
the  Poles? 


118  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

24.  What  evidence  have  we  that  the  earth  is  round  ? 

25.  What  evidence  have  we  that  the  earth  is  flattened  at  the 
poles  ? 

26.  Give  the  distance  in  degrees  and  minutes  between  the 
Tropic  of  Cancer  and  the  Arctic  Circle. 

27.  Give  the  boundaries  of  Ohio. 

28.  On  Avhat  part  of  the  globe  is  the  line  of  perpetual  snow 
the  highest? 

29.  Give  the  latitude  and  longitude  of  the  South  Pole. 

30.  Name  the  seven  largest  gulfs  and  bays  of  North  America. 

31.  How  is  Calcutta  situated ?     Singapore? 

32.  Name  the  grand  divisions  of  the  land  surface  of  the  globe, 
and  give  the  largest  city  in  each,  with  its  location. 

33.  Give  the  boundaries  of  France  and  the  location  of  its  prin- 
cipal city. 

34.  How   can  a  vessel  of  light  draught  make  its  vray  from 
Charleston,  S.  C,  to  Lake  Superior? 

35.  In  o^di'Y  to  sail  from  St.  Petersburg  to  Odci-sa,  through 
V,  hat  waters  would  you  have  to  pass? 

3G.  Bound  your  own  County,  and  give  its  lakes,  rivers,  canals 
and  railroads,  if  any. 

37.  Where  is  Aux  Cayes,  Coroeoa,  Cienfuegos  and  Trieste  ? 

38.  Give  the  location  of  the  four  largest  river  valleys  in  the 
world. 

39.  Name  the  Peninsulas  of  Europe,  and  the  direction  in  which 
they  extend. 

40.  What  range  of  mountains  contains  the  highest  peaks  ? 

41.  What  languages  are  principally  spoken  in  Brazil,  Moldavia, 
Switzerland,  Quebec,  and  St.  Augustine? 

42.  Classify  the  States  in  the  Union  according  to  their  mineral 
resources. 

43.  Mention  the  natural  advantages  which  a  country  should 
have  in  order  to  be  fertile. 

44.  What  is  the  origin  and  direction  of  the  Gulf  Stream  ? 

45.  What  are  the  advantages  of  Mountains  to  a  country  ? 

46.  What  is  the  face  of  the  country  in  Vermont,  Florida  and 
Egypt  ? 


GKNKRxVL    QUESTIONS.  Il9 

1.  Define  Notation  and  Numeration. 

2.  Explain  the  reason  of  the  fu'st  figure  of  a  Partial  product 
under  the  figure  of  the  mukiplier. 

3.  What  is  the  difference  between  the  greatest  common  divisor 
and  the  least  common  multiple  ? 

4.  What  is  the  diflference  between  common,  decimal  and  duo-"^ 
decimal  fractions  ? 

5.  Why  does  multiplying  one  proper  fraction  by  another  give 
a  product  less  than  the  multiplicand  ? 

6.  How  do  you  reduce  fra<;tions  to  a  common  denominator  ? 

7.  What  effect  has  multiplying  by  a  proper  fraction  upon  the 
multiplicand  ? 

8.  Why  do  you  invert  the  divisor  in  division  of  fractions  ? 

9.  How  do  you  reduce  a  common  fraction  to  a  decimal,  and 
why? 

10.  Perform  the  work  indicated,  and  give  rules :  0.25  X  175.0— 
10. 


3 


11.  How  many  sevenths  in  _ 2X  J  ? 

12.  A  sends  B  $1050  for  the  purchase  of  goods,  allowing  B  5 
per  cent,  commission  upon  the  purchase.  The  amount  sent  B  is 
to  cover  both  purchase  and  commission.  What  will  be  the  value 
of  the  goods  purchased  ? 

13.  Calculate  the  interest  upon  $15.75  at  9  per  cent,  per  an- 
num,  for  3  years  5  months  and  21  days. 

14.  What  principal  at  interest  for  3  years  and  six  months,  at 
12  per  cent,  per  annum,  will  amount  to  $35,500  ? 

15.  In  what  time  w^ill  $1,000  at  interest  at  10  per  cent,  per 
annum,  amount  to  $1,584.25  ? 

1 6.  At  what  rate  per  cent,  will  the  interest  of  $800  in  1  year 
6  mo,  24  days  amount  to  $75.20? 

17.  Discount  a  note  for  $325,  due  5  years  and  4  months  henpe, 
•at  9  per  cent,  per  annum.  What  is  the  discount?  What  is  the 
present  w^orth  of  the  note  ? 

18.  How  much  will  be  paid  upon  an  Insurance  Policy  for  five 
years,  issued  by  a  Mutual  Insurance  Company,  the  premium  note 


120  THE  COMPLETE  EXAMINER. 

being  given  for  5  per  cent.,  upon  $2,750  ?  The  assessments  made 
upoi>  premium  note  are :  advance  35  per  cent.,  and  several  as- 
sessments as  follows:  .03,  .05,  4^  and  11. 

19.  How  much  more  will  it  cost  to  insure  $3,500  in  a  Stocl? 
Company  for  5  years,  at  a  rate  of  ^  per  cent,  per  annum,  than  in 
a  Mutual  Company  when  the  premium  note  w^as  given  for  4|  per 
cent,  for  5  years,  and  the  several  assessments  upon  the  premium 
note  amount  to  55  per  cent.  ? 

20.  A  merchant  sold  a  bill  of  goods  for  $175,  gaining  25  pel* 
cent,  upon  the  cost ;  what  did  the  goods  cost  him  ? 

21.  A  builds  a  w^all  25  feet  long,  4  feet  high,  and  2  J  feet  thick, 
in  10  days  of  10  hours  each.  In  how  many  days  could  he  build 
a  wall  30  feet  long,  G  feet  high,  and  3  feet  thick,  working  9  hours 
a  day  ? 

22.  What  is  a  multiple? 

23.  Explain  the  process  of  dividing  f  by  f . 

24.  Analyze  the  following  questions  If  six  were  ten,  what 
would  7  and  -^-  be? 

25.  What  is  the  difference  between  25~-.25,  and  .25-^25  ? 

26.  What  sum  of  money  may  be  drawn  at  a  bank  on  a  note  of 
$468,  payable  in  45  days  ? 

27.  AYhen  gold  is  fifty  per  cent,  premium,  how  much  will  be 
received  in  exchange  for  $1,000  in  paper? 

28.  Sold  a  w^atch  which  cost  me  $30,  for  S35,  on  a  credit  of 
eight  months ;  what  did  I  gain  by  the  bargain,  and  how  much  per 
cent.  ? 

1 .  Name  the  parts  of  Speech. 
2o  What  is  a  sentence  ? 

3.  How  many  words  are  necessary  in  the  construction  of  a 
simple  sentence  ? 

4.  What  properties  have  nouns  ? 
'5.  What  properties  have  verbs  ? 

6.  Correct  the  following,  and  give  reasons  for  correction : 

*'  1  saw  liim  when  he  done  it." 

7o  Analyze  the  following  sentence; 


GENERAL    QUESTIONS.  121 

South  Carolina  seceded  from  the  Union  on  the  twentieth  day  of  Decem- 
ber, in  the  year  1800. 

8.  Correct  in  all  particulars  needing  correction,  the  following, 
and  give  reasons ; 

Between  you  and  I  the  trouble  lay  nearer  home, 

9.  What  is  the  use  of  interjections  ?     Illustrate  by  an  example. 

10.  Correct  in  all  particulars  needing  correction,  the  following, 
and  give  reasons  for  corrections : 

A  great  variety  of  reasons  are  given  for  the  changes,  but  every  one  of 
the  members  still  hold  to  their  opinions. 

11.  Correct  and  give  reasons: 

*'  His  argument  was  the  best  of  all  others." 

*'IIer  appearance  was  better  than  that  of  any  person  I  ever  saw." 

12.  How  do  you  distinguish  E-elative  from  Interrogative  Pro- 
nouns ? 

13.  Is  the  following  correct?     If  not^  wherein  does  its  incor- 
rectness consist? 

*'I  hoped  to  have  seen  you."  ^ 

14.  Analyze  the  following: 

"  Thou  may'st  be  popular 

Perchance  but  seek  not  popularity 

As  motive-spring  of  any  act  in  thy  profession." 

15.  In  two  different  propositions  use  the  same  word  as  an  Ad- 
jective and  as  a  Noun. 

16.  Write  five  sentences  containing  errors,  point  out  the  errors 
and  tell  why  they  are  such. 

17.  Correct  the  sentences  following  that  are  incorrect 

*'Who  are  you  looking  for?" 

"She  is  the  person  whom  all  love." 

"Both  were  unfortunate  but  neither  are  to  blame." 

"Whom  do  you  charg  with  folly?" 

18.  Write  a  compound  sentence  containing  all  the  Parts  of 
Speech. 

19.  Analyze  the  following  sentence: 

6 


122  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

"The  terra  of  school  which  has  just  commenced  will  close  upon  the  last 
Friday  of  March." 

20.  Correct  the  following  in  all  respects  as  to  spellings  punctua- 
tion, capitals,  and  construction : 

"twas  but  the  day  befor  chrismas  that  he  went  and  done  a  deed  which 
no  man  has  ever  seen  the  like  of  it." 

21.  Give  the  plurals  of  Genus,  Emphcisis,  and  Criterion, 

22.  Compare  Happi/,  Gay,  Useful,  and  Golden. 

23.  Decline  the  personal  pronouns  ITiou  and  She. 

24.  Define  Voice  and  Mood. 

25.  Correct  the  following  sentences,  viz. : 

{a.)  Both  this  dress  and  the  other  is  finished,  but  neither  of  them  set 
well. 

(6.)  Who  was  you  speaking  to  previous  to  my  arrival? 
(c.)  He  can  neither  learn  easy  or  speak  gramatical. 

26.  In  the  last  sentence  (c.)  parse  the  words  neither  and  speak, 
and  the  Vfov^*.neither  in  the  sentence  («.) 

27.  How  is  gender  expressed  ? 

28.  What  class  of  verbs  govern  two  objective  cases  ? 

29.  When  is  the  subject  of  a  verb  not  its  nominative  ? 

30.  Such  as  I  esteem  shall  be  invited.     Parse  the  words  in 
italics. 

31.  "John  is  a  noun.'*     Parse  John,  giving  gender,  number, 
person,  &c. 

82.  "A  man  who  is  industrious  will  be  respected."    Analyze. 

33.  ''I  have  purchased  an  ox,  therefore  I  can  not  come."    What  is  the 
relation  of  the  latter  clause  to  the  former  ? 

34.  They  come  to  the  number  of  one  hundred  men.     Parse  the  clause 
"to  the  number  of  one  hundred  men." 

35.  *'It  is  they  who  deceive  you."     Is  the  sentence  correct?     If  not, 
correct  it. 

36.  What  words  are  essential  to  a  sentence?     Form  one  con- 
taining all  the  parts  of  speech. 

3Y.  Of  the  two  Latin  Poets,  Virgil  and  Horace,  **the  first  is  the  most 
celebrated." 

38.  "Ten  idle  men  were  collected  to  see  if  it  were  Washington,  him 
whom  the  loyal  citizens  honors."     Correct. 

39.  "I  intended  to  have  gone."    Correct  and  give  reasons. 


GENERAL    QUESTIONS.  123 

^  40.  "When  the  cars  arrived  the  policeman  arrested  the  man  who  stepped 
upon  the  platform."     Analyze. 

41.  CJorrect  the  following  sentences : 

"There  comes  three  persons  either  of  which  accomplish  with  ease  what 
you  propose." 

42.  "Tlie  farmers  men-servant  brought  to  market  turkeys  and  potatoes 
which  he  deUvered  at  Smiths,  the  tailors  servants  by  the  hands  of  the 
Messrs.  Browns." 

43.  "I  they  and  you  having  completed  your  studies,  it  becomes  us  to  be 
as  them  who  all  respect  for  their  virtue." 

44.  What  is  Prosody  ? 

45.  In  punctuation,  what  does  the  dash  denote  ? 

46.  "Awake  my  St.  John,  leave  all  meaner  things 
To  low  ambition  and  the  pride  of  kings." 

47.  Tell  the  kind  of  verse,  the  number  of  poetic  ^eei,  and  put 
the  accent  on  the  long  syllables. 

48.  What  is  the  logical  subject,  and  what  the  grammatical  predi- 
cate  in  a  sentence  ? 

49.  What  is  meant  by  Declension  in  grammar  ?  What  by  In 
flection  ? 

50.  Give  an  example  of  Personification.  Of  Metaphor.  Of 
Simile. 

61.  In  the  seijtence,  "  He  that  glorieth  let  him  glory  in  the  Lord,"  parse 
the  words  He,  let,  and  glory. 

52.  Correct  the  sentence, 

"He  learns  me  grammar,  but  neither  of  us  speak  EngUsh  correct." 

53.  Analyze  the  sentence, 

"  A  desire  to  excel  will  stimulate  to  exertion.** 

1.  By  what  Governments  of  Europe  were  the  earlier  settle- 
ments made  ? 

2.  How  many  wars  were  there  between  the  English  Colonies 
and  the  French  and  Indians,  and  how  are  the  three  most  promi- 
nent designated  ? 

3.  What  were  the  chief  causes  of  the  alienation  of  the  colonies 
from  the  English  Government?  ' 

4.  When  and  where  was  the  first  Provincial  Congress  formed? 


124  THE    COMrLETE    EXAMINER. 

5.  "When  and  where  was  the  first  blood  shed  in  the  war  of  the 
Revolution  ?  ^ 

6.  When  did  the  battle  of  Bunker  Hill  take  place  ?^^<5^-^«4^ 

7.  When  did  Cornwallis  surrender  at  Yorktown?^^  \0*^'    ^"^  ^  ^ 

8.  When  and  where  was  the  treaty  signed  by  which   Great 
Britain  acknowledged  the  independence  of  the  United  States  ? 

9.  When  was  the  Federal  Constitution  adopted  ? 

10.  Who  was  the  fourth  President  of  the  United  States,  and 
how  long  did  he  hold  office  ? 

11.  In  what  year  did  the  second  war  wdth  Great  Britain  com- 
mence, and  when  did  it  terminate  ? 

12.  Give  a  history  of  '.vhat  is  known  of  the  Hartford  Conven- 
tion. 

13.  With  what  other  nations  besides  England  has  the  United 
States  been  at  war? 

14.  Give  the  prominent  events  with  the  war  with  Mexico. 

15.  When  was  Michigan  admitted  into  the  Union? 

16.  When  w^as  Wisconsin  admitted  into  the  Union? 

17.  Wiio  was  the  first  Governor  of  this  State? 

18.  What  noted  events  occurred  in  the  Territorial  history  of 
Wisconsin  ? 

19.  Name  the  four  great  epochs  in  U.  S.  History. 

50.  When,  v/liere,  and  by  whom  was  the  first  permanent  set- 
tlement made  in  North  America  ? 

21.  What  causes  led  to  the  American  Revolution? 

22.  Give  the  names  and  dates  of  the  four  most  important  bat- 
tles of  the  Revolutionary  War,  and  a  brief  account  of  each. 

23.  Name  three  of  the  most  noted  commanders,  and  give  an 
account  of  each. 

24.  When,  where,  and  by  what  terms  was  peace  concluded? 

25.  What  led  to  the  war  of  1812  ? 

26.  Give  an  account  of  the  land  operations  during  this  war. 

27.  Give  an  account  of  the  naval  operations  during  this  war. 

28.  Give  the  names  and  dates  of  the  principal  Indian  wars. 

29.  How  did  the  U.  S.  obtain  possession  of  Louisiana  ? 

30.  How  was  the  Federal  Constitution  framed  ?     When  did  it 
go  into  operation  ? 


GENERAL    QUESTIONS.  125 

31.  Give  the  principal  events  of  AYasliington's  Administration. 

32.  What  was  the  great  event  of  Monroe's  Administration  ? 

33.  In  whose  administration  occurred  the  Algerine  War  ? 
34  Give  a  short  account  of  the  Mexican  War. 

35.  What  Americans   have  become  celebrated  for  great  and 
useful  inventions  ? 

36.  Name  the  most  noted  naval  con^anders  of  the  U.  States. 

37.  Give  a  brief  account  of  Jackson's  Administration. 

38.  Tell  what  you  know  of  the  present  llebellion  against  the 
United  States. 

1.  What  causes  a  difference  of  climate  at  different  points  upon 
the  same  parallel  of  latitude? 

2.  What  is  the  cause  of  land  breezes  ? 

3.  What  is  the  cause  of  sea  breezes  ? 

4.  Explain  the  causes  of  the  Trade  Winds. 

5.  Why  is  the  Pacific  coast  of  the  U.  S.  warmer  than  the  At. 
lantic  coast,  upon  the  same  parallel  of  latitude  ? 

G.  What  arc  the  prominent  physical  features  of  North  America? 

7.  What  are  the  oceanic  currents  ? 

8.  Describe  the  Gulf  Stream. 

9.  What  is  tlie  difference  between  an  earthquake  and  a  volcano? 

10.  What  is  the  cause  of  Water  Spouts  ? 

11.  In  what  respects  do  the  grand  divisions  of  the  globe  differ 
from  each  other  ? 

12.  In  wdiat  respects  do  the  grand  divisions  of  the  globe  resem- 
ble each  other  ? 

13.  To  what  causes  may  w^e  attribute  the  fertility  and  product- 
iveness of  the  Mississippi  Valley  ? 

14.  Why  is  Siberia  colder  than  the  same  latitude  of  British 
America  ? 

15.  Contrast  the  vegetable  productions  of  Equatorial  Africa 
and  South  America. 

16.  Contrast  the  animals  of  tropical  and  frigid  regions. 

'17.  Contrast  the  coverings  of  animals  of  the  temperate  zones 
during  the  summer  and  winter  months. 

18.  What  is  the  difference  between  frost  and  dew  ? 


126  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

19.  What  are  the  principal  causes  of  rain  ? 

20.  What  conditions  are  essential  to  the  production  of  hail  ? 

21.  Name  the  principal  productions  of  the  tropical  regions. 
Of  the  temperate  regions. 

22.  What  is  the  difference  between  the  soils  of  New  England 
and  of  Wisconsin  ? 

23.  Why  are  there  no  large  rivers  in  Peru  ? 

24.  Why  does  it  seldom  rain  in  Egypt  ? 

25.  What  is  the  cause  of  wet  and  dry  seasons  in  California  ? 

1.  Give  some  account  of  the  first  day's  work  in  commencing  a 
school. 

2.  What  is  a  graded  school  ? 

3.  How  should  scholars  be  classified  ? 

4.  How  should  text-books  be  used  by  the  scholar  ? 

5.  Should  the  Teacher  use  a  text-book  in  conducting  a  recita- 
tion ? 

6.  In  mental  arithmetic  should  pupils  be  allowed  to  use  the 
book  in  recitation  ? 

7.  State  the  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  concert  exercises 
in  school. 

8.  What  are*  essential  requisites  in  the  qualifications  of  good 
teachers  ? 

9.  State  some  common  faults  observable  in  teachers. 

10.  Should  pupils  be  allowed  to  report  their  own  delinquen- 
cies ? 

11.  To  what  extent  should  written  records  of  deportment  and 
scholarship  be  kept  ? 

12.  At  what  temperature  should  a  school-room  be  kept? 

13.  Should  giving  prizes  be  encouraged? 

14.  What  advantages  and  what  disadvantages  attend   giving 
prizes  ? 

15.  What  should  be  the  length  of  recitation  required  of  pupils 
from  four  to  ten  years  of  age  ? 

16.  How  many  hours  per  day  should  children  under  ten  years 
of  age  be  confined  to  the  school-room  ? 


GENERAL   QUESTIONS.  127 

17.  What  advantages  attend  the  practice  of  "boarding  round" 
by  teachers  ? 

18.  Would  you  encourage  pupils  to  report  the  delinquencies  of 
each  other? 

19.  To  what  extent  would  you  teach  morals  in  school? 

20.  Would  you  require  "compositions  and  declamations?" 


SECOND   PABT. 


CHAPTER  XIL 

BOTANY.* 

1.  Define  Botany,  and  describe  the  departments  into  which  k 
is  divided.     Wood's  Class  Book,  page  13. 

2.  Describe  the  relations  of  Botany  to  our  sustenance,  protec- 
tion, and  the  healing  of  our  diseases.  Wood's  Class  Book,  page 
14. 

3.  Define  a  plant  and  give  the  difference  between  it  and  an 
animal  or  a  mineral ;  how  is  it  affected  by  cultivation  ?  Describe 
the  early  stages  of  plant  life.     14. 

4.  Describe  each  of  the  elementary  tissues  that  enter  into  its 
structure.     20. 

5.  What  are  Ducts  ?    Their  use  ?     Where  found  ?     23. 

6.  What  is  the  Epidermis,  or  Skin,  of  which  it  is  composed  ? 
24. 

7.  Describe  the  Stomata,     Give  their  use  and  location.     24. 

8.  What  are  Hairs,  Stings,  Glands,  Prickles,  Thorns  ?     25. 

9.  Describe  the  two  grand  divisions  of  the  vegetable  kingdom, 
the  Phainogamia  or  Flowering,  and  the  Crytogamia  or  Flower- 
less  plants.     26. 

10.  How  are  they  readily  distinguished  by  their  Tissues,  Seeds, 
general  structure?     27. 

11.  The  Flowering  plants  are  subdivided  into  Endagenous  and 
Exogenous.  Describe  the  mode  of  growth  and  leaf  of  each. 
Name  example  of  each  class.     77. 

12.  Name  and  describe  the  Floral  envelopes.  State  which 
constitutes  a  regular  flower,     29,  30. 

''In  the  First  Grnde  of  all  our  Grammar  Schools,  Botany  is  taught,  unless  it  be  postponed 
to  he  inirsned  in  tlie  High  School,  lleuce  it  i3  expected  that  Candidates  will  prepare  tliem- 
selves  in  this  iriteiOSti;i^  branch. 


BOTANY.  129 

13.  Mention  those  organs  wliicli  are  essential  for  the  produc- 
tion of  fruit.     What  is  the  office  of  the  Pollen  ? 

14.  What  did  Linna3us  take  as  the  basis  of  the  Artificial  Sys- 
tem of  classification  of  the  Genera?     34. 

15.  How  does  it  differ  from  the  system  of  Jussieu?     112. 

IG.  Describe  compound  and  simple  Ovaries  and  the  Ovules. 
42. 

17.  What  do  you  understand  by  Dehiscence?     Describe  the 
different  modes. 

18.  What  is  the  ultimate  product  of  vegetation  ?     57. 

19.  Describe  the  parts  of  the  seed.     Where  is  the  Embryo 
plant  found  ?     What  are  its  parts  ?     57,  58. 

20.  What  is  the  Cotyledom,  and  what  oflice  docs  it  perform  to 
the  new  plant  ?     58. 

21.  What  is  Germination?     What  are  essential  conditions  to 
it?     CO. 

22.  Define  a  root,  and  give  its  office  to  the  plant.     62. 

23.  In  what  jDart  of  the  root  does  Absorption  take  place  ?     67. 

24.  Describe  the  different  forms  of  the  root.     63,  64. 

25.  IIow  can  you  prove  that  Absorption  takes  place  in  tlie 
Six)ngioles  ? 

26.  Define  the  stem  and  tell  wherein  it  differs  from  the  root. 
62. 

27.  Tell  the  difference  between  a  Branch,  Thorn  and  Prickle. 
71. 

28.  How  does  a  leaf  bud  differ  from  a  flower  bud  ?     70. 

29.  What  are  Axillory  and  Terminal  buds  ?     70. 

30.  Describe  the  Caulis,  Runner,  Scape,  Vine,  Trunk,  &c.? 
74. 

31.  How  does  the  Herbaceous  stem  differ  from  the  Woody? 
77. 

32.  Describe   the  mode  of  growth,  and  the  bark,  pith,  and 
w^oody  layers  of  Exogenous  stem.     77o 

33.  How  can  the  age  of  a  tree  be  ascertained  ?     78. 

34.  Describe  the  mode  of  increase  of  the  Endogenous  stem, 
and  tell  what  each  bundle  consists  of.     81. 


130  THR  COMPLETE  EXAMINER. 

35.  Wliat  is  vernation  ?     Give  the  different  modes  of  folding 
the  leaf  in  the  bud.     82. 

36.  When  are  leaves  said  to  be  Opposite,  Alternate,  Verticel- 
late  and  Fasciculate  ?     83. 

37.  When  are  leaves  said  to  Cauline  ?     When  Eadicle  ?     84. 

38.  When  Net  Veined?     When  Parallel  Veined?     When  are 
leaves  Simple?    When  Compound?     85. 

39.  What  is  the  Skeleton  and  Venation  of  the  leaf?     77. 

40.  Name  and  describe  the  different  forms  of  the   Feather 
Veined  leaf,  and  mention  examples  of  each  form.     87. 

4L  Describe  the  different  forms  of  Parallel  Veined  leaves. 
89. 

42.  How  are  the  Margins  of  leaves  modified  by  the  Venation  ? 
Describe  the  forms  of  Margins.     90. 

43.  When  is  the  Apex  of  the  leaf  said  to  be  Entire  ?     Den- 
tate, Serrate,  Crenate,  Spinous,  Lacinate,  &c.  ?     90. 

44.  When  is  the  surface  of  the  leaf  Rough,  Pubescent,  Glab- 
rous, Pilose,  Vilose,  Rugose,  Woody,  Hoary  ? 

45.  Describe  the   Compound   leaf  and   name  its   parts.     91. 
Yi^hen  is  the  leaf  Pinnate,  Bipinnate,  Tripinnate  ? 

46.'  When  is  the  leaf  Amplexicaul,  Perfoliate,  Connate,  &c.  ? 
93. 

47.  Describe  the  Sarracenia  or  Pitcher  plant.     93. 

48.  When  are  leaves  Deciduous,  Fugacious,  Persistent?     96. 

49.  Describe  Exhalation,  Absorption,  Respiration.     98. 

50.  How  can  you  illustrate  by  experiment?     99. 

51.  Define  Digestion  in  plants.     Tell  where  and  how  per- 
formed.    101. 

52.  What  is  Inflorescence?     Describe   the   different  modes. 
102. 

53.  Mention  some  of  the  Chemical  elements  that  enter  into  the 
structure  of  plants.     106. 

54.  Mention  any  other  important  principles  in  Botany. 


ALGEBRA.  131 

CHAPTER  XIIL  '   • 

ALGEBRA. 

Remark. — In  examinations  in  Algebra  it  has  been  found  that  the  majority 
of  students  have  ^evoted  their  energies  mainly  to  the  solution  of  problems, 
carelessly  passing  over  the  principles  involved  in  the  questions  proposed. 
This  is  a  fatal  error.  Every  Candidate  should  carefully  prepare  himself  in 
the  defaiitions^  and  thoroughly  qualify  himself  in  the  principles  of  the  Sci- 
aice ;  then  all  problems  can  be  easily  solved. 

In  giving  answers  give  reasons  for  every  statement  made,  whether  called 
for  or  not. 

Note. — Tlie  references  in  the  following  questions  in  Algebra  are  to  "  Da- 
vies^  Bourdon."    P.  stands  for  page.     Art.  for  article.     Ex.  for  example. 

1.  What  do  you  understand  by  Quantity?    Art.  1. 

2.  What  is  Mathematics  ?     Art.  2. 

3.  Define  Algebra.     Art.  3. 

4.  How  many  kinds  of  quantities  are  considered  in  Algebra  ? 
Art.  4. 

5.  Name  and  describe  those  quantities.    Art.  4, 

6.  How  many  signs  are  used  in  Algebra  ? 

7.  What  is  the  sign  for  Addition,  and  how  made?    Art.  5. 

8.  Make  the  sign  for  Subtraction,  and  tell  its  meaning.     Art.  6. 

9.  Which  is  the  Positive  Sign  ?     Which  Negative  ?     Art.  6. 

10.  How  many  signs  are  there  for  MultipHcation  ?    Art  7. 

11.  Make  th^  signs  for  Multiplication.     Art.  7. 

12.  How  many  are  there  for  Division?    Art.  6. 

13.  Make  signs  for  Division.     Art.  8. 

14.  Make  and  define  the  sign  of  Equality.     Art.  9. 

15.  Define  the  sign  of  Inequality.     Make  it.     Art.  10. 

16.  What  sign  is  used  to  denote  that  there  is  a  difference  be- 
tween tv/o  quantities  without  knowing  which  is  the  greater?  Art. 
11. 

17.  What  sign  is  used  to  denote  that  one  quantity  varies  as 
another?     Art.  12. 

18.  What  are  the  signs  of  Proportion?  How  read?  Make 
them.     Art.  13. 

19.  What  sign  is  used  to  denote  hence  or  consequently?    Art* 


132  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINI?. 

20.  What  is  a  Coefficient?     Give  an  example. 

21.  When    no  coeiiicient   is   expressed,  what  is  understood? 
Art.  14. 

22.  What  is  an  Exponent,  and  what  does  it  show  ?     Art.  15. 

23.  When  no  exponent  is  written,  what  is  understood?     Art» 
15. 

24.  What  is  the  Power  of  a  quantity  ?     Degree  of  a  quantity  ? 
Art.  16. 

25.  What  relation  between  the  exponent  and  the  number  of 
Multiplications?     Art.  16. 

26.  Illustrate  the  use  of  the  exponent  by  taking  a  as  a  factor 
six  times,  b  eight  times,  c  seven  times.     P.  18. 

27.  What  is  the  Root  of  a  quantity?     Art.  18. 

28.  What  is  the  Radical  Sign  ?    Make  it.     Art.  18. 

29.  Give  an  example  using  the  Radical  Sign,     Art.  18. 

30.  What  is  the  reciprocal  of  a  quantity?     Art.  19. 

31.  Define  an  Algebraic  quantity.     Art.  20. 

32.  Give  an  example  to  illustrate  Algebraic  quantities.     Art. 
20. 

S3.  What  is  a  mo7iomicd  or  teim?    Art.  21. 

34.  Define  a  Binomial.     Trinomial.     Polynomial.     Art.  21. 

35.  What  is  the  Numerical  value  of  an  Algebraical  expression? 
Art.  22. 

36.  What  is  an  additive  term?     Subtractive?    Art.  23. 

37.  What  effect  does  changing  the  order  of  the  terms  of  a  poly- 
nomial have  on  the  numerical  value  of  the  quantity  ?     Art.  24. 

38.  Define  the  Dimension  of  a  term.     Art.  25. 

39.  What  are  the  literal  factors  of  a  term  ?     Art.  25. 

40.  How  do  you  tell  the  degree  of  a  term  ?     Art.  25. 

41.  When  is  a  polynomial  Homogeneous?     Art.  26. 

42.  Write  a  polynomial  that  is  homogeneous.     Art.  26. 

43.  What  is  a  vinculum  ?     Parenthesis  ?     Brackets  ?    Art.  27, 

44.  Make  the  characters  named  in  the  last  question.     Art.  27. 

45.  What  are  Similar  terms?     Art.  28. 

46.  Write  tenns  that  are  similar,  and  those  that  are  dissimilar* 
Art.  28. 


ALGEBRA.  133 

47.  When  is  a  polynomial  reduced  to  its  simplest  form?     Art. 
20. 

48.  Give  the  Rule  for  reducing  a  polynomial  to  its  simplest 
form.     Art.  29. 

49.  In  reducing  a  polynomial  what  effect  does  it  have  on  the 
coefficients  and  exponents  ?     P.  23. 

50.  Define  a  Theorem  and  a  Problem.     Arts.  30,  31. 

51.  Define  a  Formula?     P.  25. 

52.  Solve  the  following,  and  give  the  formula  for  it.     Art.  31. 

53.  The  sum  of  two  numbers  is  G7,  and  their  difference  is  19; 
what  are  the  numbers  ?     Art.  31. 

54.  The  sum  of  two  numbers  is  a,  and  their  difference  b ;  what 
are  the  numbers  ?     Art.  31. 

b^.  Give  ^formula  involving  the  principle  of  the  last  example. 
P.  25. 

ADDITION. 

1.  Define  Addition.     Art.  31. 

2.  When  the  quantities  are  dissimilar  how  do  you  add  them  ? 
Art.  32. 

3.  Give  the  Rule  for  the  addition  of  Algebraic  quantities. 
Art.  34.      - 

SUBTRACTION. 

1.  Define  Subtraction.     Art.  35. 

2.  When  the  quantities  are  not  similar ^  how  do  you  subtract? 
Art.  36. 

3.  Give  the  Rale  for  subtraction  of  algebraic  quantities.  Art. 
37. 

4.  Give  the  reasoiis  for  changing  the  signs  of  the  subtrahend. 
Art.  37. 

5.  If  you  have  an  algebraic  quantity  within  a  parenthesis,  and 
a  minus  sign  before  it,  what  effect  does  it  have  on  the  terms  when 
the  parenthesis  is  omitted  ?    Art.  38. 

6.  Illustrate  the  last  question  by  an  example.     P.  32. 

7.  Do  the  words  add  artd  sum  always  mean  augmentation? 
Art.  39. 

8.  Explain  the  difference  between  an  Arithmetical  and  Alge- 
braic Sum.     Art.  39. 


134  TUE    COMri.ETE   EXAMINER. 

9,  Do  the  words  subtmction  and  diflference  always  mean  dimi- 
nution?    Art.  39. 

10,  Are  the  algebraic  signs,  plus  and  minus,  always  the  true 
signs  of  the  terms  before  which  they  are  placed  ?     Art.  40. 

11,  Illustrate  the  last  question  by  an  example.     Art.  40. 

MULTIPLICATION. 

1.  What  is  multiplication  in  Algebra?     Art.  41. 

2.  Name  and  explain  the  terms  used  in  multiplication.     Art. 
41. 

3.  "What  is  the  Rule  for  multiplication  of  monomials  ?     P.  34. 

4.  How  do  you  multiply  one  polynomial  by  another?     Arts. 
43-45. 

5.  Multiply  a — b  by  c — d,  and  give  the  reasons  for  every  step. 
Art.  44. 

6.  How  can  you  make  it  appear  that  minus  multiplied  by  mi- 
nus gives  plus  ?    Art  43. 

7.  In  multiplication,  when  botJi  factors  are  homogeneous.^  how 
will  the  product  be  ?    Art  4G. 

8.  How  many  tenns  will  there  be  in  the  product  if  no  two 
terms  of  the  product  are  similar  ?    Art  46. 

9.  Among  the  terms  of  the  product,  how  many  terms  will  there 
always  be  which  can  not  be  I'educed  with  any  others  ?     Art.  4G. 

10.  Name  the  terms  intimated  in  the  last  question,  and  tell  why. 
Art.  46. 

11.  Give  the  formula  for  the  square  of  the  sum  of  two  quan- 
tities.   Art.  47. 

12.  State  the  foi^miila  for  the  square  of  the  difference  of  two 
quantities.     Art.  47. 

13.  Give  the  formula  for  the  sitm  of  two  quantities  multiplied 
by  their  difference.     Art.  47. 

14.  What  is  the  law  of  the  product  of  two  quantities  ?    Art.  48. 

DIVISION. 

1.  What  is  Division?     Art  49. 

2.  Name  the  terms  used  in  Division,  and  define  them.     Art  49. 

3.  How  do  you  divide  one  monomial  by  another  monomial  ? 
Art  51. 


ALGEBRA.  135 

4.  State  the  principle  in  regard  to  the  signs  in  division.  Art. 
50. 

5.  State  two  cases  in  which  the  exact  division  of  monomials  is 
impossible.     Art.  52. 

6.  State  the  principle  in  regard  to  the  exponents  of  the  divi- 
dend and  divisor.     Art.  53. 

7.  Show  that  any  quantity  whose  exponent  is  0,  is  equal  to  1. 
Art.  54. 

8.  How  do  you  divide  a  polynomial  by  a  monomial?     Art  55. 

9.  How  do  you  divide  one  polynomial  by  another?    Art.  56. 

10.  What  do  you  understand  by  arranging  the  dividend  and 
divisor  with  reference  to  a  certain  letter?     Art.  56. 

11.  Give  the  reasons  for  the  whole  process  in  the  division  of 
polynomials.     Art.  56. 

12.  When  is  the  exact  division  of  one  polynomial  by  another 
impossible  ?     How  many  cases  are  there  ?    Art.  58. 

FACTORING   POLYNOMIALS. 

1.  What  do  you  understand  by  Factoring  Polynomials  ?  Art. 
59.  * 

2.  How  may  a  polynomial  be  resolved  into  two  or  more  fac- 
tors ?     Art.  59. 

3.  Find  the  factors  of  the  following :  n3+2n2+n.  Ex.  5.  P. 
52. 

4.  Find  the  factors  of  the  following :  a'x— x^     Ex.  7.     P.  52. 

5.  Demonstrate  the  following  proposition :  The  difference  of 
the  same  powers  of  any  two  quantities  is  exactly  divisible  by  the 
difference  of  the  quantities.     Art.  60. 

6.  Illustrate  the  last  by  the  following:  Divide  a™ — b™  by 
a— b.     Art  60. 

7.  Demonstrate  the  following:  The  sum  of  the  odd  powers 
of  the  same  degree  of  two  quantities  is  always  divisible  by  the 
sum  of  the  quantities. 

8.  Divide  (a^+b^)  by  (a-f-b),  and  give  the  reasons. 

9.  Give  the  rule  and  reason  for  finding  the  Greatest  common 
divisor  of  two  or  more  polynomials. 


136  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

10.  Find  the  greatest  common  Divisor  of  the  following  exam- 
ple:    2x^  +  llx''— 13x-— OOx— 45  and  2x'— 7x'— 4Gx— 2L       \ 

11.  Give  tlie  llule  and  reason  for  finding  the  Least  Common 
Multiple  of  two  or  more  polynomials. 

*  12.  Find  the  least  common  multiple  of  the  following  example  : 
3x^— llx-f  6,  2x"— 7x+3,  and  6x'— 7x+2. 

ALGEBRAIC    FRACTIONS. 

1.  What  is  an  Algebraic  Fraction?     Art.  62. 

2.  Define  a  Fractional  Unit,     Art.  62. 

3.  What  are  the  Terms  of  a  fraction  ?     Art.  63. 

4.  What  is  an  Entire  quantity  ?     Art.  63. 

5.  What  is  a  mixed  quantity  ?     Art.  63. 

6.  When  may  the  Fraction  be  reduced  to  an  entire  quantity  ? 
Art.  64. 

7.  What  effect  does  multiplying  the  Numerator  of  a  fraction 
have  upon  the  value  of  the  fraction  ?     Art.  Q>^, 

8.  What  effect  does  multiplying  the  denominator  of  a  fraction 
have  upon  its  value  ?     Art.  Q>Qf, 

9.  What  effect  does  multiplying  both  numerator  and  denomina^ 
tor  have  upon  the  value  of  the  fraction  ?     Art.  67.  "- 

10.  What  efiect  has  dividing  both  numerator  and  denominator 
of  a  fraction  have  upon  its  value  ?     Art.  67. 

11.  Give  reasons  for  your  answers  to  the  last  three  questions. 
P.  56. 

12.  How  do  you  reduce  a  fraction  to  its  lowest  form? 

13.  Eeduce IZ^l^  to  its  simplest  form.     Ex.  7.     P.  57. 

27ac^— 6ac'  ^ 

14.  How  do  you  reduce  a  mixed  quantity  to  a  fractional  form  ? 
P.  57. 

15.  Reduce  3x— 1— ^±1^  to  the  form  of  a  fraction.     Ex.  6. 

3a— 2 

P.  58. 

16.  Why  do  you  change  the  signs  of  the  terms  of  the  numera- 
tor in  the  last  example  ?     Art.  38. 

17.  How  do  you  reduce  a  fraction  to  an  entire  quantity  ?     R. 
P.  58. 


ALGEBRA.  137 

18.  Reduce to  a  mixed  quantity.     Ex.  6.     P.  59. 

5x 

19.  Reduce ^  to  an  entire  quantity.     Ex.  5.     P.  59. 

20.  How  do  you  reduce  fractions  having  different  denominators 
to  equivalent  fractions  having  a  common  denominator?  R.  P. 
60.  , 

21.  Reduce  -1 — , and  -,  to  equivalent  fractions    having 

a — b     ax  c 

common  denominators.     Ex.  6.     P.  60. 

22.  How  do  you  Add  fractions  ?     R.  P.  61. 

23.  What  is  the  sum  of  ^H?,  -1-  and  -1-  ?    Ex.  10.    P.  62. 

a — b  a+b         a+x 

24.  Give  the  process  for  the  subtraction  of  fractions.  R.  P. 
62. 

2b.  From  3x+-  take  x— ^""^     Ex.  7.     P.  (j'd. 
b  c 

26.  How  do  you  multiply  one  fractional  quantity  by  another? 
R.  P.  62. 

27.  Multiply  a+-^-  by  ^-'.     Ex.  8.     P.  64. 

a — X        x+x^ 


28.  How  do  you  divide  one  fraction  by  another  ?     R.  P.  65. 

x^— b^       b    ^'+^^ 
x^— 2bx+b2    ^    X— b 


29.  Divide  "^.HP- hj      "^  -.     Ex.  8     P.  Q>Q>. 


30.  Divide  2d:i  by  i+^,     Ex.  10.     P.  m, 

a— 1    ^  l—a^ 

31.  What  effect  will  it  have  on  the  quotient  tochange  the  signs 
either  of  the  numerator  or  denominator?     Art.  69. 

32.  How  will  the  value  of  the  fraction  be  affected  by  adding 
the  same  quantity  to  both  terms  of  a  -proiper  fraction  ?     Art.  70. 

33.  By  adding  the  same  quantity  to  both  terms  of  an  improper 
fraction?     Art.  70. 

34.  Demonstrate  the  principle  in  the  last  two  questions. 

35.  If  the  same  quantity  be  subtracted  from  each  term  of  a 
proper  fraction,  how  will  the  value  of  the  fraction  be  affected  ? 
Art.  70. 

36.  By  subtracting  the  same  quantity  from  each  term  of  an 


138  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

improper  fraction,  what  effect  on  the  value  of  the  fraction  ?     Art. 
70. 

37.  Explain  the  principle  in  the  last  two  questions. 

38.  Multiply  ±=^+!2  by  ±11^11?  ar.d  get  5:=ll£±i8 

x-^ — 6x  x^--5x  x^ 

Px.  5.     P.  68. 

39.  Divide  1+^^  by  1—1^  and  get  n.     Ex.  8.     P.  68. 

n+1  n+1 

40.  From  lil^  take  ^~^\     Ex.  4.     P.  68. 

1— x^  l+x2 

41.  What  does  the  sign  Zero  signify?     Art.  71. 

42.  What  is  the  sign  of  injinity  .^     Art.  71. 

EQUATIONS    OF   THE    FIRST   DEGREE. 

1.  What  is  an  Equation?     Art.  72. 

2.  What  are  members  of  an  Equation  ?     Art.  72. 

3.  What  is  the  First  Member  ?     Which  the  Second  ?     Art.  72. 

4.  How  many  unknown  quantities  may  an  equation  have  ? 
Art.  73. 

5.  How  are  equations  classified  ?     Art.  73. 

6.  How  can  you  tell  what  degree  an  Equation  is  ?     Art.  73, 

7.  What  are  Numerical  Equations  ?     Art.  74. 

8.  Define  Literal  equations.     Art.  74. 

9.  What  is  an  Identical  equation  f    Art.  75. 

10.  State  the  properties  of  an  equation.     Art.  76. 

AXIOM. 

1.  Define  an  Axiom.     Art.  76. 

2.  How  many  axioms  are  used  in  Algebra  ?    Art.  76. 

3.  Give  the  six  axioms.     Art.  76. 

SOLUTION    OP  EQUATIONS. 

1.  What  do  you  understand  by  the  Solution  of  an  equation? 
Art.  77. 

2.  What  do  you  understand  by  the  Transformation  of  an  Equa- 
tion?   Art.  78. 

3.  Of  what  does  the  First  Transformation  consist  ?     Ai-t.  78. 

4.  How  do  you  transform  an  equation  involving  fractional  terms 
to  one  involving  only  entire  terms  ?     R.  P.  76. 


ALGEBRA.  139 

5.  Reduce — — +42= — + — — ob,  to  an  equa- 

b       ab  a^         b^        a 

tion  involving  only  entire  terms.     Ex.  4.     P.  77. 

6.  Of  what  does  the  second  transposition  consist  ?     Art.  79. 

7.  How  do  you  transpose  a  term  of  an  equation  from  one  mem- 
ber to  the  other?     R.  P.  77. 

8.  Upon  what  principle  is  the  Rule  founded  for  the  last  ques- 
tion? 

9.  Give  the  JRule  for  Solving  an  equation  of  the  first  degree. 
R.  P.  78. 

10.  Find  the  value  of  x  in  the  following:  2x — — - — = — ~  , 

0  Z 

Ex.  16.    P.  80. 

11.  Solve  the  following:  (a+b)(x-b)_3^^4ab--b»_^^^ 

a — b  a+b 

a«— bx     j,^  jg     p^  g^ 


b 

12.  Of  how  many  parts  does  the  solution  of  a  problem  consist? 
Name  them.     Art,  81. 

13.  Of  what  does  the  statement  consist?     Solution?    Art.  81. 

14.  What  is  the  Bule  for  « Stating''  problems?     R.  P.  81. 

15.  Solve  the  following :  A  capitalist  receives  a  yearly  income 
of  $2940 ;  four-fifths  of  his  money  bears  an  interest  of  4  per 
cent.,  and  the  remainder  of  five  per  cent. ;  how  much  has  he  at 
interest?    Ex.18.     P.  87. 

16.  In  a  certain  orchard  one-half  are  apple  trees,  one-fourth 
peach  trees,  one-sixth  plumb  trees,  120  cherry  trees,  and  80  pear 
trees ;  how  many  trees  in  the  orchard  ?     Ex.  20.     P.  87. 

17.  A  person  in  play  lost  one-fourth  of  his  money,  and  then 
won  3  shillings ;  after  which  he  lost  one-third  of  what  he  then 
had ;  and  this  done,  found  that  he  had  but  12  shillings  remaining: 
what  had  he  at  first  ?     Ex.  28.     P.  88. 

ELIMINATION. 

1.  Define  Elimination.     Art.  83. 

2.  How  many  methods  of  Elimination  are  there  ?    Art.  80. 

3.  Give  the  method  by  Addition  and  Subtraction.  R.  P. 
91. 


14D  THE  COMPLETE  EXAMINER.  , 

4.  Explain  the  method  by  Substitution.     Art.  85. 

5.  Illustrate  by  an  example  the  method  of  Elimination  by  com- 
parison.    Art.  86. 

6.  How  do  you  solve  a  problem  involving  three  equations  and 
three  unknown  quantities  ?     Art.  87. 

7.  What  is  a  Simultaneous  equation  ?     Art.  82. 

8.  Give  the  general  Rule  for  solving  a  problem  containing  any 
number  of  equations  and  unknown  quantities.     R.  P.  94. 

9.  Given  2x+3y=16  and  ox — 2y=ll,  to  find  the  values  of 
X  and  y.     Ex.  1.     P.  95. 

10.  _4-7y=99,  and  5_-j,7x=5l5  to  find  the  values  of  x  and  y. 

Ex.  3.     P.  95. 

11.  Given  7x— 2z+3u=17o  4y— 2z+t=^ll.  5y— 3x— 2u---8. 
4y — 3u+2t=9,  and  3z  +  8u~33,  to  find  the  values  of  x*y,  z,  u, 
and  t.     Ex.  8.     P.  95. 

12.  Solve  the  following:  A's  age  is  double  B's,  and  B's  is 
triple  C's,  and  the  sum  of  their  ages  is  1 40 ;  what  is  the  age  of 
each?     Ex.11.     P.  99. 

13.  A  footman  agreed  to  serve  his  master  for  £8  a  year  and  a 
livery,  but  was  turned  away  at  the  end  of  7  months,  and  received 
only  £2  13s  4d  and  his  livery;  what  was  its  value?  Ex.  16. 
P.  100. 

14.  If  A  and  B  together  can  perform  a  piece  of  work  in  8 
days,  A  and  C  together  in  9  days,  and  B  and  C  in  10  days,  how 
many  days  'would  it  take  each  person  to  perform  the  same  v/ork 
alone?     Ex.20.     P.  100. 

15.  A  banker  has  two  kinds  of  money ;  it  takes  a  pieces  of  tlie 
first  to  make  a  crown,  and  h  pieces  of  the  second  to  make  the 
same  sum.  Some  one  offers  him  a  crown  for  c  pieces.  How 
many  of  each  kind  must  the  banker  give  him  ?     Ex.  28.     P.  102. 

INDETERMINATE    EQUATIONS    AND    PROBLEMS. 

1.  Define  an  Indeterminate  Equation.     Art.  88. 

2.  What  is  an  Indeterminate  Problem  ?     Art.  88.* 

3.  How  many  equations  must  there  be  for  a  given  number  of 
unknown  quantities  ?      -^ 


ALGEBRA.  141 

4.  What  do  you  understand  by  the  Interpretation  of  Negative 
Results  ?     Art.  80. 

5.  Solve  and  explain  the  following:  A  Father  has  lived  a 
number  of  years  expressed  by  a ;  his  son  a  number  of  years  ex- 
pressed by  b.  Find  in  how  many  years  the  age  of  the  son  will 
be  one-fourth  the  age  of  the  father.     Ex.  2.     P.  107. 

G.  State  the  four  principles  in  regard  to  negative  results.  P. 
108,  109. 

7.  What  do  you  understand  by  the  Discussion  of  Problems  ? 
Art.  91. 

8.  What  is  an  Arbitrary  quantity?     Art.  91. 

9.  Give  and  solve  the  problem  of  the  Couriers.     Art.  91. 

10.  Explain  all  the  conditions  of  the  last  question.     Art.  91. 

INEQUALITIES. 

1.  What  is  an  Inequality?     Art.  92. 

2.  State  the  six  distinct  'principles  belonging  to  inequalities. 
P.  114,  115,  116. 

3.  Find  X  in  the  following:  ^^— ax+ab<^.     Ex.  5.     P.  116. 

POWEKS    AND    HOOTS. 

1.  What  is  the  square  of  a  quantity?     Art.  93. 

2.  Define  the  Square  Root  of  a  quantity.     Art.  93. 

3.  The  square  of  a  Number  composed  Of  tens  and  units  is 
equal  to  what?     Art.  94. 

4.  Illustrate  the  last  question  by  squaring  64. 

5.  Also  by  squaring  365. 

6.  Extract  the  square  Root  of  96785436.  • 

7.  How  do  you  extract  the  square  root  of  a  number  ?     Art,  95. 

8.  Demonstrate  the  Rule  for  square  root.     Art.  95. 

9.  When  can  you  increase  the  entire  part  of  the  root  by  1  ? 
Art.  95.     P.  122. 

10.  To  what  is  the  number  of  places  in  the  root  always  equal? 
Rem.  II.     P.  123. 

11.  Is  the  square  root  of  an  imperfect  square  commensurable 
with  h     Rem.  3.     P.  123. 


142  THE  COMPLETE  EXAMINER. 

EXTRACTION  OF  THE  SQUARE  ROOT  OF  FRACTIONS. 

'  1.  How  do  you  extract  the  square  root  of  a  fraction  ?     Art.  96. 

2.  How  do  you  extract  the  square  root  of  a  fraction  when  the 
numerator  and  denominator  are  not  both  perfect  squares  ?  Art. 
96. 

3.  Plow  do  you  extract  the  square  root  of  a  whole  number 
which  is  an  imperfect  square  to  within  less  than  a  given  fractional 
unit?     Art.  97. 

4.  How  do  you  obtain  the  approximate  root  in  decimals  ?  Art. 
97.* 

5.  Give  the  rule  for  extracting  the  square  root  of  a  vulgar  frac- 
tion in  terms  of  a  decimal.     Art.  99. 

6.  Find  the  A/2j|  to  within  less  than  0.0001.     Ex.  2.     P.  129. 

EXTRACTION    OF    THE     SQUARE    ROOT    OF    ALGEBRAIC    QUANTI- 
TIES. 

1.  How  do  you  extract  the  square  root  of  Monomials?^  Art. 
100. 

2.  How  do  you  extract  the  square  root  of  a  Polynomial  ?  Ai't. 
101. 

3.  Demonstrate  the  Rule  for  square  root  of  polynomials.  Art. 
101. 

4.  Find  the  square  root  of  4x^-f  12x^+5x'' — 2x^+7x- — 2x+l. 
Ex.  4.     P.  132. 

5.  Find  the  square  root  of  25a''b-—40a^b'c+76a^bV—48abV 
+3GbV— 30a%c+24a^bc-— 36a'bc^+9a^c-.     Ex.  6.     P.  132. 

6.  Is  a  binomial  a  perfect  square  ?     P.  133. 

4     7.  When  is  a  trinomial  a  perfect  square  ?     P.  133. 
8.  Voa*^— 48a^^H- 64a- b'= what  ?     P.  133. 

RADICAL    QUANTITIES    OF    THE    SECOND    DEGREE. 

1.  Define  a  Radical  Quantity.     Art.  102. 

2.  What  is  a  Radical  of  the  third  degree  ? 

3.  Define  Similar  Radicals.     Art.  103. 

4.  How  do  you  simpUfy  a  Radical  of  the  second  degree  ?  Art. 
105. 


ALGEHHA.  143 

5.  Give  the  two  principles  upon  which  the  simplification  of 
radicals  depend.     Art.  104. 

G.  How  do  you  Add  Radicals  ?     Subtract  Radicals  ?     Art.  106. 

7.  How  do  you  Multiply  Radicals  ?     Art  107. 

8.  How  do  you  Divide  one  Radical  by  another  ?     Art.  108. 

9.  Give  the  sum  of  ^\  and  -/li.     Ex.  7.     P.  142. 

10.  Give  the  sum  of  |  v/ J  and  3  ^Z^.     Ex.  12.     P.  142. 

EQUATIONS    OP   THE    SECOND    DEGREE. 

1.  Define  an  equation  of  the  second  degree.     Art.  110. 

2.  Write  out  the  form  to  which  every  equation  of  the  second 
degree  may  be  reduced.     Art.  111. 

3.  What  does  an  incomplete  equation  of  the  second  degree  in- 
volve?    Art.  112. 

4.  How  many  roots  has  every  incomplete  equation  of  the  sec- 
ond degree  ?     Art.  113.     P.  145. 

5.  Give  the  Rule  and  reason  for  solving  an  equation  of  the 
second  degree.     Art.  114.     P.  147. 

6.  Find  x  in  the  follow^ing:  mx-+mn  =  2mVnx+nx^  Ex.  8. 
P.  151. 

7.  Find  X  in  the  following:  a^+b^— 2bx+x2=:!li^.     Ex.  15. 

P.  151. 

8.  What  number  is  that  which  being  divided  by  the  product  of 
its  digits,  the  quotient  wull  be  3  ?  and  if  18  be  added  to  it  the  or- 
der of  its  digits  will  be  reversed?     Ex.  6.     P.  154. 

9.  What  two  numbers  are  those  whose  difference  is  15,  and  of 
Avhich  the  cube  of  the  lesser  is  equal  to  half  their  product  ?  Ex. 
10.     P.  155. 

10.  Two  partners,  A  and  B,  gained  $140  in  trade.  A's  money 
was  3  months  in  trade,  and  his  gain  was  §60  less  than  his  stock ; 
B's  money  was  $50  more  than  A's,  and  was  in  trade  5  months : 
what  was  A's  stock?     Ex.  11.     P.  155. 

11.  Give  the  four  forms  in  which  an  Equation  of  the  second 
degree  may  be  expressed.     Art.  117. 

12.  Give  and  solve  the  Problem  of  the  Lights,  with  all  its  con-» 
ditions.     Art.  121. 


14:4  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

13.  Given  ^5±£+2  ^  J^-^b^  ^_^,  to  find  x.     Ex.  4.     P. 

X  x+a  x+a 

1G6.  

14.  Given  V'x+Vx— a^  jra^^  ^^  ^^^  ^^     -^^^  g^     p^  ^^^^ 

Vx— Vx— a    X— a 


15.  Given  -:^+x+A/2ax-l-g^^^  ^^  ^^^^  ^^     ^^^  g^     p^  ^^^^ 
a+x 


TRINOMIAL    EQUATIONS.  \ 

1.  Define  a  Trinomial  Equation.     Art.  122.  \ 

2.  Give  the  form  to  which  every  Trinomial  Equation  may  be  ■ 
reduced.     Art.  129.  i 

3.  Give  the  Rule  for  solving  a  trinomial  Equation.     R.  P.  1 68.  ! 

4.  What  does  the  solution  of  a  Trinomial  Equation  of  the  ; 
Fourth  degree  require  ?     Art.  125,  | 

5.  Reduce  the  following  to  its  simplest  form  :• 


^ab+4c^— d^— 2V4al)c^— abd^     Ex.7.     P.  172.  ; 

6.  Given  x-+x+yr=18 — y2  and  xy  =  6,  to  find  x  and  y,  Ex.  \ 
9.     P.  178.  j 

7.  Tlie  sum  of  two  numbers  is  8,  and  the  sum  of  their  cubes  is  | 
152;  what  are  the  numbers?     Ex.  G.     P.  182.  \ 

8.  What  two  numbers  are  those  whose  sum  multiplied  by  tlie  i 
greater  is  equal  to  77,  and  wliose  difference  multiplied  by  the  | 
lesser  is  equal  to  12  ?     Ex.  9.     P.  182.  *  \ 

r.  Divide  100  into  two  such  parts  that  the  sum  of  their  square  j 
roots  may  be  14.     Ex.  10.     P.  182.  '\ 

10.  Two  merchants  sold  the  same  kind  of  stuff;  the  second  i 
sold  3  yards  more  of  it  than  the  first,  and  together  they  received  \ 
35  dollars.  The  first  said  to  the  second,  "I  would  have  received^ 
24  dollars  for  your  stuffl"  The  other  replied,  "And  I  would  have  \ 
received  12 J  dollars  for  yours."  How  many  yards  did  each  of  1 
them  sell?     Ex.18.     P.  183.  ; 

11.  Given  (x^+l)y=(y24-l)x^  and  (y«+l)x=9(x2+l)y^  i 
to  find  X  and  y.  \ 


A 


ALGEBRA,  145 

PERMUTATIONS,   ARRANGEMENTS    AND   COMBINATIONS. 

1.  Define  Permutations,  and  give  the  Law  governing  them. 
Art.  130. 

2.  Define  Arrangements,  and  give  the  law  governing  them. 
Art.  131. 

3.  Define  Combinations,  and  give  the  law  governing  them. 
Art.  132. 

BINOMIAL   THEOREM. 

1.  What  is  the  Binomial  Theorem?     Art.  134. 

2.  Explain  and  give  reasons  for  the  Binomial  Formula.     Art. 
135. 

3.  What  is  the  law  for  the  coefficients  and  exponents?    Art. 
137,  138. 

EXTRACTION   QY  ROOTS. 

1.  How  do  you  extract  the  cube  root  of  a  number.     Art.  141. 

2.  How  do  you  extract  any  root  of  numbers?     Art,  142. 

3.  How  do  you  extract  any  root  of  Algebraic  quantities  ?     Art, 
147,148.' 

4.  Explain  the  priTiciples  governing  the  Transformation  of  a 
radical  of  any  degree.     Art.  150-159. 

5.  Explain  the  Rules  for  imaginary  exprcssio7is.     Art.  1G2, 
163. 

6.  Explain  the  principles  governing  Fractional  and  Negative 
Exponents.     Art.  164-170. 

ARITHMETICAL    PROGRESSION. 

1.  Of  what  does  a  series  consist  ?     What  is  Arithmetical  Pro- 
gression?    Art.  171,  172. 

2.  How  do  you  find  the  sum  of  the  terms  of  an  Arithmetical 
Progression?     Art.  176. 

3.  Explain  the  Formulas  belonging  to  Arithmetical  Progres- 
sion.    Art.  176. 

4.  Find  9  Arithmetical  means  between  each  antecedent  and 
consequent  of  the  progression  2.5.8.11.14.     Ex.  7.     P.  241. 

7 


146  THE    COMPLETE    KXAMINEK. 

GEOMETRICAL     PROGRESSION* 

1.  Define  Geometrical  Progression,  and  give  the  rules  for  it. 

2.  Explain  and  give  reasons  for  the  Geometrical  Formulas. 
Art.  187-192. 

3.  Explain  the  principle  of  Indeterminate  Co-efficients.  Art. 
193-198. 

4.  Explain  the  Principle  of  E-ecurring  Series.     Art.  199-201.* 

5.  Give  the  General  Demonstration  of  the  Binomial  Theorem. 
Art.  202. 

6.  State  the  principles  governing  the  Summation  of  Series. 
Art.  208. 

7.  Explain  the  principles  of  Piling  Balls.     Art.  210-214. 

8.  How  many  balls  in  an  incomplete  oblong  pile,  the  numbers 
in  the  lower  courses  being  92  and  40,  and  the  numbers  in  the 
corresponding  top  courses  being  70  and  18  ?     Ex.  7.     P.  274. 

9.  Explain  continued  Fractions  and  Exponential  quantities. 
Art.  215-224. 

10.  What  are  Logarithms?  Give  the  General  Properties  of 
them.     Art.  227-229. 

11.  Demonstrate  clearly  the  Principles  of  Logarithms.  Art. 
230-241. 

12.  How  do  you  calculate  simple  and  compound  Interest  oy 
Algebraic  Formulas  ?     Art.  245. 

13.  Give  and  explain  the  General  Theory  of  Equations.  Art. 
244-250. 

14.  Demonstrate  the  General  Principle  of  Eliminatign.  Art. 
270. 

15.  Demonstrate  the  principles  for  finding  the  Greatest  Com- 
mon Divisor.     Art.  252-261. 

16.  State  the  principles  involved  in  the  solution  of  numerical 
equations  containing  but  one  unknown  quantity.     Art.  275-280. 

17.  Explain  the  principles  governing  the  Limits  of  Positive 
Roots.     Art  281-285. 

18.  Explain  Descartes'  Kule.     Art.  293. 

19a  Give  and  explain  Sturm's  Theorem.     Art.  298-307. 
20.  Find  the  roots  of  the  equation  x^ — 2x3+1=0.     Ex.  5, 
P.  378. 


GEOMETRY.  147 

21.  Explain  Cardan's  Rule  for  solving  cubic  equations.     Art. 
308. 

22.  What  are  the  roots   of  the   equation  x^ — 7x2+14x=20. 
Ex.  3.     P.  381. 

23.  Give  the  Preliminaries  to  Horner's  method.     Art.  309. 

24.  Explain  the  Principles  involved  in  Horner's  method.     Art. 
300-314. 

25.  Find  the  roots  of  the  equation  x^ — 10x4-G+l=0.     Ex.  4. 
P.  400. 

Note. — Many  additional  questions  mig-ht  have  been  proposed,  but  candidates  -vtIio  can 
answer  satisfactorily  the  above  questions  need  feel  no  embarrassment  in  an  examination  ia 
this  science. 


^  CHAPTER  XIY. 

Every  Teacher  of  our  First  Class  Schools  is  now  expected  to  be  well 
qualified  in  the  Higher  Mathematics.  Hence  a  few  questions  are  proposed 
in 

GEOMETRY. 

The  references  in  the  questions  on  Geometry  are  to  "Davics'  Legcndre." 
B.  stands  for  Book.  H.  for  Definition.  P.  for  Proposition.  C.  for  Corol- 
lary. 

1.  Define  Geometry. 

Ans. — Generically  it  means  the  art  of  measuring  the  earth;  but  as  it,  I.-^ 
now  used  Geometry  denotes  the  Science  of  magnitude  in  general, — the 
mensuration  of  lines,  surfaces,  solids,  with  their  various  relations. 

2.  Define  Extension.     Def.  1.     B.  I. 

3.  What  is  a  Point  ?  Line  ?  Straiglit  line  ?  B.  I.  D.  5,  G, 
7. 

4.  What  is  a  Broken  line?  Curvea  line?  Surface?  Plane? 
B.  T.     D.  8-11. 

5.  What  is  a  Curved  Surface?  Plane  Angle?  Right-Angle? 
B.  I.     D.  12-14. 

6.  What  are  Oblique  Angles  ?  How  many  kinds  ?  B.  I.  D. 
15. 

7.  Define  an  Acute  Angle.     An  Obtuse  Angle.     B.  T.     D.  15. 

8.  When  are  lines  parallel?  What  is  a  plane  figure?  B  I. 
D.  16,  17. 

9.  What  is  a  Polygon?  Triangle?  Hexagon?  Octagon? 
B.  L     D.  19. 


14<5                                   TllE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER.  ' 

1 

10.  Define   an   Equilateral   polygon.      Equiangular  polygon.  \ 
B.  I.     D.  20.  ^ 

11.  When  are  two  polygons  mutually  equilateral  and  equian-  ] 
gular?     B.I.     D.  22.  j 

12.  How  are   Triangles  classified?     How  many  classes  are  j 
there?     B.  I.     D.  23.  i 

13.  Define  a  Scalene  Triangle.     An  Isosceles  triangle.     B.  I. 

D.  23.  ■ 

14.  Define  Equilateral  and  Acufe  angled  triangles.     B.  1.     D.  \ 
23. 

15.  Define  Right-angled  triangles,  and  obtuse-angled  triangles. 

B.  I.     D.  23.  : 

1 6.  What  are  Quadrilaterals  ?     Divided  into  how  many  classes  ?  j 
B.  I.     D.  24.  ••  ] 

17.  Define   Trapezium.      Trapezoid.      Parallelogram.      B.  I.  j 
D.  24.  \ 

18o  Into  how  many  classes  are  parallelograms  divided?     B.  I.  i 

D.  25.  \ 

19.  Define  a  Rhombus.     Rectangle.     Square.     B.  I.     D.  25,  = 

20.  What  is  a  Diagonal?     A  Base?     B.I.     D.  26,  27. 

DEFINITION    OF    TERMS. 

1.  What  is  an  axiom?     Demonstration?     Theorem?     B.  1.  \ 

D.  27.  ; 

2;  What  is  a  Problem  ?     Lemma  ?     Proposition  ?     B.  I.     D.  ; 

27.  I 

3.  What  is  a  Corollary?     Scholium?     Hypothesis?     Postu-.  1 

late?     B.I.     D.  27.  \ 

\ 

EXPLANATION    OF    SIGNS.  ] 

Remark. — The  explanation  of  the  signs  in  Geometry  is  the  same  as  is  i 

found  in  the  questions  on  Algebra,  which  see.  \ 

AXIOMS.  ^ 

1.  How  many  axioms  are  there?     B.  I.     P.  19.  i 

2.  Give  them  all  accurately.     B.  I.     P.  19.  \ 

3.  How  many  Postulates  are  there  ?     Give  them.     B.  I.     P.  ] 
20. 


GEOMETRY.  149 

THEOREMS. 

1.  Demonstrate  Proposition  I.     Theorem.     B.  I. 

2.  Demonstrate  Prop.  IX.     B.  I.  and  P.  XXV.     B.  I.     Also 
Prop.  XXVIII.     B.I. 

OF   RATIOS    AND    PROPORTIONS.      B.  II. 

1.  Define  Proportion.     Ratio.    Antecedent.    Consequent.     B. 
11.     D.  2. 

2.  How  may  the  ratio  of  Magnitudes  be  expressed?     B.  II. 
D.  3. 

3.  When  are  magnitudes  commensurable  ?     When  incommen- 
surable ?     B.  II.     D.  3. 

4.  How  will  you  illustrate  the  princi^iles  found  in  the  last  two 
questions  ?     B.  II.     D.  4,  5. 

5.  When  are  four  quantities  in  Proportion?     B.  11.     D.  6. 

6.  When  is  a  quantity  a  fourth  proportional  to  the  other  three  ? 
B.  II.     D.  7. 

7.  When  are  three  quantities  in  proportion  ?     B.  11.     D.  8. 

8.  When  are  magnitudes  in  proportion  by  Alternation  ?     B.  II. 
D.  9. 

9.  When  are  magnitudes  in  proportion  by  Inversion  ?     B.  II. 
D.  10. 

10.  When  by  Composition  ?     When  by  Division  ?     B.  II.     D. 
11,  12. 

11.  What  are  Equimultiples  of  two  quantities?     B.  II.     D. 
13. 

12.  When  are  two  varying  quantities  reciprocally  proportional? 
B.  11.    D.  14. 

13.  Demonstrate  P.  I,  IX  and  XII.     B.  11. 

OP    THE    CIRCLE.      B.    Ill, 

1.  Oefine  a  Circle,     Circumference.     D.  1.     B.  III. 

2.  What  is  the  Radius  ?     Diameter  ?     How  do  all  the  radii  of 
equal  or  the  same  circles,  compare  in  magnitude  ?     D.  2.     B.  III. 

3.  What  is  an  Arc?     Chord?     Sector?     Segment?     D.  3,  4, 
5.     B.  III. 


150  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER, 

4.  When  is  a  straight  line  said  to  be  inscribed  in  a  circle  ?  D. 
6.     B.  III. 

0.  Define  an  inscribed  triangle.     D.  7.     B.  III. 

6.  What  is  an  inscribed  polygon  ?     D.  7.     B.  III. 

7.  Define  a  Secant  line.     A  Tangent.     D.  8,  9.     B.  III. 

8.  What  is  the  point  of  contact  ?     D.  9.     B.  III. 

9.  Define  the  point  of  tangency.  When  is  a  circle  inscribed 
in  a  polygon?     D.  11.     B.  III. 

10.  Demonstrate  P.  IV,  VIII,  XV  and  XVIII,  in  B.  III. 

11.  Demonstrate  Problems  III,  X,  XIII  and  XV,  in  B.  III. 

BOOK    IV. 

1.  Define  Similar  Polygons.     D.  1.     B.  IV. 

2.  What  are  homologons,  angles  and  sides  ?     D.  2.     B.  IV. 

3.  What  do  you  understand  by  area'l  Equivalent  figures? 
D.  4.     B.  IV. 

4.  When  are  two  sides  of  one  polygon  said  to  be  reciprocally 
proportional  to  two  sides  of  another?     D.  5.     B.  IV. 

5.  What  are  similar  Arcs,  sectors,  or  segments?  D.  6.  B. 
IV. 

6.  What  is  the  Altitude  of  a  triangle?     D.  7.     B.  IV. 

7.  What  is  the  Altitude  of  a  parallelogram?  Of  a  Trapezoid? 
D.  8,  9.     B.  IV. 

8.  Demonstrate  the  following  Proposition : 

"The  square  described  on  the  sum  of  two  lines  is  equivalent  to  the  sum 
of  the  squares  described  on  the  lines,  together  with  twice  the  rectangle 
contained  by  the  lines."     P.  VIII.     B.  IV. 

"The  square  described  on  the  hypothenuse  of  a  right-angled  triangle  is 
equivalent  to  the  sum  of  the  squares  described  on  the  other  two  sides." 
P.  XI.     B.  IV. 

"In  every  quadrilateral  inscribed  in  a  circle,  the  rectangle  of  the  two  di- 
agonals, is  equivalent  to  the  sum  of  the  rectangles  of  the  opposite  sides 
taken  two  and  two."    P.  XXXIII.     B.  IV. 

9.  Demonstrate  Problems  10,  16  and  18.     B.  IV. 

BOOK    V. 

1.  Vrii at  is  a  regular  polygon  ?     D.  1.     B.  V. 

2.  How  many  sides  may  a  regular  polygon  have?    D.  2.    B.  V. 


GEOMETRY.  151 

3.  Demonstrate  the  following  Proposition : 

**To  inscribe  a  square  in  a  giveu  circle."    P.  III.     B.  V. 

4.  And  the  following : 

*'  Iq  a  given  circle  to  inscribe  a  regular  decagon."    P.  YI.    B.  Y, 

5.  Also  this  Theorem : 

^^The  arc  of  a  circle  is  equal  to  the  product  of  the  radius  by  the  circum- 
ference."    P.  XY.     B.  Y. 

BOOK  VI- 

1.  When  is  a  straight  line  perpendicular  to  a  plane  ?     D.  1,  3. 
B.  YI. 

2.  When  is  a  plane  perpendicular  to  a  line  ?     D.  2.     B.  YI. 
S,  When  are  two  planes  parallel  to  each  other  ?     D.  8.     B.  YI. 

4.  Define  a  diedral  angle,  and  the  faces  and  edge  of  an  angle. 
D.  4.     B.  YL 

5.  What  is  the  measure  of  a  diedral  angle  ?     D.  4.     B.  YL 

G.  Define  a  Polyedral  angle.     What  is  the  face,  edge  and  ver- 
tex of  the  Polyedral  angle  ?     D.  5.     B.  YL 

7.  Demonstrate  the  following : 

"Two  planes  which  are  perpendicular  to  the  same  straight  line  are  paral- 
lel to,  each  other."     P.  IX.     B.  YI. 

8.  "If  two  straight  hues  be  cut  by  three  parallel  planes,  they  will  be  di- 
vided proportionally.'"     P.  XY.     B.  YI. 

9.  "The  sum  of  either  two  of  the  plane  angles  which  include  a  triedral 
angle  is  greater  than  the  third."     P.  XIX.     B.  YI. 

BOOK  VII. 

1.  Define  a  Poljedron  Prism.     Base  of  the  prism.     D.  1,  2. 
B.  YIL 

2.  Describe  the  convex  surface  of  a  prism.     D.  3.     B.  YIL 

3.  Define  the  altitude  of  a  prism*     What  is  a  right  prism? 
D,  5..   B.  YIL 

4.  What  is  a  triangular  prism?     Parallelopipedon ?      D.  7. 
B.  YIL 

5.  What  i3  a  pyramid?     Altitude  of  a  pyramid?     D.  9.     B. 
YIL 


152  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

6.  Define  a  Right  Pyramid.  Slant  Height,  Truncated  Pyra- 
mid.    D.  13.     B.  VII. 

7.  What  is  the  akitude  of  a  frustrum  ?  Slant  Height  ?  D.  14, 
B.  VII. 

8.  Define  the  diagonal  of  a  polyedron.  Similar  polyedrons. 
D.  16.     B.VIL 

9.  What  is  a  regular  polyedron?  Homologous  parts  of  a  polye- 
dron ?     D.  18,    B.  VIL 

10.  Demonstrate  Prop.  IV.     B.  VII ; 

"The  convex  surface  of  a  right  pyramid  is  equal  to  the  perimeter  of  its 
base  multiplied  by  half  its  slant  height." 

11.  Two  triangular  pyramids,  having  equivalent  bases  and  equal  altitudes, 
are  equivalent,  or  equal  in  value.     P.  XV.     B.  VII. 

12.  Two  similar  pyramids  are  to  each  other  as  the  cubes  of  their  homolo- 
gous edges.  P.  XX.  B.  YII.  Give  the  general  Scholiums  to  this  Theo- 
rem. 

BOOK   VIII. 

1.  Define  a  Cylinder,  Cone,  Sphere^and  Spherical  Sector.  D- 
1.     B.  VIII. 

2.  Define  a  Great  Circle.  Small  Circle.  Zone.  Spherical 
Segment.     D.  14.     B.  VIII. 

3.  What  are  the  Three  round  bodies  treated  of  in  the  Elements 
of  Geometry?     D.  17.     B.  VIII. 

4.  The  sohdity  of  a  Cone  is  equal  to  its  base  multiplied  by  a  third  of  its 
altitude.     P.  5.     B.  YIII. 

5.  Every  section  of  a  sphere,  made  by  a  plane,  is  a  circle.  P.  YII.  B. 
VIII. 

6.  The  solidity  of  a  sphere  is  equal  to  its  surface  multiplied  by  a  third  of 
its  radius.     P.  XIY.     B.  YIII. 

7.  Demonstrate  the  above  Propositions ;  also  P,  XVIII,  and 
give  General  Scholiums.     B.  VIIL 

BOOK   IX. 

1.  Define  a  Spherical  Triangle,  Lune,  Ungula,  and  the  Pole 
of  a  Circle.     D.     B.  IX. 

2.  "Two  Symmetrical  spherical  triangles  arc  equivalent."  P.  16.  B. 
IX. 

3.  "The  sum  of  all  the  angles  in  any  spherical  triangle  is  less  than  six 
right  angles,  and  greater  than  two."     T.  ^'^Y.     B.  IX. 


NATURAL   PHILOSOPHY.  153 

4.  *'Thc  surface  of  a  spherical  triangle  is  equal  to  the  excess  of  the  sum 
of  its  three  angles  above  two  right  angles  multiphed  by  the  tri-rectauguiar 
triangle.     P.  XVIII.     B.  IX. 

Many  other  questions  and  Propositions  might  have  been  given,  but  the  above  will  be  suf- 
ficient to  indicate  what  may  be  expected  in  regard  to  this  branch. 


CHAPTER  XV. 
NATURAL  PHILOSOPHY. 

Remark. — The  increased  attention  given  to  Philosophy  in  our  schools  at 
the  present  day  renders  it  essential  that  Teaclurs  should  be  well  acquainted 
with  this  practical  science.  The  references  in  the  following  questions  on 
Natural  Philosophy  are  to  "Peck's  Ganot." 

Note. — The  Author  hesitated  in  making  the  selection  of  a  Text-Book,  to 
which  to  refer.  But  the  superior  merits  of  ''Peck's  Ganot"  induced  him  to 
take  that  excellent  work,  trusting  that  as  soon  as  it  should  become  known, 
it  would  be  in  general  use. 

Art.  stands  for  Article.  Ex.  for  Example.  Exp.  for  Experiment.  P. 
for  Page.     Fig.  for  Figure. 

INTRODUCTION. 

1.  What  is  Science?  What  is  a  Law?  Define  the  Universe. 
P.O. 

2.  Define  Mind.  Matter.  In  what  two  states  may  matter  ex- 
ist?    P.  9. 

3.  What  are  the  two  divisions  of  science  ?     P.  9. 

4.  What  is  Natural  Philosophy  ?     P.  9. 

5.  Into  what  may  Natural  Philosophy  be  divided  ?     P.  10. 

6.  How  may  organized  matter  be  divided?     P.  10. 

7.  What  are  the  corresponding  divisions  of  General  Physics  ? 
P.  10. 

8.  What  is  Physics  Proper?     Chemistry?     P.  10. 

9.  What  are  the  Pure  Sciences?     P.  10. 

10.  What  are  the  Mixed  Sciences?     P.  10. 

PRELIMINARY   PRINCIPLES    AND    MECHANICS    OF    SOLIDS. 

1.  What  are  Physical  Agents?    "Name  them.     Art.  1. 

2.  Define  a  Body.     An  Atom.     A  Molecule.     Art.  2. 

3.  What  are  Molecular  Forces  ?  What  is  Attractive  Forces  ? 
Repellent  Forces  ?    Art.  2. 


154  THE  COMPLETE  EXAMINER. 

4.  What  is  the  Map  of  a  body  ?     Density  ?     How  are  bodies 
divided  ?     Art.  3. 

5.  Define  solids  and  fluids.     How  are  fluids  divided?     Art.  4. 

6.  Define  liquids,  and  gases  or  vapors.     Art.  4. 

7.  What  are  the  general  properties  of  bodies  ?     Art.  5. 

8.  Define  Magnitude,  Form,  and  Impenetrability.     Art.  G,  7. 

9.  Define  Inertia.     Give  examples  of  the  principle  of  Inertia, 
Art.  8. 

10.  What  is  Porosity  ?     Explain  the  porosity  of  gold  by  the 
Florentine.     Fxp.  Art.  9. 

11.  Define  a  Filter.     Divisibility.     Compressibility.     Dilata- 
bihty.     Art.  10-12. 

12.  What  is  Elasticity?     Give  examples  of  the  most  and  least 
elastic  l^odies.     Art.  13. 

MECHANICAL    PRINCIPLES. 

1.  Define  Mechanics.     When  is  a  body  at  rest?     In  motion? 
Art.  14,  15. 

2.  Give  examples  of  Rectilinear  and  Curvilinear  Motion.     Art. 
16. 

3.  Give  examples  of  Uniform  Motion.     Varied  Motion.     De- 
fine Velocity.     Art.  17. 

4.  Define  Accelerated  and  Retarded  Motion.     Art.  18. 

5.  Define  and  give  examples  of  Forces,  Powers  and  Resistances. 
Art.  19. 

6.  What  three  elements  determine  a  force  ?     Art.  20. 

7.  What  is  a  Resultant  of  several  forces  ?     Illustrate.     Art. 
21. 

8.  Explain  the  parallelogram  of  forces.     Art.  22. 

9.  Explain   the  flight  of  an   Eagle.     The   sailing  of  a  boat. 
Art.  23,  24. 

10.  What  is  the  Resultant  of  parallel  forces  acting  in  tlie  same 
direction  ?     Art.  25. 

11.  Acting  in  different  directions?     Ex.  Art.  25. 

12.  When  are  forces  in  equilibrium?     Illustrate.     Art.  26. 

13.  Define  Centrifugal  force.     Centripetal  force.     Art.  27. 


NATUIl/VL   PlIILOSOrnY.  155 

14.  How  does  a  body  move  when  the  centripetal  force  is  de- 
stroyed?    Art.  27. 

15.  State  some  of  the  effects  of  the  centrifugal  force.     Art.  28. 

1 6.  What  is  a  machine  ?     A  Motor  ?     What  is  the  advantage 
of  machines?     Art.  29. 

17.  Define  a  Lever.    Tell  how  many  classes.      Example  of 
each.     Art.  30. 

18.  What  are  the  lever  arms^     What  is  the  relation  between 
the  power  and  resistance?     Art.  31. 

19.  What   is   the  relation   between   the  power  and  velocity? 
Art.  31. 

20.  Is  there  any  gain  of  power  in  using  a  lever?     Ex.  Art. 
51. 

21.  Explain  the  scissors,  and  nut-cracker.     Art.  32. 

22.  Name  any  other  simple  machines.     Art.  33. 

23.  What  machines  are  formed  by  combinations  of  simple  ma- 
chines ?     Art.  33. 

24.  What  are  the  seven  mechanical  powers?     Name  them. 
Art.  33 

PRINCIPLES    OF   ORAVITATION. 

1.  What  is  the  force  of  Gravity?     What  is  Universal  Gravi- 
tation ?     Art.  34. 

2.  Explain  the  law  of  Universal  Gravity.     Art,  34. 

3.  State  Newton's  law.     Art.  34. 

4.  State  the  effect  of  gravitation  on  the  planets.     Art.  35. 

5.  What  are  the  orbits  of  planets  P      What  is  the  force  of 
Gravity?     Art.  36. 

6.  What  is  the  shape  of  the  Earth?     Define  a  vertical  line. 
Art.  37. 

7.  Where  do  vertical  lines  meet?     Illustrate  by  example.     Art. 
37. 

8. -When  are  vertical  lines  parallel?     When  not?     Give  ex- 
ample.    Art.  37. 

9.  What  are  antipodes?     Define  a  horizontal  Line.      Level. 
Art.  37. 

10.  What  instruments  are  constructed  on  the  principle  of  ver- 
ticals and  horizontals  ?     Art.  37, 


156  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

11.  Define  weight.     Center  of  Gravity.     Art.  40. 

12.  When  is  a  body  in  equihbrium?     Give  an  example.     Art. 
41. 

13.  What  are  the  three  cases  of  equilibrium  ?     Give  example* 
Art.  42. 

14.  Define  Stable,  Unstable  and  Neutral  equilibrium.      Art. 
42. 

15.  What   bodies   are   most   stable?     Illustrate  by  example. 
Art.  43. 

16.  How  do  men  and  animals  maintain  a  stal)le  position  ?     Art. 
43. 

17.  Where  is  the  center  of  gravity  in  man  ? 

18.^  Explain  the  principle  of  rope  dancing.     Art.  43. 

19.  Define  a   balance.     Beam.     Fulcrum.     The  scale.     Art. 
44. 

20.  On  what  principle  are  bodies  weighed  ?     Art.  44. 

21.  What  are  the  requisitions  for  a  good  balance  ?     Art.  45. 

22.  State  the  methods  of  testing  a  Balance.     Art.  46. 

23.  What  is  the  first  law  of  falling  bodies?     The   second? 
Art.  48. 

24.  The  third  ?    Illustrate  each  by  an  example.     Art.  48. 

'  25.  What  is  an  Inclined  Plane  ?     Explain  its  principle.     Art. 
49. 

26.  How  would  you  prove  the  third  law  of  falling  bodies? 
Art.  50.  ^ 

27.  What  use  is  made  of  the  inclined  plane?     Art.  51. 

28.  What  is  a  screw ?     A  wedge?     Art.  51. 

29.  What  is  a  Pendulum?     Why  does  it  vibrate?     Art.  52. 

30.  Explain  the  construction  of  the  simple  and  compound  pen- 
dulum.    Art.  53. 

31.  Explain  the  laws  that  govern  the  vibration  of  the  pendu- 
lum.    Art.  54. 

32.  Mention  some  of  the  Applications  of  the  Pendulum.     Art. 
55, 

33.  Why  do  clocks  lose  time  in  summer,  and  gain  in  winter  ? 
Art.  55. 


NATURAL   PHILOSOPHY.  '      157 

34.  What  is  the  length  of  a  second  pendulum  in  New  York  ? 
Art.  55. 

35.  Describe  a  metronome.     Art.  56. 

PRINCIPLES    OF    MOLECULAR   ACTION. 

1.  Define  molecular  forces.     How  divided  ?     Art.  57. 

2.  Explain  the  effects  of  compressing  and  stretching  bodies. 
Art.  57. 

3.  Define    Cohesion.      Adhesion.      Give   examples   of  each. 
Art.  58,  59. 

4.  Give  example  and  explain  the  phenomena  of  Capillarity. 
Art.  GO. 

5.  Give  examples  and  illustrate  the  principles  of  Absorption 
and  Imbibition.     Art.  62,  63. 

6.  What   principle   is  involved   in  the  anecdote  Pope  Sixtus 
Quintus  ?     Art.  63. 

7.  What  effect  will  wetting  ropes  have  on  their  length  ?     Art. 
63. 

8.  What  is  Tenacity  ?     What  bodies  are  most  tenacious  ?     Art. 
64. 

9.  What  is  the  form  of  greatest  strength  ?     Art.  64. 

10.  Define  Hardness  and  Ductility.     Malleability.     Art.  Go, 
•66,  67. 

MECHANICS    OF    LIQUIDS. 

1.  Define  Hydrostatics.     Hydronamics.     Art.  68,  69. 

2.  Say  what  you  can  concerning  the  properties  of  Liquids. 
Art.  69.   , 

3.  What  is  the  principle  of  Pascal  ?    Art.  70 

4.  State  and  explain  the  law  in  regard  to  the  pressure  of  liquids. 
Art.  71. 

5.  How  is  the  lateral  pressure  demonstrated  ?    Art.  72. 

6.  Explain  the  upward  pressure  of  liquids.     Art.  72. 

7.  Explain  the  Hydrostatic  Paradox.     Art.  74. 

8.  What  is  the  principle  of  the  Hydraulic  Press  ?     Art.  76. 

9.  Illustrate  the  power  of  the  Hydraulic  Press  by  an  example. 
Art.  76. 


158  '  THE  COMrLETE  EXAMINER. 

10.  Explain  the  difference  between  equilibrium  of  solids  and 
liquid:^.     Art.  77. 

11.  What  are  the  conditions  of  equilibrium  in  the  case  of  li- 
quids of  different  densities.     Art.  80. 

12.  Describe  a  Water  Level  and  its  use.     Art.  82. 

13.  Describe  the  principle  of  the  spirit  level.     Art.  83. 

14.  Define  a  spring.     Fountain.     Artesian  Wells.     Art.  85. 

15.  Enunciate  the  principle  of  Archimides.     Art.  86. 

16.  What  is  a  Hydrostatic  balance?     Art.  87. 

17.  Explain  the  principles  of  Floating  Bodies.     Art.  89. 

18.  Give  examples  and  illustrate  the  principles  of  Flotation. 
Art.  90. 

19.  Explain  the  action  of  the  swimming  bladder  of  Fishes. 
Art.  91. 

20.  What  is  the  safest  position  in  the  water  ?     Art.  92. 

21.  Define  Specific  Gravity.     Art.  93. 

22.  How  do  you  find  the  specific  gravity  of  bodies  ?     Art.  93. 

23.  What  is  Nicholson's  Hydrometer  ?     Art.  94. 

24.  How  do  you  find  the  specific  gravity  of  a  liquid  by  the  bal- 
ance?    Art.  95. 

25.  Which  is  the  heaviest  solid  ?     Liquid  ?     Art.  95. 

26.  Describe  Beaume's  Areometer.     Art.  96. 

27.  Describe  the  principle  and  object  of  the  Alcoholometer. 
Art.  97. 

28.  Define  the  Lactometer  and  its  use.     Art.  98. 

GENERAL    PROPERTIES    OF    GASES    AND    VAPORS. 

1.  What  is  the  difference  between  gases  and  vapors?     Art.  99. 

2.  How  many  known  gases  are  there  ?     Which  have  not  been 
liquified?     Art.  99. 

3.  Describe  the  composition  and  uses  of  the  Atmosphere.     Art. 
100. 

4.  How  is  the  expansive  force  of  air  shown?     Art.  101. 

5.  How  can  you  show  that  air  has  weight?     Art.  102. 

6.  What  can  you  say  of  Atmospheric  pressure  ?     Art.  104. 

7.  How  does  pressure  vary  as  we  ascend  ?     Art.  104. 


NATURAL    PHILOSOPHY.  159 

f 

8.  Explain  the  principle  of  the  Madgeburg  Hemispheres,  not 
the  apparatus.     Art.  106. 

9.  What  is  the  pressure  on  the  square  inch  ?     Art.  107. 

10.  Pascal's  Experiment  in  detail,  and  his  mode  of  reasoning. 
Art.  108. 

11.  Define  a  Barometer,  and  explain  its  principle.     Art.  109. 

12.  Describe  the  Cistern  Barometer  in  all  its  parts.     The  Ther-^ 
mometer.    Art.  110. 

13.  Describe  the  siphon  Barometer,    ^rt.  111. 

14.  What  are  the  requisites  of  a  good  Barometer?     Art.  112. 

15.  Where  are  the  fluctuations   of  the   barometer  greatest? 
Least?    Art.  113. 

1 6.  How  is  the  height  of  a  Barometer  for  a  day  or  year  de- 
termined?   Art.  113. 

17.  What  are  the  causes  of  Barometrical  fluctuation?    Art. 
114. 

18.  When  does  the  barometer  rise?     Fall?    Art.  114. 

19.  Explain   the  use  of  the   Barometer  as  a  weather  glass. 
Art.  114. 

20.  Describe  the  difference  between  the   Index  and   Siphon 
barometer.     Art.  115. 

21.  On  what  principle  can  you  measure  the  heights  of  moun- 
tains by  a  barometer?     Art.  116. 

22.  What  is  height  of  the  atmosphere?     Art.  117. 

23.  How  are  pressures  transmitted  through  gases?    Art.  118. 
24.^  What  is  the  amount  of  pressure  on  the  human  body  ?     Art. 

119. 

25.  How  is  that  pressure  sustained?     Art.  119. 

26.  Describe  Mariotte's   Law.     Its  consequence.     His  Tube. 
Art.  120,  121. 

27.  How  is  the  tube  used  to  verify  Ms  law?     Art.  121. 

28.  Explain  the  Manometer  and  the  different  kinds.     Art.  122. 

29.  Describe  the  Open  Manometer.    Closed  Manometer.    Art. 
123,  124. 

30.  What  is  the  object  of  the  Manometers?    Art.  124. 


160  THE   COMPLETE   EXAMINER. 

AIR   PUMP.  . 

1.  What  is  an  Air  Pump  ?     When  and  by  whom  invented  ? 
Art.  125. 

2.  Give  a  complete  description  of  the  air  pump.     Art.  125. 

3.  Explain  clearly  the  action  of  the  air  pump.     Art.  125. 

4.  How  may  the  degree  of  rarefaction  be  measured  ?    Art.  126. 

5.  Mention  some  experiments  with  the  air  pump.     Art.  127. 

6.  How  and  why  are  articles  of  food  preserved  in  vacuo  ? 
Art.  128. 

7.  What  applications  are  made  of  this  principle?     Art.  128. 

8.  Explain  the  difference  between  the  air  pump  and  Condenser. 
Art.  129. 

9.  How  is  the  degree  of  condensation  measured?     Art.  129. 

10.  State  the  effect  of  condensed  air  on  combustion.      Life. 
Divers.     Art.  129. 

11.  Describe  an  Artificial  Fountain.     Art.  130. 

12.  Describe  Hero's  Fountain.     How  prepared  for  use?    Art. 
131. 

13.  Describe  an  Intermittent  fountain.     Art.  132. 

14.  Explain  the  principle  of  the  Atmospheric  Inkstand.     Art. 
133. 

IP  WATER   PUMPS. 

1.  What  is  the  difference  between  an  air-pump  and  a  water 
pump?     Art.  125-134. 

2.  Describe  in  all  its  parts  the  Suction  and  Lifting  pump.     Art. 
135. 

3.  Explain  the  action  of  this  pump.     Art.  135. 

4.  What  and  how  many  forms  may  be  given  to  the  force  pump? 
Art.  136. 

5.  What  is  the  difference  between  a  Fire  Engine  and  a  pump? 
Art.  137. 

6.  How  is  the  fire  engine  supplied  with  water?     Art.  137. 

7.  How  high  may  water  be  raised  by  the  forcing  pump  ?     Art. 
138. 

8.  Describe  a  Siphon,  and  tell  when  it  may  be  used  with  ad- 
vanta";e.     Art.  139. 


NATURAL    PHILOSOrHT.  161 

.     9.  Explain  the  principle  and  action  of  the  Sif)hon.     Art.  139. 
10.  Describe  the  Siphon  of  constant  flow.     Art.  139. 

•  BUOYANCY  OF  THE  ATMOSPHERE. 

1.  Describe  the  principle  of  the  Baroscope  and  its  use.     Art. 
140. 

2.  Give  the  law  of  buoyancy,  and  tell  when  a  body  will  rise  in 
the  air.     Art.  140. 

3.  Describe  a  Balloon  and  its  use.     Art.  141. 

4.  "What  can  you  say  of  the  history  of  ballooning?     Art.  141. 

5.  With  what  are  balloons  filled  ?     Tell  how  they  are  filled. 
Art.  142. 

6.  How  is  the  ascensional  power  regulated?     Art.  142. 

7.  What  is  the  use  of  the  barometer?     Art,  142. 

8.  Describe  a  Parachute  and  its  use.     Art.  143. 

9.  Mention  some  remarkable  balloon  ascensions.     Art.  144. 

10.  Describe  the  uses  of  balloons.     The  great  American  voy- 
age.    Art.  144. 

A       USTICS. 

1.  Define  Acoustics.     Sound.    What  is  its  cause?    Art.  145, 
.146. 

2.  How  is  sound  transmitted?    What  is  a  sonorous  body? 
Art.  146. 

3.  What  is  a  medium  ?     Explain  the  vibrating  cord.     Art.  146. 

4.  How  is  sound  imparted  to  the  auditory  nerve?     Art.  148. 

5.  Explain  how  two  sound  waves  produce  silence.     Art.  148. 

6.  What  can  you  say  of  sound  in  vacuuo?     Why?     Art.  149. 

7.  What  can  you  say  of  the  propagation  of  sound  in  liquids 
and  solids  ?     Art.  150. 

8.  How  is  it  shown  that  the  earth  transmits  sound?    Art.  151. 

9.  What  is  the  velocity  of  sound?     Art.- 151. 

10.  Do  all  sounds  travel  with  equal  velocity?     Art.  152. 

11.  Explain  the  reflection  of  sound.     What  is  an  echo?    Art. 
154. 

12.  Explain  the  causes  of  echoes.    What  is  a  Resonance? 
Art.  155. 


1G2  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

13.  State  the  Causes  that  modify  the  intensity  of  sound.     Art. 
157. 

14.  How  does  wind  modify  sound?     Art.  157. 

15.  What  effect  has  a  tube  on  sound?     Art,  158. 

16.  Describe  a  Speaking  Trumpet.     Art.  159. 

17.  What  is  the  difference  between  an  Ear  and  speaking  trum- 
pet?   Art.  160. 

MUSICAL    SOUNDS. 

1.  Define  a  Musical  Sound.     A  noise.     Art.  161. 

2.  What  does  Pitch  depend  upon?     Art.  162. 

8.  What  can  you  say  of  the  limits  of  Audible  Sounds?     Art. 
163. 

4.  What  is  a  musical  scale  ?     Gamut  ?     Why  so  called  ?     Art. 
164. 

5.  Define  an  Interval.     A  third.     Fourth.     An  octave.     An 
Accord.     Art.  165. 

6.  Define  a  Consonance.     Dissonance.     Perfect  accord.     Art. 
165. 

7.  Describe  a  tuning  fork.     Its  use.     Art.  166. 

8.  Of  what  are  musical  cords  made  ?     Art.  1 67. 

9.  State  the  First  and  Second  laws  governing  vibrations.     Art. 
168. 

10.  Give  the  third  and  fourth  laws  governing  vibrations.     Art. 
168. 

11.  How  can  you  verify  the  preceding  laws?     Art.  169. 

12.  Describe  a  Sonometer  and  its  use.     Art.  169. 

13.  Upon  what  principles  are  stringed  instruments  made? 

14.  What  can  you  say  of  sound  from  pipes?     Art.  170. 

15.  Of  pipes  with  fixed  mouth-pieces?     Art.  172. 

1 6.  Describe  a  Keed  and  some  of  the  Reed  instruments.     Art. 
173. 

17.  Describe  the  Bellows  used  with  wind  instruments.     Art. 
174. 

18.  Explain  the  different  wind  instruments.     Art.  175, 


NATURAL   PHILOSOPHY.  .     163 

HEAT. 

1.  Define  Heat.     Cold.     Explain  the  theories  of  heat.     Art. 
177. 

2.  Describe  the  general  effect  of  heat  on  solids.     Art.  178. 

3.  How  is  the  expansion  in  volume  shown?     Art.  179. 

4.  What  can  you  say  of  the  expansion  of  bodies  by  heat  ? 
Art.  179. 

5.  Is  there  any  valuable  use  made  of  expansion  and  contrac- 
tion?    Art.  179. 

6.  Define  sensible  heat.     Latent  heat.      Temperature.     Art. 
180. 

7.  On  what  principle  is  a  thermometer  constructed?    Art.  181. 

8.  Describe  the  best  thermometer  in  use.     Art.  181. 

9.  Describe  the  process  of  making  a  thermometer.     Art.  182. 

10.  Describe  the  mode  of  graduation.     Art.  183. 

11.  Describe  the  three  principal  scales  in  use.     Art.  184. 

12.  Explain  the  method  of  converting  readings  from  one  scale 
to  another.     Art.  185. 

13.  How  does  the  alcohol  differ  from  the  mercurial  thermome- 
ter?    Art.  186. 

14.  Give  some  Rules  for  using  thermometers.     Art.  188. 

15.  Describe   the   two   forms  of  Differential   Thermometers. 
Art.  189. 

16.  Describe  a  Pyrometer  and  its  principle.     Art.  192. 

RADIATION    OF   HEAT. 

1..  How  does  it  appear  that  heat  may  be  transmitted  through 
space?     Art.  193. 

2.  State  and  explain  the  Laws  of  Radiant  heat.     Art.  194. 

3.  Explain  the  mutual  exchange  of  heat  between  bodies.     Art. 
195. 

REFLECTION    OF   HEAT. 

1.  Define  reflection  of  heat.     Point  of  Incidence.     Incident 
ray.     Art.  196. 

2.  Define  a  reflected  ray.     What  are  the  angles  of  incidence 
and  reflection  f 


164  THE  COMPLETE  EXAMINER. 

i  .  '  " 

3.  Give  the  laws  which  govern  the  reflection  of  heat.     Art. 
197. 

4.  Explain  the  principles  of  the  concave  mirror.     Art;  198. 

5.  "What  can  you  say  of  the  reflecting  power  of  different  sub- 
stances?    Art.  199. 

6.  Explain  Leslie's  method  of  determining  the  absorbing  power 
of  bodies.     Art.  200. 

7.  Explain  the  Emission  Power  of  a  body.     Art.  201. 

8.  State  the  causes  which  modify  the  reflecting  power  of  bodies. 
Art.  202. 

9.  Illustrate  the  preceding  principles  by  examples.     Art.  203. 

10.  What  can  you  say  of  the  Conductibili ty  of  solid  bodies? 
Art.  204. 

11.  State  the  principle  in  heating  liquids.     Art.  205. 

12.  Are  liquids  and  gases  good  or  bad  conductors?     Art.  206. 

13.  How  are  liquids  and  gases  heated  ?     Art.  205. 

14.  Give  some  applications  of  the  preceding  principles.     Art. 
207. 

15.  State  the  laws  of  expansion  of  solids,  liquids  and  gases. 
Art.  208. 

16.  Give  some  examples  illustrating  the  above  laws.     Art.  209. 

17.  Which  is  the  most  easily  broken,  a  thick  glass  or  a  thin 
one  ?     Why  ?     Art.  209. 

18.  What  effect  has  heat  on  a  pendulum?     Art.  210. 

19.  Explain  the  theory  and  construction  of  Harrison's  Gridiron 
Pendulum.     Art.  210. 

20.  Why  are  liquids  more  expansible  than  solids  9     Art.  211. 

21.  At  what  Temperature  has  water   the  greatest  density? 
Art.  212. 

22.  What  blessing  flows  from  this  exception  to  the  general  lav/  ? 
Art.  212. 

23.  State  the  law  of  expansion  of  gases.     Art.  213. 

24.  Give  some  general  examples  in  the  applications.     Art.  214. 

25.  On  ^hat  does  the  density  of  jf  gas  depend?     Art,  215. 

26.  Define  Fusion,  and  tell  when  it  takes  place.     Art.  216. 

27.  Define  latent  heat.     Sensible  heat*      Congelation.     Art. 
217,  218. 


NATURAL    rillLOSOrilY.  1G5 

28.  What  is  Crystalization  ?     Give  examples.     Art.  219. 

29.  What  is  a  freezing  mixture?     Give  an  example.     Art.  220. 

30.  What  is  vaporization  ?      Condensation  ?     Give   example. 
Art.  221. 

31.  Which  is  the  most  important  vapor?     Art.  221. 

32.  Describe  volatile  and  fixed  liquids.     Art.  221. 

33.  What  can  you  say  of  evaporation  under  pressure  ?     Art. 
222. 

34.  Why  does  a  chestnut  snap  when  roasted  ?     Art.  222. 

35.  Why  do  vapors  escape  from  the  surface  of  liquids  ?     Art. 
223. 

3G.  When  does  vapor  cease  to  form?     Example.     Art.  224. 

37.  When  is  space  saturated  with  vapor  ?     Example.     Art. 
225. 

38.  State  the  causes  that  accelerate  evaporation.     Art.  22 G. 

39.  Define  EbuUitioji.     Give  examples.     Art.  227. 

40.  Give  the  causes  that  modify  the  boiling  point  of  liquids. 
Art.  228. 

41.  What  effect  has  the  nature  of  the  vessel  on  ebullition? 
Example.     Art.  227. 

42.  Explain  the  principle  of  Papin's  Digester.     Art.  229o 

43.  What  causes  explosions  of  steam-boilers  ?     Art.  229. 

44.  Explain  Dalton's  apparatus  for  measuring  the  tension  of 
vapors.     Art.  230. 

45.  What  is  latent  heat  of  vaporization?     Art.  231. 

4G.  Give  examples  of  cold  produced  by  heat  becoming  latent. 
Art.  232. 

47.  Why  does  evaporation  produce  cold  in  surrounding  bodies  ? 
Art.  233. 

48.  Explain  the  experiment  with  sulphurous  acid.     Art.  233. 

49.  Can  mercury  be  frozen  ?     How  ?     Art.  233. 

50.  State  what  you  can  in  regard  to  condensation  of  vapor. 
Art.  234. 

51.  What  degree  of  heat  is'required  for  distillation  ?     Art.  237. 

52.  Define  an  Alembic,  and  tell  how  distillation  is  effected  ? 
Art.  238. 

53.  How  are  gases  liquefied  ?    Art.  239. 


166                                   THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER.  ^ 

54.  Explain  the  apparatus  and  process  of  liquefying  carbonic  ■ 
acid.     Art.  239.  j 

55.  How  do  you  compare  bodies  with  respect  to  specific  heat  ?  ; 
Art.  240.  \ 

56.  Define  a  Hygrometer.     Illustrate.     Art.  241.  \ 

57.  Under  what  circumstances  does  the  quantity  of  moisture  in 
the  air  vary  ?     Art.  242.  \ 

58.  Explain  the  Hygroscope  and  its  use.     Art.  243. 

59.  Explain  the  principle  of  the  hair  Hygrometer.     Art.  244.  ! 

60.  What  is  meant  by  the  hygrometric  state  of  the  atmosphere?  j 
Art.  245.  I 

61.  Explain  how  dew,  fogs,  clouds  and  rain  are  formed.     Art.  : 
246.  \ 

62.  De^ne  frost,  snow,  kail  send  winds.     Art.  249,  250.  '■ 

63.  What  are  the  cause*  of  winds?     Regular?     Periodic?  ] 
Variable?     Art.  252.  \ 

64.  Define  an  anemometer,  and  give  the  velocity  of  winds.  ; 
Art.  254.  I 

65.  What  are  the  sources  of  heat  ?     Art.  255.  j 
•     66.  What  are  the  causes  of  cold?     Illustrate.     Art.  256.  1 

OPTICS.  \ 

1.  Define  optics.     Sight.     Explain  the  two  theories  of  light,  j 
Art.  257-259.  \ 

2.  What  are  the  principal  sources  of  light?     Art.  260«.  .  j 

3.  "Define  Opaque  and  Transparent  bodies.     Art.  261.  \ 

4.  Explain  the  phenomenon  of  Absorption.     Cause.     Art.  262.  ; 

5.  What  is  a  ray  of  light  ?     Pencil  and  Beam  of  light  ?     Art.  \ 
263.  i 

6.  What  is  the  velocity  of  light?     By  whom  determined? 
Art.  264. 

7.  How  does  the  intensity  of  light  vary  with   the  distance? 
Art.  265. 

8.  Describe  the  Photometer  and  its  use.     Art.  265. 

9.  What  can  you  say  of  the  Reflection  of  Light  ?     Give  ex- 
amples.    Art.  266. 

10.  Give  and  explain  the  laws  of  reflection.     Art.  268. 


KATUKAL    rillLOSOrilY.  1G7 

1 1 .  "What  are  mirrors  ?     How  are  images  formed  by  plane  re- 
flectors ?     Art.  272. 

12.  Explain  the  Nature  of  the  images  formed.     Art.  273. 

13.  What  is  a  curved  mirror?     Concave?     Convex  mirror? 
Art.  277. 

14.  Describe  the  principal  focus  of  a  concave  mirror.     Art. 
278. 

15.  What  are  conjugate  Foci?     Radiant?     Art.  279. 

16.  What  can  you  say  of  the  formation  of  images  by  concave 
reflectors  ?     Art.  280. 

17.  Of  the  formation  of  images  by  convex  reflectors  ?     Art. 
283. 

REFRACTION. 

1.  Explain  refraction  and  its  cause.     Art.  284. 

2.  Give  and  explain  the  laws  of  refraction.     Ai't.  286. 

3.  Explain  the  method  of  proving  refraction  experimentally. 

4.  Explain  some  of  the  phenomena  of  refraction.     Art.  289. 

5.  Why  does  a  fish  seem  higher  in  v,  ater  than  he  is?     Art.  289. 

6.  Explain  the  phenomenon  of  total  reflection.     Art.  290. 

7.  On  what  principle  do  you  explain  the  mirage?     Art.  291. 

8.  Define  and  explain  a  prism.     What  effect  has  it  on  light  ? 
Art.  293. 

9.  Explain  the  course  of  a  ray  through  a  prism.     Art.  294. 

10.  Which  way  is  the  ray  bent?     What  is  a  Lens?     Art.  295. 

11.  How  many  kinds,  and  of  what  are  lenses  made  ?     Art.  29 G. 

12.  Name  and  describe  the  six  kinds  of  lenses.     Art.  297. 

13.  Where  are  the  centres  of  curvature  of  a  double  convex 
lens?     Art.  297. 

14.  Describe  the  principal  Focus  and  focal  distance.     Art.  299. 

15.  Explain  the  action  of  a  convex  lens- on  sight.     Art.  298. 

16.  Explain  the  conjugate  foci  and  the  laws.     Art.  300. 

17.  Explain  the  formation  of  an  image  by  a  lens.     Art.  301. 

18.  How  does  the  size  of  the  image  compare  with  that  of  the 
object  in  different  cases?     Art.  301. 

19.  What  kind  of  images  are  formed  by  convex  lenses?     Art. 
302. 

20.  Explain  the  principle  of  Burning  glasses.     Art.  303. 


1G8  THE  COMPLETE  EXAMINER^  '  * 

21.  Describe  a  Light-House.     Art.  304. 

22.  Explain  the  reflectors  used  by  Fresnel.     Art.  304. 

23.  Define  a  Solar  spectrum.     Dispension.     Art.  305. 

24.  Explain  how  a  Prism  acts  to  scatter  rays.     Art.  305. 

25.  Give  the  colors  of  the  spectrum  in  their  order.     Art.  305. 

26.  What  are  heat  and  actinic  rays?     Art.  305. 

27.  What  are  simple  colors?     Why  so  called?     Art.  306. 

28.  Explain  how  the  rays  of  light  may  be  reunited.     Art.  308. 

29.  From  what  does  the  color  of  a  body  arise  ?     Art.  309. 

30.  What  is  Newton's  Theory  of  the  colors  of  bodies  ?     Art. 
309. 

31.  What  are  complementary  colors?     What  is  the  comple- 
ment?    Art.  311. 

32.  What  is  an  accidental  image  ?     Explain  the  images  of  the 
Sun.     Art.  312. 

33.  Explain  the  effect  of  looking  at  different  colored  cloths. 
Art.  312. 

34.  Explain  the  Eainbow.     Primary  and  Secondary.     How 
formed?     Art.  313. 

35.  What  is    Chromatic   aberration?      Achromatic   combina- 
tions?    Art.  315. 

OPTICAL    INSTRUMENTS. 

1.  What  are  some  of  the  most  useful  optical  instruments? 
Art.  316. 

2.  What  is  a  Telescope?     How  many  classes  are  there ?    Art. 
317. 

3.  What  is  the  difference  between  the  two  classes?     Art.  317. 

4.  Describe  the  Galilean  Telescope.     Explain  the  course  of 
the  rays  in  it.     Art.  318. 

5.  Describe  the  Astronomical  Telescope,  and  the  course  of  the 
rays  in  it.     Art.  319. 

6.  What  is  the  difference  between  the  Terrestrial  and  Astro- 
nomical Telescopes?    Art.  320. 

7.  Describe  the  Reflecting  Telescope  and  the  Newtonian  Tele- 
scope.    Art.  322. 

8.  Describe  Herschel's  and  Lord  Boss's  Telescope.    A^^t.  323, 
324. 


NATURAL   PHILOSOPHY.  169 

MICROSCOPES. 

1.  What  is  a  microscope?     How  constructed?    Art.  325. 

2.  How  is  the  magnifying  power  determined  ?     Art.  326. 

3.  Explain  the  principle  and  construction  of  a  compound  mi- 
croscope.   Art.  327. 

4.  Describe  the  Magic  Lantern,  and  method  of  using  it.     Art. 
328. 

5.  How  does  the  Phantasmagoria  differ  from  the  magic  Lan- 
tern ?    Art.  329. 

6.  What  is  the  polyrama  ?    What  is  the  Photo-Electric  Micro- 
scope?   Art.  331. 

7.  How  is  the  circulation  of  the  blood  shown?    Art.  331. 

8.  Describe  the  Solar  Microscope.     The  Diorama.    Art.  332. 

9.  Describe  Camera  Obscura.     For  what  is  it  used?    Art. 
333. 

10.  How  are  the  images  made  erect?    Art.  334 

11.  What  is  the  most  important  application  of  the  camera? 
Art.  336. 

12.  Give  a  sketch  of  the  history  and  use  of  the  Daguerreotype. 
Art.  336. 

13.  Explain  the  difference  between  Photography  and  Daguer- 
reo typing.     Art.  338. 

STRUCTURE    OF   THE   EYE. 

1.  Of  what  is  the  Eye  composed ?    Use  and  optical  properties? 
Art.  339. 

2.  Describe  the  eye  in  all  its  parts.     The  mechanism  of  vision. 
Art.  340. 

3.  What  is  the  average  limit  of  distinct  vision  ?     Art.  341. 

4.  Why  is  a  person  short-sighted?     Long-sighted?     Art.  341. 

5.  How  are  the*  defects  remedied  ?     Art.  342. 

6.  Explain  how  we  are  enabled  to  see  clearly  with  two  eyes. 
Art.  342. 

7.  Explain  the  theory  and  construction  of  the  stereoscope. 
Art.  343. 

MAGNETISM. 

1..  Defii}g  magnetism  as  a  science.     A  magnet.     Art.  345. 

8 


170  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

2.  How  many  kinds  of  magnets  are  thdre?     Describe  each. 
Art.  345. 

3.  What  remarkable  property  does  the  magnet  possess  ?    Art. 
345. 

4.  Where  is  the  strongest  attraction  ?     How  shown?    Art.  346. 

5.  What  are  poles  ?     Equator  ?     Give  the  Theory  of  magnets. 
Art.  347. 

6.  What  other  theory  is  there  ?    Describe  the  magnetic  action 
of  the  earth.     Art.  347. 

7.  State  the  laws  of  attraction  and  repulsion.     Art.  348. 

8.  What  are  magnetic  bodies  ?     Magnetized  bodies?     Art.  349. 

9.  Illustrate  by  examples.     Explain  the  magnetic  swan.    Art. 
349. 

10.  What  is  coercive  force?    How  is  it  in  different  bodies? 
Art.  350. 

DIRECTIVE   FORCE   OP  MAGNETS.     * 

1.  What  direction  does  a  free  magnet  take?    Art.  351. 

2.  How  is  a  needle  balanced  ?     Is  there  any  other  way  ?    Art. 
351. 

3.  Why  has  the  earth  been  regarded  as  a  magnet?     Art.  351. 

4.  Describe  the  magnetic  meridian.     Declination  of  the  needle. 
Art.  352. 

5.  What  is  the  annual  variation  ?     Perturbations  ?    Elustrate. 
Art.  352. 

6.  What  is  a  Compass?     Describe  it.     What  is  its  use?    Art. 
353. 

7.  How  is  the  compass  needle  prevented  from  dipping  ?    Art. 
354. 

•    8.  What  substances  can  be  permanently  magnetized?     Art. 
355. 

9.  How  are  bars  of  steel  magnetized?     Explain  the  method 
of  single  touch.     Art.  356. 

10.  Describe  a  bundle  of  magnets.     An  Armature.     Art.  357. 

11.  What  are  the  advantages  of  the  horse-shoe  magnet?    Art. 
357. 


NATURAL    PIIILOSOrUY.  171 

ELECTRICITY. 

1.  Define  Electricity  as  a  science.     Whence  the  name  ?     Art. 
358. 

2.  What  can  you  say  of  the  history  of  electrical  discoveries  ? 
Art.  359. 

3.  What  are  the  principal  sources  of  electricity?    Art.  36G. 

4.  Describe  the   Electroscope.       The   Electrical   Pendulum. 
Art.  361. 

5.  How  is  it  shown  that  there  are  two  kinds  of  electricity? 
Art  3G2. 

^  6.  Explain  fully  the  Hypothesis  of  the  t\\o  Electrical  fluids. 
Art.  363. 

7.  State  the  laivs  of  electrical  atti-action  and  repulsion.     Art. 
364. 

8.  Describe    Conductors   and    Insulators.       Best   conductors. 
Art.  365. 

9.  Give  the  method  of  electrifying  bodies.     Art.  366. 

10.  Where  is  the  electricity  of  a  body  found?     Art.  367. 

11.  What  effect  has  the  form  of  a  body?     Power  of  points? 
Art.  368. 

12.  Describe  Induction.     How  is  an  insulated  body  affected  by 
Induction?    Art.  369. 

13.  Describe  an  Electrical  Machine.     When  and  by  whom  in" 
vented?    Art.  370. 

14.  Explain  the  operation  of  the  machine.     Precautions  in 
using  it.     Art.  373. 

15.  Describe  the  Electrophorous  and  its  use.     The  Gold-leaf 
Electrometer  and  its  use.     Art.  375. 

16.  What  is  an  electrical  spark?     How  obtained?    Art.  377. 

17.  How  is  a  spark  given?     Describe  an  Electrical  Stool. 
Art.  878. 

18.  Describe  an  Electrical  chime.     Electrical  Puppet.    Wheel. 
Art.  381. 

19.  Explain  the  Electrical  Egg.     Square.     Cannon.     Their 
use.    Art.  384. 

20.  Describe  the  Electrical  Condenser  and  its  use.    Art.  387. 


172  THE    COlirLETE    EXAMINER. 

21.  Describe  the  ways  in  which  a  condenser  may  be  discharged. 
Art.  388.  ; 

22.  Describe  the  Discharger  and  its  use.     The  Leyden  Jar.  i 
Art.  390.                                                   -  I 

23.  Describe  the  Electrical  Battery.     How  charged  and  dis-  I 
charged.     Art.  391.  \ 

24-  Describe  the  condensing  Electrometer  and  its  use.     Art.  | 

393.  ! 

25.  What  are  the  physiological  effects  of  Electricity?    Art. 

394.  \ 

26.  What  are  some  of  the  mechanical  effects  of  Electricity?  • 
Art.  395.                                                                                            ^  j 

27.  Explain  the  heating  power  of  Electricity.     Art.  396.  ; 

28.  Who  first  showed  the  identity  of  lightning  and  electricity  ?  i 
Art.  397.  ! 

29.  What  is  Atmospheric  electricity?     Lightning?     Thunder?  ; 
Art.  399. 

30.  Describe  the  effects  of  the  thunderbolt,  and  means  of  safe-  \ 
ty.     Art.  402.  I 

31.  Describe  Electrical  meteors.     Hail.     Tornado.     Art.  407.  i 

32.  Describe  a  Lightning-rod  and  the  conditions  that  it  should  ] 
fulfill.     Art.  404.                                                                       '  \ 

33.  Describe  the  Aurora  Borealis.     What  is  its  origin  ?     Art.  ! 
408.                                                                  .  ! 

] 

DYNAMICAL    ELECTRICITY.  " 

1.  What  is  Galvanism?     Why  so  called?     Wliat  is  Volta's  I 
theory  ?     Art.  410.  ' 

2.  Describe  the  Voltaic  Pile.     What  are  the  poles?     Elec-  \ 
trodes?     Art.  412.  ; 

3.  What  is  the  electric  current?     Chemical  Theory  of  the 
Pile?     Art.  414.  \ 

4.  Describe  the  carbon  Pile,  and  the  effects  of  the  Galvanic  i 
Battery.     Art.  416.  \ 

5.  How  may  a  spark  be  obtained  from  a  Battery?     Art.  417.  i 

6.  Describe  the  heating  and  Illuminating  effects  of  the  Battery.  ! 
Art.  419.  j 


CHEMISTRY.  173 

7.  How  is  water  decomposed  by  the  Battery?     Oxydes  and 
Salts  ?     Art.  422. 

8.  Explain  the  process  of  Electrotyping.     Gilding  and  Plating. 
Art.  425. 

ELECTRO-MAGNETISM. 

1.  What  is  the  relation   between  magnetism  and  electricity? 
Art.  426. 

2.  Explain  the  action  of  the  electrical  current  on  the  needle. 
Art.  427. 

3.  Give  the  principles  established  by  Ampere  and  his  Theory. 
Art.  430, 

4.  Describe  the  Galvanometer.     Galvanic  Multiplier,  and  its 
us*e.     Art.  432. 

5.  How  is  an  Iron  bar  converted  into  a  magnei  by  magnetism? 
Art.  433. 

6.  Describe  the  Electro-magnet.      The  Electrical  Telegraph. 
Art.  435. 

7.  Explain  Morse's  Kegistering  Telegraph,  and  the  mode  of 
working  it.     Art.  436. 

8.  Explain  Mors-e's  Manipulator,  and  Receiver  and  Alphabet, 
and  their  uses.     Art.  437. 

9.  What  can  you  say  of  Induction  by  currents,  and  the  prop- 
erties of  induced  currents.     Art.  441. 

10.  Describe  the   Physiological  effects  of  electrical  currents. 
Describe  Electrical  Fishes.     Art.  443. 


CHAPTER  XYI. 

CHEMISTRY.* 

Remark. — The  Progressive  spirit  of  the  age  has  introduced  Chemistry 
into  our  Common  Schools.  JTence  candidates  preparing  themselves  for  ex- 
aminations should  not  stop  short  of  a  thorough  and  accurate  knowledge  of 
this  noble  Science. 

The  references  in  the  following  questions  on  Chemistry  are  to  "Wells' 
Principles  of  Chemistry."  Art.  stands  for  article.  Ex.  for  example.  Exp. 
for  experiment.     P.  for  page. 

*The  principal  questions  contained  in  the  first  four  Chapters  in  Chemistry  have  been  an- 
ticipated in  the  Chapter  on  Natural  Philosophy. 


174  THE  COMPLETE  EXAMINER. 

1.  Wliat  is  Inorganic  Chemistry?     What  is  a  Chemical  Ele- 
ment?    Art.  250. 

2.  Is  any  substance  positively  known  to  be  elementary  ?     Art. 
250. 

3.  What  is  the  number  of  Chemical  Elements?     Art.  251. 

4.  Into  what  two  great  classes  are  the  elements  usually  divided? 
Art.  252. 

5.  How  many  of  the  elements  are  gaseous?     How  many  liquid? 
Art.  252. 

6.  How  are  the  elements  distributed  in  nature  ?     Art.  252. 

7.  In  what  condltioii  are  they  found?     Art.  252. 
S.  How  are  Compound  bodies  formed?     Art.  252. 

9.  What  is  the  difference  between  ancient  and  modern  methods 
of  explaining  Chemical  combination  ?     Art.  254. 

10.  Define   Affinity,  and   illustrate   the   characteristics  of  it. 
Art.  255. 

11.  Illustrate  the  third  and  fourth  laws  of  Chemical  Affinity. 
Art.  255. 

12.  Is  the  force  of  Affinity  always  the  same?     IIovv^  shown? 
Art.  255. 

13.  Is  matter  under  any  circumstances  ever  destroyed?     Art. 
255. 

14.  Under  wdiat  circumstances  wall  combination  occur?     Art. 
255. 

15.  Define  Catalysis.     Illustrate  by  an  example.     Art.  255. 

16.  What  is  understood  by  the  Nascent  state?     Art.  255. 

17.  Do  substances  enter  into  combinations  in  all  proportions? 
Art.  256. 

18.  State  the  iaws  which  govern  Chemical  combinations.     Art. 
256. 

19.  State  the  law  of  definite  proportions.      Illustrate.     Art. 
257. 

20.  Explain  the  law  of  multiple  proportions.     Art.  258. 

21.  Demonstrate  the  law  of  equivalent  proportions.     Art.  259. 

22.  Explain  the  law  of  substitution.     Chemical  Equivalents. 
Art.  261. 

23.  Illustrate  these  laws  by  examples.     Art.  260. 


CHEMISTRY.  175 

24.  May  the  numbers  expressing  equivalents  be  varied  and 
changed?     Art.  261. 

25.  What  is  the  unit  of  comparison  in  England  and  the  United 
States?    Art.  261. 

26.  Explain  the  law  of  combination  by  fixed  equivalents.     Art. 
261. 

27.  Explain  equivalent  volumes.     Art.  262. 

2^,  On  what  Theory  is   Chemical  combination   explained? 
Art.  263. 

29.  How  is  the  doctrine  of  equivalent  proportions  explained  by 
the  Atomic  Theory?    Art,  263. 

30.  Is  there  a  relation  between  the  atomic  weight  of  an  ele- 
ment and  its  capacity  for  heat?    Art.  264. 

CHEMICAL   NOMENCLATURE   AND    SYMBOLS. 

1.  What  three  great  classes  of  substances  are  recognized  by 
Chemists  ?     Art.  263. 

2.  Define  an  Acid.     Give  an  example.     What  are  Bases? 
Example.     Art.  265. 

3.  Define  an  Alkali.     Example.     What  are  Salts  ?     Example. 
Art.  265. 

4.  How  may  the  properties  of  the  Acids  and  Alkalies  be  illus- 
trated?    Art.  265. 

5.  What  is  the  difference  between  an  Acid  and  an  Alkali? 
Art.  265 

6.  What  are  Neutral  bodies  ?     Give  example.    Art.  266. 

7.  What  is  the  origin  of  Chemical  Nomenclature  ?     Art.  267* 

8.  Explain  the  Nomenclature  of  the  elements.     Art.  268. 

9.  What  are  Unary  compounds'^     Ternary"^     Give  example. 
Art.  269. 

10.  What  are  the  compounds  of  Oxygen  called?     Chlorine, 
<fec.?    Art.  2^9. 

11.  What  is  a  Protoxyd?     Binoxyd?     Give  example.    Art. 
269. 

12.  How  are  Acid  compounds  of  Oxygen  named?     Art.  269. 

13.  How  are  the  different  acid  compounds  distinguished  ?    Art. 
270, 


176  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

14  How  are  Salts  named?     Give  examples.     Art.  271. 

15.  What  do  the  prefixes  hypo  and  hyper  designate?     Art. 
271. 

1 6.  What  two  classes  of  Salts  have  been  reorganized  in  Chem- 
istry?    Art.  271. 

17.  Why  are  symbols  used  in  Chemistry?     Art.  272. 

18.  Explain  the  symbols  of  Elements.     Art.  273. 

19.  Explain  the  symbols  of  Compomids.     Art.  273. 

20.  What  are  dernical  formulae  ?     Art.  274o 

21.  How  is  the  composition  of  Salts  indicated  by  symbols? 
Art.  274. 

22.  What  constituent  is  placed  first?     Art.  274. 

23.  Write  out  the  .proper  symbols  of  Nitre. 

24.  What  are  Reactions  and  Reagents  ?     Art.  275. 

25.  Explain  Isomerism.     Give  example.     Art.  276. 

26.  Explain  Alstrophism.     Give  example.     Art.  277. 

27.  Write  out  Marble  by  the  proper  symbols. 

28.  Write  out  Alcohol  by  the  proper  symbols. 

29.  Write  out  Chloroform  by  the  proper  symbols. 

30.  Spell  Sugar,  Chemically. 

NON-METALLIC    ELEMENTS. 

1.  How  are  the  elements  divided?     Is  this  a  natural  division? 
Art.  278. 

2.  How  many  Metalloids  are  there  ?     Name  them.     Art.  278. 

3.  What  are  the  characteristics  of  the  metalloids  ?    Art.  278. 

4.  When  and  by  whom  was  Oxygen  discovered  ?     Art.  279. 

5.  What  can  you  say  of  the  importance  and  distribution  of 
Oxygen?    Art.  280. 

6.  How  is  Oxygen  usually  procured?     Give  an  example.    Art. 
281. 

7.  Describe  the  method  of  generating  Oxygen  from  Chlorate 
of  Potassa.     Art.  281. 

8.  Why  c^o  you  mix  Manganese  with  the  Chlorate  of  Potassa? 
Art.  281. 

9.  What  is  the  chemical  reaction  in  this  experiment?     Art.  281 . 

10.  Do  plants  evolve  oxygen?     What  experiment  proves  this? 
Art.  281. 


CHEMISTRY.  177 

11.  What  are  the  properties  of  oxygen?    Illustrate.    Art.  282. 

12.  Explain  the  action  of  oxygen  on  other  substances. 

13.  What  is  spontaneous  combustion  ?  . 

14.  Why  do  leaves,  wood  and  fruit  decay?     Art.  282, 

15.  What  is  a  supporter  of  combustion  ?     A  combustible  oody? 
Art.  282. 

16.  Why  do  you  usually  apply  heat  to  cause  combustion  to 
commence?     Art.  282. 

17.  What  analogy  is  there  between  combustion  and  respiration? 
Art.  283. 

18.  How  may  iron  wire  be  burned  ?     Explain.     Art.  282. 

19.  What  effect  has  pure  oxygen  on  animal  life  ?     Art.  284. 

20.  Illustrate  the  various  conditions  under  which  oxygen  exists 
in  combination.     Art.  285. 

21.  What  is  Ozone?     By  whom  discovered?     Art.  287. 

22.  How  may  Ozone  be  obtained  ?     Art.  287. 

23.  How  is  Ozone  proved  to  be  simply  modified  oxygen?     Art. 
287. 

24.  What  can  you  say  of  the  daily  consumption  of  oxygen  ? 
Art.  288. 

25.  What  is  said  of  the  management  of  gases  ?     Art.  289- 

26.  What  precautions  are  necessary  in  collecting  gases? 

27.  How  may  gases  be  transferred  from  one  vessel  to  another? 
Art.  289. 

28.  Describe  Gasometers.     How  constructed  ?     Art.  290. 

29.  What  effect  will  oxygen  have  on  the  red  wick  of  a  candle? 

30.  Explain  iron  rust  and  the  burning  of  a  candle. 

HYDROGEN. 

1.  Give  the  history  of  Hydrogen,  the  symbol  and  density. 
Art.  291. 

2.  How  is  hydrogen  obtained  in  the  greatest  purity  ?     Art.  293, 

3.  Why  does  the  Blacksmith  sprinkle  his  fires  with  water? 
Art.  293. 

4.  What  are  the  properties  of  hydrogen?     Art.  294. 

5.  What  is  said  of  the  lightness  of  hydrogen  ?     Art.  294. 

6.  What  is  said  of  the  inflammability  of  hydrogen  ?    Art.  295. 


178  THE    COMPLETE   EXAMINER. 

7.  "Will  oxygen  and  hydrogen  unite  of  their  own  accord  ?  Art. 
29G. 

S,  What  are  the  best  explosive  mixtures  of  oxygen  and  hydro- 
gen ?     Art.  296. 

9.  Explain  the  hydrogen  gun.     Art.  296. 

10.  What  is  said  of  the  heating  effects  of  the  hydrogen  flame? 
Art.^99. 

11.  Describe  the  oxy hydrogen  blow  pipe.     Art.  300. 

12.  Describe  the  Drummond  light.     Art.  301. 

13.  What  is  said  of  the  nature  of  hydrogen?     Art.  302. 

14.  What  compounds  does  hydrogen  form  with  oxygen?  Art. 
303. 

15.  What  is  the  composition  of  water?  How  formed?  Art. 
805. 

16.  Describe  the  Endiometer.  Give  the  history  of  water. 
Art.  306. 

17.  What  are  the  properties  of  w^ater?     Art.  307. 

18.  What  can  you  say  of  the  purity  of  water?     Art.  310. 

19.  What  can  you  say  of  spring  w^aters?  Mineral  springs? 
Art.  312. 

20.  Of  Saline  Springs  ?  Thermal  Springs  ?  Hiver  Water  ? 
Art.  314. 

21.  Why  is  the  sea  salt?     Art.  316. 

22.  What  can  you  say  of  the  relative  fitness  of  w^aters  for  use  ? 
Art.  317. 

23.  Describe  hard  water.     Soft  water. 

24.  How  may  the  presence  of  air  in  water  be  demonstrated  ? 
Art.  320. 

25.  How  may  absolutely. pure  water  be  obtained?     Art.  320. 

26.  What  can  you  say  of  the  solvent  properties  of  water? 
Art.  321. 

27.  Of  the  chemical  properties  of  water  ?     Art.  322. 

28.  What  is  a  liydrate  ?     An  anhydrous  body  ?     Art.  322. 

29.  Describe  poi'oxide  or  binoxide  of  hydrogen.     Art.  823. 

30.  How  is  it  formed,  and  what  are  its  properties  ?     Art.  323. 


CHEMISTRY.  179 

NITROGEN. 

1.  What  is  the  history  of  Nitrogen?     Its  nature  and  distribu- 
tion ?    Art,  324. 

2.  What  plants  contain  it  in  greatest  abundance  ?     Art.  325. 

3.  How  is  Nitrogen  obtained  ?     What  are  its  properties  ?     Art. 
325. 

4.  What  can  you  say  of  the  combination  of  nitrogen  ?     Art. 
327. 

5.  Wliat  pecuharity  has  nitrogen  in  composition  ?     Art.  328. 

6.  What  is  said  of  nitrogen  in  the  animal  system  ?     Art.  328. 

7.  What  is  said  of  the  elementary  character  of  nitrogen  ?     Art. 
328. 

THE   ATMOSPHERE. 

1.  How  was  «iV  regarded  by  the  ancients?     Art.  329. 

2.  When  was  the  existence  of  separate  gases  first  determined? 
Art.  329. 

3.  What  is  the  composition  of  the  air  ?     Art.  330. 

4.  In  what  condition  do  oxygen  and  nitrogen  exist  in  the  air  ? 
Art.  330. 

5.  What  is  the  proportion  of  Carbonic  Acid  in  the  air  ?     Art. 
330.  ^ 

G.  What  is  said  of  the  uniformity  of  the  condition  of  the  at- 
mosphere ?     Art.  330. 

7.  How  much  Ammonia  is  there  in  the  air?     Art.  330. 

8.  What  office  does  Nitrogen  appear  to  sustain  in  the  atmos- 
phere ?     Art.  330. 

9.  What  is  the  magnetic  condition  of  the  atmosphere?     Art. 
330. 

10.  How  is  air  analyzed?     How  are  its  elements  determined? 
Art.  331. 

11.  Describe  an  Aspirator.     Art.  331. 

12.  How  may  compounds  of  oxygen  and  nitrogen  exist?     Art. 
332. 

13.  Describe  Nitric  Acid.    Write  the  symbols  for  it.     Art.  333. 

14.  Describe  its  history,  distribution  and  preparation.     Art! 
334-33G. 


180  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINEK. 

15.  What  circumstances  led  to  its  discovery?     Art.  836. 

16.  Give  the  properties  of  Nitric  Acid.     What  effect  has  light 
upon  it?     Art.  337. 

17.  Describe  its  chemical  character.     How  does  it  act  upon 
vegetable  fibres  ?    Art.  338. 

18.  I>escribe  the  action  of  Nitric  acid  on  the  metals.     Art.  339, 

19.  Describe  the  composition  of  Nitrates.     Art.  340. 

20.  What  does  N.  O.  stand  for  ?     Mention  its  nature.     Art. 
341. 

21.  How  is  protoxyd  of  Nitrogen  prepared?     Give  its  prop- 
erties.    Art.  343. 

22.  Describe  NOg.      Name  its   properties.     How  prepared. 
Art.  345. 

23.  Name  and  describe  NO3.— NO^.— NO^.     Art.  346,  347. 

24.  Is  Hjponitrous  Acid  a  vapor  or  Hquid  ?     Art.  346. 

25.  What  are  the  properties  of  Peroxyd  of  Nitrogen  ?    Art. 
347. 

CHLORINE. 

1.  Give  the  history  of  Chlorine.     Distribution.     Art.  348. 

2.  How  is  it  prepared  ?     Give  its  properties.     Art.  350. 

3.  What  precautions  are  to  be  observed  in  its  preparations  ? 
Art.  350.  ^> 

4.  What  is  the  density  of  Chlorine?     Can  it  be  liquefied? 
Art.  351. 

5.  What  combinations  does  chlorine  form  with  water?     Art. 
351. 

6.  What  are  the  relations  of  chlorine  to  combustion  ?     Art.  352. 

7.  Why  does  phosphorus  burn  in  chlorine  with  feeble  light  ? 
Art.  352. 

8.  What  effect  does  light  have  upon  the  mixture  of  chlorine 
and  hydrogen  ?     Art.  353. 

9.  What  experiment  illustrates  this  ?     Art.  353. 

10.  Explain  the  theory  of  bleaching  by  chlorine.     Art.  354. 

11.  What  is  said  of  chlorine  as  a  disinfecting  agent?     Art.  355. 

12.  Mention  the  compounds  of  Chlorine.     Art.  356. 

13.  Describe  H.  CI.     Tell  how  prepared.     Art.  357. 

14.  Explain  the  chemical  reaction  in  this  case. 


CHEMISTRY.  5-181 

L5.  Describe  the  Muriatic  acid  of  commerce.     Art.  360 

1 6.  What  is  Aqua  Regia  ?     How  formed  ?     Give  its  proper- 
ties.    Art.  361. 

17.  What  is  said  of  the  oxyd  of  Chlorine?     Art.  362. 

18.  What  is  hypochlorous  acid  ?     Art.  363. 

19.  Name  and  describe  CAO.  CI.  0.,  and  give  its  properties. 
Art.  365. 

20.  Describe  CI.  O3,  and  give  its  properties.     Art.  365. 

21.  Name  and  describe  KO.  CI.  O^,  and  give  its  properties. 
Art.  367. 

22.  What  is  said  of  the  Chloride  of  Nitrogen?     Art.  360. 

23.  What  was  the  original  method  of  bleaching  ?     Art.  370. 

24.  Describe  the  present  method  of  bleaching.     Art.  370. 

25.  What  is  the  natural  state  of  cotton  fibres  ?     Art.  370. 

26.  Give  the  whole  process  of  bleaching  cotton  goods.     Art. 
370.- 

IODINE. 

1.  When  and  by  whom  was  Iodine  discovered?     Art.  370. 

2.  Give  its  natural  history  and  distribution  in  nature.     Art. 
371. 

3.  How  is  it  formed  ?     Give  its  properties.     Art.  373. 

4.  What  effect  has  Iodine  on  the  metals  ?     Art.  374. 

5.  What  is  the  test  of  Iodine?     Describe  its  principal  salt. 
Art.  374. 

BROMINE. 

1.  Who  discovered  Bromine  ?     How  obtained  ?     Properties  ? 
Art.  375. 

2.  How  does  Bromine  act  upon  the  metals  ?     Art.  378. 

3.  What  are  its  uses  and  compounds  ?    Art.  378. 

FLUORINE. 

1.  Describe  Fluorine.     Why  is  it  difficult  to  obtain  it?     Art. 
379. 

2.  Describe  Hydrofluoric  acid.     Tell  how  prepared.     Art.  379. 

3.  Describe  the  following  compounds:     CAF.     SO3.     HO. 
CaO.     SO3.     HF. 


182  ^  trnE  co3irLETE  examiner. 

SULPHUR. 

1.  What  is  the  history  of  Sulphur?     Art.  380. 

2.  Describe  its  properties.     What  are  its  commercial  forms? 
Art.  381. 

3.  What  is  its  affinity  for  other  elements  ?     Art.  382. 

4.  In  what  two  forms  does  Sulphur  crystalize  ? 

5.  What  is  the  Milk  of  Sulphur?     Art.  384. 

C.  Describe  tlie  compounds  of  Sulphur  and  oxygen.     Art.  385, 

7.  Describe  SOo,  its  production  and  properties.     Art.  387, 

8.  Describe  how  SO 3  is  made  on  a  large  scale.     Art.  388. 

9.  WTiat  is  Nordhausen  Sulphuric  Acid  ?     Art.  390. 

10.  Explain  the  action  of  SO 3  on  the  metals  and  fibres.     Art. 
392,  332. 

11.  Describe  SO 2  and  IIS.     Giv*  their  properties.     Art.  395. 

12.  Why  do  surfaces  painted  with  lead  blacken  on  exposure  to 
this  gas  ?     Art.  395. 

13.  Why  are  zinc  paints,  for  many  situations,  preferable  to 
lead?     Art.  395. 

14.  What  effect  has  tellurium  upon  the  animal  system?     Art. 
397. 

PHOSPHORUS. 

1.  Give  the  history  of  Phosphorus  and  its  distribution.     Art. 
398. 

2.  How  is  phosphorus  obtained?     Give  its  properties.     Art. 
401. 

3.  What  is  said  of  its  solubility  and  inflammability?     Art.  401. 

4.  Why  is  phosphorus  good  for  the  manufacture  of  matches  ? 
Art.  401. 

5.  What  experiments  illustrate  the  characteristics  of  phospho- 
rus?    Art.  401. 

G.  Describe  the  poisonous  properties  of  phosphorus.     Art.  401. 

7.  Describe  Allotropic  or  Atmospheric  phosphorus.     Art.  402. 

8.  Relate  the  history  and  origin  of  matches.     Art.  403. 

9.  How  is  phosphoric  acid  prepared  ?     Art.  405, 

10.  What  are  its  properties?     Art.  405, 


CHEMISTRY.  183 

11.  Describe  Pliosphoretted  Hydrogen,  and  tell  how  it  is  pre- 
pared.    Art.  407. 

12.  What  phenomenon  attends  its  evolution  in  air?     Art.  407. 

13.  Describe  its  properties.     Describe  the  Will  O*  the  Wi&p. 
Art.  407. 

BORON. 

1.  What  is  said  of  Boron?     Its  properties?    Art.  410. 

2.  Describe  Boracic  acid.     How  is  it  collected  ?     Art.  410. 

3.  What  is  a  flux  ?     Why  is  borax  valuable  as  a  flux  ?     Art. 
411. 

SILICON. 

1 .  Relate  the  history  of  Silicon.     Is  the  pure  element  known  ? 
Art.  412. 

2.  Describe  Silica.     Quartz.     Amethyst.     Sand.     Art.  413. 

3.  Give  the  properties  of  each.     Art.  414. 

4.  What  are  examples  of  natural  silicates?    Art.  414. 

0.  Describe  fluosilicre  acid.     Art.  415. 

CARBON. 

1.  What  can  you  say  of  Carbon?     Its  specific  gravity?     Art. 
416. 

2.  In  what  condition  is  carbon  found  naturally?     Art.  416. 

3.  Under  what  circumstances  is  the  diamond  found?     Art.  417. 

4.  How  is  it  cut  ?     In  what  form  is  it  cut  for  jewelry  ?     Art. 
417. 

5.  What  is  the  origin  of  the  diamond?     Art.  417. 

6.  How  large  a  diamond  has  ever  been  found?     Art.  418. 

7.  Have  any  attempts  been  made  to  manufacture  diamonds  ? 

8.  What  is  a  graphite?     What  is  said  of  its  use?     Art.  419. 

9.  Describe  gas,  carbon,  mineral  coal,  its  properties.     Art.  421. 

10.  Describe  Anthracite  coal.     Coke.     Charcoal.     Art.  425. 

11.  How  is  Charcoal  formed ?     Soot?     Lampblack?     Proper- 
ties of  each  ?     Art.  427. 

12.  What  is  said  of  the  compounds  of  carbon  and  oxygen? 
Art.  428. 

18    Describe  CO^.     Preparation  and  properties.     How  solidi- 
fied?    Art.  433. 


184  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

14.  What  are  the  properties  of  solidified  gas?     Art.  433. 

15.  What  are  petrifactions?     Art.  435. 

16^  Describe  the  natural  production  of  COg.     Art.  436,  437. 

17.  Explain  the  formation  of  the  carbonates.     Art.  438. 

18.  Describe  CO.  formation  and  properties.     Art.  439. 

19.  What  is  Cyanogin?     How  prepared?     Properties?     Art, 
442. 

20.  Give  the  analysis  of   Prussiate  of  Potash  and  Prussian 
Blue.     Art.  444. 

21.  Give  the  analysis  of  Prussic  Acid  and  properties.     Art. 
447. 

22.  How  is  it  supposed  to  occasion  death  ?     Art.  447. 

23.  Describe  organic  acid.     Art.  450. 

24.  What  is  light  Carburetted  hydrogen?     Art.  452. 

25.  Describe  C^.  H^.  preparation  and  properties.     Art.  454. 

26.  How  is  illuminating  gas  made?     Coal  gas?     Art.  456. 

27.  Describe  the  whole  process  of  making  and  purifying  coal 
gas.     Art.  457,  458. 

28.  Describe  the   explosive  compounds  of  illuminating  gas. 
Art.  Ad^. 

29.  Give  the  history  of  the  introduction  of  gas.     Art.  460. 

COMBUSTION. 

1.  What  was  the  original  supposition  concerning  fire?    Art. 
462. 

2.  Explain  the  general   principles  of  the  phlogistic  theory. 
Art.  462. 

3.  By  what  experiment  was  the  phlogistic  theory  overturned  ? 
Art.  463. 

4.  Define  Combustion.     Supporters  of  combustion.     Art.  464. 

5.  Define  Combustibles  and  Burnt  bodies.     Art.  465. 

6.  Describe  the  difference  between  combustion  and  explosion. 
Art.  466. 

7.  What  is  the  origin  of  heat  in  combustion  ?     Art.  467. 

8.  Is  the  quantity  of  heat  increased  by  the  rapidity  of  combus- 
tion?    Art.  469. 

9.  Is  any  matter  lost  during  combustion  ?     Art.  470. 


CHEMISTRY.  185 

10.  What  are  the  ordinary  products  of  combustion  ?     Art.  472. 

11.  What  good  does  blowing  the  fire  do?     Art.  473. 

12.  How  much  heat  will  a  pound  of  charcoal  in  burning  evolve? 
Art.  474. 

13.  Upon  what  does  the  light  which  accompanies  combustioa 
depend  ?    Art.  475. 

14.  Describe  flame.     Art.  475. 

15.  What  are  the  materials  for  illumination?     Art.  476. 

16.  Explain  the  combustion  of  a  candle.     Art.  477. 

17.  Explain  the  structure  of  flame.     Art.  478. 

18.  What  is  essential  to  the  existence  of  flame?    Art.  480. 

19.  Explain  the  frinciple  of  Davey's  safety  lamp, — not  the 
lamp.     Art.  481. 

20.  Give  the  requisites  for  an  artificial  light.     Art.  482. 

21.  Describe  the  Argand  lamp.     Art.  483. 

22.  Describe  the  Blow  Pipe.     Art.  483. 

METALIC    ELEMENTS. 

1.  What  can  you  say  of  the  abundance  of  the  metals?    Art. 
487. 

2.  What  are  the  essential  characteristics  of  the  metals  ?    Art. 
488. 

3.  What  is  said  of  their  hardness  ?     Density  ?     Malleability  ? 
Ductihty?    Art.  488. 

4.  Of  their    Tenacity'^     FmiUlity%     Welding'^     Volubility? 
Art.  488. 

5.  Describe  Alloys.     Amalgam.     Do  all  the  metals  crystalize  ? 
Art.  491. 

6.  Describe  the  metals  in  the  order  of  their  affinity  for  oxygen. 
Art.  492. 

7.  How  may  the  metals  be  classified  ?    Art.  493. 

8.  Which  are  the  Noble  metals ?    Why  so  called?    Art.  493. 

9.  Describe  Potassium.      Give  its  symbol.     Specific  giavity. 
Art.  494. 

10.  What  is  said  of  its  distribution ?     Preparation?     Proper- 
ties?    Art.  497. 


186  THE  COMPLETE  EXAMINER. 

1 1 .  Describe   KO.      How   prepared  ?      Properties  ?     Caustic 
Pota^sa?     Art.  499. 

12.  Describe  KO.     CO2.     KO2.     COg.     Give  the  properties 
of  each.     Art.  502. 

13.  Describe   Niter.     Give   the   symbols.     Properties.     Art. 
503,  504. 

14.  Describe  Gun-powder.     Symbols,  properties  and  elements. 
Art.  505. 

15.  How  is  Gun-powder  manufactured?  -  Art.  506. 

16.  Is  the  explosion  of  Gun-powder  instantaneous?     Art.  506. 

17.  How  is  the  goodness  of  powder  tested?     Art.  506. 

SODIUM. 

1 .  Describe  Sodium.     Where  does  it  occur  in  nature  ?     Art. 
506. 

2.  Describe  NaO.     HO.     Also  Na  CI.,  and  give  the  properties 
of  each.     Art.  510. 

'  3.  Is  common  Salt  a  Chemical  salt  ?     Why?     Art.  512. 

4.  What  proportion  of  salt  exists  in  sea  water?     Art.  512. 

5.  What  can  you  say  of  the  solubility  of  salt?     Art.  512. 

6.  Say  what  you  can  of  NaO,  SOg-flOIiO.     Art.  513. 

7.  Describe  in  detail  NaO,  CO2  +  IOHO.     Art.  514. 

8.  Describe  a  reverberatory  furnace.     Art.  514,  Note. 

9.  Give  the  history  and  introduction  of  Carbonate  of  Soda. 
Art.  514. 

10.  Describe  Bicarbonate  of  Soda.     Also  NaO.     NO  5.    Art. 
515,  517. 

AMMONIUM. 

1.  What  is  Ammonium?     Give  its  symbol.     Art.  519. 

2.  Analyze  Sal- Ammoniac,  and  give  its  symbols.     Art.  520. 

3.  Describe  IT.  H^O.     The  preparation  and  properties.     For 
what  used?     Art.  521. 

4.  Analyze  NH^S+HS.     What  are  the  properties  of  the  Al- 
kalies ?     Art.  528. 

5»  Which  arc  the  Allia'line  earths?     Art.  529. 


CIIEMISTRT.  187 

BARIUM   AND    STRONTIUM. 

1.  Describe  Barium  and  BaO,  and  BaCl.     Art.  530. 

2.  Describe  Strontium.     Also  SrO.     For  what  used?    Art. 
531. 

CALCIUM. 

1.  What  is  Calcium  ?     Its  equivalent  ?     Symbol  ?     Art.  532. 

2.  Give  tlie  properties  and  atomic  weight  of  CaO.     Its  use. 
Art.  533. 

3.  What  can  you  say  of  Mor|ars  and  CenT^nts  ?     Art.  535. 

4.  Describe  Hydraulic  Cements.    CaO.    COg.     Art.  536,  537. 

5.  How  may  the  durabih ty  of  stone  be  tested  ?     Art.  539. 

6.  Describe  in  detail  CaO,  SO3+2HO;   also  Ca,  CI.     Art. 
540-542. 

MAGNESIUM. 

1.  Describe  Magnesium.     Where  found?     Art.  543. 

2.  Analyze  Mgo.     Give  the  symbols  and  properties  of  Epsom 
Salts.     Art.  545. 

3.  Also  of  Mgo,  CO 2*     Give  the  properties  of  the  alkaline 
earths.     Art.  547. 

ALUMINIUM. 

1.  Describe  Aluminium  and  its  Oxyd.     Art.  549,  550. 

2.  Describe  and  name  Al^Og.      3SO3+KO,  SO3  +  24HO. 
Art.  551. 

3.  How  is  Alum  manufactured?     Art.  552. 

4.  How  does  Alumina  act  in  dyeing  ?     What  are  lakes  ?    Art. 
552. 

5.  What  is  Carmine?     Clay?     Art.  553,  555. 

GLASS    AND    POTTERY. 

1.  What  is    Glass  ?     How   made  ?     Bohemian   glass  ?    Art. 
557,  558. 

2.  What  is  the  composition  of  Common  white  glass?     Art. 
558. 

3.  Analyze  Green  Glass.     Flint  Glass.     Colored  glass.     Art. 
539. 

4.  Describe  Enamel.     Annealing.     Art.  561,  562. 


188  THE    COMPLETE   EXAMINER. 

5.  Of  what  is  porcelain  made  ?     For  what  is  it  used  ?     Art. 
564. 

IRON. 

1.  Give  the  history  and  distribution  of  Iron.     Art.  565. 

2.  Is  malleable  iron  found  in  nature  ?     How  made  ?     Art.  ^'oh, 

3.  How  may  chemically  pure  iron  be  obtained?     Art.  565. 

4.  Name  and  describe  the  compounds  of  iron*  and  oxygen. 
Art.  566. 

5.  What  are  the  principal  ores  of  iron?     Art.  571. 

6.  Name  and  describe  Fe  S2.*    For  what  is  iron  used  ? 

7.  Describe  Cast  Iron.     The  melting  of  Iron.     Art.  577. 

8.  Describe  bar-iron.      Steel.      Give  the  properties  of  each. 
Art.  579. 

MANGANESE  AND  CHROMIUM. 

1.  What  are  the  properties  of  Manganese  ?     Where  is  it  found? 
Art.  582. 

2.  Mention  the  compounds  of  Manganese.     Art.  582. 

3.  Describe  Chromium  and  all  its  compounds.     Art.  583. 

4.  Name  PbO.     CrOg.     Also  CaOg.     Art.  584,  585. 

5.  For  what  are  the  last  two  substances  used  ?     Art.  585. 

COBALT    AND    NICKEL. 

1.  Describe    Cobalt  and  its  oxyd.      Also    Sympathetic   Ink. 
Art.  586,  587. 

2.  What  is  Nickel ?     Analyze  German  Silver.     Art.  h'^'^. 

ZINC    AND    CADMIUM. 

1.  Describe  Zinc.     Its  properties.     Its  equivalent.     Art.  590. 

2.  IIow  is  Zinc  reduced  from  its  ores  ?     Art.  590. 

3.  What  is  galvanized  iron  ?     What  is  ZnO  ?     For  what  uses  ? 
Art.  593. 

4.  Describe  Cadmium.     Art.  594. 

LEAD    AND    TIN. 

1.  What  is  said  of  the  distribution  of  lead^     What  is  Galena? 
Art.  595. 

2.  What  are  the  properties  of  lead?     Its  compounds?     Art. 
596. 


CHEMISTRY.  189 

3.  What  effect  does  water  have  on  lead  ?     Art.  597. 

4.  What  sahs  arrest  the  action  of  water  on  lead?     Art.  597. 

5.  Describe  and  name  PbO.— 2PB0.     PbOg— PbO.     COg. 
Art.  598,  599. 

G.  What  are  antidotes  to  lead  poisoning  ?     Art.  GOO. 

7.  How  are  shot  made ?     Composition?     Art.  GO  1. 

8.  What  i^  Zinc  ?     The  cry  of  tin  ?     Wliat  is  putty  powder  ? 
Art.  G03. 

9.  Describe  Sn  CL  and  Sn  Sg.     What  is  tin  plate?     Art.  G05. 

10.  Analyze  Britannia  metal  and  Pewter.    How  are  pins  made? 
Art.  G05. 

COPPER   AND    BISMUTH. 

1 .  What  is  said  of  the  occurrence  of  Copper  in  Nature  ?     Art. 
GOG. 

2.  What  are  the  properties  of  Copper  ?     Why  does  it  corrode  ? 
Art.  G07. 

3.  What  is  the  best  solvent  of  Copper  ?     Art.  608. 

4.  Describe  and  give  the  properties  of  CuO — CuOg — CuO, 
SO3.     Art.  GIO,  Gil. 

5.  Analyze  CuO,  NO^.     Also  Verdigris.     Art.  G12,  G13. 

G.  Describe  the  characteristics  of  the  salts  of  copper.     Art. 
C14. 

7.  Analyze   brass.     Gun-metal.     Bell-metal.     Bronze.     Art. 
G15. 

8.  Describe  Bismuth  and  its  compounds.     Art.  61 6. 

ANTIMONY   AND    ARSENIC. 

1.  What  can  you  say  of  Antimony,  its  use  and  properties? 
Art.  618. 

2.  What  are  the  chief  compounds  of  Antimony?     Art.  619. 

3.  Describe  Tartar  Emetic.     For  what  used  ?     Art.  620. 

4.  In  what  form  does  Arsenic  occur  in  Nature?     Art.  621. 

5.  How  is  the  Arsenic  of  commerce  prepared?     Art.  621. 

6.  Describe  AsOg  and  AsO^.     Give  their  properties.     Art. 
622. 

7.  Give  the  tests  for  Arsenic  in  detaih     Art.  625,  626. 


19()  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

8.  How  may  Antimony  be  distinguished  from  Arsenic  ?     Art. 
9-  What  amount  of  Arsenic  is  fatal?     Art.  626. 

MERCURY. 

1.  What  can  you  say  of  Mercury?     Art.  628. 

2.  At  v/liat  temperature  does  mercury  freeze  ?  .  Boil  ?     Art. 
629. 

3.  What  is  said  of  its  power  to  resist  oxydation  ?     Art.  629. 

4.  Describe  Blue  PilL     Mercurial  Ointment.     Art.  631. 

5.  Analyze  Calomel  and  HyCL— Hy20.     Art.  632-635. 

6.  Describe  Hy  S.     What  are  the  uses  of  Mercury?     Art. 
637,  638. 

7.  Describe  the  alloys  of  Mercury.     How  are  mirrors  made  ? 
Art.  639. 

SILVER. 

1.  Give  the  history  of  silver,  and  its  distribution.     Art.  640. 

2.  How  is  silver  obtained  from  the  ores?     Art.  641. 

3.  How  is  silver  freed  from  lead  ?     What  is  a  Cupel  ?     Art. 
643. 

4.  What  are  the  solvents  of  silver? 

5.  Describe  Ago  NO^.     For  what  is  it  used?     Art.  647. 

6.  Analyze  Ag  CL     Give  its  uses.     Art.  649. 

7.  What  is  standard  silver  in  U.  S.  and  Great  Britain  ?     Art -• 
649, 

8.  How  may  articles  be  silvered?     Plated?     Art.  649. 

9.  What  is  dead  silver?     What  is  a  test  for  silver?     Art.  649. 

10.  How  may  glass  be  silvered?     Art.  650. 

GOLD. 

1.  Give  the  Natural  history  of  Gold.     Art.  651. 

2.  How  is  gold  obtained  from  the  earth?     Art.  651. 

3.  What  are  the  properties  of  gold  and  its  compounds  ?     Art. 
652. 

4.  How  is  perchloride  of  gold  prepared?     For  what  used? 
Art.  653. 

5.  In  what  condition  is  gold  used  in  the  arts?     Art.  654. 


ciiicMiSTia\  lUl 

6.  How  is  the  purity  expressed?     How  obtained?     Art.  654. 

7.  What  is  Assaying ?     Quartation?     Bullion?     Art.  G55. 

8.  How  is  fine  gold  prepared?     Gold  leaf?     Art.  Q5(j, 

PLATINUM. 

1.  How  and  where  is  platinum  formed  in  nature?     Art.  657. 

2.  Mention  the  properties  of  platinum.     Its  infusibility.     Art. 
658. 

3.  What  can  you  say  of  its  solubility  ?     Uses  ?     How  manu- 
factured ?     Art.  658. 

4.  Describe  PtO— PtO^— PtCl— PtClg.     Art.  659. 

5.  How   is   spongy   platinum   prepared?      Platinum   Black? 
Art.  659. 

ORGANIC    CHEMISTRY. 

1.  Define  Organic  Chemistry. 

2.  Describe  the  composition  of  organic  substances.     Art.  6QQ, 

3.  How  are  so  many  different  organic  compounds  produced 
from  so  few  elements  ?     Art.  666. 

4.  What  organic  bodies  as  a  class  are  generally  wanting  in 
Nitrogen?     Art.  666. 

5.  What  are  characteristics  of  organic  and  inorganic  bodies? 
Art.  667. 

6.  What  circumstances  attend  the  decomposition  of  organic 
bodies?     Art.  667. 

7.  What  is  the  principal  origin  of  organic  substances  ?     Art. 
668. 

8.  What  are  Compound  Radicals  ?     Describe  them.     Art.  669. 

9.  Describe  the  essential  immediate  principals  of  plants.     Art. 
670. 

10.  Describe    Vegetable  'Tissue.      Starch.      Gum.      Sugar. 
Art.  671. 

11.  Name  and  describe  C^g  H^^j  O^q.     Analyze  Gum.     Cot- 
ton.    Art.  674,  675. 

12.  Describe  Colled  Ian,  Parchment,  Paper.     Art.  676-678. 

13.  What  can  you  say  of  the  destructive  distillation  of  wood? 
Art.  679. 


192              THE  COMPLETE  EXAMINER.  ] 

14.  Of  Pjroligneous  Acid ?     Creosote?     Tar?     Mineral  Oils?  j 
Art.  680-683.  \ 

15.  Of  Asphaltum?     Of  the  contents  of  the  cells  of  plants?  j 
Art.  684,  685.  ; 

16.  What  is  the  difference  between  wood,  sugar  and  gum?  i 
Art.  690-693.  \ 

17.  \Yhat  is  the  difference  between  Cane  and  Grape  Sugar?  i 
Art.  702.  I 

18.  Analyze  and  describe  Ji/^ii/TzeTz,  Caseine  and  Gluten.     Art.  ' 
704.  ' 

19.  What  is  the  difference  between  Proteine  and  Albuminous 
substances  ?     Art.  708,  709. 

20.  What  distinguishes   living  from  dead   organized   matter?  \ 
Art.  711.  \ 

21.  What  is  putrefaction  ?    Fermentation?    Yeast?    Art.  713-  j 
715.  \ 

22.  Describe  the  different  kinds  of  fermentation.     Art.  716.  1 

23.  What  can  you  say  of  poisons,  contagions?     Art.  719.  i 

24.  Name  and  describe  O2  C^  Ilg,  and  all  its  derivatives.    Art.  ^ 
721. 

25.  Analyze  Beer,  Wine,  Ardent  Spirits,  Bread.     Art.  722-  \ 
729.  : 

26.  Describe  all  the  products  of  the  action  of  acids  upon  alco-  I 
hoi.     Art.  732. 

27.  Analyze  Ether,  Chloroform,  and  point  out  the  difference.  I 
Art.  741.  i 

28.  Analyze  and  describe  all  the  vegetable  acids.     Art.  745.  i 

29.  Name  the  properties  of  C2  O^  Hg — C3  H^  Okg — Tan-  '] 
nin.     Art.  746,  747.  j 

30.  How  is  Leather  made?     Ink?     Gallic  Acid?     Art.  751-  j 
753.                                                        '  ■ 

31.  Describe  the  Organic  Alkalies.      Also   C35    11^^    NO^.  ' 
Art.  755.  . 

32.  Describe  and  give  the  properties  of  Quinine  and  Strych-  ] 
nine.     Art.  757,  758.  ] 

33.  Describe  the  Organic  Coloring  substances.     Calico  print-  | 
iiii^.     Art.  761-764.  ; 


SCIENCE    OF    GOVEUNMENT.  193 

84.  Say  what  you  can  of  Oils,  Fats  and  Resins.     Art.  7G9. 

35.  What  can  you  say  of  Elastic   Gums?     Gutta  Percha? 
Art.  779-795. 

36.  Describe  briefly  the  nutrition  and  growth  of  plants,  soils 
and  manures.     Art.  796-804. 

37.  What  can  you  say  of  animal  organizations?     Art.  807. 

38.  Describe  the  proximate  animal  constituents.     Art.  808. 

39.  What   can   you    say   of  the   composition  of  the   Brain? 
Nerves?     Skin?    Art.  814,  815. 

40.  What  is  the  composition  of  Hair?    Wool?    Hoofs?    Teeth? 
Art.  816-818. 

41.  Describe  the  composition  of  the  Blood.     Its  circulation. 
Art.  824. 

42.  Describe  digestion  and  its  functions.     Nutrition.     Art.  826. 

43.  Describe  in  detail  respiration  and  the  composition  of  the 
lungs.     Art.  826. 

44.  What  are  the  uses  of  respiration  ?     Is  the  skin  a  respira- 
tory organ  ?     Art.  827. 

45.  Describe  the  nature  and  functions  of  food.     Art.  828. 

46.  What  are  the  relative  values  of  different  meats  and  vege- 
tables as  nutritive  qualities?     Art.  831. 

47.  What  can  you  say  of  the  relation  between  animals  and 
plants?     Art.  832. 


CHAPTER  XVII. 

SCIENCE  OF  GOVERNMENT. 

Remark. — In  these  days  of  National  trials  every  person  permitted  to 
cro.9.9  the  threshold  of  the  school-room^  as  a  teacher  of  youth,  should  be  thor- 
oughly imbued  with  the  fundamental  principles  of  his  Government,  and 
breathe  nought  but  the  vital  air  of  pure  loyalty. 

Note. — The  references  in  the  following  questions  on  the  Science  of  Gov- 
ernment, are  to  Mansfield^s  Political  Economy.  Art.  stands  for  article. 
P.  for  page. 

1.  What  do  you  understand  by  Sovereignty'^     Art.  1. 

2.  Give  clearly  your  idea  of  Government,     Art.  2. 

3.  Define  Law.     What  is  a  Constitution  ?     Art.  3,  4. 

4.  Define  a  Despotisna.    A  Monarchy.    Art.  5,  6. 

9 


194  THE    COMPLETK    EXAMINER. 

5.  Explain  clearly  the  difference,  if  any,,  between  a  Eepublic 
and  a  Democracy.     Art.  7,  8^ 

G.  In  what  does  a  Republic  or  Democracy  differ  from  an  Aris- 
tocracy ?     Art.  7,  8,  9. 

7.  Wherein  did  the  Republic  of  Athens  differ  from  that  of  th6 
"United  States?"     Art.  7. 

8.  What  is  the  difference  between  a  Party  and  a  Faction? 
Art.  10,  11. 

9.  What  is  a  Legislature?     Congress?     Art.  12,  13. 

10.  How  does  Legislative  power  differ  from  Executive  ?  Art. 
14,  15. 

11.  Describe  the  Judiciary.     Art.  16. 

12.  In  what  does  Statute  Law  differ  from  Common  Law'^ 
Art.  17,  18. 

13.  Which  is  superior.  Common  or  Statute  Law?     Art.  18. 

14.  What  is  a  Corporation?  A  Charter?  A  Court?  Art. 
19,  20. 

15.  Define  the  terms,  Municipal,     Jurisdiction.     Art.  22,  23. 

16.  What  do  you  understand  by  Impeachment?  Crime? 
Art.  24-27. 

17.  Explain  the  difference  between  a  Verdict  and  a  Judi^uient. 
Art.  25,  26. 

18.  What  is  Treason  ?  Explain  in  detail  in  what  it  consists. 
Art.  28. 

19.  What  is  the  difference  between  Treason  and  Revolution? 
Art.  28-32. 

20.  Define  Felony.     Reprieve.     Diplomacy.     Art.  29,  30,  31. 

21.  What  is  the  distinction  between  Diplomacy  and  Aristocra- 
cy?    Art.  31. 

22.  What  is  an  Ex  Post  Facto  Law  ?     Art.  33. 

23.  Describe  a  Bill  of  Attainder.     Art.  34. 

24.  What  do  you  understand  by  a  Bill  ?  Revenue  ?  Art.  35, 
36. 

25.  What  is  a  Treaty"^    Art.  37. 

26.  In  what  way  does  a  Foreigner  become  a  citizen?  Art. 
38. 

27.  What  do  you  understand  by  Bankruptcy  ?     Art.  39. 


SCIENCK    OF    GOVKUNMENT.  195 

28.  What  is  a  Test  Act  ?     Art.  40. 

29.  Define  the  terms  Ballot  and  Quorum.     Art.  41,  42. 

30.  What  do  you  understand  by  Majority  and  Minority  ?     Art. 
43. 

31.  What  is  the  distinction  between  a  Majority  and  Plurahty? 
Art.  44. 

32.  What  is  an  Indictment?     A  Grand  Jury?     Art.  45,  46. 

33.  What  do  you  understand  by  Jbtxes ?  •*  A  Legal  Tender? 
Art.  47,  48. 

34.  How  many  forms  of  Government  were  there  originally  in 
the  Colonies  ?     Art.  2.     P.  29. 

35.  Describe  the  Pro'prietory  Government,     Art.  4. 

36.  Describe  the  Charter  Government.     Art.  3. 

37.  In  wliat  respect  did  the  Royal  Government  dfffer  from  the 
Charter  or  Proprietory  Government  ?     Art.  3,  4,  5. 

38.  What  can  you  say  in  regard  to  the  Articles  of  Confedera- 
tion?    Art.  17. 

39.  For  what  did  the  Articles  of  Confederation  provide  ?     Art. 
23.     P.  37. 

40.  What  were  some  of  the  Obvious  deficiencies  in  the  Arti- 
cles of  the  Confederacy  ?     Art.  25.     P.  40. 

41.  In  what  did  the  idea  of  Union  and  the  Constitution  of 
the  United  States  originate?     Art.  27. 

42.  What  is  asserted  in  the  Preamble  of  the  Constitution  ? 
Art.  29.     P.  42. 

43.  What  are  the  objects  proposed  in  the  Constitution  ?     Art. 
32. 

44.  How  many  Articles  does  the  Constitution  of  the  U.  S.  con- 
tain?    Art.  33. 

45.  How  many  Amendments  have  been  made  to  it  ?     Art.  33. 

46.  To  what  does  i\\Q  first  Article  relate"^     Art.  33. 

47.  To  what  do  the  several  Articles  relate  ?     Art.  33. 

48.  What  rights  are  guaranteed  in. the    First   Amendment? 
Art.  433. 

49.  What  principles  are  modified,  or  7i(/kts  secured  in  each  of 
the  Amendments  ?     Art.  432,  442.     P.  203,  207. 

50.  By  whom  was  the  Constitution  proposed  ?    Art.  31.    P.  13. 


196  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

51.  Who  ratified  the  Constitution  or  gave  it  power?     Art.  31. 

52.  Explain  clearly  how  the  members  of  Congress  are  elected. 
Art.  37-50. 

53.  Explain  in  detail  how  the  President  of  the  U.  S.  is  elected. 
Art.  290. 

54.  What  are  the  duties  of  the  President  ?     Art.  308.     P.  145. 

55.  How  is  the  Vice  President  chosen?     Art.  290.     P.  136. 

56.  What  are  tlw  duties  of  the  Vice  President?     Art.  304. 

57.  What  can  you  say  of  the  Cabinet  of  the  U.  S.  ?     Art.  520. 

58.  What  are  the  duties  of  the  Secretary  of  State  ?     Art.  520. 

59.  What  are  the  duties  of  the  Secretary  of  War?     Art.  539. 
GO.  What  can  you  say  of  the  Department  of  the  Treasury  ? 

Art.  538. 

61.  Describe  the  general  duties  of  the  Navy  Department. 
Art.  541. 

62.  Give  the  general  duties  of  the  Post  Office  Department. 
Art.  543. 

63.  Mention  Fomc  of  the  duties  of  the  Home  Department. 
Art.  544. 

64.  How  many  standing  committees  are  there  in  the  House  of 
Repre:;entatives  ?     Art.  561. 

65.  Name  the  committees.     Art.  561. 

(jQ.  What  can  you  say  of  the  theory  of  State  Government? 
Art.  476. 

67.  What  can  you  say  of  the  practical  operation  of  the  State 
Government?     Artn  578. 

68.  What  is  the  difrer(3nce  between  the  Government  of  the  TJ. 
S.  and  that  of  Great  Britain?     Art.  6-9.     P.  16,  17. 

69.  How  does  the  mode  of  electing  a  Governor  differ  from 
that  of  electing  the  President  of  the  U.  S.  ?     Art.  290. 

70.  How  does  the  mode  of  electing  a  Pepresentative  to  Con- 
gress differ  from  that  of  electing  a  Senator  to  Congress  ?  Art. 
37-54.     P.  45-52. 

71.  How  many  votes  is  each  State  entitled  to  cast  for  Presi- 
dent?    Art.  492. 

72.  What  is  the  difference  between  the  National  and  State 
Courts  ?     Art.  583. 


MUSIC.  197 

73.  In  what  way  are  the  Judges  of  the  National  and   State 
Courts  apf^ointed  to  office?     Art.  311. 

74.  "What  can  you  say  of  the  Writ  of  Habeas  Corpus  ?     Art. 
231-600. 

75.  Upon  what  does  the  Government  of  the  U.  S.  rest  ?     Art. 
502. 

76.  In  what  way  can  you  best  increase  the  Love  of  Country 
in  every  child  in  our  Schools  ? 

CHAPTER  XVni. 

MUSIC. 
In  many  schools  a  part  of  the  time  of  every  pupil  is  given  to  Music. 
More  time  would  be  given  if  the  teachers  were  competent  to  give  instruc- 
tion in  this  much  neglected  but  very  important  branch.  The  demand  for 
*' Teachers  who  can  sing"  is  increasing.  Not  long  since  one  school  rejected 
twenty-seven  teachers  simply  because  they  could  not  lead  the  school  in 
Vocal  Music, — yet  who  otherwise  stood  high  in  their  profession.  All  teach- 
ers should  understand  the  principles  of  music ;  it  would  please  and  profit 
them. 

"Let  the  people  praise  Thee,  0  God, 

Yea,  let  all  the  people  praise  Thee." 

1.  What  is  Music?  " 

2.  What  can  you  say  of  a  Musical  tone  ? 

3.  How  many  essential  properties  has  fhcIi  a  tone  ? 

4.  Name  these  properties  or  characteristics. 

5.  Into  how  many  departments  is  music  divided  ? 

6.  What  can  you  say  of  Plythnics  ?     Melodies  ?     Dynamics  ? 

7.  How  is  length  of  tone  indicated  to  the  eye  ? 

8.  How  are  measures  expressed  ? 

9.  Describe  Double  Measure, 

10.  What  do  you  understand  by  Beating  Time?     Its  object? 

11.  What  is  Accent  ? 

12.  What  arc  sign^  of  Tones?     Signs  of  Silence? 

13.  What  is  (lie  difference  between  the  office  of  a  single  bar 
and  a  double  bar? 

14.  What  do  you  understand  by  the  scale  ? 

15.  Of  how  many  tones  does  the  scale  consist? 


1^8  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

1 G.  y^hat  are  the  names  of  the  tones  of  the  scale  ? 

17.  Can  you  give  those  tones  accurately  ?     Make  them. 

18.  What  is  the  object  of  the  Staff? 

19.  What  are  Notes?     W^hat  are  degrees  of  the  Staff? 

20.  What  is  the  office  of  the  spaces  and  added  lines  of  the 
Staff? 

21.  AYhat  syllables  represent  the  tones? 

22.  How  are  the  syllables  pronounced  ? 

23.  How  is  the  Scale  represented  on  the  Staff? 

24.  What  do  you  understand  by  Absolute  Pitch  Letters 

25.  Have  the  letters  a  fixed  position  on  the  scale  ? 

26.  What  do  you  understand  by  Key  of  C? 

27.  What  is  the  Clef?     Clef-letters  ? 

28.  What  can  you  say  of  the  F  Clef?     G  Clef? 

29.  What  can  you  say  of  prolonged  tones  ? 

80.  What  is  the  Primitive  form  of  measure  ? 

81.  How  does  primitive  form  of  measure  differ  from  derived 
form  ? 

32.  Describe  Triple  Measure. 

83.  Where  does  the  Accent  occur  in  Triple  Measure  ? 

84.  What  is  the  distinction  between  double  and  triple  time  ? 
3b.  What  characters  are  used  to  designate  the  kind  of  meas- 
ure ?  • 

3Q>.  Describe  Quadruple  Measure. 

37.  Where  does  the  Accent  occur  in  Quadruple  Measure? 

38.  Name  the  different  kinds  of  Notes  and  Rests. 

39.  What  is  a  syncopated  tone  ?     Is  it  accented  or  not? 

40.  What  are  skips,  and  between  what  tones  do  they  occur  ? 

41.  To  what  tone  does  the  tone  seven  naturally  lead? 

42.  To  what  does  four  naturally  lead  ? 

43.  Wliat  can  you  say  of  the  Extension  of  the  Scale  ? 

44.  Into  how  many  classes  is  the  human  voice  naturally  divid- 
ed? 

45.  What  is  the  distinction  between  the  Bass  and  Tenor? 
4G.  What  is  X\\(d  difference  between  the  Alto  and  Treble  ? 

47.  How  do  you  distinguish  between  the  different  tones  denoted 
by  the  tarne  letter? 


MUSIC.  199 

48.  How  many  octaves  are  embraced  in  the  whole  compass  of 
tones  appreciable  by  the  human  ear? 

40.  How  many  of  these  octaves  are  within  the  range  of  the 
human  voice  ? 

50.  What  is  an  Interval  ?     What  are  Steps  ?     Half  Steps  ? 

51.  Where  do  the  whole  steps  and  half  steps  occur? 

52.  Describe  Sextriple  measure.     Compound  measure, 

53.  Describe  the  3Iinor  Scale,     The  Natural  Minor  Scale. 

54.  What  are  Triplets?     What  is  a  Chromatic  Scale? 

bh.  What  is  a  Sharp  or  Flat?     How  far  do  they  continue? 
bQ,  What  is  the  office  of  D  Natural,  as  used  in  Music? 

57.  Explain  the  following,  viz. :  Every  MajoT^  Scale  has  its 
Relative  Minor,  xmd  every  Minor  Scale  has  its  Relative  Major. 

58.  What  do  you  understand  by  the  Transfosition  of  the 
Scale  ? 

59.  What  do  you  understand  by  the  Key  Letter? 

GO.  What  must  be  preserved  in  the  Transposition  of  the 
Scale? 

Gl.  Explain  the  Transposition  of  the  Scale  by  Fifths. 

t}2.  What  is  the  Signature  of  the  key,  and  where  is  it  placed  ? 

G3.  What  can  you  say  of  the  Relations  of  Tones  ?  Tone  of 
Transposition  ? 

C4.  Explain  the  transposition  of  the  scale  by  fourths. 

65.  What  is  a  Trill  ?     Turn  ? 

G6,  Define  Mezzo.  Piano  Forte.  Pianissimo^  Fortissimo. 
Legato.     Staccato. 

67.  What  do  you  understand  by  Swell  ?  Crescendo  ?  Diminu- 
endo?    How  are  they  indicated? 

68.  What  do  you  understand  by  the  purity  of  tone? 

CO.  What  are  Tonic  Elements?  What  are  common  errors  in 
singing  ? 

70.  What  reasons  can  you  give  why  music  should  he  taught  in 
all  our  schooh? 


200  THE    C03iri>ETE    EXAMmEK. 


ciiaptp:r  XIX. 

THEORY  AND  rRACTlCE. 

Remark. — The  principles  implied  in  iha  foregoing  quc&tions  will  be  of  but 
little  avail  to  CandidateSy  unless  they  have  a  good  theory  of  imparting  in- 
druciion  ;  a  theory  which  they  can  practice.  One  tliat  is  simple^  pliant^ 
natural,  as  opposed  to  one  that  is  complex  and  difficult. 

The  following  questions  are  therefore  proposed  in  order  that  candidates 
may  have  an  occasion  to  draw  upon  their  own  resources,  and  thereby  see 
whether  they  have  a  clear  system  in  mind,  or  whether  they  must  go  before 
their  schools  to  experiment.  Such  should  remember  that  the  material  upon 
which  they  are  to  work  is  too  expensive  for  experiments. 

The  answers  to  many  of  the  following  questions  may  be  found  in  "Page's 
Theory  and  Practice,"  and  "Northend's  Teacher  and  Parent."  Yet 
many  of  them  are  miwritte7i,  hence  must  be  looked  for  in  the  mind.  This 
is  as  it  should  be,  as  in  this  department  no  superior  teacher  is  a  mere  imita- 
tor. 

1.  How  would  you  organize  a  scliool  ? 

2.  What  spirit  should  one  po3sess  who  has  access  to  the  sane- 
tuary  of  the  mind  ? 

3.  What  motive  should  govern  the  teacher,  moral  or  pecuni- 
ary? 

4.  What  especial  preparation  docs  he  need  who  is  to  play  upon 
the  "harp  whose  tones,  whose  living  toneSy  are  left  forever  in  the 
strings?" 

5.  What  C£^  you  say  of  the  responsibility  of  the  teacher  f 

6.  What  can  you  say  of  the  ventilation  of  the  school-room  ? 

7.  Wliat  should  be  the  appearance  of  the  school-room  ? 

8.  What  can  you  say  of  the  teacher's  responsibility  for  the 
health  of  the  child? 

9.  Would  a  knowledge  of  Mental  Philosophy  he  a  valuable  ac- 
quisition for  a  teacher  ?     Why  ? 

10.  Should  a  teacher  bo  held  responsible  for  the  intellectual 
growili  of  his  puyv.]  ? 

11.  Describe  the  order  of  studies  to  be  pursued  by  the 
pup:l. 

12.  Shtnild  tlic  teaclier  be  responsible  for  the  moral  and  reli- 
gious training  of  his  pupil  ? 


THEORY  AND    TRACTICE.  201 

13.  How  should  the  teacher  look  upon  skepticism  ?  Seciarian- 
ism  and  indifference  to  moral  subjects  ? 

14.  What  can  you  say  of  the  personal  habits  of  the  teacher? 

15.  If  it  be  true  that  "Happy  is  the  man  whose  habits  are  his 
friends,"  should  the  teacher  look  well  to  his  habits  and  those  of 
his  pupils  ? 

IG.  What  should  be  his  order ?     Courtesy?     Punctuality? 

17.  What  should  be  the  general  character  of  the  teacher? 

18.  What  influence  does  a  knowledge  of  Trigonometry,  Men- 
tal and  Moral  Philosophy,  Logic,  Rhetoric,  Music  and  "the  Lan- 
guages," have  on  the  mind  of  the  teacher  in  preparing  him  for 
his  especial  work  ? 

19.  What  should  pupils  be  taught  except  what  is  found  in  the 
text-books  ? 

20.  What  is  your  view  of  the  modes  of  teaching  ? 

21.  Which  is  preferable,  the  ""pouring  in,^^  or  "drawing  out 
process?" 

22.  Is  there  a  more  excellent  ivay  than  either  ? 

23.  What  would  you  do  to  arouse  and  develope  the  energies  of 
the  mi?id? 

24.  What  can  you  say  in  regard  to  the  manner  of  conducting 
recitations  ? 

25.  Give  what  you  regard  as  the  natural  order  of  presenting 
any  subject. 

26.  What  is  the  best  way  of  exciting  an  interest  in  study? 

27.  What  incentives  to  study  would  you  place  before  your  pu- 
pils? 

28.  Give  your  idea  of  Emulation  in  the  school. 

29.  What  is  your  view  of  offering  prizes  to  scholars  ? 

30.  Do  prizes  usually  reward  effort  or  success,  worth  or  talent? 

31.  State  what  you  regard  as  the  proper  incentives  to  study. 

32.  What  can  you  say  of  school  go ve7mment? 

33.  Mention  the  elements  of  a  good  disciplinarian. 

34.  What  means  would  you  use  to  secure  good  order? 

35.  Is  it  tvise  or  otherioise  for  a  teacher  to  ask  a  mischievous 
or  vicious  pupil  to  do  a  favor  for  him? 


202  THE    COMPLETE   EXAMINER. 

36.  Would  you  write  out  a  long  set  oi  rules  by  which  you  pro- 
pose to  govern  the  school  ? 

37.  What  can  you  say  of  punishment  in  the  school-room? 

38.  Describe  proper  and  improper  punishments. 

39.  Give  your  arrangements  or  programme  for  a  given  school. 

40.  What  can  you  say  in  regard  to  recesses  ?     Also  in  assign- 
ing lessons  and  reviews  ? 

41.  Give  in  full  your  opinion  of  public  examinations. 

42.  What  can  you  say  of  the  relation  of  the  teacher  to  the 
parents  of  his  pupils  ? 

43.  What  can  you  say  of  the  teacher's  relation  to  his  profes- 
sion? 

44.  What  is  your  view  of  self-culture  and  mutual  aid  of  teach- 
ers ? 

45.  Give  your  views  of  Teachers'  Institutes  and  Associations  ? 

46.  What  can  you  say  of  Physical  Education  ?  Mention  brief- 
ly what  different  educational  forces  and  processes  are  required 
and  brought  into  exercise  during  the  Objective^  Transition  and 
Subjective  periods  of  the  pupils. 

47.  Give  your  opinion  of  recreation. 

48.  What  is  implied  in  human  cultured 

49.  What  can  you  say  in  regard  to  the  education  of  the  Affec- 
tions'^    The  WiW^     Conscience'^ 

50.  State  briefly  your  idea  of  the  Science  of  Education, 


CHAPTER  XX. 

MISCELLANEOUS  QUESTIONS. 
The  following  Te^t  Questions  have  been  kindly  furnished  the  author  by 
several  eminent  educators  from  widely  diiFerent  parts  of  the  country ;  ques- 
tions which  tJiey  themselves  had  used  in  the  Examination  of  Teachers.     See 
suggestion  at  the  head  of  "General  Questions,"  in  Chapter  XL 

1.  When  and  by  whom  was  the  Continent  of  South  America 
discovered?  And  when  and  by  whom  was  the  Continent  of 
North  America  discovered  ? 

2.  When  and  ivhere  did  the  Continental  Congress  meet  ? 

3.  Who  succeeded  Gen.  Howe  as  Commander-in-Chief  of  the 
British  Army? 


MTSCELLANEOL'S    QUESTIONS.  203 

4.  Name  the  original  thirteen  States  ot  the  Union. 

5.  What  is  a  Tariff? 

6.  What  House  or  Family  of  Sovereigns  occupied  the  English 
throne  when  America  was  discovered^  When  it  was^rs^  settled^ 
And  at  the  time  of  the  Declaration  of  Independence  ? 

7.  What  can  you  say  of  Mohammed  ? 

8.  What  was  New  York  first  called?  Give  some  account  of 
its  first  settlement. 

9.  Who  was  Anne  Hutchinson? 

10.  Compare  the  characters  and  habits  of  the  early  Virginia 
colonists  with  those  of  the  early  New  England  colonists. 

11.  Describe  the  formation  and  establishment  of  the  Federal 
Constitution. 

12.  Describe  the  naval  engagement  by  Commodore  Perry. 

1 3.  Describe  the  Indian  War  in  Florida. 

14.  Describe  the  legislative,  executive  and  judicial  branches 
of  our  National  Government. 

15.  What  can  you  say  of  England  under  the  Ilomans  ? 

16.  What  can  you  say  of  Oliver  Cromwell? 

17.  What  agency  promoted  intercourse  and  civilization  in  the 
early  periods  of  history  ? 

18.  Whence  have  the  religious  institutions  and  culture  of  later 
nations  been  derived  ? 

10.  Under  Avhat  ruler  did  the  Athenians  attain  tlie  highest  re- 
finement at  home  and  the  greatest  power  abroad  ? 

20.  What  period  of  Grecian  history  is  noted  for  rapid  advance- 
ment in  the  practical  sciences  and  philosophy,  and  who  w^ere  the 
most  noted  men  of  the  time  ? 

21.  What  seems  to  liave  been  the  cause  of  the  degeneracy  and 
final  failure  of  the  Roman  Republic  ? 

22.  What  is  the  early  history  of  the  Anglo  Saxons  in  Britain, 
and  why  were  they  so  called  ? 

23.  What  had  the  greatest  influence  upon  the  developmeiit  of 
the  Christian  Middle  Age  ? 

24.  What  was  the  origin  of  the  Crusades,  and  what  was  their 
social  and  religious  efiect  ? 


204  THE  COMPLETE  EXAMINER, 

25.  Who  granted  the  Magna  Charta  of  England,  and  of  what 
may  it  be  termed  the  foundation  ? 

2G.  AYhat  great  inventions  were  made  in  the  14th  and  15th 
Centuries  ? 

27.  Is  the  Constitution  a  league  ?  If  not,  explain  its  nature, 
and  state  the  reasons. 

28.  On  what  authority  was  it  established  ?  And  if  its  existence 
is  subject  to  any  conditions,  Avhere  are  they  defined  ? 

29.  What  w^as  the  political  status  of  the  English  colonies  in 
North  America  before  the  Revolution  ?  When  and  how  did  they 
become  States? 

30.  What  distribution,  and  into  how  many  parts  does  the  Con- 
stitution make  of  the  powers  of  this  Government  ? 

81.  What  are  the  rules  by  wdiich  we  are  to  ascertain  the  true 
intent  and  meaning  of -any  provision  in  the  Constitution? 

S2,  Who  is  the  final  Judge  or  interpreter  in  controversies  con- 
cemhig  it  ?■ 

33.  Does  the  Constitution  provide  any  nicans  for  controlling 
the  vote  of  a  Senator  or  Representative  ? 

34.  State  the  term  of  office  and  mode  of  electing  President, 
Senator,  Representative,  and  Judge  of  the  Supreme  Court,  and 
reasons  for  the  difference. 

35.  What  powers  are  vested  in  the  United  States  which  do  not 
belong  to  the  States,  and,  conversely,  what  exclusive  powers  have 
the  States  ? 

36.  In  what  manner  does  the  Constitution  provide  for  making 
war  and  peace  ?  Mention  any  instance  in  wdiich  this  power  may 
have  been  usurped. 

37.  Where  is  the  serous  tissue  found,  and  what  is  its  function? 

38.  Which  member  of  the  body  affords  the  greatest  evidence 
of  man's  superiority  over  other  animals  ? 

39.  Describe  briefly  the  structure  of  the  bones. 

40.  What  is  the  effect  upon  the  bones  of  severe  labor  in  youth? 

41.  How  arc  the  muscles  formed,  and  how  are  they  attached? 

42.  In  the  economy  of  the  muscular  system  state  a  striking 
fact  of  man's  dependence  upon  a  higher  power. 

43.  Name  the  organs  which  constitute  the  digestive  apparatus. 


MISCELLANEOUS    QUESTIONS.  20$ 

44.  When  labor  is  lessened  what  is  the  effect  of  continuing  the 
same  amount  of  food  as  when  labor  is  greater  ? 

45.  How  is  the  body  sustained  when  food  can  not  be  taken  ? 

46.  Is  it  beneficial  to  use  food  which  is  the  most  easily  digested 
at  all  times  ?     Give  some  reason. 

47.  How  are  the  arteries  and  the  veins  connected  ? 

48.  Name  the  organs  used  in  respiration. 

49.  Name  the  organs  used  in  the  process  of  digestion, 

50.  Describe  the  circulation  of  the  blood. 

51.  Trace  the  food  taken  into  the  mouth,  through  its  various 
changes,  until  it  becomes  pure  blood. 

52.  How  many  different  bones  in  the  human  system  ? 
'  53.  How  many  pairs  of  muscles  ? 

54.  What  is  the  difference  between  veins  and  arteries  ? 

55.  What  is  the  difference  between  venous  and  arterial  blood  ? 

56.  Describe  the  eye. 

57.  What  is  the  cerebellum  and  where  is  it  situated? 

58.  Explain  the  situation  and  uses  of  the  diaphragm. 

59.  Describe  a  muscle. 

60.  What  is  the  difference  between  a  nerve  of  sensation  and  a 
nerve  of  motion  ? 

61.  How  may  a  person  be  deprived  of  all  power  of  motion,  and 
yet  have  sensation  of  feeling  ? 

62.  What  effect  has  respiration  upon  the  air  breathed  ? 

63.  Give   the   most  common   abuse   by  which   persons    lose 
health. 

64.  What  is  the  difference  between  warm  and  cold  blooded 
animals  ? 

65.  Explain  the  structure  and  uses  of  the  spinal  column. 

GG,  In  cases  of  injury  to  blood  vessels,  how  can  you  tell  wheth- 
er the  injury  be  in  an  artery  or  vein  ? 

67.  From  which  does  greater  danger  arise,  from  tlie  severing 
of  an  artery  or  of  a  vein  ?     And  why  ? 

68.  What  special  provision  is  made  by  our  Creator  for  the  pro- 
tection of  the  arteries  ? 

69.  How  can  you  stop  the  flowing  of  blood  from  a  severed 
artery  ? 


206  THE  COMPLETE  EXAMINER. 

70.  What  is  a  suture  ? 

71.  What  difference  between  the  skull  of  an  infant  and  of  an 
adult? 

72.  What  conditions  as  to  warmth  and  ventilation,  are  most 
conducive  to  health  ? 

73.  What  are  the  constituent  elements  of  Atmospheric  air  ? 

74.  What  is  Specific  Gravity  ? 

75.  What  is  the  effect  of  respiration  on  the  blood  ? 

76.  Explain  the  principle  of  the  Thermometer,  Barometer  and 
Air  Pump.  . 

77.  What  is  a  body  ? 

78.  Wliat  are  the  -essential  properties  of  matter  ? 

79.  Define  and  illustrate  impenetrability  ? 

80.  Define  Gravity.     What  is  Inertia? 

81.  Illustrate  by  examples  the  different  laws  of  Inertia. 

82.  What  is  the  fundamental  law  of  Mechanics  ? 

83.  Name  the  Mechanical  Powers. 

84.  Give  a  formula  for  ascertaining  the  power  of  the  lever. 

85.  What  is  Pneumatics  ?     State  the  law  of  faUinfy  bodies. 

86.  In  what  respect  do  liquids  differ  from  solids? 

87.  How  do  you  ascertain  the  weight  of  the  Atmosphere  ? 

88.  What  is  Specific  Gravity?  How  do  you  ascertain  the 
Specific  Gravity  of  solids,  and  upon  what  princij^les  is  your  rule 
based  ?  . 

89.  The  flash  of  a  gun  is  seen  by  you  3|-  seconds  before  the 
report  is  heard.     At  what  distance  is  the  gun  from  you  ? 

90.  What  circumstances  are  favorable  to  safety  during  a  Thun- 
der Storm  ? 

91.  Why  can  you  not  see  an  object  through  a  tube  bent  at 
right  angles  ? 

92.  Describe  the  eye. 

'93.  Name  the  different  kinds  of  lenses  and  the  effect  of  each 
upon  parallel  rays  of  light  passing  through  it. 

94.  Why  does  a  body  of  water  appear  less  deep  than  it  really 
is? 

95.  What  is  Galvanism?     Of  what  does  Mechanics  treat ?     ^ 


MISCELLANEOUS   QUESTIONS.  207 

96.  How  does  the  Barometer  help  us  to  determine  the  eleva- 
lion  of  a  mountain  ? 

97.  What  is  the  rule  for  finding  the  specific  gravity  of  bodies 
lighter  than  water  ? 

98.  What  is  Specific  Gravity  ?  Describe  the  Pulley  and  its 
uses. 

99.  What  is  the  Ley  den  Jar  ?     Hydrostatic  Paradox  ? 

^  100.  What  is  the  greatest  height  of  a  column  of  water  sus- 
tained by  atmospheric  pressure  only ;  and  what  would  be  the  re- 
sult from  a  change  of  temperature  ? 

101.  Why  does  salt  cause  ice  to  become  fluid? 

102.  If  a  body  be  thrown  directly  upward,  and  return  again  to 
the  earth  in  eleven  seconds,  what  height  does  the  body  reach  ? 

103.  Why  do  the  particles  of  Water  when  left  to  themselves, 
have  a  tendency  to  assume  a  globular  form,  as  is  noticed  in  rain 
drops  and  tears  ? 

104.  Rule  for  finding  Specific  Gravity. 

105.  Define  Language  in  its  most  extended  sense,  and  explain 
.  the  office  of  English  Grammar  in  reference  to  it. 

106.  Name  and  define  the  elements  of  the  following  sentence : 

"Ah !  the  good  boy  and  his  dog  run  rapidly  down  the  hill." 

107.  Parse  the  words  italicised  in  the  following  sentence : 
*'I  do  not  know  what4s  to  he  doney 

108.  Correct  in  every  respect  the  following  sentences,  (if  cor- 
rection be  needed,)  giving  the  reason,  founded  upon  a  grammati- 
cal principle : 

a.  *' The  Book  laid  on  the  floor." 

h.  *'  I  done  the  sum  on  page  forty  six.'^ 

c.  "The  stream  has  overflown  its  banks." 

d.  "  There  is  no  study  in  our  schools  so  hard  to  teach  as  Grammar." 

109.  Write  the  possessive  plural  of  lady  and  man. 

110.  Define  abstract  nouns,  and  give  five  examples. 

111.  Compare  the  adjectives  evil^  little,  front,  much,  brilliant. 

112.  Dechne  the  pronoun  lohicJi. 

113.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  the  verbs  strike,  forget,  pay, 
hear. 


208  THE    COMPLETE    EXAMINER. 

114.  What  is  the  difference  between  the  voice  of  a  verb  and 
its  mode  ? 

115.  Write  tlie  conjugation  of  the  verb  he,  indicative  mode, 
past  tense. 

116.  Write  a  sentence  in  which  the  grammatical  predicate  is 
modlfie<l  by  a  verb  in  the  infinitive. 

117.  Parse  the  italicised  words  in  the  following  sentences: 

"He  gave  mc  what  I  dedvelP     "Milton,  the  'poet^  was  blind?'' 

118.  Analyze  the  following  lines: 

"Now  came  still  evening  on,  and  twilight  gray 
Had  in  her  sober  livery  all  things  clad." 

119.  Of  v/hat  does  Mathematical  Geography  treat  ?  Physical 
Geography  ? 

120.  Polilicjil  Geography?  Name  the  three  largest  States  in 
the  Union,  and  the  three  smallest,  with  the  capital  of  each. 

121.  A  and  B  t/avelled  aroinid  the  earth, — A  on  the  parallel 
of  Chicago,  and  B  on  the  parallel  of  London.  Which  travelled 
the  greatest  nuinher  of  miles?  How  many  degrees  did  each 
travel  ? 

122.  Give  the  boundaries  of  Ireland. 

123.  What  is  the  length  of  the  longest  day  in  latitude  74  de- 
grees ? 

124.  What  is  the  width  of  the  Torrid  Zone,  in  English  miles? 

125.  Give  the  situation  of  Havre,  Montevideo,  Samarcand, 
Odessa,  Caraccas. 

12G.  Name  the  countries  in  Europe  that  border  on  the  Medi- 
terranean. 

127.  Describe  a  water  voyage  from  Odessa  to  St.  Petersburg, 
naming  all  the  Avaters  through  which  you  would  pass. 

128.  Draw  an  outline  map  of  Asia. 

129.  Sketch  a  map  of  Wisconsin,  with  the  principal  Towns^ 
their  Railroad  connections.  Lakes  and  Rivers. 

130.  Bound  your  own  township. 

131.  How  does  Wisconsin  compare  in  size  with  France? 

132.  Why  arc  the  tropics  23^  degrees  from  the  eqaalor? 


MISCELLANEOUS    QUESTIONS.  209 

133.  Upon  what  can  cs  does  the  tempcialure  of  a  country  de- 
pend ? 

134.  What  causes  the  saUness  of  the  Ocean  ? 

135.  From  what  sources  do  Springs  and  Water  Yems  receive 
their  support? 

136.  What  arc  the  prevailing  Winds  of  the  Mississippi  Valley, 
and  why  ? 

137.  What  circumstances  chiefly  affect  the  climate  of  a  coun- 
try ? 

138.  Bound  Texas. 

139.  What  is  meant  by  "Water  Shed/*  as  used  in  Geography? 

140.  Name  the  principal  Ports  on  the  Pacific  coast  of  North 
America*. 

141.  Of  what  States  does  the  river  Mississippi  form  a  part  of 
the  boundary  ? 

142.  How  is  Italy  bounded  ?  Name  its  principal  mountains, 
rivers,  and  political  division. 

143.  Explain  the  process  for  the  Division  of  vulgar  fractions, 
and  the  reason  of  the  ( ommon  rule  therefor. 

144.  Find  the  interest  on  §355.5 G  for  4  yrs.  8  mo.  24d.,  at  5 
per  cent. 

145.  Divide  $1000  among  A,  B  and  C,  so  that  A  Avill  receive 
SI 20  more  than  B,  and  B  $95  more  than  C. 

146.  How  much  cotton  at  2 J  cents  per  lb.  can  be  bought  for 
$2,500,  deducting  brokerage  at  the  rate  of  2^  per  cent,  on  the 
amount  purchased  ? 

147.  If  4  men  dig  a  trench  20  ft.  long,  12^  ft,  deep,  and  2  ft. 
wide,  in  4  days,  working  10  hours  a  day,  how  many  men  will  dig 
a  trench  10  ft,  long,  0^  ft,  deep,  and  S^  ft,  wide,  in  7  days,  w^ork- 
ing  3  hours  per  day  ? 

148.  What  is  the  square  root  of  4.3681  ? 

149.  When  and  how  do  ciphers  give  value  to  significant  figures, 
as  integers  or  decimals  ?     What  is  Subtraction  ? 

150.  What  is  the  difference  between  Reduction  of  Denominate 
Numbers  and  Reduction  of  Fractions  ? 

151.  When  you  add  Fractions,  why  not  add  Denominators  as 
well  as  Numerators  ? 


210  THE    COMPLETE   EXAMINER. 

152.  Perform  the  following  operation  :  .04-^-.005X•3,  and  give 
the  reason  for  pointing  off.  ■ 

153.  If  jou  buy  a  slate  for  8  cents,  and  sell  it  for  10  cents,  ■ 
what  per  cent,  do  you  make  ?  \ 

154.  What  is  the  interest  on  $24,000  for  |  of  an  hour,  at  10  ] 
per  cent,  per  annum  ?  ] 

155.  Why  and  how  are  fractions  reduced  to  a  common  denomi-  i 
nator  ?  ; 

15G.  Find  the  entire  quotient  arising  from  dividing  two  thou-  i 

sand  and  one  millionths  by  one  hundredth.  i 

157.  If  I  have  a  piece  of  land  16|  rods  long,  and  3^  rods  wide,  i 
wdiat  will  be  the  length  of  another  piece  that  is  7  rods  long,  and  ; 
contains  the  same  area  ?  j 

158.  If  82  men  build  a  wall  3G  ft.  long,  8  ^L  high,  and  4  ft.  \ 
thick,  in  4  days,  in  what  time  w^ill  48  men  build  a  wall  8G4  ft,  j 
long,  G  ft.  high,  and  3  ft.  thick?  ; 

159.  In  a  compound  partnership  how  would  you  find  each  j 
partner's  share  of  the  gain  or  loss  ?  I 

1  GO.  A  capitalist  has  $25,000  ;  he  invests  20  per  cent,  in  bank  \ 

stock,  371  per  cent,  in  railroad  stock,  and  the  remainder  in  gov-  \ 

ernment  bonds ;  what  per  cent,  and  what  sum  did  he  invest  in  1 

tlie  bonds?  j 

la.                                                   CiircAGO,  Jan.  1st,  18G0.  \ 

$382.50.  i 

For  value  received  I  promise  to  pay,  on  the  10th  day  of  June  | 

iiQ^t,  to  S.  Brooks  or  order,  the  sum  of  three  hundred  and  eighty-  | 

two  dollars  and  fifty  cents,  with  intei'^st  from  date,  at  7  per  cent.  j 

J.  Davis.  I 

Hequired  the  amount  of  the  above  note  at  the  time  of  settle-  ^: 

ment.  ; 

1G2.  Bought  24  bbls.  of  fiour  for  S1G8,  nnd  sold  ^  of  it  at  j 

$6.75  per  bbl.,  and  the  remainder  at  $7.50  per  bbl.  Did  I  gain  i 
or  lose,  and  how  much  ? 

1G3.  If  gold  18,  21,  17,  19,  20  carats  fine  be  melted  together,  \ 

what  will  be  the  fineness  of  the  compound  ?  \ 

104.  In  the  center  of  a  square  garden  ther<3  is  an  artificial  cir-  i 

cular  p/ond,  covering  an  area  of  810  eq.  ft.y  which  is  one-tenth  of  I 


MISCELLANEOUS    QUESTIONS.  211 

the  whole  garden ;  how  many  rods  of  fence  will  enclose  the  gar- 
den? 

165.  What  is  the  difference  between  Algebra  and  Arithmetic? 

1 G6.  What  is  an  equation  ? 

167.  If  — aX — a=-(-a^,  explain  the  reason  for  the  change  of 
signs. 

168.  What  is  Algebra? 

169.  Write  the  symbols  generally  used  in  Algebraic  formulas, 
and  give  the  signification  of  each. 

170.  Name  the  axioms.  What  is  the  meaning  of  Transposi- 
tion, and  what  is  the  occasion  of  its  use  ? 

171.  Find  tlie  value  of  x  in  the  equation  -+ — — 3 =-+6. 

4      5  2 

172.  Solve^+'^=|— ^+13. 

173.'  What  is  Elimination?  How  many  equations  are  requi- 
site to  the  solution  of  a  question  involving  two  or  more  unknown 
quantities  ? 

174.  Solve  by  elimination  by  addition  or  subtraction, 

x+5y=16. 
3x— 2y=r-— 3. 

175.  Solve  by  Substitution,  3x — 4y=8. 

2x— 3y^5. 

176.  Solve  by  Comparison,  3ix-f  4|y=21. 

5x+2y=16. 

177.  What  is  a  complete  quadratic  equation?     What  is  an  in- 
u.iiplete  quadratic  ? 

178.  Solve  the  following:  x2-^5x=36. 

179.  Solve  the  following:  Sx.''+^x+S  =  4:l. 

180.  State  and  solve  the  following :  A  and  B  find  $120.  Had 
A  found  $10  more,  and  B  $10  less,  they  w^ould  have  found  equal 
sums.     What  did  each  find  ? 

181.  State  and  solve  the  following :  Three  numbers  are  equal 
to  280 ;  one-third  of  the  second  eqimls  the  first,  and  the  third  is 
50  less  than  one-half  the  second.     What  is  each  number  ? 

182.  If  a  certain  number  be  increased  by  one-half  itself  and 


212  THE    COMPLETE   EXAMINER. 

the  sum  be  multiplied  by  the  number,  the  product  will  be  equal 
to  7  times  the  number  less  4.     What  is  the  number  ? 

x+y4-3z=4g-. 

183.  Prove  that  minus  multiplied  or  divided  by  minus  gives 
plus. 

184.  Find  the  greatest  common  divisor  of  x^'-f  aV+a"*  and 
x^ +iix ' — a  x — a"^. 

185.  If  the  difference  of  two  fractions  is  equal  to  L  show  thatp 

q 

times  their  sum  is  equal  to  q  times  the  difference  of  their  squares. 

18G.  Find  the  value  of  x  in  _+5x — *=:c. 

a 

187.  Find  two  numbers  such  that  tlieir  sum,  tlu  ir  product,  and 
the  dlffei-eiice  squares  shall  be  all  equal  to  each  olher. 

188.  What  is  tlie  present  value  of  an  annuity  of  §112.50,  to 
commence  at  the  end  of  10  years,  and  to  continue  20  years  at  4 
p(  r  cent.? 

189.  What  are  the  different  modes  of  computing  logarithms? 
Which  is  the  most  convenient,  and  why  ? 

IDO.  Show  that  the  square  described  on  the  difference  of  two 
lines  is  equivalent  to  the  sum  of  the  squares  described  on  the 
lines  diminished  by  twice  the  rectangle  contained  by  the  lines. 
Give  the  Algebraic  expression  of  this  proposition. 

191.  Show  that  like  powers  or  roots  of  proportional  magnitudes 
are  proportional. 

10?.  Show  that  the  distance  between  any  two  points  on  the 
surface  of  a  sphere  is  less  if  measured  on  the  arc  of  a  great  circle 
than  on  the  arc  of  a  small  circle. 

193.  Show  that  the  sum  of  the  three  sides  of  a  spherical  tri- 
angle is  le.^s  than  the  circumference  of  a  great  circle. 

194.  Make  the  diagram  of  any  arc  greater  than  90  degrees, 
with  its  sine,  cosine,  &c.,  designating  each  of  the  parts  below  the 
diagram  with  letters. 

195.  Give  the  modes  for  finding  any  unknown  parts  of  a  right- 
anfrled  triande. 


MISCELLANEOUS    QUESTIONS.  213 

* 

196.  Find  ilio  formula  for  the  sine  of  the  difference  of  two 
angles  or  arc 

197.  Give  the  tJ.rce  equations  v.'hich  are  the  primary  formulas 
of  spherical  trigonometry. 

198.  How  many  modes  of  measuring  lands?  Describe  each 
process. 

199.  Give  a  brief  account  of  the  different  systems  of  Astrono- 
my and  Kepler's  lawr-. 

200.  Explain  the  variation  of  the  seasons  and  of  the  length  of 
days  and  nights. 

201.  Give  the  process  of  solving  the  sun's  parallax  and  what 
is  knov/n  as  to  the  parallax  of  any  fixed  star. 

202.  How  may  we  calculate  the  quantity  of  a  solar  eclipse  at  a 
particular  place  ? 

203.  What  is  the  use  of  Axioms  in  Geometry  ? 

204.  Describe  four  different  Quadrilaterals.  Three  different 
kinds  of  Triangles. 

205.  What  is  Plane  Geometry?  Solid  Geometry?  A  Straight 
Line  ? 

20 G.  How  many  right  angles  can  be  formed  about  a  given 
point  ? 

207.  Demonstrate,  and  use  Algebraic  symbols,  if  desired : 

The  angles  of  a  triangle  are  together  equal  to  two  right  angles. 

208.  When  two  straight  hues  cross  each  other  the  opposite  or  vertical 
angles  are  equal. 

209.  If  a  straight  line  meet  two  parallel  straight  lines,  the  sum  of  the 
interior  angles  on  tl>e  same  side  will  be  equal  to  two  right  angles. 

210.  If  all  the  sides  of  a  polygon  are  produced  in  the  same  direction, 
the  sum  of  the  exterior  angles  will  be  equal  to  four  right  angles. 

211.  Two  diagonals  of  any  parallelogram  mutually  bisect  each  other. 

212.  Any  two  triangles  having  two  angles  and  the  included  side  of  the 
one  equal  to  two  angles  and  the  included  side  of  the  other,  each  to  each, 
are  equal. 

213.  A  triangle  is  equivalent  to  half  a  parallelogram  of  equal  base  and 
altitude, 

214.  If  a  straight  line  be  divided  into  two  parts,  the  square  described 
upon  the  whole  line  is  equal  to  the  sum  of  the  s'quares  described  upon  each 
of  the  parts,  increased  by  twice  the  rectangle  formed  by  the  two  parts. 
Formula : — (x+y)2=x2+y2-|-2xy. 


214  Tin:  co:'.irLi:TE  kXxVminer. 

215.  An  inscribed  angle  is  measured  by  half  the  arc  included  between  its 
sides. 

216.  The  angles  inscribed  in  the  same  segment  of  a  circle  are  equal. 

217.  The  radius  perpendicular  to  a  chord  bisects  the  chord  and  its  sub- 
tended arc. 

218.  To  find  the  center  of  a  given  circle. 

219.  Parallelograms  of  equal  altitude  are  to  each  other  as  their  bases. 

220.  In  equal  circles,  equal  arcs  are  subtended  by  equal  chords. 

221.  If  we  wish  to  build  a  hexagonal  brick  house,  at  what  an- 
gle shall  we  make  the  corner  brick  ?  Give  the  reason  for  the 
conclusion. 

222.  How  many  circumstances,  and  what  are  they,  under  which 
triangles  are  alike  ? 

223.  How  will  you  occupy  the  attention  and  employ  the  time 
of  the  younger  class  of  pupils  while  they  are  in  the  school- 
room ? 

224.  How  will  you  teach  the  Alphabet? 

225.  Will  you  allow  pupils  to  "spell  out"  words  in  reading, 
and  to  what  extent? 

226.  What  will  you  recommend  for  the  first  study  of  a  child 
who  has  learned  to  read  well  enough  to  take  up  a  regular  study  ? 

227.  Enumerate  some  of  the  things  that  you  will  teach  orally. 

228.  Give  a  schedule  of  the  course  of  study  you  will  recom- 
mend from  the  time  the  pupil  commences  the  study  of  books  to 
his  fourteenth  year. 

229.  What  special  means  will  you  employ  to  secure  the  inter- 
est and  co-operation  of  parents  ? 

230.  At  what  degree  of  temperature  will  you  keep  your  school- 
room ? 

231.  What  incentives  will  you  use  in  the  school-room? 

232.  What  plan  have  you  for  controlling  whispering? 

233.  What  plan  have  you  for  securing  punctuality? 

234.  What  should  be  the  aim  of  all  human  culture  ? 


FINIS. 


Or 


^  lie  Rational  ^eries  of  Standard  ^cliool-^ooks, 

PUBLISHED  BY 

A.  S.  BARNES  &  COMPANY, 
111  &  113  wizijIAm  stmeet,  new  tobk. 


This  Se-eies  embraces  about  Three  Hundred  Volumes  of  Standard  Educational 
Works,  composing  the  most  complete  and  uniformly  meritorious  collection  of  text- 
books ever  published  by  a  single  firm. 

Thk  Skkies  is  complete^  covering  every  variety  and  grade  of  science  and  literature, 
from  the  Primer  which  guides  the  lisping  tongue  of  the  infant,  to  the  abstruse  and 
difficult  "  West  Point  Course/* 

The  Series  is  uniforn-Jy  excellent.  Each  volume,  among  bo  many,  maintains  its 
own  standard  of  merit.  aw\  assists,  in  its  place,  to  round  the  perfect  whole. 

The  Seeies  is  knovn  and  popularly  used  in  every  section  of  the  United  States,  and 
by  every  class  of  cUiZ67hs,  r 'presenting  all  shades  of  political  opinion  and  religious  be- 
lief. In  proof  of  this,  it  is  only  necessary  to  name  the  following  popular  works,  with 
which  every  one  is  familiar,  and  which  fairly  repr;!-Lnt  the  whole : 

PARKER  &  WATSON'S  Readers,  Scc. 
DAVIES'  Course  of  IVlathematics. 
WILLARD'S  Course  of  History. 
PECK'S  GANOT'S  Natural  Philosophy. 
STEELE'S  14-  Weeks  in  each  Science. 


JARVIS'  Physiology  and  Health. 
WOOD'S  Text-Books  in  Botany. 
SMITH'S  Orthography  and  Etymology. 
BOYD'S  Course  in  English  Literature. 


MOivTEITH'S  &  McNALLY'S  Geog's. 
CLARK'S  Diagram  English  Grammar. 
"  P.,  D.,  &  S.'s"  System  of  Penmanship. 
ANDREWS  &  STODDARD'S  Latin. 
CROSBY'S  Greek  Series. 
WORMAN'S  German  Series. 
PUJOL'S  French  Class-Book. 
ROOT'S  (GEO,  F.)  Sch.  Music- Books. 
MANSFIELD'S  Political  Manual. 


THE  SCHOOL-TEACHER'S  LIBRARY,  Twenty-five  Volumes. 


Who  would  know  more  of  this  unrivaled  Series  should  consult  for  details, 

1,  THE  DESCJtIPTlVE  CATALOGUE— free  to  Teachers;  others,  5  cents. 

2,  TSE  ILTjUSTRATED   EDUCATIONAL  BULLETIK— Feriodical 

organ  of  the  Publishers.    Full  of  instruction  for  Teachers.    Subscription,  20 
cents.    Sample  free. 

TERMS  OF  EXAMINATION! — ^We  propose  to  supply  any  teacher  who  desires  to 
examine  text-books,  with  a  view  to  introduction,  if  approved,  with  sample  copies,  on 
receipt  of  one-half  the  price  annexed  (in  Catalogue),  and  the  books  will  be  sent  by 
mail  or  express  without  expense  to  the  purchaser.  Books  marked  thus  (*)  are  ex- 
cepted from  this  offer. 

TERMS  OF  INTRODUCTION.— The  Publishers  are  prepared  to  make  special  and 
very  favorable  terms  for  first  introduction  of  any  of  the  National  Series,  and  will 
furnish  the  reduced  introductory  price-list  to  teachers  whose  application  presents  evi* 
dence  of  good  faith. 

Tbachebs  desiring  to  avail  themselves  of  any  of  the  privileges  of  the  profession,  11 
not  known  to  the  Publishers,  should  mention  the  name  of  one  or  more  of  their  Trus* 
tees  or  Patrons,  as  pledge  of  good  faith. 

For  further  information^  address  the  Ttihlishers^ 


fVie  A'atfonal  Series  of  Slajfdaid  Sc?iool'J3Gok8* 

OBTHOGRAPHY  A^D  BEIDiG. 


NATIONAL  SEMES 

OP 

READERS    AND     SPELLERS. 

BY  PAEKER  &  WATSOK 


The  National  Primer $2^ 

Nalional  First  Reader 38 

National  Second  Reader ^3 

National  Third  Reader 95 

Nationai  Fourth  Reader l  50 

Rational  Fifth  Reader l  88 

National  Elementary  Speller 25 

National  Pronouncing  Speller 45 

Independent  Third  Reader 

Independent  Fourth  Reader       95 

Independent  Fifth  Reader      i  50 

The  s.alieut  features  of  these  works  which  have  comhined  to  [render  them  so  popular 
may  be  briefly  recapitulated  as  follows ; 

1.  THE  WORD  BUILDING  SYSTEM— This  famous  progressive  method  for 
young  children  originated  and  was  copyrighted  with  these  books.  It  constitutes  a 
process  by  which  the  beginner  with  words  of  one  letter  is  gradually  introduced  to 
additional  lists  formed  by  prefixing  or  affixing  single  letters,  and  is  thus  led  almost 
insensibly  to  the  mastery  of  the  more  difficult  constructions.  This  is  justly  regarded 
as  one  of  the  most  striking  modern  improvements  in  methods  of  teaching. 

2.  TREATMENT  OF  PRONUNCIATION.-The  wants  of  the  youngest  scholars 
In  this  department  are  not  overlooked.  It  may  be  said  that  from  the  first  lesson  tha 
student  by  this  method  need  never  be  at  a  loss  for  a  prompt  and  accurato  render' 
aig  of  every  word  encountered. 

3.  ARTICULATION  AND  ORTHOEPY  are  recognized  as  of  primar-  , 
portance. 

9  iOU6,'i 


The  JA^atlo7iul  Se7'ies  of  Standard  Sc/tool-^ooks. 

ORTHOGRAPHY  AND   READING-Continued. 

4.  PUUCTUATIOK'  is  inculcated  by  a  series  of  interesting  reading  lessons,  the 
simple  perusal  of  which  suffices  to  fix  its  principles  indelibly  upon  the  mind. 

5.  ELOCUTIOIT.  Each  of  the  higher  Readers  (3d,  4th  and  5th)  contains  elaborate, 
scholarly,  and  thoroughly  practical  treatises  on  elocution.  This  feature  alone  has 
secured  for  the  series  many  of  its  warmest  friends. 

6.  THE  SELECTIONS  are  the  crowning  glory  of  the  eeries.  Without  exception 
it  may  be  said  that  no  volumes  of  the  same  size  and  character  contain  a  collection  so 
diversified,  judicious,  and  artistic  as  this.  It  embraces  the  choicest  gems  of  English 
literature,  so  arranged  as  to  afford  the  reader  ample  exercise  in  every  department  of 
style.  So  acceptable  has  the  taste  of  the  authors  in  this  department  proved,  not  only 
to  the  educational  public  but  to  the  reading  community  at  large,  that  thousands  of 
copies  of  the  Fourth  and  Fifth  Eeaders  have  found  their  way  into  public  and  private 
libraries  throughout  the  countiy,  where  they  are  in  constant  use  as  manuals  of  liter* 
ature,  for  reference  as  well  as  perusal. 

7.  AERANG-EMENT.  The  exercises  arc  so  arranged  as  to  present  constantly  al- 
ternating practice  in  the  different  styles  of  composition,  while  observing  a  definita 
plan  of  progression  or  gradation  thix)ughout  the  whole.  In  the  higher  books  the  ar- 
ticles are  placed  in  formal  sections  and  classified  topically,  thus  concentrating  the  in- 
terest and  inculcating  a  principle  of  association  likely  to  prove  valuable  in  subsequent 
general  reading. 

8.  NOTES  AND  BIOaRAPHIOAL  SKETCHES.  These  are  full  and  adequate 
to  every  want.  The  biographical  sketches  present  in  pleasing  style  the  history  of 
every  author  laid  under  contribution. 

9.  ILLUSTEATIONS.  These  are  plentiful,  almost  profuse,  and  of  the  highest 
character  of  art.  They  are  found  in  every  volume  of  the  series  as  far  as  and  including 
the  Third  Reader. 

10.  THE  GRADATION"  is  perfect.  Each  volume  overlaps  its  companion  pre- 
ceding or  following  in  tlie  series,  so  that  the  scholar,  in  passing  from  one  to  another, 
is  barely  conscious,  save  by  the  presence  of  the  new  book,  of  tlie  transition, 

11.  TEE  PRICE  is  reasonable.  The  books  were  not  trimmed  to  the  minimum 
of  size  in  order  that  the  publishers  might  be  able  to  denominate  them  "  the  cheapest 
in  the  market,"  but  were  made  large  enoiujh  to  cover  and  suffice  for  the  grade  indi- 
cated by  the  respective  numbers.  Thus  the  child  is  not  compelled  to  go  over  his  First 
Reader  twice,  or  be  driven  into  the  Second  before  he  is  prepared  for  it.  The  compe- 
tent teachers  who  compiled  the  series  made  each  volume  just  what  it  should  be,  leav- 
ing  it  for  their  brethren  who  should  use  the  books  to  decide  what  constitutes  true 
cheapness.  A  glance 'over  the  books  will  satisfy  any  one  that  the  same  amount  of 
matter  is  nowhere  furnished  at  a  price  more  reasonable.  Besides  which  another  con- 
sideration enters  into  the  question  of  relative  economy,  namely,  the 

12.  BINDING.  By  the  use  of  a  material  and  process  known  only  to  themselves, 
in  common  with  all  the  publications  of  this  house,  the  National  Readers  are  warranted 
to  out-last  any  with  which  they  may  be  compared— the  ratio  of  relative  durability  be- 
ing in  their  favor  ?ls  twp  to  one.  * 


JVational  Series  of  Sfatutard  Sc/^ool- !^ooX::s, 

Parker  &  Watson's  National  Series  of  Eeaders. 

TESTIMOJXriAIiS. 
From  Hon.  T  A.  Paeker,  State  Sup't  of  Public  InsiructioTby  Missotiri. 

By  authority  of  law  it  becomes  my  duty  to  recommend  a  list  of  Text-books  for  use 
In  the  Public  Schools  of  Missouri.  I  deem  it  necessary  to  approve  a  list  of  books 
which  will  secure  to  the  youth  of  the  State  a  miifor'm^  cheap,  and  practical  course  of 
study,  and  after  careful  exaaiination  have  selected  the  following:  The  National 
Readees  and  Spellees,  Monteiih  dk  McNallifs  Geographies^  Peck's  Ganot's  Natural 
Philosophy,  Jarvis'  Physiology  ana  Healthy  &c.,  &c. 

From  Sam'l  P.  Bates,  LL.D.,  Asst.  Supt.  Public  Schools  of  Pennsplvania. 

I  find  that  your  series  of  Parker  &  Watson's  National  Readers  are  going  into  use  in 
all  our  leading  Normal  Schools.  They  are  unquestionably  ahead  of  any  thing  yet  pub- 
lished. 

From  A.  J.  Haile,  Prin.  Hebrew  Educational  Institute,  Memphis,  Tenjiessee. 

1  take  great  pleasure  in  bearing  testimony  to  the  superior  merits  of  Parker  &  "VVat- 
Bon's  Series  of  *'  National  Readers." 

From  PiiOF.  F.  S.  Jeweli.,  of  the  Neio  York  State  Nm-mal  School. 

It  gives  me  pleasure  to  find  in  the  National  Series  of  School-Readers  ample  room 
for  commendation  From  a  brief  examination,  I  ^ra  led  to  believe  that  we  have  none 
equal  to  them.    I  hope  they  will  prove  as  popular  as  they  are  excellent. 

From  Moses  T.  Beown,  Sujyerintendent  Public  Schools,  Toledo,  Ohio. 

The  different  Series  of  other  authors  were  critically  examined  by  our  Board  of 
Education  and  myself,  and  the  decision  was  UManiuious  in  favor  of  the  National 
Series.  Our  teacliers  are  delighted  with  the  books,  and  none  more  so  than  our  pri« 
mary  teachers.  I  cotvdder  the  Series  beiLvr  adapted  to  our  graded  school  system,  than 
any  other  now  before  the  public. 

From  \Vm.  B.  Ames,  Suparinlendent  of  Schools,  Morris,  Connecticut. 

They  are  well  adapted  to  all  degrees  of  scholarshi{» — one  lesson  prepares  the  mind 
of  the  pupil  for  the  next  in  consecutive  order,  from  book  to  book — till  the  highest  or- 
der of  English  composition  is  attained  in  the  Fifth  Reader. 

From  John  S.  Haet,  Prin.  N.  J.  State  Normal  School. 

I  approve  of  Parker  &  Watson's  Readers  highly.  The  selections  are  judicious,  the 
arrangement  good,  and  the  books  well  made  meclianically.  We  have  adopted  the  3d, 
4th,  and  5th  of  the  Series  in  this  school. 

From  R.  P.  Deckaed,  President  Ewing  College,  La  Grange,  Texas, 

I  think  the  National  Series  of  Readers  the  best  I  have  seen. 

Es^i'acts  from  Report  made  to  the  California  State  Teachers^  Association. 

The  Committee,  in  presenting  to  this  Convention  the  Series  of  Readers  by  Parker 
&  Watson,  would  state  that,  regarded  as  a  whole,  we  would  give  our  unqualified  sup- 
port to  them  in  preference  to  all  others. 

From  B.  J.  Young,  Superintendent  Schools,  Shelbyville,  Illinois. 

The  National  Readers  have  been  selected  for  use  in  tlie  public  schools  of  this  city, 
•nd  are  giving  very  excellent  satisfaction.  During  ten  years'. experience  in  teaching, 
I  have  found  no  books  so  well  adapted  to  secure  rapid  and  thorough  progress. 

From  the  Wilmington  (N.  C.)  Daily  IIeeald. 

The  National  Series  has  attained  probably  a  higher  reputation  than  any  other  com- 
plete series  of  School-Books  in  existence. 

tW  For  further  testimony  of  a  similar  character,  see  special  circular,  or  curren 
nambers  of  the  Educational  Bulletin 


JVational  Series  of  Slanda?d  School-^ook^s* 

The  National  Eeaders  and  Spellers. 


THEIR    RECORD. 


These  books  have  been  adopted  by  the  School  Boards,  or  official  authority,  'i  (hi 
Allowing  important  States,  cities,  and  towns— in  most  cases  for  exclusive  use. 

The    State    of    Minnesota. 
The    State    of   Missouri. 


ISTew  York. 

Illinois. 

Indiana. 

New  York  City. 

Chicago. 

New  Albany. 

Brooklyn. 

Peoria. 

Fort  Wayne. 

Buffalo. 

Alton. 

Lafayette. 

Albany. 

Springfield. 

Madison. 

Rochester. 

Aurora. 

Logan  sport. 

Troy. 

Galesburg. 

&c.,  &c. 

byracuse. 

Rockford. 

Elmira. 

Rock  Island. 

Iowa. 

&c.,  &c. 

&c.,  &c. 

Davenport. 
Burlington. 

Pennsylvania. 

"Wisconsin. 

Muscatine. 

Reading. 

Mil'waukee. 

Mount  Pleasant. 

Lancaster. 

Fond  du  Lac. 

&c. 

Erie. 

Oshkosh. 

Scranton. 

Janesville. 

California. 

Carlisle. 

Racine. 

Sacramento. 

Carbondale. 

Watertown. 

Marysville. 

Meadville. 

Sheboygan. 

&c. 

Schuylkill  Haven. 

La  Crosse. 

Oregon. 

Portland. 
Salem. 
&c. 

William  sport. 

Waukesha. 

Norristown. 

Kenosha. 

Bellefonte. 

&c.,  &c 

Altoona. 

&c.,  &c. 

Wew  Jersey. 
Newark. 

Michigan. 
Grand  Rapids. 
Kalamazoo. 
Adrian 

*  Virginia. 
Richmond. 
Norfolk. 
Petersburg. 

Jersey  City. 

Patereon. 

Trenton. 

Jackson. 
Monroe. 

Lynchburg. 
&c. 

Camden. 

Lansing. 

*  Carolina. 

Elizabeth. 

&c.,  &C 

Wilmington. 

New  Brunswick. 

Charleston. 

Phillipsburg. 

•     Ohio. 

Orange. 

Toledo. 

*  Georgia. 

&c.,  &c. 

Sandusky. 
Conneaut. 

Savanuah. 

Delaware. 

Chardon. 

*  Louisiana. 

"Wilmington. 

Hudson. 
Canton. 

New  Orleans. 

D.  C. 

Salem. 

*  Tennessee, 

Washington. 

&c.,  «&c. 

Memphis. 

♦  With  the  organization  and  progress  of  common-'5chool  systems  at  the  Soutli,  thif 
fist  will,  of  course,  be  greatly  increased.    These  poi'its  are,  at  present,  almost  the  ouiy 
ones  enjoying  the  advantages  of  public  schools.     The  National  Eeaders  are  used  in 
krgo  numVer  of  the  best  private  schools  and  acaderaies  throughout  the  South. 


Th«  Educational  BulUtin  records  periodically  all  new  points  gained. 

0 


The  JVatlo7ial  Series  of  Standa^^d  School- !Sx)obs. 

SCHOOL-ROOM    CARDS, 

To  Aooompany  the  National  Eeaders. 
Eureka  Alphabet  Tablet *l  50 

Presents  the  alphabet  upoa  the  Word  Method  System,  by  which  the 
child  will  learn  the  alphabet  in  nine  days,  and  make  no  small  progress  in 
reading  and  spelling  in  the  same  time. 

National  School  Tablets,  lo  Nos *7  50 

Embrace  reading  and  conversational  exercises,  object  and  moral  les- 
sons, form,  color,  &c,  A  complete  set  of  these  large  and  elegantly  illus- 
trated Cards  will  embellish  the  school-room  more  than  any  other  article 
of  furniture. 


READING. 


Fowle's  Bible  Reader |l  00 

The  narrative  portions  of  the  Bible,  chronologically  and  topically  ar- 
ranged, judiciously  combined  with  selections  from  the  Psalms,  Proverbs, 
and  other  portions  which  inculcate  important  moral  lessons  or  the  great 
truths  of  Christianity.  The  embarrassment  and  difficulty  of  reading  the 
P>ii>le  itself,  by  course,  as  a  class  exercise,  are  obviated,  and  its  use  made 
feasible,  by  this  means. 

Eiorlh  Carolina  First  Reader 40 

North  Carolina  Second  Reader 65 

North  Carolina  Third  Reader l  00 

Prepared  expressly  for  the  schools  of  this  State,  by  C.  H.  Wiley,  Super- 
intendent of  Common  Schools,  and  F.  M.  Hubbard,  Professor  of  Litera- 
ature  in  the  State  University, 

Parker's  Rhetorical  Reader l  oo 

Designed  to  fiimiliarize  Readers  with  the  pauses  and  other  marks  in 
general  use,  and  lead  them  to  the  practice  of  modulation  and  inflection  of 
the  voice. 

Introductory  Lessons  in  Reading  and  Elo- 
cution      75 

Of  similar  character  to  the  foregoing,  for  less  advanced  classes. 

High  School  Literature l  50 

Admirable  selections  from  along  list  of  the  world's  best  writers,  for  ex- 
ercise in  reading,  oratory,  and  coTTjposition.  Speeches,  dialogues,  and 
model  letters  represent  the  latter  department. 

7 


The  JVational  Series  o/  Sia?idard  School- !Books, 

ORTHOGRAPHY. 

SMITH'S    SERIES 

Supplies  a  speller  for  every  class  in  graded  schools,  and  comprises  the  most  com- 
plete and  excellent  treatise  on  English  Orthography  and  its  companion 
branches  extant. 

i.  Smith's  Little  Speller  ....  $    20 

First  Round  in  the  Ladder  of  Learning. 

2.  Smith's  Juvenile  Deflner    >       -  .    .     45 

Lessons  composed  of  familiar  words  grouped  with  reference  to  similar 
signification  or  use,  and  correctly  spelled,  accented,  and  defined. 

3.  Smith's  Grammar-School  Speller     ....     ^o 

Familiar  words,  grouped  with  reference  to  the  sameness  of  s'^und  of  syl- 
lables differently  spelled.  Also  definitions,  complete  rules  for  spelling  and 
formation  of  derivatives,  and  exercises  in  false  orthography. 

4.  Smith's  Speller  and  Definer's  Manual    •      ^^ 

A  complete  School  Dictionary  containing  14,000  words,  with  various 
other  useful  matter  in  the  way  of  Rules  and  Exercises. 

5-  Smith's  Hand-Book  of  Etymology  •    •      i  25 

The  first  and  only  Etymology  to  recognize  the  Anglo-Saxon  onr  motkcr 
tongne;  containing  also  full  lists  of  derivatives  from  the  Latin,  Greek, 
Gaelic,  Swedish,  Norman,  &c.,  &c. ;  being,  in  fact,  a  complete  etymology 
of  the  language  for  schools. 

Sherwood's  Writing  Speller i^ 

Sherwood's  Speller  and  Definer is 

Sherwood's  Speller  and  Pronouncer    ...     15 

The  Writing  Speller  consists  of  properly  ruled  and  numbered  blanks 
to  receive  the  words  dictated  by  the  teacher,  with  space  for  remarks  and 
corrections.  The  other  volumes  maybe  used  for  the  dictation  or  ordinary 
class  exercises. 

Price's  English  Speller *15 

A  complete  spelling-book  for  all  grades,  containing  more  matter  than 
"  Webster,"  manufactured  in  superior  style,  and  sold  at  a  lower  price — 
consequently  the  cheapest  speller  extant. 

Northend's  Dictation  Exercises ^^ 

Embracing  valuable  information  on  a  thousand  topics,  communicated 
in  such  a  manner  as  at  once  to  relieve  the  exercise  ©f  spelling  of  its  usual 
tedium,  and  combine  it  with  instruction  of  a  general  character  calculated 
to  profit  and  amuse. 

Wright's  Analytical  Orthography    ....     25 

This  standard  work  is  popular,  because  it  teaches  the  elementary  sounds 
in  a  plain  and  philosophical  manner,  and  presents  orthography  and  or- 
thoepy in  an  easy,  uniform  system  of  analysis  or  parsing. 

Fowle's  False  Orthography i^y 

Exercises  for  correction. 

Page's  Normal  Chart *3  7.3 

The  elementary  sounds  of  the  language  for  the  school-room  wallg. 

s 


4l 

The  JVattonat  Se^^ies  of  Standard  School-^Books* 

ENGLISH  GRAMMAR. 


CLARK'S  DIAGRAM  SYSTEM.  \ 

Clark's  First  Lessons  in  Grammar    ...  45        \ 

Clark's  English  Grammar i  oo 

Clark's  Key  to  English  Grammar  ....  75       ^ 

Clark's  Analysis  of  the  English  Language  .  60 

Clark's  Grammatical  Chart *3  75        i 

The  theory  and  practice  of  teaching  grammar  in  American  schools  is  J 

meeting  with  a  thorough  revolution  from  the  use  of  this  system.    While  \ 

the  old  methods  offer  proficiency  to  the  pupil  only  after  much  weary  ■ 

plodding  and  dull  memorizing,  this  affords  from  the  inception  the  ad-  ] 

vantage  of  practical  Object  Teaching^^  addressing  the  eye  by  means  of  il-  j 

lustrative  figures  ;  furnishes  association  to  the  memory,  its  most  power-  j 

ful  aid,  and  diverts  the  pupil  by  taxing  his  ingenuity.     Teachers  who  are  \ 

using  Clark's  Grammar  uniformly  testify  that  tliey  and  their  pupils  find  '< 

it  the  most  interesting  study  of  the  school  course.  ^ 

Like  all  greut  and  radical  improvements,  the  system  naturally  met  at  1 

first  with  much  unreasonable  opposition.     It  has  not  only  outlived  the  i 

greater  part  of  this  opposition,  but  finds  many  of  its  warmest  admirers  ; 

among  those  who  could  not  at  first  tolerate  so  radical  an  innovation.      All  ! 

it  wants  is  an  impartial  trial,  to  convince  the  most  skeptical  of  its  merit.  I 

No  one  who  has  fairly  and  intelligently  tested  it  in  the  school-room  has  ] 

ever  been  known  to  go  back  ta  the  old  method.     A  great  success  is  al-  * 

ready  established,  and  it  is  easy  to  prophecy  that  the  day  is  not  far  dis-  ] 

tant  when  it  will  be  the  only  system  of  teaching  English  Grammar.    As  \ 

the  System  is  copyrighted,  no  other  text-books  can  appropriate  this  ob-  '\ 

vious  and  great  improvement.  \ 

Welch's  Analysis  of  the  English  Sentence  •  i  oo       j 

Eemarkable  for  its  new  and  simple  classification,  its  method  of  treat-  ' 

ing  connectives,  its  explanations  of  the  idioms  and  constructive  la-?rs  of  i 

the  language,  &c.  j 


ETYMOLOGY. 


Smith's  Complete  Etvmology, i  25 

Containing  the  Anglo-Saxon,  French,  Dutch,  German,  Welsh,  Danish, 
Gothic,  Swedish,  Gaelic,  Italian,  Latin,  and  Greek  Roots,  and  the  English 
words  derived  therefrom  accurately  spelled,  accented,  and  defined. 

the  Topical  Lexicon, i  75 

This  work  is  a  School  Dictionary,  an  Etymology,  a  compilation  of  syn- 
onyms, and  a  manual  of  general  information.  It  differs  from  the  ordinary 
lexicon  in  being  arranged  by  topics  instead  of  the  letters  of  the  alphabet, 
thu8  realizing  the  apparent  paradox  of  a  "Rca-iable  Dictionary."  Ao 
tamsaally  valuable  school-book. 


National  Se7Hes  ef  Sta7ida7*d  SchoolSooks* 

Clark's  Diagram  English  Grammar, 

TESTIMONIALS. 
Frovn  J.  A.  T.  Duknin,  Pnncipal  Dubuque  R.  C.  Academy^  Iowa. 

In  ray  opinion,  it  is  well  calculated  by  its  system  of  analysis  to  develop  those  rational 
fcwjulties  which  in  the  eld  systems  were  rather  left  to  develop  themselves,  while  the 
memory  was  overtaxed,  and  the  pupils  discouraged. 

From  B.  A.  Cox,  School  Commissioner,  Warren  County,  Ulinoia. 

I  have  examined  150  teachers  in  the  last  year,  and  those  having  studied  or  taught 
Clark's  System  have  universally  stood  fifty  per  cent  better  examinations  thau  those 
laving  studied  other  authors. 

From  M.  H.  B.  Bdeket,  Principal  Masonic  Institute,  Georgetown,  Tennessee. 

I  traveled  two  years  amusing  myself  in  instructing  (exclusively)  Grammar  classes 
ipith  Clark's  system.  The  first  class  I  instructed  fifty  days,  but  found  that  this  was 
more  time  than  was  required  to  impart  a  theoretical  knowledge  of  the  science. 
During  the  two  years  thereafter  I  instructed  classes  only  thirti/  days  each.  Invariably 
I  proposed  that  unless  I  prepared  my  classes  for  a  more  thorough,  m.aute,  and  accu- 
rate knowledge  of  Knglish  Grammar  than  that  obtained  from  the  ordinary  boaks  and 
in  the  ordinary  way  in  from  one  to  two  years,  1  would  make  no  charge.  I  never 
failed  in  a  solitary  case  to  far  exceed  the  hopes  of  my  classes,  and  made  money  and 
character  rapidly  as  an  instructor. 

From  A.  B.  Douglass,  School  Commissioner,  Delaware  County,  Neio  York. 

I  have  never  known  a  class  pursue  the  study  of  it  under  a  live  teacher,  that  has  not 
succeeded ;  I  have  never  known  it  to  have  an  opponent  in  an  educated  teacher  who 
had  thoroughly  investigated  it;  I  have  never  known  an  ignorant  teacher  to  examine 
it ;  I  have  never  known  a  teacher  who  has  used  it,  to  try  any  other. 

From  J.  A.  Dodge,  Teacher  and  Lecturer  on  English  Grammar,  Kentucky. 

We  are  tempted  to  assert  that  it  foretells  the  dawn  of  a  brighter  age  to  our  mother 
longue.  Both  pupil  and  teacher  can  fare  sumptuously  upon  its  contents,  however 
highly  they  may  have  prized  the  manuals  into  which  they  may  have  been  initiated, 
and  by  which  their  expressions  have  been  moulded. 

From,  W.  T.  Chapman,  Superintendent  Public  Schools,  Wellington,  Ohio. 

I  regard  Clark's  System  of  Grammar  the  best  published.  For  teaching  the  analysis 
©f  the  English  Language,  it  surpasses  any  I  ever  used. 

From  F.  S.  Lyon,  Principal  South  Norwalk  Union  School,  Connecticut. 

During  ten  years'  experience  in  teaching,  I  have  used  six  different  authors  on  the 
subject  of  English  Grammar.  I  am  fully  convinced  that  Clark's  Grammar  is  better 
calculated  to  make  thorough  grammarians  than  any  other  that  I  have  seen. 

»  From  Catalogue  ok  Roiikeb's  Commekcial  College,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. 

We  do  not  hesitate  to  assert,  without  fear  of  successful  contradiction,  that  a  better 
knowledge  of  the  English  language  can  be  obtained  by  this  system  in  six  weeks  than 
fey  the  old  methods  in  as  many  months. 

From  A.  Pickett,  President  of  the  State  Teachers'  Association,  Wisconsin. 

A  thorough  experiment  in  the  use  of  many  approved  autliors  upon  the  subject  of 
English  Grammar  has  convinced  me  of  the  superiority  of  Clark.  When  the  pupil  has 
completed  the  course,  he  is  left  upon  a  foundation  of  princi2>le,  and  not  upon  the  die* 
turn  of  the  author. 

From  Geo.  F.  M<^Faeland,  Prih.  JfcAllisterville  Academy,  Juniaia  Co.,  Penn. 

At  the  fij-st  examination  of  public-school  teachers  by  the  county  superintendent, 
when  one  of  our  student  teachers  commenced  analyzing  a  sentence  according  to  Clark, 
the  superintendent  listeived  in  mute  astonishment  until  he  had  finished,  then  asked 
what  that  meant,  and  finallj',  with  a  very  knowing  look,  said  such  work  wouldn't  do 
here,  and  asked  t^'e  applicant  to  parse  the  sentence  right,  and  gave  the  lowest  certifi- 
cates to  all  who  barely  mentioned  Clark.  Afterwards,  I  presented  him  with  a  copy, 
Aud  the  next  fall  he  permitted  it  to  be  partially  used,  while  the  third  or  last  fall,  he 
»penly  commended  the  system,  and  appointed  three  of  my  best  teachers  to  explain  it 
tt  the  two  Institutes  and  one  County  Convention  held  since  September. 

UST"  For  further  tostimony  of  equal  fcrce,  see  the  Publishers'  Special  Circular,  oi 
nurent  muckers  of  tluj  Educational  Bulletin. 

10 


27ie  JSratio7zat  Series  of  Standm^i  School-:^ooks, 


GEOGRAPHY. 


THE 

NATIONAL  GEOGRAPHICAL  SYSTEM. 


L  fflonteith's  First  Lessons  in  Geography,  $    35 

II.  fflonleilh's  Introduction  to  the  Manual,  .     63 

III.  Monteith's  New  Manual  of  Geography,  .  i  oo 

IV.  Monteith's  Physical  &  Intermediate  Geog^  i  70 
Y.  fflcNally's  System  of  Geography,    ...  l  88 


Monteith's  Wall  Maps  (per  set)    .  .   .   *20  oo 

1.  PRACTICAL  OBJECT  TEACHIIJG.  The  infant  scholar  is  first  introducea 
to  a  picture  whence  he  may  derive  notions  of  the  shape  of  the  earth,  the  phenomena 
©f  day  and  night,  the  distribution  of  land  and  water,  and  the  great  natural  divisions, 
which  mere  words  would  fail  entirely  to  convey  to  the  untutored  mind.  Other  pic- 
tures follow  on  the  same  plan,  and  the  child's  mind  is  called  upon  to  grasp  no  idea 
without  the  aid  of  a  pictorial  illustration.  Carried  on  to  the  higher  books,  this  system 
culminates  in  No.  4,  where  such  matters  as  climates,,  ocean  euiTents,  the  winds,  pccu- 

.  liarities  of  the  earth's  crust,  clouds  and  rain,  are  pictorially  explained  and  rendered 
apparent  to  the  most  obtuse.  The  illustrations  used  for  this  purpose  belong  to  the 
Lighest  grade  of  art, 

2.  CLEAR,  BEAUTIPUL,.  AND  CORRECT  MAPS.  In  the  lower  numbers 
the  maps  avoid  unnecessary  detail,  wh3e  respectively  progressive,  and  affording  the 
pupil  new  matter  for  acquisition  each  time  he  approaches  in  the  constantly  enlarging 
circle  the  point  of  coincidence  with  previous  lessons  in  the  more  elementary  books. 
In  No.  4,  the  maps  embrace  many  new  and  striking  features.  One  of  the  most 
effective  of  these  is  the  new  plan  for  displaying  an  each  map  the  relative  sizes  of 
countries  not  represented,  thus  obviating  much  confusion  which  has  arisen  from  the 
necessity  of  presenting  maps  in  the  same  atlas  drawn  on  different  scales.  The  maps 
«f  No.  5  have  long  been  celebrated  for  their  superior  beauty  and  completeness.  This 
is  the  only  school-book  in  which  the  attempt  to  make  a  complete  atlas  aim  clear  and, 
distinct^  has  been  successful.  The  map  coloring  throughout  the  series  is  also  notice- 
able. Delicate  and  subdued  tints  take  the  place  of  the  startling  glare  of  inharmoniouB 
colors  which  too  frequently  in  such  treatises  dazzle  the  eyes,  distract  the  attention, 
and  serve  to  oyerwhelm  the  names  of  towns  and  the  natural  features  of  the  landscape. 

11 


!the  J^ationcto  Series  of  Standard  School-'BQohs. 

GEOGRAPHY-Continued.  * 

3.  THE  VARIETY  OF  MAP  EXERCISE.  Starting  each  time  from  a  different 
basis,  the  pupil  in  many  instances  approaches  the  same  fact  no  less  than  sxt'j  iimes^ 
thus  indelibly  impressing  it  upon  his  memory.  At  the  same  time  this  system  is  not 
allowed  to  become  wearisome— the  extent  of  exercise  on  each  subject  being  graduated 
by  its  relative  importance  or  difficulty  of  acquisition. 

4.  THE  CHAEAOTER  AND   ARRANGEMENT  OP   THE  DESCRIPTIVE 

TEXT.  The  cream  of  the  science  has  been  carefully  culled,  unimportant  matter  re- 
jected, elaboration  avoided,  and  a  brief  and  concise  manner  of  presentation  cuUivated. 
The  orderly  consideration  of  topics  has  contributed  greatly  to  simplicity.  Due  atten- 
tion is  paid  to  the  facts  in  history  and  astronomy  which  are  inseparably  connected 
Vr'ith,  and  important  to  the  proper  understanding  of  geography-^and  such  only  ara 
admitted  on  any  terms.  In  a  word,  the  National  System  teaches  geography  as  a 
science,  pure,  simple,  and  exhaustive. 

5.  ALWAYS  UP  TO  THE  TIMES.  The  authors  of  uicsc  books,  editorially 
speaking,  never  sleep.  No  change  occurs  in  the  boundaries  of  countries,  or  of  coun- 
ties, no  new  discovery  is  made,  or  railroad  built,  that  is  not  at  once  noted  and  re- 
corded, and  the  next  edition  of  each  volume  carries  to  every  echool-room  the  new  or* 
der  of  things. 

6.  SUPERIOR  GRADATION.  This  is  the  only  series  which  furnishes  an  avail- 
able volume  for  every  possible  class  in  graded  schools.  It  is  not  contemplated  that  a 
pupil  must  necessarily  go  through  every  volume  in  succession  to  attain  proficiency. 
On  the  contrary,  two  will  suffice,  but  thres  are  advised  j  and  if  the  course  will  admit, 
the  whole  series  should  be  pursued.  At  all  events,  the  books  are  at  hand  for  selection, 
and  every  teacher,  of  every  grade,  can  find  among  them  one  exactly  suited  to  his  class. 
The  best  combination  for  those  Avho  wish  to  abridge  the  course  consists  of  Nos.  1,  3, 
and  5,  or  where  children  are  somewhat  advanced  la  other  studies  when  they  com- 
mence geography,  Nos.  2,  3,  and  5.  Where  but  two  books  are  admissible,  Nos.  2  and 
4,  or  Nos.  3  and  5,  are  recommended. 

7.  FORM  OF  THE  VOLUMES  AND  MECHANICAL  EXECUTION.    Tha 

maps  and  text  are  no  longer  unnaturally  divorced  in  accordance  with  the  time-hon- 
ored practice  of  making  text-books  on  this  subject  as  inconvenient  and  expensive  aS 
possible.  On  the  contrary,  all  map  questions  are  tc  be  found  on  the  page  opposite  the 
map  itself,  and  each  book  is  complete  in  one  volume.  The  mechanical  execution  is 
unrivalled.  Paper  and  printing  are  everything  that  could  be  desired,  and  the  bind- 
ing is— A.  S.  Barnes  and  Company's. 


Ripley's  Map  Drawing $i  25 

This  system  adopts  the  circle  as  its  basia,  abandoning  the  processes  by 
triangulation,  the  square,  parallels,  and  meridians,  «S:c.,  which  have  been 
proved  not  feasible  or  natural  in  the  development  of  this  science.  Suc- 
cess seems  to  indicate  that  the  circle  "  has  it." 

Rational  Outline  Maps  (per  set) |15  03 

JFor  the  school-room  walls.    In  preparation. 

12 


Vatlonat  Series  of  Standard  School- !Boo^s. 

Monteith  &  McNally's  National  Geographies. 

T  E  S  T  I  M  O  N  I  A  L  S  . 

From  O.  F.  Icitssell,  Principal  formal  Academy^  Arkajisas. 

Before  llie  war  I  used  Monteith  and  McNally's  Geographies,  and  do  not  hesitate  % 
pronounce  them  the  best  that  ever  came  under  my  ohservation. 

From  Hamilton  MoxVfee,  Superinti-.iclent  Caldwell  County,  Missouri. 

J[onteith  and  McNally's  Geoj^raphj^^s  are  superior  to  any  in  use  ;  ic  point  of  m« 
•hauical  execution  they  are  certainly  unrivaled. 

From  E.  W.  Phet,  Principal  Walworth  County  Institute,  Wisconsin. 

Wo  have  used  Monteith' s  Geographies  in  the  Institute  for  two  years,  where  tliey 
hayu  given  the  best  satisfaction.     I  most  heartily  indorse  and  recommend  them. 

From  Joseph  Peaeody,  Principal  Jloody  School,  Loioell,  Massachusetts, 

I  hare  examined  Monteith''s  Geographies  carefully,  and  feel  confident  in  saying  that 
they  are  the  best  series  of  Geographies  that  have  come  under  my  observation! 

From  Rev.  B.  St.  James  Fey,  A.M.,  President  Worthington  Female  College,  Ohio. 
"We  have  used  McNally  and  Monteith' s  Geographies  for  three  years,  and  would  not 
exchange  them  for  any  others  in  the  market. 

From  R.  M.  Ma  gee.  Superintendent  Centre  County,  Pennsylvania. 
Monteith  and  McNally's  Geographies  have  been  examined  carefully,  and  I  am  fre« 
to  say  I  think  they  are  superior  in  many  respects  to  any  other  system. 

From  W.  L.  Alexander,  President  Nacogdoches  College^  Texas. 
I  regard  as  perfect,  in  every  respect,  "Monteith  and  McNally's  Geographical 
Series." 

From  C.  P.  De  IIass,  Principal  North  Hill  Public  School,  Burlington^  Iowa, 
I  favored  the  adoption  of  Monteith  and  McNally's  Series  of  Geographies,  because  I 
liked  tliem;  and  now,  after  nearly  a  year's  trial  of  them  in  the  school-room,  I  like 
them  better  than  ever. 

From  lu  A.  Adams,  Member  of  Board  of  Education,  New  York. 
I  have  found,  by  examination  of  the  Book  of  Supply  of  our  Board,  that  considerably 
the  largest  number  of  any  series  now  used  in  our  public  schools  is  the  National,  by 
Monteith  and  McNally. 

From  JosiAH  T.  Reade,  Principal  Union  School,  Marshall,  Michigan. 

This  series  Avas  adopted  after  a  careful  examination  of  the  best  works  in  this  branch 

of  study,  and  a  year's  experience  makes  us  better  and  better  satisfied  with  our  choice. 

From  EiMQSY  F.  SxEoxa,  Principal  High  School,  Bridgeport,  ConnecticuL 
"We  arc  using,  with  very  great  satisfaction,  in  the  school  with  which  I  am  connected, 
Monteith  and  McNally's  Geographies.     Other  schools  in  this  city  are  using  them  with 
the  same  favorable  opinion  of  their  merits. 

From  A.  R.  McGill,  Superintendent  Nicollet  County,  Minnesota^ 
I  am  happy  to  express  my  hearty  approval  of  the  Series  throughout. 
Prom  James  N.  Towxsend,  Superintendent  Public  Schools,  Hudson,  New  YorJc 
I  have  carefully  examined  your  series  of  Monteith  and  McNally's  Geographies 
They  are  comprehensive,  accurate,  well  graded,  handsomely  gotten  up,  complete. 
am  frank  to  confess  that  I  consider  it  by  far  the  best  series  ever  published  in  thi 
country.    They  are  unrivaled.     We  have  recer,tly  adopted  them  in  the  public  school 
of  this  city,  to  the  infinite  delight  of  the  students,  and  to  the  entire  satisfaction  of  th 
»eachtirs. 


IW   For  further  testimony  of  similar  character,  see  the  Publishers'  epecial  cirea 
Ur,  01  current  numbers  of  the  Educational  Bulletin. 

13 


J^'^allonal  Ser^les  of  Sta7idard  Sckoot'Sooks, 

The  National  System  of  Geography, 

By  Monteith  &  MgNally. 

These  popular  text-books  have  been  adopted,  by  official  authority,  for  the  schoolf 
of  the  following  States,  cities,  and  associations— in  most  cases  for  exclusive  and  uni- 
form use. 

Minnesota.    By  State  Board  of  Education. 

Vkrmont.  Do.  do. 

Alabama.  Do.  do. 

MissouKi.    By  State  Superintendent  of  Common  Schools. 

Iowa.  Do.  do. 

Kansas.  Do.  do. 

Tennessee,  Do.  do. 

ViEGiNiA.    By  State  Teachers'  Conventaon. 

Mississippi.  Do.  do. 

Texas.  Do.  do. 

Vf*  This  1I«'  includes  nearly  every  State  in  which  official  recommendation  is  t<i(UI«. 

New  York  City.  Louisville. 

Brooklyn.  Newark. 

New  Orleans.  Milwaukee. 

Buflfalo.  Charleston. 

Richmond.  Rochester. 

Jersey  City.  Mobile. 

Hartford.  Syracuse. 

Worcester.  Memphis. 

Utica.  Savannah. 

Wilmington.  Indianapolis. 

Trenton.  Springfield. 

Iforfolk.  Wheeling. 

Norwich.  Toledo. 

Lockport.  Bridgeport. 

Dubuque.  St.  Paul. 
And  a  multitude  of  less  important  points. 


lie  Society  of  the  Cheistian  Brotkeks,  representing  40,000  puplfc 

The  Fbanciscan  Beothebs,  8,000  pupils. 

Ameeican  Mission aey  Society,  50,000  pupils. 


THE  FREEDMEN, 

By  State  Superintendents  under  the  Freedmen's  Bureau  of 
^orth  Carolina.  Georgia, 

Louisiana.  Texas. 


i!\'>T  New  triumphs  of  these  truly  National  books,  see  current  Dumb«i«  tf  (Kio 
iMniUitlonal  Bulletia, 

u 


The  JV*eitional  Series  of  ^Standm^d  School'^joo^s^ 

MATHEMATICS. 


BAflll'MIIOIMei 


ARITHMETIC 


%    25 

45 

50 

%  m 

1  00 

1  10 

*1  00 

1  40 

1  55 

*1  40 

1.  Davies'  Primary  Arithmetic    ..... 

2.  Davies'  Intellectual  Arithmetic  ... 

3.  Davies'  Elements  of  Written  Arithmetic 

4.  Davies'  Practical  Arithmetic 

Key  to  Practical  Arithmetic  .    . 

5.  Davies'  University  Arithmetic.    .... 

Key  to  University  Arithmetic     . 

ALaEBRA., 

1.  Davies'  New  Elementary  Algebra 1  25 

Key  to  Elementary  Algebra *1  25 

^.  Davies'  University  Algebra     ......    .^    ,   1  60 

Key  to  University  Algebra  .  .  .  .  .^1  60 
3.  Davies'  Bourdon's  Algebra *    .   2  25 

Key  to  Bourdon's  Algebra *2  25 

GEOMETRY, 

f.  Davies'  Elementary  Geometry  and  Trigonometry  1  40 

2.  Davies'  Legendre's  Geometry 2  25 

3.  Davies'  Analytical   Geometry  and  Calculus    .    .    2  50 

4.  Davies'  Descriptive  Geometry 2  75 

MENSITRATION. 

r.  DavFes'  Practical  Mathematics  and  IVIensuratfon    1  40      1  55 

2.  Davies'  Surveying  and   Navigation 2  50      2  70 

3.  Davies'  Shades,  Shadows,  and   Perspective  .    .    3  75      4  Oa 

MATHEMATICAL    SCIENCE. 

Davies'  Grammar  of  Arithmetic     ..........*    50 

Davies'   Outlines  of  Mathematical  Science *1  OO 

Davies'    Logic  and    Utility  of  Mathematics *1  50^ 

Daviea  ^  Peck's  Dictlon^ary  of  Mathematiss^     ,    r   .    ,    .*3  50 

15 


1  40 


1  75 


2  45^ 


1  55 

2  45 

2  7a 

3  00' 


The  JS/'ationat  Series  of  Statidard  School-^ooks. 

DAVIES'  NATIONAL  OOUESE  of  MATHEMATICS. 

ITS     RECORD. 

In  claiming  for  this  series  the  first  place  among  American  text-bookSj  of  Trhatcver 
class,  the  Publishers  appeal  to  the  magtiificent  record  which  its  volumes  have  earned 
during  the  tliirty-five  years  of  Dr.  Charles  Davies'  mathematical  labors.  The  unre- 
mitting exertions  of  a  life-time  have  placed  th&  modern  scries  on  the  same  proud  emi- 
nence among  competitors  that  each  of  its  predecessors  has  successively  enjoyed  in  & 
course  of  constantly  improved  editions,  now  rounded  to  their  perfect  fruition — for  it 
«cems  indeed  that  this  science  is  susceptible  of  no  further  demonstration. 

During  the  period  alluded  to,  many  authors  and  editors  in  this  department  have 
started  into  public  notice,  and  by  borrowing  ideas  and  processes  original  -with  Dr. 
Davies,  have  enjoyed  a  brief  popularity,  but  are  now  almost  unknown.  Many  of  the 
series  of  to-day,  built  upon  a  similar  basis,  and  described  as  *' modern  books,"  afe 
destined  to  a  similar  fate  ;  while  the  most  far-seeing  eye  will  find  it  diihcult  to  fix  the 
time,  on  the  basis  of  any  data  afforded  by  their  past  history,  when  those  books  will 
cease  to  increase  and  prosper,  and  fix  a  still  firmer  hold  on  the  affoctioa  of  every 
educated  American. 

One  cause  of  this  unparalleled  popularity  is  found  in  the  fact  that  the  enterprise  of 
the  author  did  not  cease  with  the  original  completion  of  his  books.  Always  a  practi- 
cal teacher,  ho  has  incorporated  in  his  text-books  from  time  to  time  the  advantages 
of  every  improvement  in  methods  of  teaching,  and  every  advance  in  science.  During 
all  the  years  in  which  he  has  been  laboring,  ho  constantly  submitted  his  own  theories 
and  those  of  others  to  the  practical  test  of  the  clas3-room — approving,  rejecting,  or 
modifying  them  as  the  experience  thus  obtained  might  suggest.  In  this  way  he  haa 
been  able  to  produce  an  almost  perfect  series  of  class-books,  in  which  every  depart- 
ment of  mathematics  has  received  minute  and  exhaustive  attention. 

Nor  has  he  yet  retired  from  the  field.  Still  in  the  prime  of  life,  and  enjoying  a  ripe 
experience  which  no  other  living  mathematician  or  teacher  can  emulate,  his  pen  ia 
ever  ready  to  carry  on  the  good  work,  as  the  progress  of  science  may  demand.  Wit- 
ness his  recent  exposition  of  the  "  Metric  System,"  which  received  the  ofHcial  en- 
dorsement of  Congress,  by  its  Committee  on  Uniform  Weights  and  Measures. 

Davies'  System  is  the  acknowledged  National  Standard  fos  the  United 
States,  for  the  following  reasons : — 

1st.  It  is  the  basis  of  instruction  in  the  great  national  schools  at  West  Point  and 
Annapolis. 

2d.  It  has  received  the  quasi  endorsement  of  the  National  Congress. 

Sd.  It  is  exclusively  used  in  the  public  schools  of  the  National  Capital. 

4th.  The  officials  of  the  Government  use  it  as  authority  in  all  cases  involving  mathe- 
matical questions. 

5th.  Our  great  soldiers  and  sailors  commanding  the  national  armies  and  navies 
•were  educated  in  this  system.  So  have  been  a  majority  of  eminent  scientists  in  this 
country.    All  these  refer  to  "  Davies"  as  authority. 

6th.  A  larger  number  of  American  citizens  have  received  their  education  from  this 
than  from  any  other  series. 

Tth.  The  series  has  a  larger  circulation  throughout  the  whole  country  thaa  as/ 
other,  being  tt^emti^Qly  U9€ci  in  fv»nj  fftcUe  in  the  Unioih 


The  National  Series  of  Slandard  School-SookSm 

MATHEMATICS-Continued. 

ARITHMETICAL    EXAMPLES. 

Reuck's  Examples  in  Denominate  Numbers  %   ^0 
fteuck's  Examples  in  Arithmetic  •    •    .    .    •  i  ^^ 

These  volumes  differ  from  the  ordinary  arithmetic  in  their  peculiarly 
practical  character.  They  are  composed  mainly  of  examples,  and  afford 
the  most  severe  and  thorough  discipline  for  the  mind.  While  a  book 
which  should  contain  a  complete  treatise  of  theory  and  practice  would  be 
too  cumbersome  for  cvery-day  use,  the  insufficiency  of  practical  examples 
bas  been  a  source  of  complaint. 

HIG-HER     MATHEMATICS. 

Church's  Elements  of  Calculus 2  50 

Church's  Analytical  Geometry 2  50 

Church's  Descriptive  Geometry,  with  Shades, 

Shadows,  and  Perspective 4  00 

These  volumes  constitute  the  '*  West  Point  Course'^  in  their  several 
departments. 

Courtenay's  Elements  of  Calculus    .    .    .   .  3  oo 

A  work  especially  popular  at  the  South. 

Hackley's  Trigonometry   .    • 3  oo 

"With  applications  to  navigation  and  surveying,  nautical  and  practical 
geometry  and  geodesy,  and  logarithmic,  trigonometrical,  and  nautical 
tables. 

SLATED   ARITHMETICS. 

The  Publishers  have  the  pleasure  to  announce  that  they  have  perfected 
arrangements -with  the  proprietor  of  Jocelyrfs  patent  for  Slated  Books,  whereby 
the  "National  Series  of  School  Books"  -will  enjoy  the  exclusive  use  of  this 
remarkable  and  valuable  invention  It  consists  of  the  application  of  an  artificially 
slated  surface  to  the  inner  cover  of  a  book,  with  flap  of  the  same  opening  outward, 
60  that  students  may  refer  to  the  book  and  use  the  slate  at  one  and  the  same  time, 
■and  as  though  the  slate  were  detached.  When  folded  up,  the  slate  preserves 
"examples  and  memoranda  till  needed.  The  material  used  is  as  durable  as  the 
Btone  slate.    The  additional  cost  of  books  thus  improved  is  trifling. 

THE   METRIC   SYSTEM. 

Resolution  of  the  Committee  of  the  House  of  Representatives  on  a  "Uniform 
System  of  Coinage,  "Weights,  and  Measures." 

Be  it  Resolved,  That  Professor  Charles  Davies,  LL.D.,  of  the  State  of  New  York, 
be  requested  to  confer  witli  superintendents  of  public  instruction,  and  teacher^  of 
schools,  and  others  interested  in  a  reform  of  the  present  incongruous  system,  and 
by  lectures  and  addresses,  to  promote  its  general  introduction  and  use. 

The  official  version  of  the  Metric  System,  as  prepared  by  Dr.  Davies,  may  be  found 
fn  the  Written,  Practical,  and  University  Arithmetics  of  the  Mathematical  Series,  and 
is  also  publiBhed  separately,  price  postpaid,  five  cenis^ 

17 


JVatlonat  Series  of  Stff^idai'd  SrJioot-l^ooks. 

Davies'  National  Course  of  Mathematics. 

T  E  S  T  I  M  O  3Sr  I  A  Ii  S  . 

From  L.  Van  Bokkelen,  State,  Superiiitendent  Public  Instruction,  Maryland. 

The  series  of  Arithmetics  edited  by  Prof.  Davies,  and  published  by  your  firm,  have 
been  used  for  many  years  in  the  schools  of  several  counties,  and  the  city  of  Baltimore, 
and  have  been  approved  by  teachers  and  commissioners. 

Under  the  law  of  18G5,  establishing  a  uniform  system  of  Free  Public  Schools,  these 
Arithmetics  were  unanimously  adopted  by  the  State  Board  of  Education,  after  a  care« 
ftil  examination,  and  are  now  used  in  all  the  Public  Schools  of  Maryland. 

These  facts  evidence  the  high  opinion  entertained  by  the  School  Authorities  of  th« 
talue  of  the  series  theoretically  and  practically. 

From  Horace  Wedstee,  President  of  the  College  of  Keto  York. 
The  undersigned  has  examined,  with  care  and  thonglit,  several  volumes  of  Daries* 
Mathemalics,  and  is  of  the  opinion  that,  as  a  whole,  it  is  the  most  complete  and  best 
eourse  for  Academic  and  Collegiate  instruction  with  which  he  is  acquainted. 

From  David  N.  Camp,  State  Superintendent  of  Common  Schools,  Connecticut. 

I  have  examined  Davies'  Series  of  Arithmetics  with  some  care.  The  language  is 
clear  and  precise;  each  principle  is  thoroughly  analyzed,  and  the  whole  so  arranged 
AS  to  facilitate  the  work  of  instruction,  ftaving  observed  the  satis.-action  and  success 
with  which  the  different  books  have  been  used  by  eminent  teachers,  it  gives  me  pleas- 
tire  to  commend  them  to  others. 

From  J.  O.  Wilson,  Chairman  Committee  on  Text-Books,  Washington,  D.  C. 

I  consider  Davies'  Arithmetics  decidedly  superior  to  any  other  series,  and  in  this 
opinion  I  am  sustained,  I  believe,  by  the  entire  Board  of  Education  and  Corps  ol 
Teachers  in  this  city,  where  t)iey  have  been  used  for  several  years  past. 

From  John  L.  Campuell,  Professor  of  Mathematics,  Wahash  College,  Indiana. 

A  proper  combination  of  abstract  reasoning  and  practical  illustration  is  the  chief 

excellence  in  Prof.  Davies'  Mathematical  works.     I  prefer  his  Arithmetics,  Algebras, 

Geometry,  and  Trigonometry  to  all  others  now  in  use,  and  cordially  recommend  them 

to  all  who  desire  the  advancement  of  sound  learning. 

From  Major  J.  H.  Whittlesey,  Government  Inspector  of  Jlilitanj  Schools. 
Be  assured  I  regard  the  works  of  Professor  Davies,  with  Avhich  I  am  acquainted,  as 
by  far  the  best  text-books  iii  print  on  the  subjects  which  they  treat.    I  shall  certainly 
encourage  their  adoption  wherever  a  word  from  me  may  be  of  any  avail. 

From  T.  McC.  Ballantine,  Professor  Mathematics,  Cumljerland  College,  Kentticki/. 
I  have  long  taught  Prof.  Davies'  Course  of  Mathematics,  and  I  continue  to  like  their 
working. 

From  John  McLean  Bell,  B.  A.,  Principal  of  Lower  Canada  College. 

I  have  used  Davies'  Arithmetical  and  Mathematical  Series  as  text-books  in  the 
schools  under  my  charge  for  the  last  six  years.  These  I  have  found  of  great  efficacy 
in  exciting,  invigorating,  and  concentrating  the  intellectual  faculties  of  the  young. 

Each  treatise  serves  as  an  introduction  to  the  next  higher,  by  the  similarity  of  Ha 
reasonings  and  methods ;  and  the  student  is  carried  forward,  by  easy  and  gradual 
tteps,  over  the  whole  field  of  mathematical  inquiry,  and  that,  too,  in  a  shorter  time 
than  is  usually  occupied  in  mastering  a  single  department.  I  sincerely  and  heartily 
recommend  them  to  the  attention  of  my  fellow-teachers  in  Canada. 

From  D.  W.  Steele,  Prin.  Philelcoian  Academy,  Cold  Springs,  Texas. 
I  have  used  Davies'  Arithmetics  till  I  know  them  nearly  by  heart.    A  better  series 
of  sftiool-books  never  were  published.    I  have  recommended  them  until  they  are  now 
BBed  in  all  this  region  of  country. 


A  large  mass  of  similar  "  Opinions"  may  be  obtained  by  addressing  the  publisheri 
for  special  circular  for  Davies'  Mathematics.  New  recommendations  are  published  tQ 
current  numbers  of  the  Educational  JBuUetin. 

'18 


The  jyationat  Scries  of  Slandajxl  School-^ooks^ 

HIBTOB  Y. 


Monteith's  Youth's  History, ^    To 

A  History  of  the  United  States  for  beginners.  It  is  a,rranr;cd  upon  the 
catechetical  plan,  with  illustrative  maps  and  engravings,  revievr  questions, 
dates  ia  parentheses  (that  their  study  may  he  optional  with  the  younger 
eLis:j  of  learners),  and  interesting  Biographical  Sketches  of-  all  persons 
who  have  ucea  prominently  identified  with  the  history  of  our  country, 

Willard's  United  States,  Sck  ed.,  $i  40.  Un.ed.  2  25 

Do.  do.  University  edition,      .  2  25 

The  plan  of  thif?  standard  work  is  chronologically  exhibited  in  front  of 
the  title-page;  the  Maps  and  Sketches  are  found  useful  assistants  to  tho 
memory,  and  dates,  usually  so  difficult  to  remember,  are  so  systematically 
arranged  as  in  a  great  degree  to  obviate  the  difficulty.  Candor,  impar- 
tiality, and  accuracy,  ace  the  distinguishing  features  of  tho  narrative 
portion, 

Wiilard's  Universal  History,  ......  2  25 

Tlie  most  valuable  features  of  the  "•  United  States"  are  reproduced  in 
this.  The  peculiarities  of  tho  work  arc  its  great  conciseness  and  tho 
-prominence  given  to  the  chronological  order  of  events.  The  margin 
marks  each  successive  era  with  great  distinctness,  so  that  the  pupil  re- 
tains not  oily  the  event  but  its  time,  and  tiuis  fixes  the  order  of  history 
firmly  and  usefully  in  his  mind.  Mrs.  "VVillard's  books  are  constantly 
revised,  and  at  all  times  written  up  to  embrace  important  historical 
events  of  recoiiL  date. 

Berard's  History  of  England, 1  75 

By  an  authoress  well  known  for  the  success  of  her  History  of  the  United 
States.  The  social  life  of  the  ICnglish  people  is  felicitously  interwoven, 
as  in  fact,  with  the  civil  and  military  transactions  of  tho  realm. 

Ricord's  History  of  Rome, '^^^ 

Possesses  tlie  charm  of  an  attractive  romance.  The  Fables  with  which 
this  history  abounds  are  introduced  in  such  a  way  as  not  to  deceive  the 
inexperienced,  while  adding  materially  to  the  value  of  the -work  as  a  reli- 
able index  to  the  character  and  institutions,  as  well  as  the  history  of  the 
lioman  people. 

Banna's  Bible  History, 1  25 

The  only  compendium  of  Bible  narrative  which  aflTords  a  connected  and 
chronolcgical  view  of  the  important  events  there  recorded,  divested  of  all 
superfluous  detail. 

Summary  of  History,  Complete   ......     60 

American  History,  $0  40.     Frencli  and  Eng.  Hist.         35 

A  well  proportioned  outline  of  leading  events,  condensing  the  substance  of  the 
more  extensive  text-book  in  common  use  into  a  series  of  statements  so  brief,  tliat 
every  word  may  be  committed  to  memory,  and  yet  so  comprehensive  that  it 
presents  an  accurate  though  general  view  of  the  whole  continuous  life  of  nations. 

Marsh's  Ecclesiastical  History, 2  oo 

Questions  to  ditto, 75 

Affording  the  History  of  the  Church  in  all  ages,  with  accounts  of  the 
pagan  world  during  Biblical  periods,  and  the  character,  rise,  and  progress 
of  all  PLcligions,  as  well  as  the  various  sects  of  the  worshipers  oi  CiwisU 
The  work  iu  cuti;-dy  uou-Bcctariau,  thou^'h  strictly  catholic. 

19 


The  JVatlo7ial  Scries  of  Sla?idard  School-Tjooks, 

PENMANSHIP. 

Beers'  System  of  Progressive  Penmanship. 

Per  dozen §2  25 

This  "round  hand"  system  of  Penmanship  in  twelve  numbers,  com- 
mends ikself  by  its  simplicity  and  thoroughness.  The  first  four  numbers 
are  primary  books.  Nos.  5  to  7,  advanced  books  for  boys.  Nos.  8  to  10, 
advanced  books  for  girls.  Nos.  11  and  12,  ornamental  penmanship. 
These  books  are  printed  from  steel  plates  (engraved  by  McLces),  and  are 
unexcelled  in  mechanical  execution.     Large  quaiititios  arc  annually  sold. 

Beers'  Slated  Copy  Slips,  per  sot *50 

All  beginners  should  practice,  for  a  few  weeks,  slate  exercises,  familiar- 
izing them  with  the  form  of  the  letters,  the  motions  of  the  hand  and  arm, 
&c.,  &c.  These  copy  slips,  B2  in  number,  supply  all  the  copies  found  in  a 
complete  seiies  of  writing-books,  at  a  trilling  cost. 

Payson,Dunton&Scribner'sCopy-B'ks.JP.cioz.,2  25 

The  National  System  of  Penmanship,  in  three  distinct  series — (1)  Com- 
mon School  Scries,  comprising  the  first  six  numbers  ;  (2)  IJusiaoss  Series, 
Nos.  8,  11,  and  12  ;  (:3)  Ladies'  Series,  No3.  7, 9,  and  10. 

Fulton  &  Eastman's  Chirographic  Charts,*3  75 

To  embellish  the  school  room  v/alls,  and  furuisix  class  exercise  in  the 
elements  of  Penmanship, 

Payson's  Copy-Book  Cover,  per  iumdred     .*3  oo 

Protects  every  page  except  the  one  i:i  use,  and  furnishes  "lines"  with  proper 
slope  for  the  penman,  under.     Patented. 

National  Steel  Pens,  Card  witli  all  kinds    .     .     .     *15 

Pronounced  by  competent  judges  the  i)erfcctioa  of  American-made  pens,  and 
superior  to  any  foreign  article. 


SCHOOL  SERIES. 
School  Pen,  per  gross,     .    .$    60 
Academic  Pen,     do  .    .      63 

Fine  Pointed  Pen,  per  gross       70 

POPULAR  SERIES. 

Capitol  Pen,  per  gross,     .    .  1  00 

do      do    pr.  box  of  2  doz.     25 

Bullion  Pen  (imit.  gold)  pr.  gr.  75 

Ladies'  Pen  do      G3 


Index  Pen,  per  gross     ...  75 

BUSINESS  SERIES. 

Albata  Pen,  per  gross,      ,     .  40 

Bank  Pen,         do  .     .  70 

Empire  Pen,    do  .     .  70 

CJommercial  Pen,  per  gross  .  60 

Express  Pel  do         .  75 

Falcon  Pen,  do         .  70 

Elastic  Pen,  do         .  75 


Stimpson's  Scientific  Steel  Pen,  per  gross    .*2  oo 

One  forward  and  two  backvrard  arclics,  ensuring  great  strength,  well- 
bulanced  elasticity,  evenness  of  point,  and  smoothness  of  execution.  One 
gross  in  twelve  contains  a  Scientific  Gold  Pen. 

Stimpson's  Ink-Retaining  Holder,  per  doz.  .^^2  oo 

A  simple  apparatus,  which  does  not  get  out  of  order,  withholds  at  a 
single  dip  as  much  ink  as  the  pen  would  otherwise  realize  from  a  dozen 
trips  to  the  inkstand,  which  it  supplies  with  moderate  and  easy  flow. 

Stimpson's  Gold  Pen,  §3  oo;  with  Ink  Retainer*!  so 
Stimpson's  Penman's  Card, *    50 

One  dozen  Steel  Pens  (assorted  points)  and  Patent  Ink-retaining  Pen- 
holdor, 

20 


The  JVatloiial  Series  of  Standard  School  ^ooks. 

BOOK-KEEPING." 


Smith  &  Martin's  Book-keeping  ....    $i  25 
Blanks  to  ditto    •    • *60 

This  -H'oik  is  by  a  practical  teacher  and  a  practical  book-keeper.  It  is 
of  a  thoroughly  popular  class,  and  will  be  welcomed  by  every  one  who 
loves  to  see  theory  and  practice  combined  in  an  easy,  concise,  and 
methodical  form. 

The  Single  Entry  portion  is  well  adapted  to  supply  a  want  felt  in  nearly- 
all  other  treatises,  which  seem  to  be  prepared  mainly  for  the  use  of  whole- 
sale merchants,  leaving  retailers,  mechanics,  farmers,  &c.,  who  transact 
the  greater  portion  of  the  business  of  the  country,  without  a  guide.  The 
work  is  also  commended,  on  this  account,  for  general  use  in  Young  Ladies* 
Seminaries,  where  a  thorough  grounding  in  the  simpler  form  of  accounts 
will  be  invaluable  to  the  future  housekeepers  of  the  nation. 

The  treatise  on  Double  Entry  BooTc-keeping  combines  all  the  advan- 
tages of  the  most  recent  methods,  with  the  utmost  simplicity  of  application, 
thus  affording  the  pupil  all  the  advantages  of  actual  experience  in  the 
counting-house,  and  giving  a  clear  comprehension  of  the  entire  sub- 
ject through  a  judicious  course  of  mercantile  transactions. 

The  shape  of  the  book  is  such  that  the  transactions  can  be  presented  as 
in  actual  practice;  and  the  simplified  form  of  Blanks,  three  in  number, 
adds  greatly  to  the  ease  experienced  in  acquiring  the  science. 

\  DRAW!  NG^  " 

The  Little  Artist's  Portfolio *50 

25  Drawing  Cards  (progressive  patterns),  25  Blanks,  and  a  fine  Artist's 
Pencil,  all  in  one  neat  envelope. 

Clark's  Elements  of  Drav/ing  .....   .n  oo 

Containing  full  instructions,  with  appropriate  designs  and  copies  for  a 
complete  course  in  this  graceful  art,  from-  the  fii'st  rudiments  of  outline  to 
the  finished  sketches  of  iandsciipe  and  scenery. 

Fowle's  Linear  and  Perspective  Drawing    *60 

For  the  cultivation  of  the  eye  and  hand,  with  copious  illustrations  and 
directions,  which  will  enable  the  unskilled  teacher  to  learn  the  art  himself 
while  instructing  his  pupils. 

Monk's  Drawing  Books— Six  Numbers,  peiset*2  25 

A  series  of  progressive  Drawing  Books,  presenting  copy  and  blank  on 
opposite  pages.  The  copies  are  fac-similes  of  the  best  imported  litho- 
graphs, the  originals  of  which  cost  from  50  conts  to  $1.50  each  in  the 
print-stores.  Each  book  contains  eleven  largo  patterns.  No.  1. — Ele- 
mentary studies ;  No.  2. — Studies  of  Foliage  ;  No.  3. — Landscapes ;  No. 
4.  —Animals,  I. ;  No.  5. — Animals,  II. ;  No.  G. — Marine  Views,  &c. 

Ripley's  Map  Drawing i  25 

One  of  the  most  efficient  aids  to  the  acquirement  of  a  knowledge  of 
geography  is  the  practice  of  map  drawing.  It  is  useful  for  the  same  reason 
tiiat  the  best  exercise  in  orthography  is  the  loriting  of  difficult  words. 
•Sight  comes  to  tlie  aid  of  hearing,  and  a  double  impression  is  produced 
upon  the  memory.  Knowledge  becomes  less  mechanical  and  more  intui- 
tive. The  student  who  has  sketched  the  outlines  of  a  country,  and  dotted 
the  important  places,  is  little  likely  to  forget  eithei'.  The  inipresKion  pro- 
<iuccd  may  be  compared  to  that  of  a  traveler  who  lias  bec.i  ever  the 
ground,  wlxilc  moro  comprehensive  and  accurate  in  dct.'.ll. 

21 


The  JValio7ial  Seines  of  Standard  School- ISooks 

NATURAL     SCIENCE. 


FAMILIAR    SCIENCE 
Norton  &  Porter's  First  Book  of  Science,  •  $i  T5 

J  \\y  eini'ient  Professors  of  Yale  Coll:'i,'o,      C)Mt:iis  tlia  ]M-i  iciples  of 

Niitm-al  Philosophy,  Astronomy,   Ch-mistry,   r!»y.-iology,  and   G.-ology. 
Arraii;^iid  on  the  Catechetical  plan  for  prim.iry  classes  aad  b-'gi'iners.  "^ 

Chamb3rs'  Treasury  of  Knowledge,    •    .    .  l  25 

Pro,:j:ro^sive  lessons  upon— /i»'.s',  cornnion  tlii;ip<  vv-hi(-h  He  most  imme- 
diately uroiuui  us,  and  first  atirict  t!c  rittLii'ion  of  tlie  young  mind; 
sg'  o/irf,  common  objects  from  tlu^  Mineral,  Animal,  'A\\y\  Vegetable  king- 
dom-, manufactured  articles,  and  miscellaneous  substances;  third,  a  sys- 
teinaiie  vinw  of  Nature  under  the  various  sciences.  May  be  used  as  a 
Reader  or  Text-Book. 

NATURAL    PHILOSOPHY. 
Norton's  First  Book  in  Natural  Philosophy,  1  00 

By  Prof.  NouTOx,  of  Yale  College.  Designed  for  beginners  ;  profusely 
illustrated,  and  arranged  on  the  Catechetical  plan. 

Peck's  Ganot's  Course  of  Nat.  Philosophy,  i  75 

The  standard  text-book  of  France,  Americanized  and  popularized  by 
Prof.  Pkok,  of  Columbia  College.  The  most  magnificent  system  of  illus- 
tration ever  adopted  in  au  American  school-book  is  hei'c  found.     For 

intermediate  classes. 

Peck's  Elements  of  Mechanics, 2  25 

A  suitable  introduction  to  Bartlett's   higher  treatises  on  Mechanical     • 
Philosophy,  and  adequate  in  itself  for  a  complete  academical  course. 

Barllelt's  Synthetic  Mechanics,     •    .    .    .    .  3  75 

Bartlett's  Analytical  Mechanics, 5  50 

Barllett's  Acoustics  and  Optics, 3  oc 

A  system  of  Collegiate  Philosophy,  by  Prof.  Baktlett,  of  West  Point 
Military  Academy. 

Steele's  14  Weeks  Course  In  Philosophy,    •  i  so 

GEOLOG-Y. 
Page's  Elements  of  Geology, l  23 

A  volume  of  Chambers'  Edncatio-^.al  Course.  Practical,  simple,  and 
eminently  calculated  to  make  the  f^tudy  interesting. 

Emmon's  Manual  of  Geology, l  25 

The  first  Geologist  of  the  country  has  here  produced  a  work  worthy  of 
his  reputation.  The  plan  of  presenting  the  subject  is  an  obvious  improve- 
ment on  older  methods.  The  department  of  Palajoatology  receives  espo- 
cial  attention.  qq 


JV*ationat  SeHes  of  Standard  School-^ooki. 

Peck's  Ganot's  Popular  Physics. 

T  E  S  T  I  M  O  ]Sr  I  A  L  S  . 

From  Peof.  Aloxzo  Collit?,  Cornell  College^  Iowa. 
,   I  am  pleased  with  it.    I  have  decided  to  introduce  it  as  a  text-book. 

From  II.  F.  Johnson,  President  Madison  College,  Sharon^  Miss. 
I  am  pleased  with  Peck's  Ganot,  and  think  it  a  magnificent  book. 

F7'07n  Peof.  Edwaed  Bkooks,  Pennsylvania  Stale  Norm'il  f^chool 
So  eminent  are  its  merits,  that  it  will  be  introduced  as  the  text-book  upon  elemea- 
Sary  physics  in  this  institution. 

From  n.  H.  Lockivoot),  Professor  Natural  PhilosopTiy  U.  S.  Naval  Academy. 
I  am  so  pleased  with  it  that  I  will  probably  add  it  to  a  course  of  lectures  given  to  the 
midshipmen  of  this  school  on  physics. 

Fro'in  Geo.  S.  Mackit:,  Professor  Natural  History  University  of  Ncisliville,  Tenn. 

I  have  decided  on  the  introduction  of  Peck's  Ganot's  Philosophy,  as  I  am  satisiied 
that  it  is  the  best  book  for  the  purposes  of  my  pupils  that  I  have  seen,  combining  sim« 
plicity  of  explanation  with  elegance  of  illustration. 

From  W.  S.  IMcRae,  Superintendent  Vevay  Public  ScJwols,  Indiana. 
Having  carefully  examined  a  number  of  text-books  on  natural  philosophy,  I  do  not 
hesitate  to  express  my  decided  opinion  in  favor  of  Peck's  Ganot.     The  matter,  style, 
and  illustration  eminently  adapt  the  work  to  the  popular  wants. 

From  PtEV.  Samtjel  McKixney,  D.D.,  President  Austin  College,  Iluntsville,  Texas, 
It  gives  me  pleasure  to  commend  it  to  teachers.     I  have  taught  some  «lasses  with  it 
as  our  text,  and  must  say,  for  simplicity  of  Btyle  and  clearness  of  illustration,  I  have 
found  nothing  as  yet  published  of  equal  value  to  the  teacher  and  pupil. 

From  C.  V.  Speae,  Priiicijyal  3faplewood  Institute,  Pittsfield,  3fass. 
I  am  much  pleased  with  its  ample  illustrations  by  plates,  and  its  clearness  and  sim- 
plicity of  statement.     It  covers  the  ground  usually  gone  over  by  our  higher  classes, 
and  contains  many  fresh. illustrations  from  life  or  daily  occurrences  and  new  applica- 
tions of  scientific  principles  to  such. 

From  J.  A.  Banfislb,  Superintendent  Marshall  Public  Schools,  Michigan. 
I  have  used  Peck's  Ganot  since  18G3,  and  with  increasing  pleasure  and  satisfaction 
each  term.    I  consider  it  superior  to  any  other  work  on  physics  in  its  adaptation  to  our 
high  schools  and  academies.    Its  illustrations  are  superb — better  than  three  times 
their  number  of  pages  of  fine  print. 

From  A.  Sciiuylee,  Professor  of  Mathematics  in  Baldwin  University,  Berea,  Ohio* 
After  a  careful  examination  of  Peck's  Ganot's*  Natural  Philosophy,  and  an  actual 
test  of  its  merits  as  a  text-book,  I  can  heartily  recommend  it  as  admirably  adapted  to 
meet  the  wants  of  the  grade  of  students  for  which  it  intended.  Its  diagrams  and  illus- 
trations are  unrivaled.    We  use  it  in  the  Baldwin  University. 

From  D.  C.  Van  NoRiiAN,  Principal  Van  Norman  Institute,  New  York. 
The  Natural  Philosophy  of  M.  Ganot,  edited  by  Prof.  Peck,  ig,  in  my  opinion,  the 
best  work  of  its  kind,  for  the  use  intended,  ever  published  in  this  country.  Whether 
regarded  in  relation  to  the  natural  order  of  the  topics,  the  precision  and  clearness  of 
Ita  definitions,  or  the  fullness  and  beauty  of  its  illustrations,  it  is  certainly,  I  think,  an 
advance. 


ZW  For  many  similar  testimonials,  see  current  numbers  of  the  lUustriited  Edae*' 
tioual  Bulletin. 

23 


The  jyatio7iat  Series  of  Standard  School' 2)ooks. 

NATURAL  SCIENCE-Continued. 


CHEMISTRY. 

Porter's  First  Book  of  Chemistry,    .   .   .   .|i  oo 
Porter's  Principles  of  Chemistry,     .    .   .    .  2  oo 

The  above  are  widely  known  as  the  productions  of  one  of  the  most 
eminent  scientific  men  of  America,  The  extreme  simplicity  in  the  method 
of  presenting  the  science,  while  exhaustively  treated,  has  excited  nni- 
venpal  commendation.  Apparatus  adequate  to  the  performance  of  every 
experiment  mentioned,  may  be  had  of  the  publishers  for  a  trifling  sum. 
The  cfTorfc  to  popularize  the  science  is  a  great  success.  It  is  now  within 
the  reach  of  the  poorest  and  least  capable  at  once. 

Darby's  Text-Book  of  Chemistry,    ....  i  75 

Purely  a  Chemistry,  divesting  the  subject  of  matters  comparatively 
foreign  to  it  (such  as  heat,  light,  electricity,  etc.),  but  usually  allowed  to 
engross  too  much  attention  in  erdinary  schdol-books. 

Gregory's  Organic  Chemistry,  .... 
Gregory's  Inorganic  Chemistry,    .    .    . 


2  50 
2  50 

1  25 


The  science  exhaustively  treated.    For  colleges  and  medical  students, 

Steele's  Fourteen  Weeks'  Course, .... 

A  successful  effort  to  reduce  the  study  to  the  limits  of  a  sinrjle  term, 
f      thereby  making  feasible  its  general  introduction  in  institutions  of  every 
character.      The  author's  felicity  of  style  and  success  in  making  the 
science  'ore-eminently  interestina  are  neculiarly  noticeable  features. 

Chemical  Apparatus,  to  accompany  "Porter"      20  00 
do  do  to  accompany  "  Steele"      25  JOO 

BOTAK"Y. 
Thinker's  First  Lessons  in  Botany,  .... 

For  children.     The  technical  terms  are  largely  dispensed  with  in  favor 
of  an  easy  and  familiar  style  adapted  to  the  smallest  learner. 

Wood's  Object  Lessons  in  Botany,   .    . 


40 

1  35 

2  25 

3  50 


V/ood's  Intermediate  Botany, 
Wood's  New  Class-Book  of  Botany, 

The  standard  text-books  of  the  United  States  in  this  department.  In 
Btyle  they  are  simple,  popular,  and  lively;  in  arrangement,  easy  and  nat- 
ural; in  description,  graphic  and  strictly  exact.  The  Tables  for  Analysis 
are  reduced  to  a  perfect  system.  JMore  are  annually  sold  than  of  all  others 
combined. 

Darby's  Southern  Botany, 2  oo 

Embracing  general  Structural  and  Physiological  Botany,  with  vegetable 
products,  and  descriptions  of  Southern  plants,  and  a  complete  Flora  of 
tlie  Southern  States,  _  . 

21 


The  J\^atio7ial  S&rles  of  Staiidard  School^!Books* 
NATURAL  SCIENCE-Continued 

PHYSIOLOGY. 

Jarvis'  Primary  Physiology, $75 

Jarvis'  Physiology  and  Laws  of  Health,    •  i  65 

The  only  books  extant  Avliich  approach  this  subject  with  a  proper  vieT7 
of  the  true  object  of  teaching  Physiology  in  schools,  viz.,  that  scholara 
may  know  how  to  take  care  of  their  own  health.  In  bold  contrast  with 
the  abstract  Anatomies,  Avhich  children  leuru  as  they  would  Greek  or 
Latin  (and  forget  as  soon),  to  discipline  the  mind^  are  those  text-books,  ♦ 
using  the  science  as  a  secondary  consideration,  and  only  so  far  as  is 
necessary  for  the  ccraprehensiou  of  the  la^ws  of  health. 

Hamilton's  Vegetable  &  Animal  Physiology,  i  25 

The  two  branches  of  the  scionca  combined  in  one  volume  lead  tlie  Btu- 
deat  to  a  proper  comprchuuKioii  of  the  Analogies  of  Nature. 

ASTRONOMY. 
Wlllard's  School  Astronomy, l  05 

By  means  of  clear  and  attractive  illustrations,  addressing  the  eye  in 
many  cases  by  analogies,  careful  definitions  of  all  necessary  technical 
terras,  a  ca-eful  avoidance  of  verbiage  anil  unimportant  matter,  particular 
attention  to  analysis,  and  a  general  adoption  of  the  simplest  methods, 
Mrs.  Willard  has  made  the  best  and  most  attractive  clantentary  Astron- 
omy extant. 

Mclntyras  Astronomy  and  the  Globes,    .    .  i  50 

A  complete  treatise  for  i.itermediate  ckusscs.     Highly  approved. 

Barllelt's  Spherical  Astronomy, 4  so 

»    The  West  Point  course,  for  advanced  classes,  with  applications  to  tli« 
current  wants  of  Navigation,  Geography,  and  Chronology. 

NATURAL  HISTORY. 
Carl's  Child's  Book  of  Natural  History,  .   .  o  50 

Illustrating  tlio  Animal.  A'egetable,  and  Mineral  Kingdoms,  with  appli- 
cation to  the  xVrts.    i^or  beginners.    Beautifully  and  copiously  illustrated. 

ZOOLOG-Y. 
Chambers'  Elements  of  Zoology, l  50 

A  complete  and  comprehensive  rystcm  of  Zoology,  adanted  for  aca- 
demic instruction,  presenting  a  systematic  view  of  the  Animal  Kingdom 
as  a  portion  of  external  Nature. 

iEt^~  It  will  be  observed,  that,  in  tln^  v.-uious  departments  of  Natural  Science,  tl.e 
ATiONAi.  Seku  8  is  extremely  rich,  'i  he  niiMi-ral,  animal,  and  vegetable  kingdoiv.s, 
matter,  and  the  laws  that  govern  it  in  all  its  forms,  are  here  placed  before  tin? 
Jtudent  by  those  who  have  ni^rie  its  «tudy  a  specialty  and  a  life  work.  The  woi  ics 
of  Professors  Pkok,  of  (;olunil)ia  College,  Nokton  Axn  Poetee,  of  Yale,  Baht. 
X.T5TT,  of  West  Point  Military  Academy,  Kmairnk,  of  Williams,  and  State- Geologist 
of  New  York  and  North  Carolina,  Woot>,  the  botanist,  and  Jakvis,  the  eminent  i))iy- 
4ci*n,  are  esteemed  indubitable  authority  in  all  that  conotirns  aieir  several  specialtieo 

25 


A*a//o??al  Series  of  Sta?f(tar(?  Schoo?.'7^ooks, 


Jarvis'  Physiology  and  Laws  of  Health. 

T  E  S  T  I  M  O  ]Sr  I  A  L  S  . 

From  Samuel  B.  McLane,  Superinleiident  Public  Scliooh,  Keokuk,  Iowa, 
I  am  glad  to  see  a  really  good  text-boolc  on  tins  loncli  neglected  branch.    This  if 
clear,  concise,  accurate,  and  eminently  adapted  to  the  class-7'ooni. 

From  William  F.  Wtees,  Principal  of  Academy,  West  Chester,  Pennsylvania. 

A  thorough  examination  has  satisfied  me  of  its  superior  claims  as  a  text-book  to  tht 
attention  of  teacher  and  taught.    I  shall  introduce  it  at  once. 

From  H.  R.  Sanford,  Pi-incipal  of  East  Genesee  Conference  Seminary,  N.  Y. 

"Jarvis*  Physiology"  is  received,  and  fully  met  our  expectations.  We  immediately 
adopted  it. 

From  Isaac  T.  Goodnow,  State  Superintendent  of  Kansas— published  in  connection 
with  the '■'' School  Law. ^* 

"  Jarvis'  Physiology,"  a  common-sense,  practical  -work,  -vnth  just  enough  of  anat- 
omy to  understand  the  physiological  portions.  The  last  six  pages,  on  Man's  Respon- 
sibility for  his  own  health,  are  worth  the  price  of  the  book. 

From  D.  "W.  Stevens,  Superintendent  Public  Schools,  Fall  River^  Mass. 

I  have  examined  Jarvis'  "  Physiology  and  Laws  of  Health,"  which  you  had  the 
kindness  to  send  to  me  a  short  time  ago.  In  my  judgment  it  is  far  the  best  work  of 
the  kind  within  my  knowledge.  It  has  been  adopted  as  a  text-book  in  our  public 
schools. 

Frrnn  Hexry  G.  Denny,  Chairman  Book  Committee,  Boston,  3las8. 

The  very  excellent  "  Physiology "  of  Dr.  .Tarvis  I  had  introduced  into  our  High 
School,  where  the  study  had  been  temporarily  dropped,  believing  it  to  be  by  far  the 
best  work  of  the  kind  that  had  come  under  my  observation;  indeed,  the  reintroduc- 
tion  of  the  study  was  delayed  for  some  months,  because  Dr.  Jarvis'  book  could  not  be 
had,  and  we  were  unwilling  to  take  any  other. 

From  Peof.  A.  P.  Pbabody,  D.D.,  LL.D.,  Harvard  University. 
*    *    I  have  been  in  the  habit  of  examining  school-books  with  great  care,  and  I  . 
hesitate  not  to  say  that,  of  all  the  text-books  on  Physiology  which  have  been  given  to 
the  public,  Dr.  Jarvis'  deserves  the  first  place  on  the  score  of  accuracy,  thoroughness, 
method,  simplicity  of  statement,  and  constant  reference  to  topics  of  practical  interest 
and  utility. 

From  James  N.  Townsend,  Superintendent  Public  Schools,  Hudson,  N.  Y. 
Every  human  being  is  appointed  to  take  charge  of  his  own  body ;  and  of  all  books 
written  upon  this  subject,  I  know  of  none  which  will  so  well  prepare  one  to  do  this  as 
"  Jarvis'  Physiology  " — that  is,  in  so  small  a  compass  of  matter.  It  considers  the 
pure,  simple  laws  of  health  paramount  to  science ;  and  though  the  work  is  thorouglily 
scientific,  it  is  divested  of  all  cumbrous  technicalities,  and  presents  the  subject  of  phy- 
sical life  in  a  manner  and  style  really  charming.  It  is  unquestionably  the  best  text- 
book on  physiology  I  have  ever  seen.  It  is  giving  great  satisfaction  in  the  schools  of 
this  city,  where  it  has  been  adopted  as  the  standard. 

From  L.  J.  Sanfoed,  M.D.,  Prof.  Anatomy  and  Physiology  in  Yale  College. 

Books  on  human  physiology,  designed  for  the  use  of  schools,  are  more  generally  a 
failure  perhaps  than  are  school-books  on  most  other  subjects. 

The  great  want  in  this  department  is  met,  we  think,  in  the  well-written  treatise  of 
Dr.  Jarvis,  entitled  "  Physiology  and  Laws  of  Health."  *  *  The  work  is  not  too 
detailed  nor  too  expansive  in  any  department,  and  is  clear  and  concise  in  all.  It  i» 
not  burdened  with  an  excess  of  anatomical  description,  nor  rendered  discursive  by 
many  zoological  references.  Anatomical  statements  are  made  to  the  extent  of  quali- 
fying the  student  to  attend,  understandingly,  to  an  exposition  of  those  functional  pro- 
cesses which,  collectively,  make  up  health ;  thus  the  laws  of  health  are  enunciated, 
and  many  suggestions  are  given  which,  if  heeded,  will  tend  to  its  preservation. 


8^~  For  further  testimony  of  similar  character,  see  current  numbers  of  the  lUas* 
trated  Educational  l^uUetin. 

26 


The  J\rati07tat  Series  of  Standard  Schoot-^ooks. 

MODERN  LANGUAGE. 


French  and  English  Primer, $10 

German  and  English  Primer, 10 

Spanish  and  English  Primer,    ......     10 

The  names  of  common  objects  properly  illustrated  and  arranged  in  easy- 
lessons. 

Ledru's  French  Fables,  •    • 75 

Ledru's  French  Grammar, i  oo 

Ledru's  French  Reader, .    .  l  oo 

The  author's  long  experience  has  enabled  him  to  present  the  most  thor- 
oughly practical  text-books  extant,  in  this  branch.  The  system  of  pro- 
nunciation (by  phonetic  illustration)  is  original  with  this  author,  and  will 
commend  itself  to  all  American  teachers,  as  it  enables  their  pupils  to  se- 
cure an  absolutely  correct  pronunciation  without  the  assistance  of  a  native 
master.  This  feature  is  peculiarly  valuable  also  to  "  self-taught"  students. 
The  directions  for  ascertaining  the  gender  of  French  nouns— also  a  great 
stumbling-block— are  peculiar  to  this  work,  and  will  be  found  remarkably 
competent  to  the  end  proposed.  The  criticism  of  teachers  and  the  test  of 
the  school-room  is  invited  to  this  excellent  series,  with  confidence. 

Haskin's  French  and  English  First  Book    .     75 

Presents  the  striking  feature  of  a  simultaneous  presentation  of  the  ele- 
mentary principles  of  the  vernacular  with  those  of  a  foreign  language. 
This  is  the  method  which  the  practical  teacher  naturally  pursues  in  oral 
instruction,  and  possesses  peculiar  advantages  in  application  to  young 
pupils. 

Pujol's  Complete  French  Class-Book,  .    .    .  2  25 

Offers,  in  one  volume,  methodically  arranged,  a  complete  French  course 
— usually  embraced  in  series  of  from  five  to  twelve  books,  including  the 
bulky  and  expensive  Lexicon.  Here  are  Grammar,  Conversation,  and 
choice  Literature — selected  from  the  best  French  authors.  Each  branch 
is  thoroughly  handled  ;  and  the  student,  having  diligently  completed  the 
course  as  prescribed,  may  consider  himself,  without  further  application, 
aufait  in  the  most  polite  and  elegant  language  of  modern  times. 

Maurice-Poitevin's  Grammaire  Francaise,  •  1  0(? 

American  schools  are  at  last  supplied  with  an  American  edition  of  this 
famous  text-book.  Many  of  our  best  institutions  have  for  years  been  pro- 
curing it  from  abroad  rather  than  forego  the  advantages  it  offers.  The 
policy  of  putting  students  who  have  acquired  some  proficiency  from  the 
ordinary  text-books,  into  a  Grammar  written  in  the  vernacular,  can  not 
be  too  highly  commended.  It  affords  an  opportunity  for  finish  and  review 
at  once ;  while  embodying  abundant  practice  of  its  own  rules. 

Worman's  Elementary  German  Grammar, .  i  2 

A  work  of  great  merit.  Well  calculated  to  ground  the  student  in  the 
elements  of  this  language,  become  so  important  by  the  extensive  settle- 
ment of  Germans  in  this  country. 

Willard's  Historia  de  los  Estados  Unidos,  •  2  oo 

The  History  of  the  United  States,  translated  by  Professors  Tolon  and 
De  Tohxos,  will  be  found  a  valuable,  instructive,  and  entertaining  read- 
ing-book for  Spanish  classes.  ^  ..    -    - 
27. 


JV*atio7ial  Series  of  Standard  School-^ooks. 

Pujol's  Complete  French  Class-Book. 

'    TESTIMONIALS. 

From  Peof.  Elias  Peissneb,  TTnioifi  College. 
I  take  great  pleasure  in  recommending  Pujol  and  Van  Norman's  French  Glast-Book, 
M  there  is  no  French  grammar  or  class-book  which  can  be  compared  with  it  In  com- 
pleteness, system,  clearness,  and  general  utility. 

From  Edwakd  Noeth,  President  of  ITamilton  College. 
I  have  carefully  examined  Pujol  and  Van  Norman's  French  Class-Book,  and  am 
•atisfied  of  its  superiority,  for  college  purposes,  over  any  other  heretofore  used.    W* 
shall  not  fail  to  use  it  with  our  next  class  in  French, 

From  A.  Cuetis,  Preset  of  Cincinnati  Literary  and  Scientifie  Institute. 
I  am  confident  that  it  may  be  made  an  instrument  in  conveying  to  the  student,  in 
from  six  months  to  a  year,  the  art  of  speaking  and  writing  the  French  with  almost 
native  fluency  and  propriety. 

From  IlmAM  OEcrrr,  A.  M.,  Prin.  Glenwood  and  Tilden  Ladies^  Seminaries. 

I  have  used  Pujol's  French  Grammar  in  my  two  seminaries,  exclusively,  for  mora 
than  a  year,  and  have  no  hesitation  in  saying  that  I  regard  it  the  best  text-book 
in  this  department  extant.  And  my  opinion  is  confirmed  by  the  testimony  of  Prot 
F.  De  Launay  and  Mademoiselle  Marindin.  They  assure  me  that  the  book  is  emi- 
nently accurate  and  practical,  as  tested  in  the  school-room. 

From  Peof.  Theo.  F.  De  Fumat,  Uebrew  Educational  Institute^  Memphis^  Tenn, 
M.  Pujol's  French  Grammar  is  one  of  the  best  and  most  practical  works.  The 
French  language  is  chosen  and  elegant  in  style — ^modern  and  easy.  It  is  far  superior 
to  the  other  French  class-books  in  this  country.  The  selection  of  the  conversational 
part  is  very  good,  and  will  interest  pupils ;  and  being  all  completed  in  only  one  vol* 
ume,  it  is  especially  desirable  to  have  it  introduced  in  our  schools. 

From  Peof.  James  H.  "Woeman,  Bordentown  Female  College^  2f.  J. 
The  work  is  upon  the  same  plan  as  the  text-books  for  the  study  of  French  and  Eng- 
lish published  in  Berlin,  for  the  study  of  those  who  have  not  the  aid  of  a  teacher,  and 
these  books  are  considered,  by  the  first  authorities,  the  best  books.  In  most  of  our 
institutions,  Americans  teach  the  modern  languages,  and  heretofore  the  trouble  has 
been  to  give  them  a  text-book  that  would  dispose  of  the  difficulties  of  the  French  pro- 
nunciation. This  difficulty  is  successfully  removed  by  P.  and  Van  N.,  and  I  have 
every  reason  to  believe  it  will  soon  make  its  way  into  most  of  our  best  schools. 

From  Peof.  Chaeles  S.  Dod,  Ann  Smith  Academy,  Lexington^  Va. 
^  I  cannot  do  better  than  to  recommend  "  Pujol  and  Van  Norman."    For  comprehcn- 
Bive  and  systematic  arrangement,  progressive  and  thorough  development  of  all  gram- 
matical principles  and  idioms,  with  a  due  admixture  of  theoretical  knowledge  and 
practical  exercise,  I  regard  it  as  superior  to  any  (other)  book  of  the  kind. 

From  A.  A.  Foestee,  Prin.  PineJmrst  School,  Toronto,  C.  W. 
I  have  great  satisfaction  in  bearing  testimony  to  M.  Pujol's  System  of  French  In- 
struction, as  given  in  his  complete  class-book.    For  clearness  and  comprehensiveness;, 
adapted  for  all  classes  of  pupils,  I  have  found  it  superior  to  any  other  work  of  the 
kind,  and  have  now  used  it  for  some  years  in  my  establishment  with  great  success. 

From  Peof.  Otto  Feddee,  Maplewood  Institute,  Pittsjield,  Mass, 
The  conversational  exercises  will  prove  an  immense  saving  of  the  hardest  kind  of 
labor  to  teachers.  There  is  scarcely  any  thing  more  trying  in  the  way  of  teaching 
language,  than  to  rack  your  brain  for  short  and  easily  intelligible  bits  of  conversation, 
»ud  to  repeat  them  time  and  again  with  no  better  result  than  extorting  at  long  inter- 
Tals  a  doubting  "  oui,"  or  a  hesitating  '*  non,  monsieur." 


X^*  For  further  testimony  of  a  similar  character,  see  special  :ircular,  and  ciirr«iit 
Bombers  of  the  Educational  Bulletin. 

28 


JVatlonai  Series  of  Sta7ida7'd   School- !Boo/bs. 

Worman's  German  Grammars. 

.  TESTIMOM-IAIiS. 

FromSec^y  Ckas.  A.  Eogeet,  7otoa  State  tlniversiti/, 
A  "work  of  superior  merit.    As  a  text-book  it  is  the  lest  I  liave  ever  seen. 
From  Prof.  R.  W.  Jones,  Petersburg  Female  College,  Va. 
From -what  I  have  seen  of  the  work  it  is  almost  certain  /  sli^all  introduce  it  into 
this  institution. 

From  Prof.  G.  Campbell,  University  of  Minnesota. 
A  'valuable  addition  to  our  school-books,  and  "will  find  many  friends,  and  do  great 
good. 

From  Prof.  O.  H  P.  Corpkew,  Mary  Military  Jnst.^  Md. 
I  am  better  pleased  with  them  than  any  I  have  ever  taught.  I  have  already  ordered 
through  our  booksellers. 

From  Prof.  E.  8.  Kendall,  Vernon  Academy,  Conn. 
I  at  once  put  the  Elementary  Grammar  into  the  hands  of  a  class  of  beginners,  and 
have  used  it  with  great  satisfaction. 

From  I*rof.  D.  E.  Holmes,  Berlin  Academy,  Wis.    ■ 
'Worman"'s  German  works  are  superior.    I  shall  use  them  hereafter  in  my  German 
classes. 

From  Prof.  Magnus  BircnnoLTZ,  IZirain  College^  Ohio. 
I  have  examined  the  Complete  Grammar,  and  find  it  excellent.    You  may  rely  that 
it  will  be  used  here. 

From  Prin.  Tnos.  "W.  Tobey,  PaducaJi  Female  Seminary,  Ky. 
The  Complete  German  Grammar  is  worthy  of  an  extensive  circulation.    It  is  ad^ 
mirably  adapted  to  the  class-room.    I  shall  use  it. 

From  Prof.  Alex.  Eosenspitz,  Houston  Academy,  Texas. 
Bearer  will  take  and  pay  for  3  dozen  copies.   Mr.  Worman  deserves  the  approbation 
and  esteem  of  the  teacher  and  the  thanks  of  the  student. 

From  Prof  G.  Malmene,  Augusta  Seminary,  Maine-. 
The  Complete  Grammar  cannot  fail  to  giv2  great  satisfaction  by  the  simplicity 
of  its  arrangement,  and  by  its  completeness. 

From,  Prin.  Oval  Pirkey,  Christian  University,  Mo. 
Just  such  a  series  as  is  positively  necessary.    I  do  hope  the  author  will  succeed  as 
•well  in  the  French,  &c.,  as  he  has  in  the  German. 

From  Prof.  S.  D.  IIillman,  Dickinson  College,  Pa. 
The  class  have  lately  commenced,  and  my  examination  thus  far  warrants  me  in  Bay» 
ing  that  I  regard  it  as  the  best  grammar  for  instruction  in  the  German. 

From  Prin.  Silas  Livermoeb,  Bloomfield  Seminary,  3fo. 
I  have  found  a  classically  and  scientifically  educated  Prussian  gentleman  whom  I 
propose  to  make  German  instructor.  I  have  shown  him  both  your  German  grammars. 
He  has  expressed  his  approbation  of  them  generally. 

From  Prof.  Z.  Test,  Rowland  School  for  Young  Ladies,  N.  Y. 
I  shall  introduce  the  books.     From  a  cursory  examination  I  have  no  hesitation  in 
pronouncing  the  Complete  Grammar  a  decided  improvement  on  the  text-books  at 
present  in  use  in  this  country. 

From  Prof  Lewis  Kistler,  Horthioestern  University,  HI. 
Having  looked  through  the  Complete  Grammar  with  some  care  I  must  say  that  you 
have  produced  a  good  book  ;  you  may  be  awarded  with  this  gratification — that  your 
grammar  promotes  the  facility  of  learning  the  German  language,  and  of  becoming 
acquainted  with  its  rich  literature. 

From  Pres.  J.  P.  Rous,  Stochwell  Collegiate  Inst.,  Ind. 
I  supplied  a  class  with  the  Elementary  Grammar,  and  it  gives  complete  sattsfac- 
tion.    The  conversational  and  reading  exercises  are  well  calculated  to  illustrate  the 
principles,  and  lead  the  student  on  an  easy  yet  thorough  course^    I  think  the  Com- 
plete Grammar  ^q^i^ily  attractive. 

29 


J\ratlo7ial  Sei'ies  of  Standa7'd  School-jBooks. 

THE    CLASSICS 


LATIN. 
Silber's  Latin  Course, $i  25 

The  book  contains  an  Epitome  of  Latin  Grammar,  followed  by  Reading  Exercises, 
with  explanatory  Notes  and  copious  References  to  the  leading  Latin  Grammars,  and 
also  to  the  Epitome  which  precedes  the  work.  Then  follow  a  Latin-English  Vocabu- 
lary and  Exercises  in  Latin  Prose  Composition,  being  thus  complete  in  itself,  and  a 
very  suitable  work  to  put  in  the  hands  of  one  about  to  study  the  language. 

Searing's  Virgil's  iEneid, 2  25 

It  contains  only  the  first  six  books  of  the  JEneid.  2,  A  very  carefully  constructed 
Dictionary.  3.  Sufficiently  copious  Notes.  4.  Grammatical  references  to  four  lead- 
ing Grammars.  5.  Numerous'Illustrations  of  the  highest  order,  6.  A  superb  Map 
of  the  Mediterranean  and  adjacent  countries.  7.  Dr.  S.  H.  Taylor's  "  Questions  on 
the  jEneid."  8.  A  Metrical  Index,  and  an  Essay  on  the  Poetical  Style.  9.  A  photo- 
graphic fac  simile  of  an  early  Latin  M.S.  10.  The  text  according  to  Jahn,  but  para- 
graphed according  to  Ladewig.  11.  Superior  mechanical  execution.  12.  The  price 
no  greater  than  that  of  ordinary  editions. 


Hanson's  Latin  Prose  Book,  ......  3  12 

Hanson's  Latin  Poetry, 3  12 

Andrews  &  Stoddard's  Latin  Grammar,  '^i  so 

Andrews'  Questions  on  the  Grammar,     .  *o  15 

Andrews'  Latin  Exercises, *i  25 

Andrews'  Viri  Romae, *i  25 

Andrews'  Saliust's  Jugurthine  War,  &c.  *i  so 

Andrews'  Eclogues  &  Georgics  of  Virgil,  *i  so 

Andrews'  Cesar's  Commentaries, ....  '^i  50 

Andrews'  Ovid's  Metamorphoses,     .    .    .  *i  25 

G-REEK. 

Crosby's  Greek  Grammar, 1  88 

Crosby's  Xenophon's  Anabasis, 1  20 

MYTHOLOGY. 
Dwight's  Grecian  and  Roman  Mythology. 

School  edition,  $1  25;            University  edition,  *2  25 

A  knowledge  of  the  fables  of  antiquity,  thus  presented  in  a  systematic  form,  is  as 
indispensable  to  the  student  of  general  literature  as  to  him  who  would  peruse  intelli- 
gently the  classical  authors.  The  mythological  allusions  so  frequent  in  literature  a^t ! 
readily  understood  with  such  a  Key  as  this. 

30 


The  JSTationat  Seizes  of  Standard,  Sc/iool  !Books. 

'       ELOCUTION. 

■^«  ♦  »» • 

Watson's  Practical  Elocution $o  25 

A  brief,  clear,  and  most  satisfactory  treatise — same  as  in  "  Independent 
Fiftli  Reader."    The  subject  fully  illustrated  by  diagrams. 

Zachos'  Analytic  Elocution      i  so 

All  departments  of  elocution — such  as  the  analysis  of  the  voice  and  the 

sentence,  phonology,  rhythm,  expression,  gesture,  &c are  here  arranged 

for  instruction  in  classes,  illustrated  by  copious  examples. 

Sherwood's  Self  Culture i  00 

Self-culture  In  reading,  epeaking,  and  conversation— a  very  valuable 
treatise  to  those  who  would  perfect  themselves  in  these  accomplishments. 

speakers; 

Northend's  Little  Orator *60 

Contains  simple  and  attractive  pieces  in  prose  and  poetry,  adapted  to 
the  capacity  of  children  under  twelve  years  of  age. , 

Northend's  National  Orator *i  25 

About  one  hundred  and  seventy  choice  pieces  happily  arranged.  The 
design  of  the  author  in  making  the  selection  has  been  to  cultivate  versa- 

tility  of  expression, 

Northend's  Entertaining  Dialogues .    .    .   .*i  25 

Extracts  eminently  adapted  to  cultivate  the  dramatic  faculties,  as  well 
as  entertain  an  audience. 

Swett's ^Common  School  Speaker    .   .    .   .*i  25 

Selections  from  recent  literature. 

Raymond's  Patriotic  Speaker *2  oo 

A  superb  compilation  of  modern  eloquence  and  poetry,  with  original 
dramatic  exercises.  Nearly  every  eminent  living  orator  is  represented, 
without  distinction  of  place  or  party. 

COMPOSITION,  &c. 

Brookfield's  First  Book  in  Composition    .     50 

Making  the  cultivation  of  this  important  art  feasible  for  the  smallest 
child.    By  a  new  method,  to  induce  and  stimulate  thought. 

Boyd's  Composition  and  Rhetoric  ....  l  35 

This  work  furnishes  all  the  aid  that  Is  needful  or  can  be  desired  in 
the  various  departments  and  styles  of  composition,  both  inprose  and  verse. 

Day's  Art  of  Rhetoric l  25 

Noted  for  exactness  of  definition,  clear  limitation,  and  philosophical 
development  of  subject ;  the  large  share  of  attention  given  to  Invention, 
^  a  branch  of  Khetoric,  and  the  unequalled  analysis  of  stylo, 

31 


The  J\''atlo7iat  Series  of  Standard  School  T^ooks, 

iTlTERATtJRE.  ' 


\ 


Boyd's  Milton's  Paradise  Lost *i  25 

Boyd's  Young's  Nighl  Thoughts *i  25 

Boyd's  Cowper's  Task,  Table  Talk,  &c.     .*i  25 

Boyd's  Thomson's  Seasons '^i  25 

Boyd's  Pollok's  Course  of  Time      .    .    .    .*i  25 
Boyd's  Lord  Bacon's  Essays *l  60 

This  series  of  annotaterl  editions  of  great  English  -writers,  in  prose  and 
poetry,  is  designed  for  critical  reading  and  parsing  in  schools.  Prof.  J,  R. 
Boyd  proves  himself  an  editor  of  high  capacity,  and  the  works  themselves 
need  no  encomium.  As  auxiliary  to  the  study  of  Belles  Lettres,  etc., 
these  works  have  no  equal. 

Pope's  Essay  on  Man *20 

Pope's  Homer's  Iliad     •   • *80 

The  metrical  translation  of  the  great  poet  of  antiquity,  and  the  matchless 
"Essay  on  the  Nature  and  State  of  Man,""  by  Alexandkb  Pope,  afford 
superior  exercise  in  literature  and  parsing. 

AESTHETI  0^~ 


Huntington's  Manual  of  the  Fine  Arts  •   •*!  "75 

A  view  of  the  rise  and  progress  of  Art  in  different  countries,  a  brief 
account  of  the  most  eminent  masters  of  Art,  and  an  analysis  of  the  prin- 
ciples of  Art.  It  is  complete  in  itself,  or  may  precede  to  advantage  the 
critical  work  of  Lord  Kanies. 

Boyd's  Kames'  Elements  of  Criticism    •   •*!  75 

The  best  edition  of  this  standard  work ;  without  the  study  of  which 
none  may  be  considered  proficient  in  the  science  of  the  Perceptions.  No 
other  study  can  be  pursued  with  so  marked  an  effect  upon  the  taste  and 
refinement  of  the  pupil. 

POLITICAL  ECONOMY. 

Champlin's  Lessons  on  Political  Economy    i  25 

An  improvement  on  previous  treatises,  being  shorter,  yet  containing 
every  thing  essential,  with  a  yicw  of  receut  questions  in  finance,  etc., 
which  ig  not  elsewhere  found, 

82 


The  J\raHonaZ  Series  of  Standard  Schoot'!Books* 

mental"  philosophy. 

Mahan's  Intellectual  Philosophy     .    .   .    .|i  75 

The  subject  exhaustively  considered.  The  author  has  evinced  learn- 
ing, candor,  and  independent  thinking. 

Mahan's  Science  of  Logic 2  oo 

A  profound  analysis  of  the  laws  of  thought.  The  system  possesses  the 
merit  of  being  intelligible  and  self  consistent.  In  addition  to  the  author's 
carefully  elaborated  views,  it  embraces  results  attained  by  the  ablest 
minds  of  Great  Britain,  Germany,  and  France,  in  this  department. 

Boyd's  Elements  of  logic l  00 

A  systematic  and  philosophic  condensation  of  the  subject,  fortified  with 
additions  from  Watts,  Abercrombie,  Whately,  &c. 

Walts  on  the  Mind ^5 

The  Improvement  of  the  Mind,  by  Isaac  Watts,  is  designed  as  a  guide 
for  the  attainment  of  useful  knowledge.  As  a  text-book  it  is  unparalleled  ; 
and  the  discipline  it  aflfords  cannot  be  too  highly  esteemed  by  the  edu- 
cator. 

MORALS. 

Alden's  Text-Book  of  Ethics 60 

For  young  pupils.  To  aid  in  systematizing  the  ethical  teachings  of 
the  Bible,  and  point  out  the  coincidences  between  the  instructions  of  the 
sacred  volume  and  the  sound  conclusions  of  reason. 

Willard's  ISorals  for  the  Young     .   .    .   .   *75 

Lessons  in  conversational  style  to  inculcate  the  elements  of  moral  phi- 
losophy.    The  study  is  made  attractive  by  narratives  and  engravings. 

GOVERNMENT. 

Howes  Young  Citizen's  Catechism  ....     60 

Explaining  the  duties  of  District,  Town,  City,  County,  State,  and 
United  States  Officers,  with  rules  for  parliamentary  and  commercial  busi- 
ness—that which  every  future  "  sovereign"  ought  to  know,  and  so  few 
are  taught. 

Young's  Lessons  in  Civil  Government     .   .  i  25 

A  comprehensive  view  of  Government,  and  abstract  of  the  laws  show- 
ing tlie  rights,  duties,  and  responsibilities  of  citizens. 

Mansfield's  Political  Manual i  25 

This  is  a  complete  view  of  the  theory  and  practice  of  the  General  and 
State  Governments  of  the  United  States,  designed  as  a  text-book.  The 
author  is  an  esteemed  and  able  professor  of  constitutional  law,  widely 
f  known  for  his  sagacious  utterances  in  matters  of  statecraft  through  the 
public  press.  Recent  events  teach  with  emphasis  the  vital  necessity  that 
the  rising  generation  should  comprehend  the  noble  polity  of  the  Amer- 
ican government,  that  tliey  may  act  intelligeutlv  when  endowed  with  a 
voice  in  it. 

33 


The  J^ational  Series  of  Standard  SchoolSooks, 


TEACHEKS'    AIDS. 


Brooks'  School  Manual  of  Devotion    ...     70 

This  volume  contains  daily  devotional  exercises,  consisting  of  a  hymn, 
selections  of  scripture  for  alternate  reading  by  teacher  and  pupils,  and  a 
prayer.    Its  value  for  opening  and  closing  school  is  apparent. 

Cleaveland's  School  Harmonist *70 

Contains  appropriate  tunes  for  each  hymn  in  the  "  Manual  of  DeTO- 
tioa"  described  above. 

The  Boy  Soldier 75 

Complete  infantry  tactics  for  schools,  with  illustrations,  for  the  use  of 
those  who  would  introduce  this  pleasing  relaxation  from  the  confining 
duties  of  the  desk. 

Welch's  Object  Lessons l  oo 

Invaluable  for  teachers  of  primary  schools.  Contains  the  best  explana- 
tion of  the  Pestalozzian  system.  By  its  aid  the  proficiency  of  pupils  and 
the  general  interest  of  the  school  may  be  increased  one  hundred  per  cent. 

Tracy's  School  Record •   •    .    *75 

To  record  attendance,  deportment,  and  scholarship ;  containing  also 
many  useful  tables  and  suggestions  to  teachers,  that  are  worth  of  them- 
selves the  price  of  the  book. 

Tracy's  Pocket  Record *65 

A  portable  edition  of  the  School  Record,  without  the  tables,  &c 

Brooks'  Teacher's  Register *l  00 

Presents  at  one  view  a  record  of  attendance,  recitations,  and  deport- 
ment for  the  whole  term. 

Carter's  Record  and  Roll-Book  ....   .*2  50. 

For  large  graded  schools. 


National  School  Diary,  per  dozen n  00 

reekly 
great 

34 


A  little  book  of  blank  forms  for  weekly  report  of  the  standing  of  each 
jcholar,  from  teacher  to  parent.    A  great  convenience. 


The  JVai tonal  2'eachers^  Zibra^y. 
THE 

TEACHER'S   LIBRARY. 


Tha  Student ;  or,  Fireside  Friend  —  Phelps,l*i-50 
The  Educator;  or,  Hours  with  my 

Pupils, do.,     *1  50 

Tlie  Discipline  of  Life;   or,   Ida 

Korman, <io.,     *i  75 

The  authoress  of  these  -works  is  one  of  the  most  distinguished  writers 
on  education;  and  they  can  Eot  fail  to  prove  a  vahjable  addition  to  the 
School  and  Teachers'  Libraries,  being  in  a  high  degree  both  interesting 
and  instructive. 

Becker's  Scientific  Basis  of  Education,   .    .*2  5f 

Adaptation  of  study  and  classification  by  temperaments. 

Object  Lessons— Welch *ioo 

This  is  a  complete  exposition  of  the  popular  modem  system  of  "  object- 
teaching,"  for  teachers  of  primary  classes. 

Theory  and  Practice  of  Teaching— Page     .*i  50 

This  volume  has,  without  doubt,  been  read  by  two  hundred  thousand 
teachers,  and  its  popularity  remains  undiminished — large  editions  being 
exhausted  yearly.  It  was  the  pioneer,  as  it  is  now  the  patriarch  of 
professional  works  for  teachers. 

The  Graded  School— Wells *i  25 

The  proper  way  to  organize  graded  schools  is  here  illustrated.  Thfl 
author  has  availed  himself  of  the  best  elements  of  the  several  systepas 
prevalent  in  Boston,  New  York,  Philadelphia,  Cincinnati,  St,  Louis,  and 
other  cities. 

The  Normal— Holbrook *i  75 

Carries  a  working  school  on  its  visit  to  teachers,  showing  the  most  ap- 
proved methods  of  teaching  all  the  common  branches,  including  the  tech- 
nicalities, explanations,  demonstrations,  and  definitions  introductory  and 
peculiar  to  each  branch. 

The  Teachers'  Institute— Fowle *i  25 

This  is  a  volume  of  suggestions  inspired  by  the  author's  experience  at 
institutes,  in  the  instruction  of  young  teachers.  A  thousand  points  of  in- 
terest to  this  class  are  most  satisfactorily  dealt  with. 


2%e  J^atio7tal  Teachers^  Zlbrary, 

The  Teacher  and  the  Parent— Northend  .  $*i  50 

A  treatise  upon  common-school  education,  designed  to  lead  teachers  to 
Tiew  their  calling  in  its  true  light,  and  to  stimulate  them  to  fidelity. 

The  Teachers'  Assistant— Northend     .    .    .*i  50 

A  natural  continuation  of  the  author's  previous  work,  more  directly 
calculated  for  daily  use  in  the  administration  of  school  discipline  and  in- 
striiction. 

School  Government— Jewell *i  50 

Full  of  advanced  ideas  on  the  subject  which  its  title  indicates.  The  cri- 
ticisms upon  current  theories  of  punisliment  and  schemes  of  administra- 
tion have  excited  general  attention  and  comment. 

Grammatical  Diagrams^Jewell *i  oo 

The  diagram  system  of  teaching  grammar  explained,  defended,  and 
improved.  The  curious  in  literature,  the  searcher  for  truth,  those  inter- 
ested in  new  inventions,  as  well  as  the  disciples  of  Prof,  Clark,  who  would 
see  their  favorite  theory  fairly  treated,  all  want  this  book.  There  are 
many  who  would  like  to  be  made  familiar  with  this  system  before  risking 
its  use  in  a  class.     The  opportunity  is  here  afforded. 

The  Complete  Examiner— Stone *i  25 

Consists  of  a  series  of  questions  on  every  English  branch  of  school  and 
academic  instruction,  Avith  reference  to  a  given  ]»age  or  ai'ticle  of  leading 
text-books  where  the  answer  may  be  found  in  full.  Prepared  to  aid 
teachers  in  securing  certificates,  pupils  in  preparing  for  promotion,  and 
teachers  in  selecting  revicAV  questions. 

School  Amusements— Root *l  50 

To  assist  teachers  in  making  the  school  interesting,  with  hints  upon  the 
management  of  the  school-room.  Kules  for  military  and  gymnastic  exer- 
cises are  included.    Illustrated  by  diagrams. 

Institute   Lectures  on  Mental  and    Moral 

Culture-Bates *i  {>0 

These  lectures,  originally  delivered  before  institutes,  are  based  upon 
various  topics  of  interest  to  the  teacher.  The  volume  is  calculated  to 
prepare  the  will,  awaken  the  inquiry,  and  stimulate  the  thought  of  the 
zealous  teacher. 

Method  of  Teachers'  Institutes— Bates .    .    .*   75 

Sets  forth  the  best  method  of  conducting  institutes,  with  a  detailed  ac- 
count of  the  object,  organization,  plan  of  instruction,  and  true  theory  of 
education  on  which  such  instruction  should  be  based. 

History  and  Progress  of  Education    .    .    .*l  50 

The  systems  of  education  prevailing  in  all  nations  and  ages,  the  gradual 
advance  to  the  present  time,  and  the  bearing  of  the  past  upon  the  present 
in  this  regard,  ar'^  worthy  of  the  careful  investigation  of  all  concerned  in 
the  cause. 

36 


77ie  JSTationat  Teacliers^  Zibrary, 

American  Education— Mansfield $i  50 

A  treatise  on  the  principles  and  elements  of  education,  as  practiced  in 
this  country,  with  ideas  towards  distinctive  republican  and  Christian  edu- 
cation. 

American  Institutions— Da  Tocqueville   .    .*l  50 

A  valuable  index  to  the  genius  of  our  Government. 

Universal  Education— Mayhew *l  75 

The  subject  is  approached  with  the  clear,  keen  perception  of  one  -who 
has  observed  its  necessity,  and  realized  its  fedsibility  and  expediency 
alike.  The  redeeming  and  eleyating  power  of  improved  common  schools 
constitutes  the  inspiration  of  the  volume. 

Higher  Christian  Education— Dwight  •    .    .*i  so 

A  treatise  on  the  principles  and  spirit,  the  modes,  directions,  and  rtl- 
sults  of  all  true  teaching;  showing  that  right  education  should  appeal  to 
every  element  of  enthusiasm  in  the  teacher's  nature. 

Slodern  Philology— Dwight *i  75 

Important  to  the  grammarian,  and  indispensable  to  the  teacher  of  Jan- 
(rnage,  ancient  or  modern,  who  would  afiford  his  pupils  the  advantage  of 
the  analogy  and  association  to  be  derived  from  an  intelligent  comparison 
of  all  languages  and  their  history. 

Lectures  on  Natural  History— Chadbourne   *  75 

Affording  many  themes  for  oral  instruction  in  this  interesting  science — 
especially  in  schools  where  it  is  not  pursued  as  a  class  exercise. 

Outlines  of  Mathematical  Science— Davies  *1  00 

A  manual  suggesting  the  best  methods  of  presenting  mathematical  in- 
struction on  the  part  of  the  teacher,  with  that  comprehensive  view  of  the 
■whole  which  is  necessary  to  the  intelligent  treatment  of  a  part,  in  science. 

Logic  &  Utility  of  Mathematics— Davies  •    .*i  50 

An  elaborate  and  lucid  exposition  of  the  principles  which  lie  at  the 
foundation  of  pure  mathematics,  with  a  highly  ingenious  application  of 
their  results  to  the  development  of  the  essential  idea  of  the  different 
branches  of  the  science. 

Mathematical  Dictionary— Davies  &  Peck  .  3  50 

This  cyclopaedia  of  mathematical  science  defines  with  completeness, 
precision,  and  accuracy,  every  technical  term,  thus  constituting  a  populai 
treatise  on  each  branch,  and  a  general  view  of  the  whole  subject. 

School  Architecture— Barnard 2  25 

Attention  is  here  Ciillcd  to  the  vital  connection  between  a  good  school- 
house  and  a  good  school,  with  plans  and  specificiitions  for  securing  tihe 
former  la  the  roost  economical  and  satisfactory  manner. 

37 


JVational  School  Zibrary. 


rT\ 


THE   SCHOOL  LIBRARY. 


The  two  elements  of  instruction  and  entertainiaent  were  never  more  happily  com- 
bined than  in  this  collection  of  standard  books.  Children  and  adults  alike  will  her« 
find  ample  food  for  the  mind,  of  the  sort  that  is  easily  digested,  while  not  degene- 
ra;iing  to  the  level  of  modern  romance. 

LIBRARY    OF    LITERATURE. 
Milton's  Paradise  Lost      Boyd's  Hustrated  Ed.$l  60 

Young's  Night  Thoughts  ....    do.  .  .  i  60 

Cowper's  Task,  Table  Talk,  &c.  -do.  .  .  i  60 

Thomson's  Seasons do.  .  .  i  60 

Pollok's  Course  of  Time  ....   do.  .  .  i  co 

These  great  moral  poems  are  known  wherever  the  English  language  is 
read,  and  are  regarded  as  models  of  the  best  and  purest  literature.  The 
books  are  beautifully  illustrated,  and  notes  explain  all  doubtful  mean- 
ings, and  furnish  other  matter  of  interest  to  the  general  reader.  j 

Lord  Bacon's  Essays,  (Boyd's  Edition.)     .     .     .  l  60 

Another  grand  English  classic,  affording  the  highest  example  of  purity 
in  language  and  style. 

The  Iliad  of  Homer.     Translated  by  Pope.    .     .       80 

Those  who  are  unable  to  read  this  greatest  of  ancient  writers  in  the 
original,  should  not  fail  to  avail  themselves  of  this  metrical  version  by  an 
eminent  scholar  and  poet. 

The  Poets  of  Connecticut— Everest  ....  i  75 

With  the  biographical  sketches,  this  volume  forms  a  complete  history 
'of  the  poetical  literature  of  the  State. 

The  Son  of  a  Genius— Hofland 75 

A  juvenile  classic  which  never  wears  out,  and  finds  many  interested 
readers  in  every  generation  of  youth. 

Lady  Willoughby l  00 

The  diary  of  a  wife  and  mother,  An  historical  romance  of  the  seven- 
tcenth  century.  At  once  beautiful  and  pathetic,  entertaining  and  in- 
structive. 

The  Rhyming  Dictionary— Walker  ....  l  25 

A  serviceable  manual  to  compossrs  of  rty thniical  matter,  beii^g  a  co3»» 
plete  index  of  allowable  rhymes. 

38 


J^ationaZ  School  Xibra^y. 


LIBRARY    OF   REFERENCE. 
Home  Cyclopaedia  of  Chronology    ...   .$2  25 

An  Jndex  to  the  sources  of  knowledge— a  dictionary  of  date& 

Home  Cyclopaedia  of  Geography  «    .       .   .  2  25 

A  complete  gazetteer  of  the  -world. 

Home  Cyclopsedia  of  Useful  Arts 2  25 

Covering  the  principles  and  practicB  of  modern  scientific  enterprise, 
with  a  record  of  important  inventions  in  agriculture,  architecture,  do- 
mestic economy,  engineering,  machinery,  manufactures,  mining,  photo- 
genic and  telegraphie  art,  &c.,  &c. 

Home  Cyclopaedia  of  Literature  &  Fine  Arts  2  25 

A  complete  index  to  all  terras  employed  in  belles  lettres,  philosophy, 
theology,  la-w,  mythology,  painting,  music,  sculpture,  architecture,  and  aU 
kindred  arts. 


LIBRARY    OF    TRAVEL. 
Ship  and  Shore— Colton i  so 

In  Madeira,  Lisbon,  and  the  Mediterranean  Ocean.    Illustrated. 

Land  and  Lee— Colton    .........  i  50 

In  the  Bosphorus  and  ^gean.    Illustrated. 

Sea  and  Sailor— Colton i  so 

Notes  on  France  and  Italy.    Illustrated. 

Deck  and  Port— Colton i  so 

A  cruise  to  California.    Illustrated. 

Three  Years  in  California— Colton   ....  l  50 

During  the  gold  fever.    Illustrated. 

These  racy  descriptions  of  travel  are  regarded  as  models  in  this 
department  of  literature.  They  are  read  by  old  and  young  with  vast 
interest  and  profit. 


A  Visit  to  Europe— Silliman,  2  vols 3  oo 

reL    I 


A  very  spicy  book  of  foreign  travel.    It  brings  every  opportwuty  of  th« 
t©orist  to  th£  f«et  of  the  reader. 


JV^ational  School  Zibrafy. 


TRAVEL-Continued. 

Life  in  tFie  Sandwich  Islands— Cheever  .    .$i  5C 

The  "  heart  ol  the  Pacific,  as  it  was  and  is,"  shows  most  yividly  the 
contrast  between  the  depth  of  degradation  and  barbarism,  and  tlie  light 
and  liberty  of  civilization,  so  rapidly  realized  in  these  islands  under  the 
humanizing  influence  of  the  Christian  religion.    Illustrated. 

Peruvian  Antiquities— Von  Tschudi.    ...  l  50 
Travels  in  Peru— Von  Tschudi i  so 

The  first  of  these  volumes  affords  whatever  information  has  been  at- 
tained by  travelers  and  men  of  science  concerning  the  extinct  people  who 
once  inhabited  Peru,  and  who  have  left  behind  them  many  relics  of  a 
■wonderful  civilization.  The  "Travels"  furnish  valuable  information 
concerning  the  country  and  its  inhabitants  as  they  now  are.    Illustrated. 

Ancient  Monasteries  of  the  East— Curzon  •  i  so 

The  exploration  of  these  ancient  seats  of  learning  has  thrown  much 
light  upon  the  researches  of  the  historian,  the  philologist,  and  the  theo- 
logian, as  well  as  the  general  student  of  antiquity.    Illustrated. 

Discoveries  in  Babylon  &  Nineveh— Lay ard  i  75 

Valuable  alike  for  the  information  imparted  with  regard  to  these  most 
interesting  ruins,  and  the  pleasant  adventures  and  observations  of  the 
author  in  regions  that  to  most  men  seem  like  Fairyland.    Illustrated. 

Egypt  and  the  Holy  Land— Spencer     ...  i  75 

still  another  volume  of  eastern  travel.  The  many  incontrovertible 
proofs  of  Scripture  observed  by  the  pains-taking  modern  traveler  are 
worth  the  price  of  the  book.    Illustrated. 

St.  Petersburgh— Jermann     ........  i  oo 

Americans  are  less  familiar  with  the  history  and  social  customs  of  the 
Russian  people  than  those  of  any  other  modern  civilized  nation.  Oppor- 
tunities such  as  this  book  affords  are  not,  therefore,  to  be  neglected. 

The  Polar  Regions— Osborn i  25 

A  thrilling  and  intensely  interesting  narrative  of  one  of  the  famous  ex- 
peditions in  search  of  Sir  John  Franklin— unsuccessful  in  its  main  object, 
but  aidding  many  facts  to  the  repertoire  of  science. 

Thirteen  Months  in  the  Confederate  Army     75 

The-  author,  a  northern  man  conscripted  into  the  Confederate  service, 
and  rising  from  the  ranks  by  soldierly  conduct  to  positions  of  responsi- 
bility, had  remarkable  opportunities  for  the  acquisition  of  facts  respect- 
ing the  conduct  of  the  Southern  armies,  and  the  policy  and  deeds  of  their 
leaders.  He  participated  in  many  engagements,  and  his  book  is  one  of 
the  most  exciting  narratives  of  advonture  ever  published.  Mr.  Steven- 
son takes  no  ground  as  a  partizan,  but  views  the  whole  subject  as  with  the 
eye  of  a  neutral — only  interested  in  subserving  the  ends  of  history  by  tbt 
fontribution  of  impartial  facts.    lUastrated. 

40 


JVational  School  I^ibrary, 


LIBRARY     OF    HISTORY. 
History  of  Europe— Alison f2  50 

A  reliable  and  standard  work,  which  covers  with  clear,  connected,  and 
complete  narrative,  the  eventful  occurrences  transpiring  from  A.  D.  1T89 
to  1815,  being  mainly  a  history  of  the  career  of  Napoleon  Bonaparte. 

History  of  England— Berard i  15 

Combining  a  history  of  the  social  life  of  the  English  people  with  that  of 
the  civil  and  military  transactions  of  the  realm. 

History  of  Rome— Ricord i  60 

Possesses  all  the  charm  of  an  attractive  romance.  The  fables  with 
■which  this  history  abounds  are  introduced  in  such  aAvay  as  not  to  deceive 
the  inexperienced  reader,  whil-e  adding  vastly  to  the  interest  of  the  work 
and  afiFording  a  pleasing  index  to  the  genius  of  the  Roman  people.  IlluB- 
trated. 

The  Republic  of  America— Willard  •    •    .    .  2  25 
Universal  History  in  Perspective— Willard  2  25 

From  these  two  comparatively  brief  treatises  the  intelligent  mind  mav 
obtain  a  comprehensive  knowledge  of  the  history  of  the  world  in  both 
hemispheres.  Mrs.  Willard' s  reputation  as  an  historian  is  wide  as  the 
land.    Illustrated. 

Ecclesiastical  History— Marsh 2  oo 

A  history  of  theT!hurch  in  all  ages,  wilh  a  comprehensive  review  of  all 
forms  of  religion  from  the  creation  of  the  world.  No  other  source  aflfords, 
in  the  same  compass,  the  information  here  conveyed. 

History  of  the  Ancient  Hebrews— Mills  .    .  1  75 

The  record  of  "  God's  people"  from  the  call  of  Abraham  to  the  destruo- 
tion  of  Jerusalem;  gathered  from  sources  sacred  and  profane. 

The  Mexican  War— Mansfield l  50 

A  history  of  its  origin,  and  a  detailed  account  of  its  victories ;  with 
official  dispatches,  the  treaty  of  peace,  and  valuable  tables.    Illustrated. 

Early  History  of  Michigan— Sheldon  ...  1  75 

A  work  of  value  and  deep  interest  to  the  people  of  the  West.  Com- 
piled under  the  supervision  of  Hon.  Lewis  Cass.  Embellished  with  por- 
traits. 

41 


J^atlo7iat  School  Zibrary^ 


LIBRARY    OF    BIOaRAPHY. 
Life  of  Dr.  Sam.  Johnson— Boswell   •    .    $2  26 

This  work  has  heen  before  the  public  fo5f  seventy  years,  with  increasing 
approbation.    Boswell  is  known  as  "  the  prince  of  biographers." 

Henry  Clay's  Life  and  Speeches— Mallory 

2  vols 4  50 

This  great  American  statesman  commands  the  admiration,  and  his 
character  and  deeds  solicit  the  study  of  every  patriot. 

Life  &  Services  of  General  Scott— Mansfield  i  75 

The  hero  of  the  Mexican  war,  who  was  for  many  years  the  most  promi- 
nent figure  in  American  military  circles,  should  not  be  forgotten  in  the 
whirl  of  more  recent  events  than  those  by  which  he  signalized  himself. 
Illustrated. 

Garibaldi's  Autobiography l  50 

The  Italian  patriot's  record  of  his  own  life,  translated  and  edited  by  his 
friend  and  admirer.    A  thrilling  narrative  of  a  romantic  career.    "With 

portrait. 

Lives  of  the  Signers— Dwight  ......  1  50 

The  memory  of  the  noble  men  who  declared  our  country  free  at  the 
peril  of  their  own  "lives,  fortunes,  and  sacred  honor,"  should  be  em- 
balmed in  every  American's  heart. 

Life  of  Sir  Joshua  Reynolds— Cunningham  l  50 

A  candid,  truthful,  and  appreciative  memoir  of  the  great  painter,  with 
a  compilation  of  his  discourses.  The  volume  is  a  text-book  for  artists,  as 
well  as  those  who  would  acquire  the  rudiments  of  art.    With  a  portrait. 

Prison  Life .•  .    .   .  76 

Interesting  biographies  of  celebrated  prisoners  and  martyrs,  designed 
especially  for  the  instruction  and  cultivation  of  youth, 

42 


J^ational  School  Library. 


LIBRARY   OF   NATURAL   SCIENCE. 
The  Treasury  of  Knowledge $i  25 

A  cyclopaedia  of  ten  thousand  common  things,  embracing  the  widest 
range  of  subject-matter.     Illustrated. 

Ganot's  Popular  Physics i  75 

The  elements  of  natural  philosophy  for  both  student  and  the  general 
reader.  The  originsl  work  is  celebrated  for  the  magnificent  character  of 
its  illustrations,  all  of  which  are  literally  reproduced  here. 

Principles  of  Chemistry— Porter 2  oo 

A  work  which  commends  itself  to  the  amateur  in  science  by  its  extreme 
simplicity,  and  careful  avoidance  of  unnecessary  detail.    Illustrated. 

Class-Book  of  Botany— Wood 3  50 

Indispensable  as  a  work  of  reference.    Illustrated. 

The  Laws  of  Health— Jarvis i  65 

This  is  not  an  abstract  anatomp,  but  all  its  teachings  are  directed  to  the 
best  methods  of  preserving  health,  as  inculcated  by  an  intelligent  know- 
ledge of  the  structure  and  needs  of  the  human  body.    Illustrated. 

Vegetable  &  Animal  Physiology— Hamilton  i  25 

An  exhaustive  analysis  of  Ijlie  conditions  of  life  in  aU  animate  nature. 
Illustrated. 

Elements  of  Zoology— Chambers l  50 

A  complete  view  of  the  animal  kingdom  as  a  portion  of  external  nature. 

Illustrated. 

Astronography— Willard i  oo 

The  elements  of  astronomy  in  a  compact  and  readable  form.  Illus- 
trated. 

Elements  of  Geology— Page 1  25 

The  subject  presented  in  its  two  aspects  of  interesting  and  important 
Illustrated. 

Lectures  on  Natural  History— Chadbourne     75 

The  subject  is  tore  considered  in  its  relations  to  intellect,  taste,  health, 
and  religion. 

40 


JVational  School  Library. 


VALUABLE    LIBRARY    BOOKS. 
The  Political  Manual— Mansfield $i  25 

Every  American  youth  should  be  familiar  -with  the  principles  of  the 
government  under  which  he  lives,  especially  as  the  policy  of  this  country 
will  one  day  call  upon  him  to  participate  in  it,  at  least  to  the  extent  of  his 
ballot. 

American  Institutions— De  Tocqueville   •    .  i  50 
Democracy  in  America— De  Tocqueville .    .  2  25 

The  views  of  this  distinguished  foreigner  on  the  genius  of  our  political 
institutions  are  of  unquestionable  value,  as  proceeding  from  a  standpoint 
"Tfhence  we  seldom  have  an  opportunity  to  hear. 

Constitutions  of  the  United  States   •   •   •   •  2  52 

Contains  the  Constitution  of  the  General  Government,  and  of  the  sere- 
ral  State  Governments,  the  Declaration  of  Independence,  and  other  im- 
portant documents  relating  to  American  history.  Indispensable  as  a 
work  of  reference.  » 

Public  Economy  of  the  United  States  •   •   •  2  25 

A  full  discussion  of  the  relations  of  the  United  States  with  other  na- 
tions, especially  the  feasibility  of  a  free-trade  policy. 

Grecian  and  Roman  Mythology— Dwight   •  2 

The  presentation,  in  a  systematic  form,  of  the  Fables  of  Antiquity, 
aflfords  most  entertaining  reading,  and  is  valuable  to  all  as  an  index  to  the 
mythological  allusions  so  frequent  in  literature,  as  well  as  to  students  ot 
the  classics  who  would  peruse  intelligently  the  classical  authors.  Illus- 
trated. 

Modern  Philology— Dwight i  75 

The  science  of  language  is  here  placed,  in  the  limits  of  a  moderate 
volume,  within  the  reach  of  alL 

General  View  of  the  Eine  Arts— Huntington  i  75 

The  preparation  of  this  work  was  suggested  by  the  interested  inquiries 
of  a  group  of  young  people,  concerning  the  productions  and  styles  of  the 
great  masters  of  art,  whose  names  only  were  familiar.  This  statement  is 
sufficient  index  of  its  character. 

Morals  for  the  Young— Willard      .  "^^ 

A  series  of  moral  stories,  by  one  of  the  most  experienced  of  Ameriean 
educators.    Illustrated. 

Improvement  of  the  Mind— Isaac  Watts  •   •     ^^ 

A  classical  standard.  No  young  person  should  grow  up  without  haying 
perueed  it. 

44 


25 


JVational  Series  of  Staiidard  Schoot-3Sookt. 


A.  S.  Barnes  &  Company 

[From  the  Nbtt  York  PAXHriNDER,  Aug.  1866.3 

This  well-known  and  long-established  Book  and  Stationery  House  has  recently  re- 
moved from  the  premises  with  which  it  has  been  identified  for  over  twenty  years,  to 
the  fine  buildings,  Nos.  Ill  and  113  William  Street,  corner  of  John  Street,  New  York, 
one  block  only  from  the  old  store.  Here  they  have  been  enabled  to  organize  their  ex- 
fcensive  business  in  all  its  departments  more  thoroughly  than  ever  before,  and  enjey. 
facilities  possessed  by  no  other  house  in  New  York,  for  handling  in  large  quantitief 
and  at  satisfactory  prices  every  thing  in  their  line. 

A  visit  to  this  large  establishment  will  well  repay  the  curious.  On  entering,  we  find 
the  first  floor  occupied  mainly  by  offices  appertaining  to  the  different  departments  of 
the  business.  The  first  encountered  is  the  "  Salesman's  Office,"  where  attentive  young 
men  are  always  in  waiting  to  supply  the  wants  of  customers.  Further  on  we  come  to 
the  Entry  Department,  where  all  invoices  from  the  several  sales-rooms  are  collected  and 
recorded.  Next  comes  the  General  Office  of  the  firm.  Then  a  modest  sign  indicates  the 
entrance  to  the  *' Teachers'  Reading-Room" — a  spacious  and  inviting  apartment  set 
apart  for  the  use  of  the  i2any  professional  friends  and  visitors  of  this  house.  On  the 
table  we  noticed  files  of  educational  journals  and  other  periodical  matter — while  a 
book-case  contains  a  fine  selection  of  popular  publications  as  samptes.  The  private 
office  of  the  senior  partner,  and  the  Book-keeper's  and  Mailing  Clerk's  respective 
apartments,  are  next  in  order,  and  complete  the  list  of  offices  on  this  floor.  The  re* 
mainder  of  the  space  is  occupied  by  the  departments  of  stock  known  as  "  Late  Publi- 
cations" and  *'  General  School  Books." 

Descending  to  the  finely  lighted  and  ventilated  basement,  we  find  the  "Exchange 
Trade,"  "  Shipping,"  and  "Packing"  departments.  Here,  also,  is  kept  a  heavy  stock 
of  the  publications  of  the  house,  while  a  series  of  vaults  under  the  sidewalk  afford 
accommodation  for  a  variety  of  heavy  goods.  Stepping  on  the  platform  of  the  fine 
Otis'  Steam-elevator,  which  runs  from  bottom  to  top  of  the  building,  the  visitor 
ascends  to  the 

Second  Story.— This  floor  is  occupied  by  the  Blank  Book  and  Stationery  Depart- 
ment, where  are  carried  on  all  the  details  of  an  entirely  separate  business,  by  clerks 
especially  trained  in  this  line.  Here  every  thing  in  the  way  of  imported  and  domestic 
stationery  is  kept  in  vast  assortment  and  to  suit  the  wants  of  every  class  of  trade.  The 
system  of  organization  mentioned  above  enables  this  house  to  cempete  successfully 
with  those  who  make  this  branch  a  specialty,  while  the  convenience  to  Booksellers  of 
making  all  their  purchases  at  one  place  is  indisputable. 

On  the  third  floor  are  found  the  following  varieties  of  stock :  Toy  and  Juvenile 
Books,  Bibles  and  Prayer  Books,  Standard  Works,  Photograph  Albums,  &c.  The 
fourth  and  fifth  stories  are  occupied  as  store-rooms  for  Standard  School  Stock. 
During  the  summer,  while  all  the  manufacturing  energies  of  the  concern  are  devoted 
to  the  preparation  and  accumulation  of  stock  for  the  fall  trade,  upwards  of  half  a 
million  of  volumes  are  gathered  in  these  capacious  rooms  at  once. 

The  manufacturing  department  of  this  house  is  carried  on  in  the  old  premises,  Nos. 
51,  53,  and  55  John  Street,  and  2,  4.  and  6  Dutch  Street.  A  large  number  of  oper»- 
tives,  with  adequate  presses  and  machinery,  are  constantly  employed  in  turning  ovt 
tbe  popular  publicatiotts  of  the  firm- 

45 


^ationai  Series  of  Standard  Schoot-Sooht. 

The  Peabody  Correspondence. 

New  York,  A-pril  29, 18CT. 

To  THE  BOABD  OF  TEUSTEES  OF  THE  PeABODT   EDUCATIONAL  FuND  : 

Gentlemen— Having  been  /or  many  years  intimately  connected  with  the  educa- 
tional interests  of  the  South,  "we  are  desirous  of  expressing  our  appreciation  of  the 
noble  charity  which  you  represent.  The  Peabody  Fund,  to  encourage  and  aid  com- 
mon schools  in  these  war-desolated  States,  can  not  fail  of  accomplishing  a  great  and 
good  work,  the  beneficent  results  of  which,  as*  they  will  be  exhibited  in  the  future,  not 
only  of  the  stricken  population  of  the  South,  but  of  the  nation  at  large,  seem  almosfc 
Incalculable. 

It  is  probable  that  the  use  of  meritorious  text-books  will  prove  a  most  effective  agency 
toward  the  thorough  accomplishment  of  Mr.  Peabody' s  benevolent  design.  As  we 
publish  many  which  are  considered  such,  we  have  selected  from  our  list  some  of  the  mo«t 
valuable,  and  ask  the  privilege  of  placing  them  in  your  hands  for  gratuitous  distribu- 
•  tion  in  connection  with  the  fund  of  which  you  have  charge,  among  the  teachers  and  in 
the  schools  of  the  destitute  South. 

Observing  that  the  training  of  teachers  (through  the  agency  of  Normal  Schools  and 
otherwise)  is  to  be  a  prominent  feature  of  your  undertaking,  we  offer  you  for  this  pur- 
pose 5,000  volumes  of  the  "  Teachers'  Library," — a  series  of  professional  works  de- 
signed for  the  efficient  self-education  of  those  who  are  in  their  turn  to  teach  others— 
as  follows  :— 

500  Page's  Theory  and  Practice  of  Teach-     250  Bates'  Method  of  Teachers'  Institutes, 
ing.  250  De  Tocqueville's  American  Institut'ni, 

500  Welch's  Manual  of  Object-Lessons.         250  Dwight's  Higher  Christian  Education, 
500  Davies'     Outlines    of    Mathematical     250  History  of  Education. 

Science.  250  ]\j;iinsfield  on  American  Education. 

250  Holbrookes      Normal      Methods     of    250  Mayhew  on  Universal  Education. 

Teaching.  "   250  Northend's  Teachers'  Assistant. 

250  Wells  on  Graded  Schools.  250  Northend's  Teacher  and  Parent. 

250  Jewell  on  School  Government  250  Root  on  School  Amusements. 

250  Fowle's  Teachers'  Institute.  250  Stone's  Teachers'  Examiner. 

In  addition  to  these  we  also  ask  that  you  will  accept  25,000  volumes  of  school-booka 
for  intermediate  classes,  embracing — 

5,000  The  National  Second  Reader.  5,000  Beers'  Penmanship. 

5,000  Davies'  Written  Arithmetic.  500  First  Book  of  Science. 

5,000  Monteith's  Second  Book  in  Geogra-       500  Jarvis'  Physiology  and  Health. 

phy.  500  Peck's  Ganot's  Natural  Philosophy. 

3,009  Monteith's  United  States  History.  500  Smiwi  &  Martin's  Book-keeping. 

Should  your  Board  consent  to  undertake  the  distribution  of  these  volumes,  we  sh'Ul 
hold  ourselves  in  readiness  to  pack  and  ship  the  same  in  such  quantities  and  to  such 
points  as  you  may  designate. 

We  further  propose  that,  should  you  find  it  advisable  to  use  a  greater  quantity  of 
our  publications  in  the  prosecution  of  your  plans,  we  will  donate,  for  the  benefit  of 
this  cause,  twenty-five  per  cent,  of  the  usual  wholesale  price  of  the  books  needed. 

Hoping  that  our  request  will  meet  with  your  approval,  and  that  we  may  have  the 
pleasure  of  contributing  in  this  way  to  wants  with  which  we  deeply  sympathize,  we 
are,  gentlemen,  very  respectfully  yours,  A.  S.  BARNES  &>  CO. 

Boston,  May  T,  1867. 
Messus.  A.  S.  Babnes  &  Co.,  Publishebs,  New  Yobk  : 

Gentlemen — ^Your  communication  of  the  29th  ult.,  addressed  to  the  Trustees  of  the 
Peabody  Education  Fund,  has  been  handed  to  me  by  our  general  agent,  the  Rev.  Dr. 
Sears.  I  shall  take  the  greatest  pleasure  in  laying  it  before  the  board  at  their  earliest 
meeting.  I  am  unwilling,  however,  to  postpone  its  acknowledgment  so  long,  and 
hasten  to  assure  you  of  the  high  value  which  I  place  upon  your  gift.  Five  thousand 
volumes  of  your  "Teachers'  Library,"  and  twenty-five  thousand  volumes  of  *'School- 
Bjoks  for  intermediate  classes,"  make  up  a  most  munificent  contribution  to  the  cause 
of  Southern  education  in  which  we  are  engaged.  Dr.  Sears  is  well  acquainted  with  the 
books  you  have  so  generously  offered  us,  and  unites  with  me  in  the  highest  apprecia- 
tion of  the  gift.  You  will  be  glad  to  know,  too,  that  your  letter  reached  us  in  season 
to  be  communicated  to  Mr.  Peabody,  before  he  embarked  for  England  on  the  1st  in- 
stant, and  that  he  expressed  the  greatest  gratification  and  gratitude  on  hearing  what 
you  had  offered. 

Believe  me,  gentlemen,  with  the  highest  respect  and  regard,  your  obliged  and  dM*  \ 
dient  senrant,  KOBT.  C^  WINTHROP,  ChainwuL 

46 


14  DAY  USE 

RETURN  TO  DESK  FROM  WHICH  BORROWED        \ 

LOAN  DEPT. 

This  book  is  due  on  the  last  date  stamped  below,  | 

or  on  the  date  to  which  renewed.  Renewals  only:  > 

Tel.  No.  642-3405  i 

Renewals  may  be  made  4  days  prior  to  date  due.  \ 

Renewed  books  are  subject  to  immediate  recall.  j 


nrTtmr.4rD  TO 


uEu-i — mr 


iOAN    AHC 


(QlX78sl0)476^A-82       .,      ,    Umveisuy^of  ^Ufomia 


VB  35379 


M240394 

LBii^i 

S"^, 

^d^<^> 

De>  ■ ' 

THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


